75909 Catalog

2014-11-11

: Pdf 75909-Catalog 75909-Catalog 782051 Batch12 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 452

Download75909-Catalog
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
Cable Tray Systems

Other Cooper B-Line Product Lines
Strut Systems (Bolted Framing)
Electrical Enclosures
Electronic Enclosures
Pipe Hanger & Support Systems
Spring Steel Fasteners
Cable Runway & Relay Racks (CommData)
Meter Mounting & Distribution Equipment
Anchors

www.cooperbline.com

CT-09

B - V O C AALL
with Cooper B-Line ”

Questions, Comments, Suggestions?

““

SSMM

Voice Of the Customer...Actively Listening
bvocal@cooperindustries.com
618-654-2184 ext. 456

SYSTEMS THAT MAKE SENSE

Cooper Industries, Ltd.
600 Travis, Ste. 5800
Houston, TX 77002-1001
Phone: 713-209-8400
www.cooperindustries.com

© 2009 Cooper B-Line, Inc.

Cable Tray Systems

CT-09

Cooper B-Line
509 West Monroe Street
Highland, IL 62249
Phone: 800-851-7415
Fax: 618-654-1917

Printed in U.S.A.

10509

Aluminum, Steel, Stainless Steel & Fiberglass Cable Tray Systems
Redi-Rail™ & Cent-R-Rail® Tray Systems
Cable Channel & Wire Basket Systems

Introduction

Cabling Support Options

Ask The Experts!
1-800-851-7415

B-Line Systems was formed in 1956 and
has over 30 years experience manufacturing
cable tray systems in which it has grown to
become the industry leader. This growth
was achieved by offering unmatched quality
in both service and products.
Today Cooper B-Line stands alone in its
customer service resources with cable tray
fabrication location at four locations
throughout the United States. Strategically
located facilities alone do not generate
unmatched service. The professional staff at
Cooper B-Line is knowledgeable, energetic,
and care about customer needs. The right
attitude coupled with the facilities does
generate unsurpassed customer service.
Cooper B-Line’s product offerings also
set new standards. Cooper B-Line
manufactures cable support product lines
that bridge both the electrical and telecom
markets. Each of those product lines are
engineered to provide top performance
while offering unique installation savings.
This catalog is dedicated to the metallic and
non-metallic, two side rail, cable tray
systems.

CABLE TRAY SYSTEMS
Cooper B-Line’s traditional two side rail cable tray.
Rugged two side rail construction protects cables and allows
for a wide range of sizes and strengths. Coupled with a
large selection of materials, finishes, and bottom types,
these engineered systems can satisfy your particular
requirements.
MEMBER

REDI-RAIL™ SYSTEMS
This new high tech design offers new freedom to the
installer. The mechanically assembled, pre-punched side rail
design provides unmatched job sight adaptability for a two
side rail system. Loading depths from 2" to 6", aluminum
construction.

Cooper B-Line cable trays conform
to the requirements of IEC Standard
61537, 2001 Ed.

B - V O CCAAL

Questions, Comments, Suggestions?

““

SSMM

with Cooper B-Line ”
Voice Of the Customer...Actively Listening
bvocal@cooperindustries.com
618-654-2184 ext. 456

CHANNEL CABLE TRAY
Cooper B-Line’s channel cable tray is a compact,
adaptable, easy to install system that is available in steel,
aluminum, and fiberglass. System has fittings available
as well as connectors and a full line of accessories.

Ask The Experts!
1-800-851-7415 ext. 366
Cooper B-Line
509 West Monroe Street
Highland, IL 62249

ext. 366

WIREWAY
Cooper B-Line offers commercial and industrial wireway
and wiring trough to handle almost any of your wire and
cable routing needs. Commercial Type 1 and 3R designs
are available with or without knockouts. Sizes range from
2.5" x 2.5" to 12" x 12" and lengths from 12" to 120".
Industrial NEMA 12 designs are available in both lay-in and
feed-through styles. Wireway is available in ANSI 61 gray
painted steel and Type 304 stainless steel. Cooper B-Line
can also provide special sizes, finishes, and other
modifications.

Phone: 800-851-7415
Fax:
618-654-1917

www.cooperbline.com
Important notice: The information herein has been carefully checked for accuracy and is believed to be correct and current.
No warranty, either expressed or implied, is made as to either its applicability to or its compatibility with
specific requirements of this information, nor for damages consequential to its use. All design characteristics,
specifications, tolerances and similar information are subject to change without notice.

449
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Systems

Table of Contents
(Pages: 1 thru 3)

B-Line Cable Tray Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Tray Selection Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 11
Cable Tray System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Cable Tray
Information

The B-Line Advantage
The Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
The Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 - 15
The Extras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

B-Line Advantage

Cable Tray Selection
Selection Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Materials and Finishes
Material Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finish Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coatings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Thermal Contraction & Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation Considerations (Electrical Grounding) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Strength
Environmental Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Support Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deflection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Load Capacity
(NEMA & CSA Load Classes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Rung/Trough Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Width and Depth Cable Fill Per 1999 NEC 318 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Straight Section Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading Possibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bottom Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fitting Bend Radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

17
18
19
20
23
24
25
27
28
28

Cable Tray
Selection

30
31
32
38
39
40
41
41

Flextray
Finishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Load & Fill Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 - 47
Splicing Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 - 57
Ceiling Support Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 - 65
Wall Support Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 - 71
FAST System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 - 79
Raised Floor System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 - 85
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 - 95
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 - 103
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 - 105

Flextray

Cable
Channel

Channel Type Cable Tray
Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

108
112
120
121
Cent-R-Rail

Cent-R-Rail
Technical & Sizing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation Suggestions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

125
132
140
148
151
165
169
177

-

131
139
147
150
164
168
176
183

Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 -

187
188
197
199

Redi-Rail

Redi-Rail® Cable Tray (Aluminum)
Series 1
Steel

continued on page 2

1
Cable Tray Systems

Table of Contents
(Pages: 1 thru 3)

Series 1 Cable Tray (Steel)
Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 -

205
212
213
222

Series 2,3 & 4 Cable Tray - Aluminum
Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 - 235
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 - 246
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Series 2,3,4 & 5 Cable Tray - Steel
Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 - 257
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 - 268
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Series
2, 3, 4, & 5
Aluminum

Series
2, 3, 4, & 5
Steel

Series
2, 3, 4, & 5
Stainless Steel

Series 3, 4, & 5 Cable Tray - Stainless Steel
Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 - 274
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 - 282
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings - Aluminum, Steel, Stainless Steel
Horizontal Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Tees & Crosses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horizontal Reducing & Expanding Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Horizontal Reducing & Expanding Crosses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horizontal Wyes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vertical Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Vertical Tees - Up & Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable Support Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

288
289
290
292
293
294
298
299
300

Fiberglass Cable Tray System
Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Cable Channel
Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Series
2, 3, 4, & 5
Fittings

313
320
325
343
344
347
348
349
350
351

Fiberglass
Cable Tray

Cable Fixing

Cable Fixing
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 - 355
Appendix

Appendix
Special Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Side Rails & Bottom Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Cable Tray Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 Reference Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 Master Cable Tray Systems Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 Cable Tray Sizing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Support Channels & Channel Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Concrete Inserts & Channel Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

359
361
363
365
369
370
371
372
373

Cable Tray Manual

Cable Tray Manual
2005 Cable Tray Manual Based on 2005 National
Electrical Code® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 - 425

continued on page 3

2
Cable Tray Systems

Table of Contents
(Pages: 1 thru 3)

Part Number Index
Straight Sections
Cable Tray
Redi-Rail™ Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Series 1 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable Channel
Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flextray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cent-R-Rail® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fittings
Cable Tray
Redi-Rail™ Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Series 1 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable Channel
Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Covers
Cable Tray
Redi-Rail™ Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Series 1 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable Channel
Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flextray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cent-R-Rail® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories
Cable Tray
Redi-Rail™ Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 Series 1 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437 Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable Channel
Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flextray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443 Cent-R-Rail® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 Cable Cleats

....................................................

426
426
426
426
426
426
427
427
427
427
427
428

429
429
429
429
429
430
430
430
430
430

431
431
431
431
431
431

Index

432
432
432
432
432

433
435
436
438
440
440
441
442
442
442
444
447
448

3
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Information

Product Search & Construction Specifications
Searching for Cooper B-Line
Cable Tray Material?
Need a Cable Tray Materials Price Quote?

Get

Fastray On-Line.

http://www.cooperbline.com/product/CableTray/SearchProducts
• Search for Product Info!
• Create Submittal Package! (see page 6)
• View Bill of Materials!
• Even Receive a Quote Request!

All This ON-LINE
Cooper B-Line Gives Just the Facts on:

Construction Specifications
All specs are arranged as to their recommended CSI MasterFormat™ Divisions.

All Construction Specification Documents

On-Line or Downloaded
in Mircosoft Word format
http://www.cooperbline.com/engineer/specs.asp
If you need more information
about this or any other
great B-Line product just...
4
Cable Tray Systems

TrayCAD Information
Cable Tray Information

By Just One Click of the Mouse
Button add Cooper B-Line Cable
Tray to your next set of Plans
To Download a Free copy of TrayCAD®
Go to: www .cooperbline.com
and click on Software & Specifications
Directly: http://www.cooperbline.com/engineer/Software.asp#TrayCAD
Call: (800) 851-7415
TrayCAD® 4.0 is a cable tray layout design program that works with AutoCAD® R14
and 2000. TrayCAD® 4.0 is a Windows® based program and installs as an add-on to
your AutoCAD® system. Use the TrayCAD® toolbar to add cable tray to your plans
by drawing a single line as the center line of the tray run, then, with the click of a
button, the program will build a 3-D wire-frame model of the cable tray and all of
the appropriate fittings. The program will also create a Bill of Material and contains
a library of details.

By Just One Click of the Mouse
Button add Cooper B-Line Cable
Runway, Cent-R-Rail® and Relay
Racks to your next set of Plans
To Download a Free copy of Runway Router™
Go to: www .cooperbline.com
and click on Software & Specifications
Directly: http://www.cooperbline.com/engineer/Software.asp#Runway
Call: (800) 851-7415
Runway Router™ is a cable runway (ladder rack) layout design program that works
with AutoCAD® R14 and 2000. Runway Router™ is a Windows® based program that
installs as an add-on to your AutoCAD® system. Use the commands from the
Runway Router® toolbar to layout cable runway, Cent-R-Rail®, relay racks and
electronic cabinets. Add cable runway or Cent-R-Rail® to your existing plans by
drawing a single line as the centerline path of the run. Then, with the click of a
button, the program will build a 3-D wire-frame model of the cable runway and all
of the appropriate connectors and fittings. The program will also create a Bill Of
Materials, and contains a library of details.

5
Cable Tray Systems

Cooper B-Line Cable Tray Systems
Cable Tray Information

Cable tray is a mechanical support system that can support cables and raceways. Cable tray is not a raceway.
Cable tray systems are required to be electrically continuous but not mechanically continuous.

Advantages of Cooper B-Line Cable Tray Systems
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Safety
Dependability
Space Savings
Cost Savings
Design Cost Savings
Material Savings
Installation Cost & Time Savings
Maintenance Savings

For more information refer to Cooper B-Line’s Cable Tray Manual (Pages 375 thru 425)
or call Cooper B-Line engineering at 1-800-851-7415 extension 366

Quick List Selection Pr ocess
See pages 36 & 37 for expanded selection process.
1. Support Span Issues are: Strength and Length
• Very important to first consider the support span as it affects the strength of the system and the length of
the straight sections required.
• Short Span, 6 to 8 foot support spacing - use 12 foot sections.
• Intermediate Span, 8 to 12 foot support spacing - use 12 foot sections.
• Long Span, 16 to 20 foot support spacing - use 20 foot sections.
• Extra Long Span, over 20 foot to 30 foot support spacing - use 24 or 30 foot sections.
2. Working Load Issues are: Size (Width, Loading Depth, and Strength)
Cable Load
• Types and numbers of cables to support - Total cable load in lbs. per linear foot (lbs/ft)
• Power - is single layer - issue width (refer to local electrical code)
• Low Voltage - is stacked - issue loading depth and width (refer to affecting code)
• See chart of listed cable load guidelines (refer to pages 36 and 37)
Additional Loads
200 lb. concentrated load - Industrial installations
Ice, Wind, Snow loads - Outdoor installations
Select a Cable Tray system that meets the working load for the support span required and a straight
section length that fits the installation. NEMA VE 2 - Straight sections equal to or larger than span.
www.cabletrays.com/technical.htm
3. Installation Environment Issues are: Material and Finish
• Indoor Dry - Institutional, Office, Commercial, Light Industrial
Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized Steel
• Indoor Industrial - Automotive, Pulp and Paper, Power Plants
Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized Steel, Possibly Hot-Dipped Galvanized After Fabrication (HDGAF)
• Outdoor Industrial - Petrochemical, Automotive, Power Plants
Aluminum, Hot-Dipped Galvanized After Fabrication (HDGAF)
• Outdoor Marine - Off Shore Platforms
Aluminum, Stainless Steel, Fiberglass
• Special - Petrochemical, Pulp and Paper, Environmental Air
Contact Cooper B-Line Engineering (1-800-851-7415 ext, 366)

6
Cable Tray Systems

Cooper B-Line Cable Tray Systems
Cooper B-Line Cable Tray Pr oduct Offering
Cable Tray Information

• Two Side Rail Systems
Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized Steel, Hot Dip Galvanized After Fabrication Steel, 304 and
316L Stainless Steel, Fiberglass in Polyester Resin, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
Redi-Rail Systems loaded with special installation and cable friendly features.
Systems tested to 173 lbs/ft on a 30 foot span
Special bottom options and splices
Highest quality fittings
Unmatched accessories supplied with attachment hardware
• Cable Channel (See Cent-R-Rail Section - pages 106-121)
3, 4, and 6 inch widths in Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized Steel, Hot Dip Galvanized After
Fabrication Steel and 304 or 316L Stainless Steel
3, 4, 6, and 8 inch widths in Fiberglass in Polyester Resin, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
Unmatched fitting and accessory offering
Special bottom options and splices
Highest quality fittings
Unmatched accessories supplied with attachment hardware
• Cent-R-Rail® Systems (See Cent-R-Rail Section - pages 122-183)
Data Track®, Verti-Rack®, Half-Rack®, and Multi-Tier Half-Rack®
Each system targeted to installation needs
Each system is the fastest in the industry to install
Pre-assembled, boxed connectors, splices
Crated straight section shipments
• Wire Flextray Tray (See Flextray Section - pages 42-105)
Best finish in the industry, ASTM B633, SC2 (ZN)
Strong straight top wire design maximizes strength and minimizes weight
Unmatched accessory package

Advantage of Using Cooper B-Line Cable Tray?

Selection!
What kind of Cooper B-Line Cable Tray will work for your project?
First, answer three questions.
1.

2.

3.

Location: Where will the project be located?
A. Is the installation inside or outside?
(decision dealing with thermal and weather conditions)
B. Any contact of corrosive materials?
(decision on cable tray material or finish)
C. Is the location for the cable tray confined or open?
(decision on the size and type of cable tray)
Span: What would be the longest and shortest spans between supporting locations for the
installation of cables? (decision on type or combination of types of cable tray design
needed to be the most efficient and economical)
Cables: How many and what type of cables are involved in the support installation?
(decision on the strength of the cable tray)

All these variables are important to the cost savings and safety
of your Cooper B-Line Cable Tray installation project.

It is your money, your decision.

Cable Tray Systems

Important notice: The information herein has been carefully checked for accuracy and is believed to be
correct and current. No warranty, either expressed or implied, is made as to either its applicability to or its
compatibility with specific requirements of this information, nor for damages consequential to its use. All
design characteristics, specifications, tolerances and similar information are subject to change without
notice.

7

Cable Tray Selection Charts
Recommended Short Span
Cable Tray Selection

Cable Tray Information

Short Span 6 - 8 Foot
(distance between the supports)

Steel
Fiber

Cable Tray

RediRail

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Channel

Flextray

Catalog
Number

Use 10 ft or 12 ft Sections
Span Load
lbs/ft
6’
8’

Rail
Height

Load
Depth

FT2X2X10
2.380”
FT2X4X10
2.380”
FT2X6X10
2.380”
FT2X8X10
2.380”
FT2X12X10
2.380”
FT2X18X10
2.380”
FT2X20X10
2.380”
FT2X24X10
2.380”
FT4X4X10
4.380”
FT4X8X10
4.380”
FT4X12X10
4.380”
FT4X18X10
4.380”
FT4X20X10
4.380”
FT4X24X10
4.380”
FT6X12X10
6.380”
FT6X18X10
6.380”
FT6X20X10
6.380”
FT6X24X10
6.380”
ACC-03
1.250”
ACC-04
1.750”
ACC-06
1.750”
†CC-03
1.250”
†CC-04
1.750”
†CC-06
1.750”
FCC-03
1.000”
FCC-04
1.125”
FCC-06
1.625”
FCC-08
2.188”
C3ADB
3.700”
C4ADB
4.700”
C6ADB
6.700”
C3A1H
3.700”
C4A1H
4.700”
C6A1H
6.700”
C2A①V
All 2.000”
C3A➁M
All 3.000”
C4A➁M
All 4.000”
H14AR
3.840”
H15AR
4.840”
H16AR
5.840”
H17AR
6.840”
148
3.625”
156
4.188”
166
5.188”
176
6.188”

2.000”
2.000”
2.000”
2.000”
2.000”
2.000”
2.000”
2.000”
4.000”
4.000”
4.000”
4.000”
4.000”
4.000”
6.000”
6.000”
6.000”
6.000”
1.250”
1.750”
1.750”
1.250”
1.750”
1.750”
1.000”
1.125”
1.625”
2.188”
3.000”
4.000”
6.000”
3.000”
4.000”
6.000”
-50
50
3.000”
4.000”
5.000”
6.000”
3.077”
3.628”
4.628”
5.628”

28
43
47
47
47
47
47
47
49
77
83
83
83
89
86
89
98
107
15
33
36
17
36
41
8
12
58
87
100
100
100
50
50
50
225
50
50
224
224
224
224
204
304
308
-

20
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
36
46
47
47
47
50
48
50
55
60
10
20.5
22.5
11.5
24.5
28
----100
100
100
50
50
50
3” - 12”
3” - 12”
3” - 12”
194
224
224
224
115
171
173
194

2”
4”
6”
8”
12”
18”
20”
24”
4”
8”
12”
18”
20”
24”
12”
18”
20”
24”
3”
4”
6”
3”
4”
6”
3”
4”
6”
8”
6” - 24”
6” - 24”
6” - 24”
3” - 12”
3” - 12”
3” - 12”
A
A
A
6” - 36”
6” - 36”
6” - 36”
6” - 36”
6” - 36”
6” - 36”
6” - 36”
6” - 36”

2.000”

257

145

6” - 24”

13F

3.000”

Available
Widths Material*

Straight Sections
& Accessories
Pages

Fittings
Pages

46 & 49 - 98
46 & 49 - 98
46 & 49 - 98
46 & 49 - 98
46 & 49 - 98
46 & 49 - 98
46 & 49 - 98
46 & 49 - 98
47 & 49 - 98
47 & 49 - 98
47 & 49 - 98
47 & 49 - 98
47 & 49 - 98
47 & 49 - 98
47 & 49 - 98
47 & 49 - 98
47 & 49 - 98
47 & 49 - 98

-------------------

108 & 109 - 112
108 & 109 - 112
108 & 109 - 112
108 & 109 - 112
108 & 109 - 112
108 & 109 - 112
348 & 349
348 & 349
348 & 349
348 & 349

113 - 120
113 - 120
113 - 120
113 - 120
113 - 120
113 - 120
349 & 350
349 & 350
349 & 350
349 & 350

132 & 140 - 164
132 & 140 - 164
132 & 140 - 164
136 & 140 - 164
136 & 140 - 164
136 & 140 - 164

-------

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
A
A
A
S, SS_
S, SS_
S, SS_
F
F
F
F
A
A
A
A
A
A
134 & 140 - 164
138 & 140 - 164
138 & 140 - 164

----

A
A
A
A
S
S
S
S

186 & 189 - 196
186 & 189 - 196
187 & 189 - 196
187 & 189 - 196

188
188
188
188

202 & 206 - 212
203 & 206 - 212
204 & 206 - 212
205 & 206 - 212

214 - 222
214 - 222
214 - 222
214 - 222

F

322 & 326 - 343

344 - 347

*Material
A = Aluminum • S = Steel • SS_ = Stainless Steel Type 304 or 316 • F = Fiberglass
† = G for HDGAF • P for Pre-Galvanized • SS4 for 304 or SS6 for 316 Stainless Steel
① Insert 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 for number of tiers • ➁ Insert 2, 3 or 4 for number of tiers
8

Cooper B-Line cable trays
conform to the requirements
of IEC Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection Charts
Cable Tray Information

Intermediate Span 10 - 12 Foot
(distance between the supports)xx

Recommended Intermediate Span Cable Tray Selection

Steel
Fiberglass Stainless Steel

Cable Tray

Aluminum

Redi-Rail

Cent-R-Rail

Use 12 ft Sections
Catalog
Number

Rail
Height

Load
Depth

Span Load
lbs/ft
10’
12’

Straight Sections
& Accessories
Pages

Fittings
Pages

C3ADB

3.700”

3.000”

100

100

6” - 24”

A

132 & 140 - 164

--

C4ADB

4.700”

4.000”

100

100

6” - 24”

A

132 & 140 - 164

--

C6ADB

6.700”

6.000”

100

100

6” - 24”

A

132 & 140 - 164

--

C3A1H

3.700”

3.000”

100

100

3” - 12”

A

136 & 140 - 164

--

C4A1H

4.700”

4.000”

100

100

3” - 12”

A

136 & 140 - 164

--

C6A1H

6.700”

6.000”

100

100

3” - 12”

A

136 & 140 - 164

--

H14AR

3.840”

3.000”

124

86

6” - 36”

A

186 & 189 - 196

188

H15AR

4.840”

4.000”

147

102

6” - 36”

A

186 & 189 - 196

188

H16AR

5.840”

5.000”

164

114

6” - 36”

A

187 & 189 - 196

188

H17AR

6.840”

6.000”

144

100

6” - 36”

A

187 & 189 - 196

188

24A

4.120”

3.050”

181

126

6” - 36”

A

226 & 236 - 246

286 - 300

25A

5.000”

3.930”

200

139

6” - 36”

A

228 & 236 - 246

286 - 300

26A

6.120”

5.040”

204

142

6” - 36”

A

230 & 236 - 246

286 - 300

37A

7.140”

6.050”

--

222

6” - 36”

A

232 & 236 - 246

286 - 300

148

3.625”

3.077”

73

51

6” - 36”

S

202 & 206 - 212

214 - 222

156

4.188”

3.628”

109

76

6” - 36”

S

203 & 206 - 212

214 - 222

166

5.188”

4.628”

111

77

6 ”- 36”

S

204 & 206 - 212

214 - 222

176

6.188”

5.628”

124

86

6” - 36”

S

204 & 206 - 212

214 - 222

248

4.188”

3.140”

148

103

6” - 36”

S

250 & 258 - 268

286 - 300

258

5.188”

4.140”

157

109

6” - 36”

S

252 & 258 - 268

286 - 300

268

6.188”

5.140”

158

110

6” - 36”

S

254 & 258 - 268

286 - 300

378

7.188”

6.140”

204

142

6” - 36”

S

256 & 258 - 268

286 - 300

348

4.188”

3.130”

180

125

6” - 36”

SS_

272 & 275 - 282

286 - 300

358

5.188”

4.130”

248

172

6” - 36”

SS_

273 & 275 - 282

286 - 300

368

6.188”

5.130”

236

164

6” - 36”

SS_

274 & 275 - 282

286 - 300

13F

3.000”

2.000”

93

64

6” - 24”

F

322 & 326 - 343

344 - 347

24F

4.000”

3.000”

226

157

6” - 36”

F

323 & 326 - 343

344 - 347

*Material

A = Aluminum
S = Steel
SS_ = Stainless Steel
Type 304 or 316
F = Fiberglass

Available
Widths Material*

Cooper B-Line cable trays
conform to the requirements
of IEC Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.

9
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection Charts
Cable Tray Information

Long 16 - 20 Foot
(distance between the supports)

Recommended Intermediate Span Cable Tray Selection
Fittings
Pages

A

228 & 236 - 246

286 - 300

6” - 36”

A

226 & 236 - 246

286 - 300

77

6” - 36”

A

228 & 236 - 246

286 - 300

63

51

6” - 36”

A

230 & 236 - 246

286 - 300

5.060”

131 104

84

6” - 36”

A

230 & 236 - 246

286 - 300

7.140”

6.050”

125

99

80

6” - 36”

A

232 & 236 - 246

286 - 300

46A

6.190”

5.080”

161 127

103

6” - 36”

A

230 & 236 - 246

286 - 300

47A

7.240”

6.130”

156 123

100

6” - 36”

A

232 & 236 - 246

286 - 300

H46A

6.240”

5.090”

261 206

167

6” - 36”

A

230 & 236 - 246

286 - 300

H47A

7.240”

6.090”

233 184

149

6” - 36”

A

232 & 236 - 246

286 - 300

346

4.188”

3.130”

98

78

63

6” - 36”

S

250 & 258 - 268

286 - 300

356

5.188”

4.130”

108

85

69

6” - 36”

S

252 & 258 - 268

286 - 300

366

6.188”

5.140”

117

93

75

6” - 36”

S

254 & 258 - 268

286 - 300

378

7.188”

6.140”

80

63

51

6” - 36”

S

256 & 258 - 268

286 - 300

444

4.188”

3.110”

142 112

91

6” - 36”

S

250 & 258 - 268

286 - 300

454

5.188”

4.110”

166 131

106

6” - 36”

S

252 & 258 - 268

286 - 300

464

6.188”

5.110”

192 152

51

6” - 36”

S

254 & 258 - 268

286 - 300

476

7.188”

6.130”

120

95

77

6” - 36”

S

256 & 258 - 268

286 - 300

574

7.188”

6.110”

203 160

130

6” - 36”

S

256 & 258 - 268

286 - 300

Stainless Steel

348

4.188”

3.130”

70

56

45

6” - 36”

SS_

272 & 275 - 282

286 - 300

358

5.188”

4.130”

97

77

62

6” - 36”

SS_

273 & 275 - 282

286 - 300

368

6.188”

5.140”

92

73

59

6” - 36”

SS_

274 & 275 - 282

286 - 300

464

6.188”

5.110”

192 152

123

6” - 36”

SS_

274 & 275 - 282

286 - 300

36F

6.000”

5.000”

139 109

89

6” - 36”

F

324 & 326 - 343

344 - 347

46F

6.000”

5.000”

221 174

141

6” - 36”

F

324 & 326 - 343

344 - 347

H46F

6.000”

5.000”

239 188

153

6” - 36”

F

324 & 326 - 343

344 - 347

Cable Tray

Steel

Aluminum

Straight Sections
& Accessories
Pages

Fiberglass

Use 20 ft Sections
Catalog
Number

Rail
Height

Load
Depth

Span Load
lbs/ft
16’ 18’ 20’

25A

5.000”

3.930”

78

62

50

6” - 36”

34A

4.200”

3.080”

125

99

80

35A

5.060”

3.960”

121

96

26A

6.120”

5.040”

80

36A

6.170”

37A

Available
Widths Material*

*Material
Cooper B-Line cable trays
conform to the requirements
of IEC Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.

A = Aluminum
S = Steel
SS_ = Stainless Steel
Type 304 or 316
F = Fiberglass

10
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection Charts
Cable Tray Information

Extra Long Span 24 - 30 Foot
(distance between the supports)xx

Recommended Extra Long Span Cable Tray Selection

Aluminum
Steel

Cable Tray

Use 24 ft or 30 ft Sections

SS

Catalog
Number

Rail
Height

Load
Depth

Span Load
lbs/ft
24’
30’

Straight Sections
& Accessories
Pages

Fittings
Pages

46A

6.190”

5.080”

72

-

6” - 36”

A

230 & 236 - 246

286 - 300

47A

7.240”

6.130”

69

-

6” - 36”

A

232 & 236 - 246

286 - 300

57A

7.400”

6.230”

161

75

12” - 36”

A

232 & 236 - 246

286 - 300

H46A

6.240”

5.090”

116

-

6” - 36”

A

230 & 236 - 246

286 - 300

H47A

7.240”

6.090”

103

-

6” - 36”

A

232 & 236 - 246

286 - 300

S8A

8.000”

6.200”

252

161

12” - 36”

A

234 & AT-12

235

444

4.188”

2.110”

63

-

6” - 36”

S

250 & 258 - 268

286 - 300

454

5.188”

4.110”

74

-

6” - 36”

S

252 & 258 - 268

286 - 300

464

6.188”

5.110”

85

-

6” - 36”

S

254 & 258 - 268

286 - 300

476

7.188”

6.130”

53

-

6” - 36”

S

256 & 258 - 268

286 - 300

574

7.188”

6.110”

90

-

6” - 36”

S

256 & 258 - 268

286 - 300

464

6.188”

5.110”

85

-

6” - 36”

SS_

274 & 275 - 282

286 - 300

*Material

Available
Widths Material*

A = Aluminum
S = Steel
SS_ = Stainless Steel
Type 304 or 316

Cooper B-Line cable trays
conform to the requirements
of IEC Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.

11
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Systems
Cable Tray Information

B-Line Cable Trays Designed for Your Cable Support Requirements
6

8
5

1

10
11

16
2
3

7

12
13
4

9

18
15

14

17

Nomenclature
1. Ladder Type Cable Tray

10. 30° Vertical Inside Bend, Ladder Type Cable Tray

2. Ventilated Trough Type Cable Tray

11. Vertical Bend Segment (VBS)

3. Straight Splice Plate

12. Vertical Tee Down, Ventilated Trough Type Cable Tray

4. 90° Horizontal Bend, Ladder Type Cable Tray

13. Left Hand Reducer, Ladder Type Cable Tray

5. 45° Horizontal Bend, Ladder Type Cable Tray

14. Frame Type Box Connector

6. Horizontal Tee, Ladder Type Cable Tray

15. Barrier Strip Straight Section

7. Horizontal Cross, Ladder Type Cable Tray

16. Solid Flanged Tray Cover

8. 90° Vertical Outside Bend, Ladder Type Cable Tray

17. Ventilated Channel Straight Section

9. 45° Vertical Outside Bend, Ventilated Type Cable Tray

18. Channel Cable Tray, 90° Vertical Outside Bend

12
Cable Tray Systems

The B-Line Advantage -

The Company

-- is Committed to the Success of its Customers through Manufacturing,
Engineering and Service.
-- is Positioned to Serve.

B-Line Advantage

Four United States cable tray fabrication sites:
Troy, IL
Ellaville, GA
Alum Bank, PA
Reno, NV
Sixteen factory inventories
-- a Proven Industry Leader.
Over thirty years experience
-- offers Industry Involvement.
NEMA - 5VE Member -- Metallic Cable Tray Section
NEMA - 5FG Member -- Nonmetallic Cable Tray Section
Cable Tray Institute (CTI) -- A Founding Member
Cooper B-Line cable trays conform to the requirements of
IEC Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.
-- unmatched Cable Support Systems.
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable

Tray
Tray
Tray
Tray

-----

Two Side Rail (Metallic)
Two Side Rail (Metallic) Redi-Rail™ Design
Two Side Rail (Nonmetallic)
CENT-R-RAIL; DATA-TRACK, VERTI-RACK,
HALF-RACK, and MULTI-TIER HALF-RACK.
Cable Tray -- Flextray Cable Support Systems
Cable Runways -- B-Line Telecom
NEMA Wireways -- Circle AW Products Co., a B-Line Company
13
Cable Tray Systems

The B-Line Advantage -

The Product

Aluminum Cable Tray, Series 2, 3 & 4
-- the Side Rails

B-Line Advantage

6

Our I-Beam -- the most
efficient structural shape

1

Using “Copper-free”
6063-T6 Aluminum Alloy

5

2

3

4

1. I-beam side rail design
- maximize strength-to-weight ratio
2. Added material to top flange to
increase cable tray stiffness
3. Welding bead
- positive rung lock
- added material disperses heat
4. Bottom flange inside
- positive rung support
5. Bottom flange outside
- strong lower flange for hold down
clamps and expansion guides
6. Top flange outside
- strong upper flange for securing
the tray cover or the conduit-totray adapter

-- the Rungs -- provide system integrity
The rungs can represent 40% of your cable tray system.
Rung A Standard for widths through 24"
The 24" width supports 589 lbs. with safety factor 1.5
Rung B Standard for widths greater than 24"
The 36" width supports 487 lbs. with safety factor 1.5
• For industrial applications -- 200 lb. concentrated loads
• New P-Rung design allows P-Clamp cable fastening at
any location.
-- the Splices -- provide system integrity
With the unique Wedge Lock splice system:
• Channel-shaped for extra strength
• Snaps into the side rail
• Positions and holds for bolting, a labor-saving feature
• Four bolt patterns, a labor-saving feature
• 316 Stainless Steel hardware is available as an option

-- the Fittings -- provide system integrity
Surpasses NEMA VE 1 requirements
3" straight tangents for splice integrity

-- with a 200 lb. Concentrated Load -- providing system integrity
Side rails engineered to support a 200 lb. concentrated load + cable load
Rungs engineered to support a 200 lb. concentrated load + cable load

-- our reliable time-tested products. A system that works.
14
Cable Tray Systems

The B-Line Advantage -

The Product

Steel Cable Tray, Series 2, 3, 4 & 5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

-- the Side Rails
2

Our I-Beam -- the most
efficient structural shape

3

Roll formed for extra strength
Enlarged top flange for stiffness
Structural grade traceable steel
Rung top lock
Rung bottom rest

Side rails and rungs are
stamped every 18" with:

4

1

5

•
•
•
•

Company Name
Part Number
Material
Heat Trace Number

B-Line Advantage

-- the Rungs -- provide system integrity
The rungs can represent 40% of your cable tray system.
Rung A
Standard for widths through 24"
The 24" width supports 581 lbs. with safety factor 1.5
Rung B
Standard for widths greater than 24"
The 36" width supports 485 lbs. with safety factor 1.5
For industrial applications -- 200 lb. concentrated loads.
Both Rung A and Rung B are roll formed from traceable structural grade steel
-- the Splices -- provide system integrity
The Splices -- the engineered connection:
• Special high strength eleven gauge steel
• Eight bolt connection for required strength
• Finish and hardware options

-- Hot Dip Galvanized After Fabrication (HDGAF) -- providing system
integrity
•
•
•
•

ASTM A123/CSA Type I
In plant post-dip inspection and deburr
ASTM F-1136-88 Grade 3 Splice hardware exceeds NEMA requirements.
ASTM A123 Covers available - system compatibility
-- Pre-Galvanized- Hot Dip Mill Galvanized -- providing system integrity

• ASTM A653SS Gr.33 G90/ CSA Type II
• Anti-corrosive silicon bronze welds eliminate cosmetic painting
-- our reliable time-tested products. A system that works.
• 200 lb. Concentrated Load- side rail and rungs
• Splice integrity - 3" fitting tangents
15
Cable Tray Systems

The B-Line Advantage -

The Extras

-- Special Packaging
• For less than truckload (LTL) shipments
• Reduced freight claims over 50%
• A positive package for all
-- New Mid Span Aluminum Splice

B-Line Advantage

• The standard splice for H46A, H47A and 57A systems
• Optional availability for other systems
• See appendix page 357 for details
-- Special Aluminum Long Span Systems
• 57A12-36-360 Tested to 102 lbs./ft. on 30' span - safety factor 1.5
(Page 364 & 365)

• S8A12-36-360 Tested to 161 lbs./ft. on 30' span - safety factor 1.5
(Page 366 & 367)

-- Redi-Rail Aluminum Cable Tray Systems (See Redi-Rail Section)
• 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 inch cable fill depths
• NEMA classes to 12C
• Unique fabrication method provides unmatched installation options
• Industry leading accessory package
-- Wire Basket Cable Support Systems (See Flextray Section)
• Field adaptable - no fittings to order
• Low profile in 2", 4” and 6" loading depths
• Rugged welded steel, wire mesh construction
-- Cent-R-Rail Cable Tray System (See Cent-R-Rail Section)
•
•
•
•

Four unique product offerings
Perfect for today’s high technology
Fast to install in congested areas
Request latest catalog

-- Non-Metallic Cable Tray (See Fiberglass Section)
•
•
•
•

For corrosive environments
For voltage isolation
A complete line offering
Request latest catalog

MEMBER®

Cooper B-Line cable trays
conform to the requirements of
IEC Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.

16
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Selection Process

The following factors should be considered when
determining the appropriate cable tray system.
1. Material & Finish
•
•
•
•

Standards Available (Pages 18 - 20)
Corrosion (Pages 21 - 23)
Thermal Contraction and Expansion (Page 24)
Installation Considerations and Electrical Grounding Capacity (Page 25)

2. Strength
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Environmental Loads (Pages 26 & 27)
Concentrated Loads (Page 27)
Support Span (Page 27)
Deflection (Page 28)
Load Capacity (NEMA & CSA Classes) (Page 29)
Rung/Trough Data (Page 30)
Cable Data (Page 31)

3. Width & Available Loading Depth
Cable Diameter (Page 31)
Allowable Cable Fill (Pages 32 - 37)
Barrier Requirements (Page 38)
Future Expansion Requirements (Page 38)
Space Limitations (Page 38)

Cable Tray Selection

•
•
•
•
•

4. Length
•
•
•
•

Lengths Available (Page 39)
Support Spans (Not to exceed the length of straight sections) (Page 39)
Space Limitations (Page 39)
Installation (Page 39)

5. Loading Possibilities
• Power Application (Page 40)
• Data/Communication Cabling (Page 40)
• Other Factors to Consider (Page 40)
6. Bottom Type
•
•
•
•

Type of Cable (Page 41)
Cost vs. Strength (Page 41)
Cable Exposure (Page 41)
Cable Attachment (Page 41)

7. Fitting Radius
• Cable Flexibility (Page 41)
• Space Limitations (Page 41)

17
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Material & Finish

Standards Available
MATERIAL

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

ADVANTAGES

6063-T6

•
•
•
•

Corrosion Resistance
Easy Field Fabrication & Installation
Excellent Strength to Weight Ratio
Excellent Grounding Conductor

ASTM A653SS Gr. 33 G90 (Pre-Galvanized)

•
•
•
•

Electric Shielding
Finish Options
Low Thermal Expansion
Limited Deflection

AISI Type 304 or AISI Type 316
ASTM A240

• Superior Corrosion Resistance
• Withstands High Temperatures

(Side rails, Rungs and Splice Plates)

Aluminum

5052-H32

Steel

ASTM A1011 SS Gr. 33 (14 Gauge Plain Steel)
ASTM A1008 Gr. 33 Type 2

(Trough Bottoms, Covers and Accessories)

(16 & 18 Gauge Plain

Stainless Steel

Cable Tray Selection

Note: Fiberglass available - see page 306
Aluminum

Steel

Stainless Steel

Aluminum cable trays are fabricated
from structural grade “copper free”
(marine grade) aluminum extrusions.
Aluminum’s excellent corrosion
resistance is due to its ability to form
an aluminum oxide film that when
scratched or cut reforms the original
protective film. Aluminum has
excellent resistance to "weathering” in
most outdoor applications. Aluminum
cable tray has excellent corrosion
resistance in many chemical environments and has been used for over thirty
years in petro-chemical plants and paper
mills along the gulf coast from Texas to
Florida. Typically, aluminum cable trays
can perform indefinitely, with little or no
degradation over time, making it ideal
for many chemical and marine
environments. The resistance to
chemicals, indoor and outdoor, can best
be determined by tests conducted by the
user with exposure to the specific
conditions for which it is intended. For
further information, contact Cooper
B-Line or the Aluminum Association.

Steel cable trays are fabricated from
continuous roll-formed structural quality
steel. By roll-forming steel, the
mechanical properties are increased
allowing the use of a lighter gauge steel
to carry the required load. This reduces
the dead weight that must be carried by
the supports and the installers. Using
structural quality steel, Cooper B-Line
assures that the material will meet the
minimum yield and tensile strengths of
applicable ASTM standards. All cable
tray side rails, rungs and splice plates
are numbered for material traceability.
The corrosion resistance of steel varies
widely with coating and alloy.

Stainless Steel cable trays are
fabricated from continuous roll-formed
AISI Type 304 or AISI Type 316/316L
stainless steel. Both are non-magnetic
and belong to the group called austenitic
stainless steels. Like carbon steel, they
exhibit increased strength when cold
worked by roll-forming or bending.

Steel and Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Some common chemicals which
aluminum resists are shown on pages
22 & 23.
Aluminum Cable Tray

Note:
For help choosing proper cable tray
material, see Cooper B-Line Technical
Paper Series.
(bline.com/engineer/Technical.asp)

Several important conditions could
make the use of stainless steel
imperative. These include long term
maintenance costs, corrosion resistance,
appearance and locations where product
contamination is undesirable. Stainless
steel exhibits stable structural properties
such as yield strength and high creep
strength at elevated temperatures.
Cooper B-Line’s stainless steel cable
trays are welded using stainless steel
welding wire to ensure each weldment
exhibits the same corrosion resistant
characteristic as the base metal.
Localized staining in the weld area or
heat affected zone may occur in severe
environments. Specialized shielding
gases and low carbon materials are used
to minimize carbon contamination
during welding and reduce staining and
stress corrosion. Specify passivation
after fabrication per ASTM A380 to
minimize staining, improve aesthetics
and further improve corrosion
resistance.
A detailed study of the corrosive
environment is recommended when
considering a stainless steel design
(see pages 22 & 23).

18
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Material & Finish

Standards Available
FINISH

SPECIFICATION

RECOMMENDED USE

Electrogalvanized Zinc

ASTM B633

Indoor

(For Cable Tray Hardware and Accessories, Alum. and Pre-Galv.)
(For Flextray Standard is B633 SC2)

Chromium Zinc

ASTM F-1136-88

Pre-Galvanized Zinc

ASTM A653SS Gr.33 G90 (CSA Type 2)

Hot Dip Galvanized Zinc
Hotafter
Dipfabrication
Galvanized Zinc
After
Fabrication

ASTM A123 (CSA Type 1)

Special Paint

Per Customer Specification

(Hardware for Hot Dip Galvanized Cable Tray)

(Steel Cable Tray and Fittings)

(Steel Cable Tray and Fittings)

Indoor/Outdoor
Indoor
Indoor/Outdoor
Indoor

(Aluminum or Steel Cable Tray & Fittings)

Chromium/ Zinc

Zinc protects steel in two ways. First it
protects the steel as a coating and
second as a sacrificial anode to repair
bare areas such as cut edges, scratches,
and gouges. The corrosion protection
of zinc is directly related to its thickness
and the environment. This means a .2
mil coating will last twice as long as a .1
mil coating in the same environment.

Chromium/ Zinc is a corrosion
resistant composition, which was
developed to protect fasteners and
small bulk items for automotive use.
The coating applications have since
been extended to larger parts and other
markets.
Chromium/Zinc composition is an
aqueous coating dispersion containing
chromium, proprietary organics, and
zinc flake.
This finish provides 1000 hours
protection in salt spray testing per
ASTM B117, exceeding NEMA VE-1
requirements by 300%.

Galvanizing also protects cut and drilled edges.

Zn
ZnFe
Fe

ZnO

Pre-Galvanized Zinc
(Mill galvanized, hot dip mill galvanized or continuous hot dip galvanized)

Electrogalvanized Zinc
Electrogalvanized Zinc (also known as
zinc plated or electroplated) is the
process by which a coating of zinc is
deposited on the steel by electrolysis
from a bath of zinc salts. This finish is
standard for cable tray hardware and
some accessories for aluminum and
pre-galvanized systems.
A rating of SC3, B-Line’s standard,
provides a minimum zinc coating
thickness of .5 mils (excluding threaded
rod, which is SC1 = .2 mils)
When exposed to air and moisture,
zinc forms a tough, adherent, protective
film consisting of a mixture of zinc
oxides, hydroxides, and carbonates.
This film is in itself a barrier coating
which slows subsequent corrosive attack
on the zinc. This coating is usually
recommended for indoor use in
relatively dry areas, as it provides
ninety-six hours protection in salt spray
testing per ASTM B117.

Pre-Galvanized steel is produced by
coating coils of sheet steel with zinc by
continuously rolling the material through
molten zinc at the mills. This is also
known as mill galvanized or hot dip mill
galvanized. These coils are then slit to
size and fabricated by roll forming,
shearing, punching, or forming to
produce B-Line pre-galvanized cable
tray products.
The G90 specification calls for a
coating of .90 ounces of zinc per square
foot of steel. This results in a coating
of .45 ounces per square foot on each
side of the sheet. This is important
when comparing this finish to hot dip
galvanized after fabrication.
During fabrication, cut edges and
welded areas are not normally zinc
coated; however, the zinc near the
uncoated metal becomes a sacrificial
anode to protect the bare areas after a
short period of time.
To further insure a quality product,
B-Line welds all pre-galvanized cable
trays with a silicon bronze welding wire

allowing only a small heat affected zone
to be exposed. This small area quickly
repairs itself by the same process as cut
edges.

Hot Dip Galvanized After
Fabrication
(Hot dip galvanized or batch hot dip
galvanized)

Hot Dip Galvanized After Fabrication
cable tray products are fabricated from
steel and then completely immersed in a
bath of molten zinc. A metallic bond
occurs resulting in a zinc coating that
completely coats all surfaces, including
edges and welds.

Cable Tray Selection

Zinc Coatings

Another advantage of this method is
coating thickness. Cable trays hot dip
galvanized after fabrication have a
minimum thickness of 1.50 ounces per
square foot on each side, or a total 3.0
ounces per square foot of steel,
according to ASTM A123.
The zinc thickness is controlled by the
amount of time each part is immersed in
the molten zinc bath as well as the
speed at which it is removed. The term
"double dipping" refers to parts too large
to fit into the galvanizing kettle and,
therefore, must be dipped one end at a
time. It does not refer to extra coating
thickness.
The layer of zinc which bonds to steel
provides a dual protection against
corrosion. It protects first as an overall
barrier coating. If this coating happens
to be scratched or gouged, zinc's
secondary defense is called upon to
protect the steel by galvanic action.
Hot dip galvanized after fabrication is
recommended for prolonged outdoor
exposure and will protect steel for many
years in most outdoor environments
and in many aggressive industrial
environments (see charts on page 20).

19
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Material & Finish

Standards Available
Service Life is defined as the time to 5% rusting of the steel surface.
Anticipated Life of Zinc Coatings In Various Atmospheric Environments
40
36
29

Hot Dip

= Zinc Coating 1.50 Oz./Ft.2 (.0026" Thick)

Pre-Galvanized

= Zinc Coating 0.45 Oz./Ft.2 (.00075" Thick)

30
25

Life
in
Years

21
18

20

11

10
8

10

Rural

7

Tropical
Marine

6

Temperate
Marine

Suburban

5

3

Urban

Highly
Industrial

Cable Tray Selection

Environment

PVC Coating

Painting Cable Tray

Special Paint

PVC coating aluminum or steel cable
tray is not recommended and has been
removed from Cooper B-Line’s cable
tray line.
The application of a 15 mil PVC
coating to aluminum or steel cable tray
was a somewhat popular finish option
15 or more years ago. The soft PVC
coating must be completely intact for
the finish to be effective. In a caustic
atmosphere, a pinhole in the coating
can render it useless and corrode the
cable tray. The shipment of the cable
tray consistently damages the coating,
as does installation. The splice
hardware, splice plates and ground
straps require field removal of the
coating to ensure connections. PVC
coated cable tray drastically increases
the product’s cost and delivery time.
Cooper B-Line recommends using
fiberglass - See Fiberglass section, or
stainless steel cable tray systems in
highly corrosive areas.

Cooper B-Line offers painted cable
tray to any color specified by the
customer. It is important to note
that there are key advantages and
disadvantages to ordering factory
painted cable tray. Cooper B-Line
typically does not recommend factory
painted cable tray for most applications.
Painted cable tray is often used in
“open ceiling” applications, where all
the overhead equipment and structure
is painted the same color. In this type
of application, additional painting is
often necessary in the field, after
installation, to ensure all of the
supporting components, such as hanger
rods, clamps and attaching hardware
have been painted uniformly. Prepainted cable tray interferes with
common grounding practices, requiring
the paint to be removed at splice
locations, and/or the addition of
bonding jumpers that were otherwise
unnecessary. This additional field
modification not only increases the
installation cost, but causes potential
damage to the special painted finish.
It is typically more cost effective to
use an Aluminum or Pre-Galvanized
Steel cable tray and paint it after
installation, along with the other
un-painted building components.
Consult painting contractor for proper
surface preparation.

B-Line cable tray and supports can
be painted or primed to meet the
customers requirements. Cooper B-Line
has several colors available, consult the
factory.
If a non-standard color is required the
following information needs to be
specified:
1. Type of material preparation
(primer, etc.)
2. Type of paint, manufacturer and
paint number or type of paint with
chip.
3. Dry film thickness.

Material/Finish
Prefix Designation Chart
Catalog
Number
Prefix
A
P
G
ZN
S
SS4
SS6

Material
to be
Furnished
Aluminum
Pre-Galvanized
Hot Dip Galvanized
Zinc Plated
Plain Steel
Type 304 Stainless Steel
Type 316 Stainless Steel

20
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Material & Finish

Corrosion
1. The amount and concentration of electrolyte present- An
indoor, dry environment will have little or no galvanic
corrosion compared to a wet atmosphere.

All metal surfaces are affected by corrosion. Depending on
the physical properties of the metal and the environment to
which it is exposed, chemical or electromechanical corrosion
may occur.

2. The relative size of the materials- A small amount of
anodic material in contact with a large cathodic material
will result in greater corrosion. Likewise, a large anode
in contact with a small cathode will decrease the rate of
attack.

Atmospheric Corrosion
Atmospheric corrosion occurs when metal is exposed to
airborne liquids, solids or gases. Some sources of atmospheric corrosion are moisture, salt, dirt and sulphuric acid.
This form of corrosion is typically worse outdoors, especially
near marine environments.

3. The relative position on the Galvanic Series Table - The
further apart in the Galvanic Series Table, the greater the
potential for corrosion of the anodic material.

Chemical Corrosion
Chemical corrosion takes place when metal comes in direct
contact with a corrosive solution. Some factors which affect
the severity of chemical corrosion include: chemical concentration level, duration of contact, frequency of washing, and
operating temperature.

Galvanic Series In Sea Water
Anodic End

Galvanic Corrosion
Galvanic corrosion occurs when two or more dissimilar
metals are in contacts in the presence of an electrolyte (ie.
moisture). An electrolytic cell is created and the metals form
an anode or a cathode depending on their relative position
on the Galvanic Series Table. The anodic material will be
the one to corrode. Whether a material is anodic depends
on the relative position of the other material. For example: If zinc and steel are in contact, the zinc acts as the
anode and will corrode; the steel acts as the cathode, and
will be protected. If steel and copper are in contact, the
steel is now the anode and will corrode.
The rate at which galvanic corrosion occurs depends on
several factors:

Cathodic End
21
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

Wet storage stain (White rust) is caused by the entrapment of
moisture between surfaces of closely packed and poorly
ventilated material for an extended period. Wet storage
stain is usually superficial, having no affect on the properties
of the metal.
Light staining normally disappears with weathering.
Medium to heavy buildup should be removed, in order to
allow the formation of normal protective film.
Proper handling and storage will help to assure stain-free
material. If product arrives wet, it should be unpacked and
dried before storage. Dry material should be stored in a well
ventilated “low moisture” environment to avoid condensation
formation. Outdoor storage is undesirable, and should be
avoided whenever possible.

More Anodic

Storage Corrosion

Magnesium
Magnesium Alloys
Zinc
Beryllium
Aluminum - Zinc Alloys (7000 series)
Aluminum - Magnesium Alloys (5000 series)
Aluminum (1000 series)
Aluminum - Magnesium Alloys (3000 series)
Aluminum - Magnesium - Silicon Alloys (6000 series)
Cadmium
Aluminum - Copper Alloys (2000 series)
Cast Iron, Wrought Iron, Mild Steel
Austenitic Nickel Cast Iron
Type 410 Stainless Steel (active)
Type 316 Stainless Steel (active)
Type 304 Stainless Steel (active)
Naval Brass, Yellow Brass, Red Brass
Tin
Copper
Lead-Tin Solders
Admiralty Brass, Aluminum Brass
Manganese Bronze
Silicon Bronze
Tin Bronze
Type 410 Stainless Steel (passive)
Nickel - Silver
Copper Nickel Alloys
Lead
Nickel - Aluminum Bronze
Silver Solder
Nickel 200
Silver
Type 316 Stainless Steel (passive)
Type 304 Stainless Steel (passive)
Incoloy 825
Hastelloy B
Titanium
Hastelloy C
Platinum
Graphite

Cable Tray Selection -

Material & Finish

Corrosion Guide
Cable Tray Material
Chemical

Aluminum

Stainless Type 304

Stainless Type 316

Cold

Warm

Hot

Cold

Warm

Hot

Cold

Warm

Hot

R
NR
R
R
F

R
NR
R
R
F

R
NR
R
R
NR

R
NR
NR
R
R

R
--R
R

R
--R
R

R
F
F
R
R

R
--R
R

R
--R
R

F
F
F
R
R

F
F
-R
R

F
NR
-R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
-R
-R

R
-R
-R

R
R
R
R
R

R
-R
R
R

R
-R
R
R

Amyl Alcohol
Arsenic Acid
Barium Chloride
Barium Sulfate
Barium Sulfide

R
F
F
R
NR

R
F
F
R
NR

R
F
NR
R
NR

R
R
R
R
R

-R
R
R
R

--R
---

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
---

Benzene
Benzoic Acid
Boric Acid
Bromine Liquid or Vapor
Butyl Acetate

R
F
R
NR
R

R
F
R
NR
R

R
NR
F
NR
R

R
R
R
NR
R

R
R
R
NR
--

R
R
R
NR
--

R
R
R
NR
R

R
R
R
NR
R

R
R
R
NR
R

Butyl Alcohol
Butyric Acid
Calcium Chloride 20%
Calcium Hydroxide
Calcium Hypochlorite 2 - 3%

R
F
F
N
F

R
F
F
---

R
F
NR
---

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
-R
--

R
R
-F
--

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
-R
--

R
R
-R
--

Calcium Sulfate
Carbon Monoxide Gas
Carbon Tetrachloride
Chloroform Dry
Chloroform Solution

R
R
F
R
R

R
R
F
NR
NR

-R
NR
NR
NR

R
R
F
R
--

R
R
F
R
--

-R
F
---

R
R
R
R
--

R
R
R
R
--

-R
R
---

Chromic Acid 10% CP
Citric Acid
Copper Cyanide
Copper Sulfate 5%
Ethyl Alcohol

R
F
NR
NR
R

R
F
NR
NR
R

-F
NR
NR
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

F
NR
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

Ethylene Glycol
Ferric Chloride
Ferrous Sulfate 10%
Formaldehyde 37%
Formic Acid 10%

R
NR
R
R
R

R
NR
NR
R
R

F
NR
NR
R
--

R
NR
R
R
R

R
NR
R
R
R

-NR
-R
NR

R
NR
R
R
R

R
NR
R
R
R

R
NR
-R
R

Gallic Acid 5%
Hydrochloride Acid 25%
Hydrofluoric Acid 10%
Hydrogen Peroxide 30%
Hydrogen Sulfide Wet

R
NR
NR
R
R

R
NR
NR
R
--

NR
NR
NR
R
--

R
NR
NR
R
NR

R
NR
NR
R
NR

R
NR
NR
R
NR

R
NR
NR
R
R

R
NR
NR
R
R

R
NR
NR
R
R

Acteone
Aluminum Chloride Solution
Anhydrous Aluminum Chloride
Aluminum Sulfate
Ammonium Chloride 10%

Cable Tray Selection

Ammonium Hydroxide
Ammonium Phosphate
Ammonium Sulfate
Ammonium Thiocyanate
Amyl Acetate

R = Recommended
F = May be used under some conditions
NR = Not Recommended
-- = Information not available
The corrosion data given in this table is for general comparison only. (Reference Corrosion Resistance Tables, Second Edition)
The presence of contaminates in chemical environments can greatly affect the corrosion rate of any material.
B-Line strongly suggests that field service tests or simulated laboratory tests using actual environmental conditions be conducted in order to
determine the proper materials and finishes to be selected.

For questionable environments see Fiberglass Cable Tray Corrosion Guide (Pages 304 & 305).
Cold = 50 - 80°F

Warm = 130 - 170°F

Hot = 200 - 212°F

22
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Material & Finish
Corrosion Guide
Cable Tray Material

Chemical

Aluminum

Stainless Type 316

Warm

Hot

Cold

Warm

Hot

Cold

Warm

Hot

Lactic Acid 10%
Lead Acetate 5%
Magnesium Chloride 1%
Magnesium Hydroxide
Magnesium Nitrate 5%

R
NR
NR
R
R

F
NR
NR
R
--

NR
NR
NR
R
--

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
-R
R

F
R
F
-R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
-R
R

R
R
R
-R

Nickel Chloride
Nitric Acid 15%
Oleic Acid
Oxalic Acid 10%
Phenol CP

NR
NR
R
R
R

NR
NR
R
F
R

NR
NR
F
NR
R

R
R
R
NR
R

-R
R
NR
R

-R
F
NR
R

R
R
R
R
R

-R
R
R
R

-R
R
R
R

Phosphoric Acid 50%
Potassium Bromide 100%
Potassium Carbonate 100%
Potassium Chloride 5%
Potassium Dichromate

NR
R
F
R
R

NR
F
F
R
R

NR
NR
-R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
-R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

F
R
R
R
R

NR
R
R
R
R

Potassium Hydroxide 50%
Potassium Nitrate 50%
Potassium Sulfate 5%
Propyl Alcohol
Sodium Acetate 20%

NR
R
R
R
R

NR
R
R
R
F

NR
R
R
R
F

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

Sodium
Sodium
Sodium
Sodium
Sodium

Bisulfate 10%
Borate
Carbonate 18%
Chloride 5%
Hydroxide 50%

R
R
R
R
NR

F
F
F
NR
NR

F
F
F
NR
NR

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

Sodium
Sodium
Sodium
Sodium
Sodium

Hypochlorite 5%
Nitrate 100%
Nitrite 100%
Sulfate 100%
Thiosulfate

R
R
R
R
R

F
R
R
R
R

F
R
R
F
R

F
R
R
R
R

-R
R
R
R

-R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

-R
R
R
R

-R
R
R
R

Sulfur Dioxide (Dry)
Sulfuric Acid 5%
Sulfuric Acid 10%
Sulfuric Acid 50%
Sulfuric Acid 75 - 98%

R
NR
NR
NR
NR

R
NR
NR
NR
NR

R
-NR
NR
NR

R
F
NR
NR
NR

R
NR
NR
NR
NR

R
NR
NR
NR
NR

R
R
NR
NR
NR

R
-NR
NR
NR

R
-NR
NR
NR

Sulfuric Acid 98 - 100%
Tannic Acid 10 & 50%
Tartaric Acid 10 & 50%
Vinegar
Zinc Chloride 5 & 20%

NR
NR
F
F
F

NR
NR
NR
F
NR

-NR
NR
F
NR

R
R
R
R
R

-R
R
R
F

-R
R
R
NR

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

F
R
R
R
R

F
F

NR
NR

NR
NR

R
R

R
R

R
R

R
R

R
R

R
R

Zinc Nitrate
Zinc Sulfate

Cable Tray Selection

Stainless Type 304

Cold

R = Recommended
F = May be used under some conditions
NR = Not Recommended
-- = Information not available
The corrosion data given in this table is for general comparison only. (Reference Corrosion Resistance Tables, Second Edition)
The presence of contaminates in chemical environments can greatly affect the corrosion rate of any material.
B-Line strongly suggests that field service tests or simulated laboratory tests using actual environmental conditions be conducted in order to
determine the proper materials and finishes to be selected.

For questionable environments see Fiberglass Cable Tray Corrosion Guide (Pages 304 & 305).
Cold = 50 - 80°F

Warm = 130 - 170°F

Hot = 200 - 212°F

23
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection Thermal Contraction and Expansion
It is important that thermal
contraction and expansion be
considered when installing cable tray
systems. The length of the straight
cable tray runs and the temperature
differential govern the number of
expansion splice plates required (see
Table 2 below).

Material & Finish
Figure 1

X

--

--

--

--

X

--

--

--

--

X

X

--

--

--

--

X

--

--

--

--

X

Expansion Splice Plates
(Bonding Jumpers Required
On Each Side of Tray)

X :Denotes hold-down clamp
(anchor) at support.
_ : Denotes expansion guide
clamp at support.

Typical Cable Tray Installation

The cable tray should be anchored at
the support nearest to its midpoint
between the expansion splice plates and
secured by expansion guides at all other
support locations (see Figure 1).
The cable tray should be permitted
longitudinal movement in both
directions from that fixed point. When
used, covers should be overlapped at
expansion splices.

Figure 2
Maximum
Temperature
C°

Minimum
Temperature

F°

F°

50

50
110

110

1 Plot the highest expected metal
temperature on the maximum
temperature line.
2 Plot the lowest expected metal
temperature on the minimum
temperature line.
3 Draw a line between the maximum
and minimum points.
4 Plot the metal temperature at the
time of installation to determine
the gap setting.

40

40

Metal Temperature At Time Of Installation

Cable Tray Selection

Accurate gap settings at the time of
installation are necessary for the proper
operation of the expansion splice
plates. The following procedure should
assist the installer in determining the
correct gap: (see Figure 2)

C°

130

130

1
90

90

70

70

30

30

20

20

3
50

50

30

30

0

0

-10

10

10

-10

-20

-10

-10

-20

-30

-30

10

10

4
-30

2

-30

-40

-40

Refer to page 309 for thermal
contraction and expansion of
fiberglass cable trays.

1/8
(3.2)

1/4
(6.3)

0
(0.0)

Table 2

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

3/4
(19.0)

7/8
(22.2)

1
(25.4)

GAP SETTING Inches (mm)

Maximum Spacing Between Expansion Joints For 1" Movement
Temperature
Differential
˚F
˚C

Steel

Aluminum
Feet
m

Stainless Steel
304
316
Feet
m
Feet
m

Feet

m

25

13.9

512

156.0

260

79.2

347

105.7

379

115.5

50

27.8

256

78.0

130

39.6

174

53.0

189

57.6

75

41.7

171

52.1

87

26.5

116

35.4

126

38.4

100

55.6

128

39.0

65

19.8

87

26.5

95

29.0

125

69.4

102

31.1

52

15.8

69

21.0

76

23.2

150

83.3

85

25.9

43

13.1

58

17.7

63

19.2

175

97.2

73

22.2

37

11.3

50

15.2

54

16.4

Note: every pair of expansion splice plates requires two bonding jumpers for grounding continuity.

24
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Material & Finish

Installation Considerations
Weight
The weight of an aluminum cable tray is approximately half that of a comparable steel tray. Some factors to consider
include: shipping costs, material, handling, project weight restrictions and the strength of support members.

Field Modifications
Aluminum cable tray is easier to cut and drill than steel cable tray since it is a “softer” material. Similarly, galvanized
steel cable tray is easier to cut and drill than stainless steel cable tray. Cooper B-Line aluminum cable tray uses a four
bolt splice, resulting in half as much drilling and hardware installation as most steel cable tray, which uses an eight bolt
splice. Hot dip galvanized and painted steel cable tray finishes must be repaired when field cutting or drilling. Failure to
repair coatings will impair the cable tray’s corrosion resistance.

Availability
Aluminum, pre-galvanized, stainless steel and fiberglass cable tray can normally be shipped from the factory in a
short period of time. Hot dip galvanized and painted cable tray requires an additional coating process, adding several
days of preparation before final shipment. Typically, a coated cable tray will be sent to an outside source for coating,
requiring additional packing and shipping.
Table 392.7(B)(2)
Metal Area Requirements for Cable Trays
Used as Equipment Grounding Conductors

Electrical Grounding Capacity

NEMA Installation Guide
The new NEMA VE 2 is a cable tray installation
guideline and is available from NEMA, CTI or Cooper
B-Line. For free download see www.cabletrays.com.

Maximum Fuse Ampere Rating,
Circuit Breaker Ampere Trip
Setting, or Circuit Breaker
Protective Relay Ampere Trip
Setting for Ground Fault
Protection of any Cable Circuit
in the Cable Tray System

Steel
Cable Trays

Aluminum
Cable Trays

60
100
200
400
600
1000
1200
1600
2000

0.20
0.40
0.70
1.00
1.50**
-----

0.20
0.20
0.20
0.40
0.40
0.60
1.00
1.50
2.00**

Minimum Cross-Sectional Area of
Metal* In Square Inches

Cable Tray Selection

The National Electrical Code, Article 392.7 allows
cable tray to be used as an equipment grounding
conductor. All Cooper B-Line standard steel and
aluminum cable trays are classified by Underwriter’s
Laboratories per NEC Table 392.7 based on their
cross-sectional area.
The corresponding cross-sectional area for each
side rail design (2 side rails) is listed on a fade
resistant UV stabilized label (see Figure 3). This cable
tray label is attached to each straight section and
fitting that is U.L. classified. U.L. assigned crosssectional area is also stated in the loading charts in
this catalog for each system.

For SI units: one square inch = 645 square millimeters.
* Total cross-sectional area of both side rails for ladder or trough-type cable trays; or the
minimum cross-sectional area of metal in channel-type cable trays or cable trays of
one- piece construction.
** Steel cable trays shall not be used as equipment grounding conductors for circuits with
ground-fault protection above 600 amperes. Aluminum cable trays shall not be used as
equipment grounding conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection above 2000
amperes.
For larger ampere ratings an additional grounding conductor must be used.

Figure 3

Do Not Use As A Walkway, Ladder,
Or Support For Personnel.

Use Only As A Mechanical Support For Cables, Tubing and Raceways.

LA

1 of 1
09/15/2005
000291745

www.cooperbline.com
(618) 654-2184

S SI FI E

D

C

Catalog Number: 24A09-12-144 STR SECTION
Shipping Ticket: 260203 00 001
Mark Number: 78101115400
Purchase Order: D798981
Minimum Area: 1.000 SQ. IN.
Load Class:
D1 179 KG/M 3 METER SPAN

30781011154005

WARNING!

®

This product is classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as
to its suitability as an equipment grounding conductor only. 556E

NON-VENTILATED
Reference File #LR36026

25
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Strength

Environmental Loads
Wind Loads
Wind loads need to be determined for all outdoor
cable tray installations. Most outdoor cable trays are
ladder type trays, therefore the most severe loading to
be considered is impact pressure normal to the cable
tray side rails (see detail 1).

separate a cover from a tray. Wind moving across a
covered tray (see detail 2) creates a positive pressure
inside the tray and a negative pressure above the
cover. This pressure difference can lift the cover off
the tray.

Detail 2

Detail 1

The impact pressure corresponding to several wind
velocities are given below in Table 1.

Cable Tray Selection

Table 1
Impact Pressures
V(mph)

P(lbs/ft2)

15
0.58
20
1.02
25
1.60
30
2.30
35
3.13
40
4.09
45
5.18
50
6.39
55
7.73
60
9.21
65
10.80
70
12.50
75
14.40
80
16.40
V= Wind Velocity
P= Impact Pressure

V(mph)

P(lbs/ft2)

85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150

18.5
20.7
23.1
25.6
28.2
30.9
33.8
36.8
40.0
43.3
46.6
50.1
53.8
57.6

Note: These values are for an air density of 0.07651 lbs/ft3
corresponding to a temperature of 60˚ F and barometric
pressure of 14.7 lbs/in2.

Example Calculation:
Side load for 6" side rail with 100 mph wind
25.6 x 6 = 12.8 lbs/ft
12

B-Line recommends the use of heavy duty wraparound cover clamps when covered trays are installed
in an area where strong winds occur.
Special Notice:
Covers on wide cable tray and/or cable tray installed at
elevations high off the ground may require additional
heavy duty clamps or thicker cover material.

Ice Loads
Glaze ice is the most commonly seen form of ice
build-up. It is the result of rain or drizzle freezing on
impact with an exposed object. Generally, only the
top surface (or the cover) and the windward side of a
cable tray system is significantly coated with ice. The
maximum design load to be added due to ice should
be calculated as follows:
x
LI = W TI
144

(

) x DI

where;

LI= Ice Load (lbs/linear foot)
W= Cable Tray Width (inches)
TI= Maximum Ice Thickness (inches)
DI= Ice Density = 57 lbs/ft3
the maximum ice thickness will vary depending on
location. A thickness of 1/2" can be used as a
conservative standard.
Example Calculation:
Ice Loads for 24" wide tray with 1/2" thick ice;
24 x .5 x 57 = 4.75 lbs/ft
144

When covers are installed on outdoor cable trays,
another factor to be considered is the aerodynamic
effect which can produce a lift strong enough to

26
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Strength

Environmental Loads

Support Span

Snow Loads

The strength of a cable tray is largely determined by
the strength of its side rails. The strength of a cable
tray side rail is proportionate to the distance between
the supports on which it is installed, commonly
referred to as the “support span”. Therefore, the
strength of a cable tray system can be altered by
changing the support span. However, there is a limit
to how much the strength of a cable tray system can
be increased by reducing the support span, because
the strength of the cable tray bottom members could
become the determining factor of strength.

Snow is measured by density and thickness. The
density of snow varies almost as much as its thickness.
The additional design load from snowfall should be
determined using the building codes which apply for
each installation.

Seismic Loads

Concentrated Loads
A concentrated static load represents a static
weight applied at a single point between the side
rails. Tap boxes, conduit attachments and long cable
drops are just some of the many types of concentrated loads. When so specified, these concentrated static
loads may be converted to an equivalent, uniform
load (We) by using the following formula:
We= 2 x (concentrated Static Load)
span length
Cooper B-Line’s cable tray side rails, rungs and
bottoms will withstand a 200 lb. static load without
collapse (series 14 excluded)*. However, it should be
noted that per NEMA Standard Publication VE1 cable
tray is designed as a support for power or control
cables, or both, and is not intended or designed to be
a walkway for personnel. Each section of Cooper
B-Line Cable Tray has a label stating the following
message:

Once the load requirement of a cable tray system
has been established, the following factors should be
considered:
1. Sometimes the location of existing structural beams
will dictate the cable tray support span. This is
typical with outdoor installations where adding
intermediate supports could be financially
prohibitive. For this situation the appropriate cable
tray must be selected to accommodate the existing
span.

Cable Tray Selection

A great deal of seismic testing and evaluation of
cable tray systems, and their supports, has been
performed. The conclusions reached from these
evaluations is that cable tray is stronger laterally than
vertically, since it acts as a truss in the lateral direction.
Other factors that contribute to the stability of cable
tray are the energy dissipating motion of the cables
within the tray, and the high degree of ductility of the
cable tray and the support material.
These factors, working in conjunction with a properly
designed cable tray system, should afford reasonable
assurance to withstand even strong motion
earthquakes.
When seismic bracing is required for a cable tray
system, it should be applied to the supports and not
the cable tray itself. Cooper B-Line’s “Seismic
Restraints” brochure provides OSHPD approved
methods of bracing cable tray supports using standard
Cooper B-Line products. Contact Cooper B-Line to
receive a copy of this brochure.

2. When cable tray supports are randomly located,
the added cost of a higher strength cable tray
system should be compared to the cost of
additional supports. Typically, adding supports is
more costly than installing a stronger series of cable
tray. The stronger cable tray series (e.g. from
75 lbs./ft. on 20’ span to 100 lbs./ft. on 20’ span)
will increase the price of the cable tray system
minimally, possibly less than $1/ft., with little or no
additional labor cost for installation. Alternately,
one extra support may cost $100.00 (material and
labor) for a simple trapeze. Future cable additions
or the capability of supporting equipment,
raceways for example, also favor stronger cable
tray systems. In summary, upgrading to a
stronger cable tray series is typically more costeffective than using the recommended additional
supports for a lighter duty cable tray series.
3. The support span lengths should be equal to or less
than unspliced straight section lengths, to ensure
that no more than one splice is placed between
supports as stated in the NEMA VE 2 Cable Tray
Installation Guideline.

Warning! Not to be used as a walkway,
ladder or support for personnel. To be used
only as a mechanical support for cables and
raceway.

27
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Strength

Deflection
Deflection in a cable tray system is primarily an
aesthetic consideration. When a cable tray system is
installed in a prominent location, a maximum simple
beam deflection of 1/200 of support span can be
used as a guideline to minimize visual deflection.
It is important at this point to mention that there are
two typical beam configurations, simple beam and
continuous beam, and to clarify the difference.

Cable Tray Selection

A good example of a simple beam is a single
straight section of cable tray supported, but not
fastened at either end. When the tray is loaded the
cable tray is allowed to flex. Simple beam analysis is
used almost universally for beam comparisons even
though it is seldom practical in the field installations.
The three most prominent reasons for using a simple
beam analysis are: calculations are simplified; it
represents the worst case loading; and testing is
simple and reliable. The published load data in the
Cooper B-Line cable tray catalog is based on the
simple beam analysis per NEMA & CSA Standards.

Simple Beam

1. Economic consideration must be considered when
addressing cable deflection criteria.
2. Deflection in a cable tray system can be reduced
by decreasing the support span, or by using a taller
or stronger cable tray.
3. When comparing cable trays of equivalent strength,
a steel cable tray will typically exhibit less deflection
than an aluminum cable tray since the modulus of
elasticity of steel is nearly three times that of
aluminum.
4. The location of splices in a continuous span will
affect the deflection of the cable tray system. The
splices should be located at points of minimum
stress whenever practical. NEMA Standards VE 1
limits the use of splice plates as follows:
Unspliced straight sections should be used on all
simple spans and on end spans of continuous span
runs. Straight section lengths should be equal to or
greater than the span length to ensure not more than
one splice between supports.
See the figures below for splicing configuration
samples.

Continuous beam is the beam configuration most
commonly used in cable tray installations. An example
of this configuration is where cable trays are installed
across several supports to form a number of spans.
The continuous beam possesses traits of both the
simple and fixed beams. When equal loads are applied
to all spans simultaneously, the counterbalancing effect
of the loads on both sides of a support restricts the
movement of the cable tray at the support. The effect
is similar to that of a fixed beam. The end spans
behave substantially like simple beams. When cable
trays of identical design are compared, the continuous
beam installation will typically have approximately half
the deflection of a simple beam of the same span.
Therefore simple beam data should be used only as a
general comparison. The following factors should be
considered when addressing cable tray deflection:

Continuous Beam

Typical Continuous
Span Configuration

+
0
+ Maximum Positive Moment
- Maximum Negative Moment

Preferred Splice
Plate Locations

Undesirable Splice
Plate Locations

28
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Strength
Load Capacity

Ladder Type Rungs
Rung

Design

Material

Type

Factors

Type

Single Rung Uniform Load Capacity (in Lbs.) with safety factor of 1.5
Tray Width
6
9
12
18
24
30

36

1"

Ix = .0361 in.4
A

1"

Aluminum

766

575

Sx = .0707 in.3

1.5"
1"

Ix = .0432 in.4
B

1"

Aluminum

594

495

749

624

Sx = .0877 in.3

1.5"
1"

Ix = .0249 in.4

Steel

1"

A

2912

1941

1456

971

728

Sx = .0528 in.3

1.5"
1"

Ix = .0312 in.4

Steel

1"

B

Sx = .0661 in.3

1.5"
15/8"

Ix = .0450 in.4

B44AL 1"

15/8"
B44

Aluminum

Sx = .0787 in.3
Ix = .0445 in.4

1"

2219

1664

1109

832

666

555

5172

3448

2586

1724

1293

1034

862

Redi-Rail

1480

987

740

493

370

296

224

Steel

981

654

491

327

245

230

192

Steel

Sx = .0782 in.3

Strut Rung

Ix = .0130 in.4

Cable Tray Selection

3/4"

3328

Strut Rung

Sx = .0344 in.3
25/32"

1"
1/2"

A

Ix = .0039 in.4
Sx = .0134 in.3

Series 1

1.5"
1"
1/2"

B

Ix = .0047 in.4

Steel

Sx = .0164 in.3

Series 1

1.5"
15/8"

Ix = .0353 in.4
1"

15/8"

Sx = .0708 in.3

Aluminum
Marine Rung

Sx = .0685

in.3

1997

1498

999

749

599

499

4530

3020

2265

1510

1133

906

755

Steel

Ix = .0347 in.4
1"

2996

Marine Rung

Corrugated Bottoms (Ventilated and Solid)
Single Rung Load Capacity (in Lbs.) with safety factor of 1.5
Bottom

Design

Material

Type

Factors

Type

6

9

12

18

24

30

36

Ix = .0455 in.4
Sx = .0898 in.3

Aluminum

3141

2029

1491

970

726

660

594

Ix = .0348 in.4
Sx = .0667 in.3

Steel

2973

1946

1445

955

711

650

590

Ix = .0185 in.4
Sx = .0503 in.3

Series
148
Steel

2645

1763

1323

881

661

3”

3”

21/4”

1”

Tray Width

Trough
3”

3”

21/4”

1”

Trough
27/8”

27/8”

3/4”

21/4”

Trough

29
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Strength

Load Capacity
Calculate each anticipated load factor, then add them to obtain a total load.
(Example: Working Load = Cable + Concentrated + Wind + Snow + Ice Loads).
The Working Load should be used, along with the maximum support spacing, to select a span/load
class designation from Table 3. Table 4 (page 31) contains the most common load/span class
designations per the US and Canadian metallic cable tray standard, CSA, C22.2 No. 126.1-98 First
Addition, NEMA VE 1-1998.

Table 3 - These Loading Classes Are
Historical and Supplied For Reference Only
Load
Class

Cable Tray Selection

lb/ft kg/m
25

37

45
50

Class Designations for lengths of
ft
8

m
ft
m
ft
m
ft
m
ft
m
(2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 16 (4.9) 20 (6.0)
––

A

––

––

––

67

––

––

––

––

D

74

8A

––

12A

16A

20A

65

97

––

C

––

––

––

75

112

8B

––

12B

16B

E or 20B

100

149

8C

––

12C

16C

20C

120

179

––

D

––

––

––

200

299

––

E

––

––

––

Note: 8A/B/C, 12A/B/C, 16A/B/C, and 20A/B/C were the traditional
NEMA designations. A, C, D, and E were the conventional CSA designations.
Actual tested loadings per span will be stated on the product labels.

30
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Strength

Table 4 - B-Line Cable Tray Load Classes

Series

Load
Load
Depth lb/ft (kg/m)

Aluminum

Steel

Copper free

HDGAF/Pre-Galvanized

Span
ft

(m)

Former Classes
NEMA
CSA

Series

3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
6

86
126
80
102
50
121
114
51
84
103
167
100

(128)
(187)
(119)
(152)
(74)
(180)
(170)
(76)
(125)
(153)
(248)
(149)

12
12
20
12
20
16
12
20
20
20
20
12

(3.7)
12B
D1 (3m)
(3.7)
12C
D1 (3m)
(6.1)
20B
E (6m)
(3.7)
12C
D1 (3m)
(6.1)
16B
D1 (6m)
(4.9)
20B
E (3m)
(3.7)
12C
D1 (3m)
(6.1)
20A
D1 (6m)
(6.1)
20B
E (6m)
(6.1)
20C
E (6m)
(6.1) 167# @ 20' 131 kg/m (7.6m)
(3.7)
12B
D1 (3m)

37A
47A
H47A
57A
S8A
Data-Track
Half Rack
Verti-Rack
Multi-Tier

6
6
6
6
6
All
All
All
All

80
100
149
102
161
120
25
100
140

(119)
(149)
(222)
(152)
(240)
(179)
(37)
(149)
(208)

20
20
20
30
30
9.8
9.8
12
10

(6.1)
20B
(6.1)
20C
(6.1) 149# @ 20'
(9.1) 102# @ 30' 152 kg/m (9.1m)
(9.1) 161# @ 30' 240 kg/m (9.1m)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.7)
(3.1)

Fiberglass
13F
24F
36F
46F
H46F
48F

2
3
5
5
5
7

145
156
88
141
152
125

(216)
(232)
(131)
(210)
(226)
(187)

8
12
20
20
20
20

(2.4)
(3.7)
(6.1)
(6.1)
(6.1)
(6.1)

8C

Span
ft

(m)

Former Classes
NEMA
CSA

148*
248*
346*
444*
156*
258*
356*
358*
454*
166*
268*

3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
5
5

51
103
63
91
76
109
69
62
106
77
110

(76)
(153)
(94)
(135)
(113)
(162)
(103)
(92)
(158)
(115)
(164)

12
12
20
20
12
12
20
20
20
12
12

(3.7)
(3.7)
(6.1)
(6.1)
(3.7)
(3.7)
(6.1)
(6.1)
(6.1)
(3.7)
(3.7)

12A
12C
20A
20B
12B
12C
16C
20A
20C
12B
12C

C1 (3m)
D1 (3m)
D1 (6m)
E (3m)
C1 (3m)
D1 (3m)
D1 (6m)
D1 (6m)
E (6m)
C1 (3m)
D1 (3m)

368†
366*
464* †
176*
378*
476*
574*
348†
358†
WB212
WB218
WB224
WB412
WB418
WB424
WB612
WB618
WB620
WB624

5
5
5
6
6
6
6
3
4
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

59
75
123
86
51
77
130
125
62
25
28
28
30
31
31
40
36
40
43

(88)
(112)
(183)
(128)
(76)
(115)
(193)
(186)
(92)
(37)
(42)
(42)
(45)
(46)
(46)
(60)
(54)
(60)
(64)

20
20
20
12
20
20
20
12
20
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8

(6.1)
20A
D1 (3m)
(6.1)
20B
E (6m)
(6.1) 119# @ 20'
E (6m)
(3.7)
12B
137 kg/m (3.7m)
(6.1)
20A
D1 (3m)
(6.1)
20B
D1 (6m)
(6.1) 117# @ 20'
E (6m)
(3.7)
12C
C1 (3m)
(6.1)
20A
89 kg/m (6.1m)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(3.0)

* G denotes CSA Type 1 (HDGAF) or P denotes CSA Type 2 (Mill-Galvanized)
† SS4 (Type 304 Stainless) or SS6 (Type 316 Stainless)

31
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection

H14AR
24A
34A
H15AR
25A
35A
H16AR
26A
36A
46A
H46A
H17AR

Load
Load
Depth lb/ft (kg/m)

Cable Tray Selection Cable Data

Strength

Multiconductor Cable Type TC, 600V with
XHHW Conductors, Copper
3 conductors with ground

The cable load is simply the total
weight of all the cables to be placed in
the tray. This load should be expressed
in lbs/ft.
The data on this page provides
average weights for common cable sizes.

Diameter
in.
0.66
0.74
0.88
1.00
1.13
1.22
1.31
1.42
1.55
1.76
1.98
2.26
2.71
3.10

Size
8
6
4
2
1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250
350
500
750
1000

Area
in.2
0.34
0.43
0.61
0.79
1.00
1.17
1.35
1.58

4 conductors with ground

Weight Diameter
lbs/ft
in.
0.33
0.72
0.45
0.81
0.66
0.96
0.96
1.10
1.17
1.25
1.43
1.35
1.72
1.45
2.14
1.58
2.64
1.77
3.18
1.93
4.29
2.18
5.94
2.50
9.01
3.12
11.70

Area
in.2
0.41
0.52
0.72
0.95
1.23
1.43
1.65
1.96

Weight
lbs/ft
0.42
0.58
0.84
1.20
1.55
1.84
2.20
2.80
3.46
4.04
5.48
7.64
11.40

Multiconductor Cable Type MC, 600V with XHHW Conductors, Copper
3 conductors with ground
Cable Tray Selection

Diameter (in.)
Size

Without
Jacket

With
Jacket

8
6
4
2
1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250
350
500
750

0.70
0.78
0.89
1.01
1.16
1.23
1.32
1.46
1.56
1.74
1.96
2.24
2.68

0.80
0.88
0.99
1.12
1.27
1.34
1.43
1.57
1.68
1.86
2.10
2.37
2.84

Area (in.2)

Weight (lbs/ft)

Without With
Jacket Jacket
0.38
0.48
0.62
0.80
1.06
1.19
1.37
1.67

4 conductors with ground

0.50
0.61
0.77
0.99
1.27
1.41
1.61
1.94

Alum.
Armor
0.41
0.55
0.74
1.08
1.38
1.56
1.85
2.35
2.82
3.31
4.48
6.08
8.96

Diameter (in.)

Steel Without With
Armor Jacket Jacket
0.57
0.74
0.95
1.32
1.63
1.86
2.20
2.67
3.21
3.94
4.97
6.58
9.70

0.76
0.85
0.97
1.10
1.25
1.35
1.46
1.58
1.75
1.92
2.16
2.47
3.03

0.86
0.95
1.07
1.22
1.36
1.46
1.56
1.71
1.88
2.04
2.30
2.63
3.22

Area (in.2)
Without With
Jacket Jacket
0.45
0.57
0.74
0.95
1.23
1.43
1.67
1.96

0.58
0.71
0.90
1.17
1.45
1.67
1.91
2.30

Weight (lbs/ft)
Alum.
Armor

Steel
Armor

0.51
0.69
0.93
1.29
1.61
1.94
2.36
2.94
3.64
4.21
5.71
7.91
11.48

0.68
0.87
1.15
1.56
1.91
2.27
2.72
3.33
3.97
4.64
6.12
8.39
12.17

Single Conductor Cable 600V
XHHW
Size

Diameter
in.

1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250
300
350
400
500
600
750
1000

0.48
0.52
0.58
0.63
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.85
0.93
1.04
1.14
1.29

Area
in.2

0.38
0.44
0.50
0.57
0.68
0.85
1.02

THHN, THWN
Weight Diameter
lbs/ft
in.
0.37
0.46
0.57
0.71
0.85
1.02
1.17
1.33
1.64
2.03
2.24
2.52

0.50
0.54
0.60
0.66
0.72
0.77
0.83
0.87
0.96
1.06
1.17
1.32

Area
in.2

0.41
0.47
0.54
0.59
0.72
0.88
1.08

TW, THW

Weight Diameter Area
lbs/ft
in.
in.2
0.37
0.46
0.57
0.71
0.85
1.02
1.17
1.33
1.64
2.01
2.48
3.30

0.53
0.57
0.62
0.68
0.75
0.81
0.86
0.90
0.98
1.09
1.19
1.34

0.44
0.52
0.58
0.64
0.75
0.93
1.11

USE, RHH, RHW
Weight Diameter Area
lbs/ft
in.
in.2
0.39
0.48
0.60
0.74
0.88
1.04
1.21
1.37
1.69
2.03
2.51
3.31

0.53
0.57
0.63
0.68
0.76
0.81
0.86
0.91
0.99
1.10
1.20
1.35

0.45
0.52
0.58
0.65
0.77
0.95
1.13

Weight
lbs/ft
0.39
0.49
0.60
0.75
0.89
1.05
1.22
1.38
1.70
2.07
2.55
3.33

32
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Width and Available
Loading Depth
Allowable Cable Fill

For allowable cable types see the Appendix page 364.
The following guidelines are based on the 2002 National Electrical Code, Article 392.

I) Number of Multiconductor Cables rated 2000 volts or less in the Cable Tray
(1) 4/0 or Larger Cables
The ladder cable tray must have an inside available width equal to or greater than the sum of the
diameters (Sd) of the cables, which must be installed in a single layer. When using solid bottom cable
tray, the sum of the cable diameters is not to exceed 90% of the available cable tray width.
Example: Cable Tray width is obtained as follows:
List
Cable Sizes

(D)
List Cable
Outside Diameter

(N)
List Number
of Cables

Multiply (D) x (N) = Subtotal
of the Sum of the
Cable Diameters

3/C - #500 kcmil
3/C - #250 kcmil
3/C - #4/0 AWG

2.26 inches
1.76 inches
1.55 inches

1
2
4

2.26 inches
3.52 inches
6.20 inches

The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all cables = 2.26 + 3.52 + 6.20 = 11.98 inches; therefore
a cable tray with an available width of at least 12 inches is required.

(2) Cables Smaller Than 4/0
The total sum of the cross-sectional areas of all
the cables to be installed in the cable tray must be
equal to or less than the allowable cable area for
the tray width, as indicated in Table 5.
When using solid bottom cable tray, the allowable
cable area is reduced by 22%.

Inside Width
of Cable Tray

Allowable
Cable Area

inches

square inches

6
9
12
18
24

7.0
10.5
14.0
21.0
28.0

Cable Tray Selection

Table 5

Example: The cable tray width is obtained as follows:
List
Cable Sizes
3/C - #12 AWG
4/C - #12 AWG
3/C - # 6 AWG
3/C - # 2 AWG

(A)
List Cable Cross
Sectional Areas
0.167
0.190
0.430
0.800

sq.
sq.
sq.
sq.

in.
in.
in.
in.

(N)
List Number
of Cables
10
8
6
9

Multiply (A) x (N) + Total
of the Cross-Sectional
Area for each Size
1.67
1.52
2.58
7.20

sq.
sq.
sq.
sq.

in.
in.
in.
in.

The sum of the total areas is 1.67 + 1.52 + 2.58 + 7.20 = 12.97 inches.
Using Table 4, a 12-inch wide tray with an allowable cable area of 14 sq. inches should be used.
Note: Increasing the cable tray loading depth does not permit an increase in allowable cable area
for power and lighting cables. The maximum allowable cable area for all cable tray with a 3
inch or greater loading depth is limited to the allowable cable area for a 3 inch loading depth.

(3) 4/0 or Larger Cables Installed with Cables Smaller than 4/0
The ladder cable tray needs to be divided into two zones (a barrier or divider is not required but
one can be used if desired) so that the No. 4/0 and larger cables have a dedicated zone, as they
are to be placed in a single layer.
continued on 34

33
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Width and Available
Loading Depth

Allowable Cable Fill
A direct method to determine the correct cable tray width is to figure the cable tray widths required
for each of the cable combinations per steps (2) & (3).
Then add the widths in order to select the proper cable tray width.
Example: The cable tray width is obtained as follows:
Part A- Width required for #4/0 AWG and larger multiconductor cables
List
Cable Size

(D)
List Cable
Outside Diameter

(N)
List Number
of Cables

Multiply (D) x (N) = Subtotal
of the Sum of the
Cable Diameters (Sd)

3/C - #500 kcmil
3/C - #4/0 AGW

2.26 inches
1.55 inches

1
2

2.26 inches
3.10 inches

Cable tray width (inches) required for large cables = 2.26 + 3.10 = 5.36 inches.
Part B- Width required for multiconductor cables smaller than #4/0 AWG
List
Cable Sizes

Cable Tray Selection

3/C - #12 AWG
3/C - #6 AWG
3/C - #2 AWG

(A)
List Cable Cross
Sectional Areas

(N)
List Number
of Cables

Multiply (A) x (N) = Total
of the Cross-Sectional
Area for each Size

0.167 sq. in.
0.430 sq. in.
0.800 sq. in.

10
8
2

1.67 sq. in.
3.44 sq. in.
1.60 sq. in.

The sum of the total areas (inches) = 1.67 + 3.44 + 1.60 = 6.71 sq. inches.
From Table 5 (page 33), the cable tray width required for small cables is 6 inches.
The total cable tray width (inches) = 5.36 + 6.00 = 11.36 inches. A 12-inch wide
cable tray is required.

(4) Multiconductor Control and/or Signal Cables Only
A ladder cable tray containing only control and/or signal cables, may have 50% of its total
available cable area filled with cable. When using solid bottom cable tray pans, the allowable
cable area is reduced from 50% to 40%.
Example: Cable tray width is obtained as follows:
2/C- #16 AWG instrumentation cable cross sectional area = 0.04 sq. in.
Total cross sectional area for 300 Cables = 12.00 sq. in.
Minimum available cable area needed = 12.00 x 2 = 24.00 sq. in.; therefore the cable tray
width required for 4 inch available loading depth tray = 24.00/4 = 6 inches.

II) Number of Single Conductor Cables Rated
2000 Volts or Less in the Cable Tray
All single conductor cables to be installed in the cable tray
must be 1/0 or larger, and are not to be installed with
continuous bottom pans.

(1) 1000 KCMIL or Larger Cables
The sum of the diameters (Sd) for all single conductor
cables to be installed shall not exceed the cable
tray width. See Table 6.

Table 6
Inside Width
of Cable Tray

Allowable
Cable Area

inches

square inches

6
9
12
18
24
30
36

6.50
9.50
13.00
19.50
26.00
32.50
39.00

34
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Width and Available
Loading Depth
Allowable Cable Fill

(2) 250 KCMIL to 1000 KCMIL Cables
The total sum of the cross-sectional areas of all the single conductor cables to be installed in the
cable tray must be equal to or less than the allowable cable area for the tray width, as indicated
in Table 6 (page 34). (Reference Table 8)

(3) 1000 KCMIL or Larger Cables Installed with
Cables Smaller Than 1000 KCMIL
The total sum of the cross-sectional areas of all
the single conductor cables to be installed in
the cable tray must be equal to or less than the
allowable cable area for the tray width, as
indicated in Table 7.

Table 7
Inside
Width
of Cable
Tray

Allowable
Cable
Area

inches

square inches

6
9
12
18
24
30
36

6.50 - (1.1 Sd)
9.50 - (1.1 Sd)
13.00 - (1.1 Sd)
19.50 - (1.1 Sd)
26.00 - (1.1 Sd)
32.50 - (1.1 Sd)
39.00 - (1.1 Sd)

(4) Single Conductor Cables 1/0 through 4/0
These single conductors must be installed in a
single layer. See Table 8.

Cable Tray Selection

Note: It is the opinion of some that this practice may
cause problems with unbalanced voltages. To avoid
these potential problems, the individual conductors for this type of cable tray wiring system should
be bundled with ties. The bundle should contain all of the three-phase conductors for the circuit,
plus the neutral if used. The single conductor cables bundle should be firmly tied to the cable tray
assembly at least every 6 feet.

Table 8
Number of 600 Volt Single Conductor Cables
That May Be Installed in Ladder Cable Tray
Single
Conductor
Size

Outside
Diameter

Area

in.

sq. in.

1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250 Kcmil
350 Kcmil
500 Kcmil
750 Kcmil
1000 Kcmil

0.58
0.62
0.68
0.73
0.84
0.94
1.07
1.28
1.45

.55
.69
.90
1.29
-

6

Cable Tray Width
9
12
18
24

in.

10
9
8
8
11
9
7
5
4

in.

in.

in.

in.

15
14
13
12
18
14
11
8
6

20
19
17
16
24
19
14
10
8

31
29
26
24
35
28
22
15
12

41
38
35
32
47
38
29
20
16

Cable diameters used are those for Oknite-Okolon 600 volt single conductor power cables.

III) Number of Type MV and MC Cables
Rated 2001 Volts or Over in the Cable Tray
The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all cables, rated 2001 volts or over, is not to exceed the cable
tray width.

35
Cable Tray Systems

.

Cable Tray Selection -

Width and Available
Loading Depth

Sizing Cable Tray Per 2002 NEC 392
Start
Here
392.12
W ≥ Sd
(single layer)

No

2000V
or less
cables

Yes

No

Solid
Bottom
Tray

Yes

Ladder
or Vented
Trough
Tray

No

Yes

See
Exception
392.11(B)(3)

Cable Tray Selection

Vented
Channel
Tray

392.10(B)
W ≥ Sd

Yes

392.10(A)(1)
W ≥ Sd

Yes

S/C
1000
kcmil or
larger

Yes

S/C 1/0
or larger

No

Multiconductor
cables

Yes

Continued
on following
page

No

392.3(B)(1)
Not recognized
®
by the NEC

No

392.10(A)(2)
W ≥ A/1.1

Yes

S/C
250
kcmil up
to 1000
kcmil

No

Note: The value “A”
only applies to cables
250 up to 1000 kcmil.
The value “Sd” only
applies to 1000 kcmil
and larger cables.

392.10(A)(3)
Yes
W ≥ A/1.1 +Sd

S/C
250 kcmil
and
larger

Note: Use when mixing
250 thru 1000 kcmil
cables with cables larger
than 1000 kcmil.

No

Legend
W = Cable Tray Width
D = Cable Tray Load Depth
Sd = Sum of Cable Diameters
A = Sum of Cable Areas
S/C = Single Conductor
M/C = Multiconductor Cables
RS = Ladder Rung Spacing

392.10(A)(4)

W ≥ Sd
(9” max. RS)

Yes

S/C 1/0
thru 4/0

36
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Width and Available
Loading Depth

Note: See appendix on page 370 for additional information regarding cable
ampacity and hazardous (classified) location requirements which might
affect the cable tray sizing flow chart.

Ladder
or Vented
Trough
Tray
Continued
from previous
Yes
page

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

392.9(A)(1)
W ≥ Sd
(single layer)

No

M/C
smaller
than 4/0

M/C 4/0
or larger

392.9(A)(2)
W ≥ A/1.2

No

M/C
smaller
than 4/0

Solid
Channel
Tray

Yes

Yes

392.9(C)(1)
W ≥ Sd/0.9
(single layer)

No

Yes

No

Vented
Channel
Tray

One M/C
only

Yes

392.9(E)(1)
W x D ≥ 1.6A

Cable Tray Selection

M/C 4/0
or larger

No

Solid
Bottom
Tray

No

Yes

392.9(C)(2)
W ≥ A/0.9

392.9(E)(2)
W x D ≥ 2.9A

No
One M/C
only

No
Yes

M/C
smaller than
4/0, with
4/0 or
larger

Yes

W ≥ A/1.2 + Sd

Note: The value “A”
only applies to cables
smaller than 4/0.
The value “Sd” only
applies to 4/0 and
larger cables, which
must be single layer.

No

M/C
control
and/or
signal

392.9(A)(3)

Yes

392.9(B)
W x D ≥ 2A

M/C
smaller than
4/0, with
4/0 or
larger

Yes

W≥

A + Sd
0.9

Note: The value “A”
only applies to cables
smaller than 4/0.
The value “Sd” only
applies to 4/0 and
larger cables, which
must be single layer.

No

M/C
control
and/or
signal

392.9(C)(3)

Yes

392.9(D)
W x D ≥ 2.5A

392.9(F)(2)
W x D ≥ 3.2A

392.9(F)(1)
W x D ≥ 1.9A

Legend
W = Cable Tray Width
D = Cable Tray Load Depth
Sd = Sum of Cable Diameters
A = Sum of Cable Areas
S/C = Single Conductor
M/C = Multiconductor Cables
RS = Ladder Rung Spacing

37
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Width and Available
Loading Depth

Barrier Requirements
Barrier strips are used to separate cable systems, such as when cables above and below 600 volts
per NEC 392.6(F) are installed in the same cable tray. However, when MC type cables rated
over 600 volts are installed in the same cable tray with cables rated 600 volts or less, no barriers
are required. The barriers should be made of the same material type as the cable tray.
When ordering the barrier, the height must match the loading depth of the cable tray into which
it is being installed.

Cable Tray Selection

300 & 600
Volt Cables

Fixed Solid Barrier
Comparable Material

Cables Rated
Over 600 Volts

Future Expansion Requirements
One of the many features of cable tray is the ease of adding cables to an existing system. Future
expansion should always be considered when selecting a cable tray, and allowance should be made
for additional fill area and load capacity. A minimum of 50% expansion allowance is recommended.

Space Limitations
Any obstacles which could interfere with a cable tray installation should be considered when selecting
a cable tray width and height. Adequate clearances should be allowed for installation of supports and
for cable accessibility.
Note: The overall cable tray dimensions typically exceed the nominal tray width and loading depth.

38
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Length

Lengths Available
The current Cable Tray Standard, NEMA VE 1 and C22.2 No. 126.1-98, lists typical lengths as
3000 mm (10 ft), 3660 mm (12 ft), 6000 mm (20 ft), and 7320 mm (24 ft). It is impractical to
manufacture either lighter systems in the longer lengths or heavier systems in the shorter lengths.
For that reason, Cooper B-Line has introduced a primary and secondary length for each system.
These straight section lengths were selected to direct the user to lengths that best suit support span
demands and practical loading requirements. The primary length is the one that is the most
appropriate for the strength of the system and that will provide the fastest service levels. The
secondary lengths will be made available to service additional requirements. Special lengths are
available with extended lead times.
For additional information please review the information contained on the Cooper B-Line website at
www.cooperbline.com/product/CableTray/LengthSelection.asp.

Support Span
Per the NEMA VE 2, the support span on which a cable tray is installed should not exceed the
length of the unspliced straight section. Thus installations with support spans greater than 12 feet
should use 240" (20 feet) or 288" (24 feet) cable tray lengths.

Space Limitations
Cable Tray Selection

Consideration should be given to the space available for moving the cable tray from delivery to it’s
final installation location. Obviously, shorter cable tray allows for more maneuverability in tight
spaces.

Installation
Shorter cable tray lengths are typically easier to maneuver on the job site during installation. Two
people may be needed to manipulate longer cable tray sections, while shorter sections might be
handled by one person. Although longer cable tray lengths are more difficult to maneuver, they
can reduce installation time due to the fact that there are fewer splice connections. This trade-off
should be evaluated for each set of job site restrictions.

39
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Loading
Possibilities

Power Application:
Power application can create the heaviest loading. The heaviest cable combination found was for large diameter
cables (i.e. steel armor, 600V, 4 conductor 750 kcmil). The cables weigh less than 3.8 lbs. per inch-width of
cable tray. As power cables are installed in a single layer, the width of the cable affects the possible loading.
36" Wide
140 lbs/ft

30" Wide
115 lbs/ft

24" Wide
90 lbs/ft

18" Wide
70 lbs/ft

12" Wide
45 lbs/ft

9" Wide
35 lbs/ft

6" Wide
23 lbs/ft

Data/Communication Cabling:
Low voltage cables can be stacked as there is no heat generation problems. The NEC employs a calculation
of the total cross sectional area of the cables not exceeding 50% of the fill area of the cable tray. As the cable
fill area of the cable tray system affects the possible loading, both the loading depth and width of the systems
must be considered.
For this example 4UTP category 5 cable (O.D. = .21, .026 lbs./ft.) were used.

Calculated Cable Weight in Lbs/Ft

6"
5"
4"
3"

Fill
Fill
Fill
Fill

36" Wide

30" Wide

81
68
54
41

64
53
43
32

24" Wide 18" Wide 12" Wide
52
43
35
26

41
34
27
21

9" Wide

6" Wide

20
17
13
10

14
12
9
7

27
23
18
14

Cable Tray Selection

The picture shows a 12" cable tray with a 3" load depth. The tray contains
520 4 UTP Category 5 cables with a .21" diameter.
The National Electrical Code allows for 50% fill of ventilated and ladder
cable tray for control or signal wiring (Article 392.9(B)). ANSI/EIA/TIA
569-A Section 4.5* also requires that the fill ratio of cable tray is not to
exceed 50%.
Calculation
Example:

Tray Area = 12 in. x 3 in. = 36 sq. in.
50% Fill = 36 sq. in. x .5 = 18 sq. in.
Cable Area = (.21 in.)2 x 3.14/4 = .0346 sq. in.
Number of Cables = 18 sq. in. / .0346 sq. in. = 520 cables

*Section 4.5 is currently under review.

Other Factors To Consider
• Support Span - The distance between the supports
affects the loading capabilities exponentially. To
calculate loading values not cataloged use:

W1 L12 = W2 L22
W1 - tested loading
L1 - span in feet, a tested span
W2 - loading in question
L2 - known span for new loading

• Other Loads - Ice, wind, snow for outdoor systems see page 26 and 27 for information.
A 200 lb. concentrated load for industrial systems. The affect of a concentrated load can be calculated
as follows
2 x (concentrated static load)
span in feet
When considering concentrated loads the rung strength should be considered.
• Length Of The Straight Sections:
The VE 2, Cable Tray Installation Guide, states that the
support span shall not be greater than the straight section
length. If a 20C system is manufactured in 12 foot sections
the greatest span for supports would be 12 feet. This
dramatically affects the loading of the system.

W1 L12 = W2 L22
100 (202) = W2 (122)
40,000 = 144 W2
W2 = 277 lbs. per foot

40
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Bottom Type

Type of Cable
According to NEC Article 392, multiconductor tray cable may be installed in any standard cable tray
bottom type. According to the 2005 NEC Article 392.11(8)(3), single conductor tray cable may be
installed in any standard cable tray bottom type. Solid bottom cable trays are not allowed to be
installed in Class II, Division 2 locations (2002 NEC Section 502.4(B) ). In general, small, highly
flexible cables should be installed in solid bottom, vented bottom or 6" rung spacing ladder type cable
trays. Sensitive cables (e.g. fiberoptic) are typically installed in flat, solid bottom cable trays, instead
of corrugated trough bottoms. Larger, less flexible cables are typically installed in ladder type cable
trays having 9" or 12" rung spacing. Ladder type cable trays having 18" rung spacing should be
used for large, stiff cables to reduce cost and facilitate cable drop-outs.

Cost vs Strength
Often more than one bottom type is acceptable. In this case the economic difference should
be considered. Ladder cable trays have a lower cost than either non-ventilated or ventilated bottom
configurations. Typically, the cost of ladder type cable tray decreases as rung spacing increases.
However, the effect of rung spacing on load capacity for ladder type cable trays with 18" rung
spacing should be evaluated, since NEMA published load capacities are based on 12" rung spacing.
Rung spacing can affect individual rung and side rail loading as well as system load capacity. Rung
loads applied during cable installation should also be considered. (See page 29 for Cooper
B-Line rung load capacities)

Cable Exposure
Cable Tray Selection

Tray cables are manufactured to withstand the environment without additional protection, favoring
the use of the ladder type cable tray. Some areas may benefit from the limited exposure of solid or
vented bottom cable tray. Solid Bottom metal cable tray with solid metal covers can be utilized in
other spaces used for environmental air to support non plenum rated tray cables (2002 NEC®
300.22(C)(1) )

Cable Attachment
The major advantage of ladder type cable tray is the freedom of entry and exit of the cables. Another
advantage of ladder type cable tray is the ability to secure cables in the cable tray. With standard
rungs the cables may be attached with either cable ties or cable clamps. The ladder type cable tray is
also available with special purpose, slotted marine or strut rungs to facilitate banding or clamping
cables. Cable attachment is particularly important on vertical runs or when the tray is installed on its
side. Ladder rung spacing should be chosen to provide adequate cable attachment points while
allowing the cables to exit the system.

Cable Tray Selection -

Fitting Radius

Cable Flexibility
The proper bend radius for cable tray fittings is usually determined by the bend radius and stiffness of
the tray cables to be installed. Typically, the tray cable manufacturer will recommend a minimum
bend allowance for each cable. The fitting radius should be equal to or larger than the minimum
bend radius of the largest cable which may ever be installed in the system. When several cables are
to be installed in the same cable tray, a larger bend radius may be desirable to ease cable installation.

Space Limitations
The overall dimensions for a cable tray fitting will increase as the bend radius increases. Size and
cost make the smallest acceptable fitting radius most desirable. When large radius fittings are
required, the system layout must be designed to allow adequate space.

41
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

Flextray®

42
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray®

Flextray

Flextray is a flexible, field-adaptable way to manage cables throughout your project. The tray itself can be cut
and bent to the needs of the installer on the jobsite, allowing cable runs to be adjusted as needed. The wide
range of sizes offered by Cooper B-Line makes Flextray a great choice for everything from a small cable drop
to a large trunk of cables. Our tray has the market-preferred "T" weld safety edge, protecting both the cable
and the installer during cable installation. Flextray is also UL Classified as an equipment grounding conductor.
The F.A.S.T. System is Foldable, Adjustable, Stackable, and Tool-less, providing many options to manage
cables inside your raised floor space. With only a few parts, you can create everything from a basic single
layer installation to a cantilevered, multiple-tier cable run. Make the most of your raised floor space and your
time with the F.A.S.T. System!
43
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Technical Data
Finish & Grounding Information

Flextray

Flextray Cable Tray and Accessories are available in a wide variety of finishes to meet the
environmental or aesthetic requirements of customer installations. Use the list below to
find the finish and suffix that will meet your needs.
Available product finishes will be listed on individual pages throughout the catalog.
Finish codes shown in bold type are the standard for that product.
EG
(ZN)

Electroplated Zinc Galvanized Finish applied after fabrication
Recommended applications: Controlled interior
UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when spliced as recommended
ASTM B633 - Average thickness of 0.3 mils (8 microns)

GS
(GLV)

Pre-Galvanized Zinc Finish applied before fabrication
Recommended applications: Limited industrial & interior
UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when spliced as recommended
ASTM A641

BLE
(FB)

Black Powder Coat Finish applied after fabrication
Recommended applications: Controlled interior
UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when coating has been
removed at splice contact points
Average paint thickness of 1.2 mils (30 microns) to 3.0 mils (75 microns)

BLO

Black Oxide Finish
Recommended applications: Controlled interior
ASTM D769

SPC

Custom Powder Coat Finish applied after fabrication
Recommended applications: Controlled interior
UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when coating has been
removed at splice contact points
No Specification

HD
(HDG)

Hot Dip Galvanized Finish applied after fabrication
Recommended applications: Exterior, corrosive
UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when spliced as recommended
ASTM A123 - Average thickness of 2.4 mils (60 microns) to 3.2 mils (80 microns)

304S
(SS4)

304L Stainless Steel
Recommended applications: Food preparation, wash-down areas
ASTM A580

316S
(SS6)

316L Stainless Steel
Recommended applications: Highly corrosive applications & marine environments
ASTM A580
Statement for all UL Classified products:
This product is classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as to its
suitability as an equipment grounding conductor only. 556E

44
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Technical Data
Load & Fill Chart

Flextray Series
Part
Size
Number
height x width

Support Span / Loading Capacity*
Lbs/Ft (max)

5'-0”

6'-0”

7'-0”

8'-0”

Cable Fill (50% fill)**
Actual Area Inside Number of CAT
Number of
Tray (in2)
5e Cables*** CAT 6 Cables***

11/2” x 12”

29

17

14

11

12.2

176

124

FT2X2
FT2X4
FT2X6
FT2X8

2” x 2”
2” x 4”
2” x 6”
2” x 8”

34
52
66
66

28
43
47
47

24
35
35
35

20
27
27
27

4.3
8.2
12.1
16.1

61
118
175
231

43
83
123
163

FT2X12
FT2X16
FT2X18
FT2X20

2” x 12”
2” x 16”
2” x 18”
2” x 20”

68
68
68
68

47
47
47
47

35
35
35
35

27
27
27
27

23.9
31.8
35.8
39.7

345
459
516
573

243
324
364
404

FT2X24
FT2X30
FT2X32

2” x 24”
2” x 30”
2” x 32”

68
68
77

47
47
53

35
35
39

27
27
30

47.5
59.8
63.3

686
862
914

484
608
645

FT4X4
FT4X6
FT4X8
FT4X12
FT4X16

4” x 4”
4” x 6”
4” x 8”
4” x 12”
4” x 16”

58
93
94
119
119

49
77
78
83
83

42
60
61
61
61

36
46
47
47
47

15.8
23.6
31.5
47.5
63.5

227
341
454
686
917

160
240
321
484
647

FT4X18
FT4X20
FT4X24
FT4X30

4” x 18”
4” x 20”
4” x 24”
4” x 30”

119
119
128
128

83
83
89
89

61
61
65
65

47
47
50
50

71.5
79.5
95.5
119.5

1032
1148
1379
1725

728
810
973
1217

FT6X8
FT6X12
FT6X16

6” x 8”
6” x 12”
6” x 16”

111
124
128

77
86
89

57
63
65

43
48
50

47.3
71.6
95.3

682
1034
1375

481
729
970

FT6X18
FT6X20
FT6X24

6” x 18”
6” x 20”
6” x 24”

128
141
154

89
98
107

65
72
78

50
55
60

107.3
118.9
143.3

1549
1716
2068

1092
1211
1459

Flextray

FT1.5X12

* Published load chart has not been tested with Flexmate splice. Please consult the factory for load information when using the

Flexmate option.
** Flextray fill capacity is based on NEC allowable fill of 50%. The NEC rule requires that the cable cross-sectional areas together

may not exceed 50% of the tray area (width x depth = fill). Cables will nearly completely fill the cable tray when reaching the
50% cable fill, due to empty space between the surface of the cables. TIA recommends 40% fill ratio. Flextray loads shown in
the loading chart will not be exceeded at 50% fill.
*** CAT 5e 4-pr non-plenum approximated at .21 in. diameter, CAT 6 4-pr non-plenum approximated at .25 in. diameter. Actual

diameters vary by cable manufacturer.

45
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Straight Sections
1.5” Deep Flextray
1.38" (48 mm)

Part

Height: 1.38" (35 mm)
Length: 118.312" (3 meter)
Wire Dia. Minimum: .196" (5.0 mm)
Finishes:
EG, GS, BLE, SPC,
HD, 304S, 316S

Width

Wt. Per Pc.

Number

in.

mm

lbs.

kg

FT1.5X4X10

4

100

5.8

2.63

FT1.5X6X10

6

150

7.4

3.35

FT1.5X8X10

8

200

9.0

4.08

FT1.5X12X10

12

300

12.1

5.49

Width

Only FT1.5X12 (12” wide) is UL Classified

2” Deep Flextray

2.38" (60 mm)

Part
Number

Height: 2.38" (60 mm)
Length: 118.312" (3 meter)
Flextray

Wire Dia. Minimum: .196" (5.0 mm)
Finishes:
EG, GS, BLE, SPC,
HD, 304S, 316S

Width

Wt. Per Pc.

in.

mm

lbs.

kg

FT2X2X10

2

50

6.6

2.99

FT2X4X10

4

100

8.2

3.72

FT2X6X10

6

150

9.7

4.40

FT2X8X10

8

200

11.2

5.08

FT2X12X10

12

300

14.3

6.48

FT2X16X10

16

400

17.4

7.89

FT2X18X10

18

450

18.9

8.57

FT2X20X10

20

500

20.4

9.25

FT2X24X10

24

600

23.5

10.66

FT2X30X10

30

750

28.1

12.74

FT2X32X10

32

800

29.7

13.47

Width

FT2X6 (6” wide) through FT2X32 (32” wide) are UL Classified

See page - 44 for finish information

46
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Straight Sections
4” Deep Flextray
4.38"
Part
Number

Width
in.

mm

lbs.

FT4X4X10

4

100

11.25

5.10

FT4X6X10

6

150

12.79

5.80

FT4X8X10

8

200

14.32

6.49

FT4X12X10

12

300

17.39

7.89

FT4X16X10

16

400

20.45

9.27

(111 mm)

Wt. Per Pc.
kg

Height: 4.38" (111 mm)
FT4X18X10

18

450

21.99

Length: 118.312" (3 meter)

9.97

FT4X20X10

20

500

23.52

10.67

FT4X24X10

24

600

26.59

12.06

FT4X30X10

30

750

31.19

14.15

Wire Diameter Minimum:
.196" (5.0 mm)
Finishes:
EG, GS, BLE, SPC,
HD, 304S, 316S

Width

All 4” deep Flextrays are UL Classified

6” Deep Flextray
6.38"
Part
Number

in.

mm

lbs.

FT6X8X10

8

200

17.39

7.89

FT6X12X10

12

300

20.45

9.27

FT6X16X10

16

400

23.52

10.67

FT6X18X10

18

450

25.06

11.37

FT6X20X10

20

500

26.59

12.06

24

Wt. Per Pc.

600

All 6” deep Flextrays are UL Classified

29.66

kg

Flextray

FT6X24X10

Width

(162 mm)

Height: 6.38" (162 mm)
Length: 118.312" (3 meter)
Wire Diameter Minimum:
.196" (5.0 mm)

13.45
Width

Finishes:
EG, GS, BLE, SPC,
HD, 304S, 316S

See page 44 for finish information

47
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

Flextray® - Splicing Accessories

48
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Splicing Accessories
Washer Splice Kit
• Washer is staked to bolt, holding part stationary
during installation
• Fewer parts to handle
• For use with all tray widths and sizes
• Finishes __: EG, BLE

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

Assembly of
Staked Washer
Stud/Washer
& Finned Nut

WASHER SPL KIT__

BLE suffix indicates black
zinc finish for this part only

50

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

4.5

2.04

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)
Tray Height

2”
4”
6”

Tray Width - number of splices
6”
8”
12”
16”

2”

4”

18”

20”

24”

(50mm)

(100mm)

(150mm)

(200mm)

(300mm)

(400mm)

(450mm)

(500mm)

(600mm)

NC
NM
NM

NC
4
NM

4
5
NM

4
6
6

4
6
6

4
7
7

4
7
7

5
7
7

5
8
8

NC = Not UL Classified in this size

NM = Flextray is not manufactured in this size

Splice Hardware Components
•
•
•
•

Works with all splicing needs
For use with all tray widths and sizes
Components are sold separately
Finishes __: EG, BLE-BLO, SPC, 304S, 316S

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1/4”

x 1”
Carriage Bolt &
Finned nut

50

1.2

0.54

TOP WASHER__

1” Square
Splice Washer

50

1.4

0.63

BTM WASHER __

13/16” Square
Splice Washer

50

2.0

0.91

FTHDWE 1/4 not available in BLE.
TOP WASHER & BTM WASHER
not available in BLO.

BTM WASHER

FTHDWE1/4

Flextray

FTHDWE 1/4__

TOP WASHER

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)
Tray Height

2”
4”
6”

Tray Width - number of splices
6”
8”
12”
16”

2”

4”

18”

20”

24”

(50mm)

(100mm)

(150mm)

(200mm)

(300mm)

(400mm)

(450mm)

(500mm)

(600mm)

NC
NM
NM

NC
4
NM

4
5
NM

4
6
6

4
6
6

4
7
7

4
7
7

5
7
7

5
8
8

NC = Not UL Classified in this size

NM = Flextray is not manufactured in this size

See page 44 for finish and grounding information

49
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Splicing Accessories
Connecting Hardware
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Wt./Box

Number

FTSCH__

Connecting Hardware

• Adaptable and designed for use with
splice plate (FTS3SP), SPLICE BAR, and
long splice bar (FTS36SB).
• Finishes __: EG, BLE-BLO, SPC, 304S, 316S

50

lbs.

kg

2.0

0.91

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)
Tray Height

2”
4”
6”

Tray Width - number of splices
6”
8”
12”
16”

2”

4”

18”

20”

24”

(50mm)

(100mm)

(150mm)

(200mm)

(300mm)

(400mm)

(450mm)

(500mm)

(600mm)

NC
NM
NM

NC
4
NM

4
5
NM

4
6
6

4
6
6

4
7
7

4
7
7

5
7
7

5
8
8

NC = Not UL Classified in this size

NM = Flextray is not manufactured in this size

Wing Splice
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Wt./Box

Number

Wing Splice

50

kg

3.0

1.38

Flextray

FTSWN__

lbs.

• Two piece design for easy handling
• Tool-less installation
• Reduces installation time, especially when used on
fittings and bends
• Finish__: ZN

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)
Tray Height

2”
4”
6”

Tray Width - number of splices
6”
8”
12”
16”

2”

4”

18”

20”

24”

(50mm)

(100mm)

(150mm)

(200mm)

(300mm)

(400mm)

(450mm)

(500mm)

(600mm)

NC
NM
NM

NC
4
NM

4
5
NM

4
6
6

4
6
6

4
7
7

4
7
7

5
7
7

5
8
8

NC = Not UL Classified in this size

NM = Flextray is not manufactured in this size

See page 44 for finish and grounding information

50
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Splicing Accessories
Splice Plate (only)
Part

Description

Length

Height

Hole

Number

Qty./Box

Diameter

FTS3SP__

Splice Plate

2.7”

1.6”

0.27”

50

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

6.1

2.76

• Splice plate is designed for use with connecting
hardware (FTSCH) to provide added stability of
splice connections
• Hardware sold separately
• Finish__: ZN, SS6

Flexmate Splice System
Part

• Fastest splice connection method available
in the industry
• For use with 4” (100mm) to 12” (300mm) wide tray
• Flexmate clips and tool sold separately
• Finishes __: GS, BLE

Description

Qty./Box

Number

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

FLEXMATE2__

Flexmate
Splice Clips

50

1.0

0.45

FLEXMATE TOOL

Flexmate
Splice Tool

1

0.7

0.32

Note: Please contact Cooper B-Line when using
Flexmates on tray widths larger than 12” (300mm)
for specific requirements.
Cooper B-Line recommends that splice/supports
comply with NEMA VE-2 installation requirements
FLEXMATE2

Squeeze to
secure splice.

Flextray

Flexmate Tool is used to
install splices quickly.
Position clip inside
tool, pointing to
outside of tray.

FLEXMATE TOOL

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)
Tray Height
2”

2”
4”
6”

Tray Width - number of splices
4”
6”
8”
12”

(50mm)

(100mm)

(150mm)

(200mm)

(300mm)

NC
NM
NM

NC
5
NM

5
6
NM

5
7
7

5
7
7

NC = Not UL Classified in this size
NM = Flextray is not manufactured in this size
See page 44 for finish and grounding information

51
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Splicing Accessories
Tab-Loc Connector
Part

Description

Length

Qty./Box

Number

Tab-Loc
Connectors

FTSTLC__

9.29”

Wt./Box

lbs.

kg

50

7.2

3.26

• Fast splice for straight runs of tray
• For use with 2” (50mm) to 32” (800mm) wide tray
to connect straight sections only
• Finishes __: ZN, SS6

Application Requirements
The recommendations listed are equal for all depths
(except as noted).

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)
Tray Height

2”
4”
6”

Tray Width - number of splices
8”
12”
16”
18”

2”

4”

6”

20”

24”

(50mm)

(100mm)

(150mm)

(200mm)

(300mm)

(400mm)

(450mm)

(500mm)

(600mm)

NC
NM
NM

NC
4
NM

4
5
NM

4
6
6

4
6
6

4
7
7

4
7
7

5
7
7

5
8
8

NC = Not UL Classified in this size

NM = Flextray is not manufactured in this size

Flextray

Installation

Step 3

Step 2

Step 1

Tab-Loc security without
special tools.

Screwdriver can also be used to
bend tab-locs (hold connector ends
while bending).
Step 4

See page 44 for finish and grounding information

52
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Splicing Accessories
Splice Bar
•
•
•
•
•

Adds rigidity to washer splice methods
Used on side rails only (not for use in tray bottom)
For use on trays when using splice hardware FTSCH
Hardware sold separately
Finishes __: EG, BLE, HD, 304S, 316S, SPC

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

1013/16” Long Bar

SPLICE BAR__

50

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

14.0

6.35

Hardware is not sold with
splice bar.

Flextray

Each splice bar requires three (3) each of Hardware Splice Components TOP WASHER, and FTHDWE 1/4 to complete connection.
These items must be ordered separately.
Washer Splice Kits (WASHER SPL KIT) are required for connections on bottom of tray.

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)
Tray Height

2”
4”
6”

Tray Width - number of splices
8”
12”
16”
18”

2”

4”

6”

20”

24”

(50mm)

(100mm)

(150mm)

(200mm)

(300mm)

(400mm)

(450mm)

(500mm)

(600mm)

NC
NM
NM

NC
4
NM

2
4
NM

2
4
4

2
4
4

2
4
4

2
4
4

2
4
4

2
4
4

NC = Not UL Classified in this size

NM = Flextray is not manufactured in this size

See page 44 for finish and grounding information

53
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Splicing Accessories
Splice Bar Kit
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Wt./Box

Number

FTSBK__

12” Long
Splice Bar Kit

5 Sets

lbs.

kg

6.4

2.90

• Adds rigidity
• Includes two (2) SPLICE BAR and hardware
• Finishes __: ZN, FB, SS6

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)
Tray Height

2”
4”
6”

Tray Width - number of splices
8”
12”
16”
18”

2”

4”

6”

20”

24”

(50mm)

(100mm)

(150mm)

(200mm)

(300mm)

(400mm)

(450mm)

(500mm)

(600mm)

NC
NM
NM

NC
4
NM

2
4
NM

2
4
4

2
4
4

2
4
4

2
4
4

2
4
4

2
4
4

NC = Not UL Classified in this size

NM = Flextray is not manufactured in this size

Flextray

Long Splice Bar (only)
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

FTS36SB__

36” Long
Splice Bar Only

1

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

0.40

0.18

• FTS36SB long splice bar is used for assembly of
large radius horizontal bends or field cut into short
splice bars
• Splice Bars are designed for use with connecting
hardware (FTSCH)
• Hardware sold separately
• Finishes __: ZN, FB, SS6

See page 44 for finish and grounding information

54
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Splicing Accessories
Hold Down Plate
• Easy way to mount 4" (100mm) wide tray for
raceway run.
• Use 1/4" screws to attach SUPT WASHER to your
specific wall/stud application (hardware sold
separately).
• FTA6HD can be used in pairs to create a center-hung
support using 3/8" rod.
• To protect cables use threaded
rod protector (page 61).
• To complete 3/8" center hanger
assembly use:
2 - FTA6HD
2 - HN 3/8"-16 hex nuts
• Finish: ZN, SS6

• Horizontal adjustable kit can be used to create
horizontal angles from prepared Flextray straight
sections
• Conveniently poly-bagged
• Finishes __: EG, BLE, 316S, SPC

Part

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

.28” x .70”

50

4.7

2.13

FTA6HD__

.40” x .70”

50

3.5

1.59

Horizontal Adjustable Kit
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

Horizontal
Adjustable Kit

10

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

2.4

1.09

Flextray

For fast assembly of 90° turns and tee fittings
For use with all tray widths and sizes
One kit will make two 90° turns or one tee fitting
90 DEGREE KIT: includes: two (2) 90° splice bars
and eight (8) FTSCH
• Finishes __: EG, BLE, SPC, 316S

Qty./Box

SUPT WASHER__

FTSHAK__

•
•
•
•

Slot Size

Number

90 Degree Kit
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

90 DEGREE KIT__

90 degree splice
bar & hardware

1

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1.3

0.59

See page 44 for finish and grounding information

55
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Splicing Accessories
Components Required to Connect Two Sections of Flextray
System
Part

Number

System
Width
in.

mm

Connector
Assembly

Connecting
Hardware

Splice
Plate

Splice

WASHER SPL KIT

FTSCH

FTS3SP

SPLICE BAR

Bar

Flextray

(*) 4 for 4” Deep Flextray
6 for 6” Deep Flextray
FT2X2
FT2X4
FT2X6
FT2X8
FT2X12
FT2X16
FT2X18
FT2X20
FT2X24
FT2X30
FT2X32
FT4X4
FT4X6
FT4X8
FT(*)X12
FT(*)X16
FT(*)X18
FT(*)X20
FT(*)X24
FT(*)X30

2”
4”
6”
8”
12”
16”
18”
20”
24”
30”
32”
4”
6”
8”
12”
16”
18”
20”
24”
30”

50
100
150
200
300
400
450
500
600
750
800
100
150
200
300
400
450
500
600
750

2
2
42
42
42
42
42
53
53
75
75
42
66
66
66
77
77
77
77
88

-

-

-

Washer Splice Kits

FT2X2
FT2X4
FT2X6
FT2X8
FT2X12
FT2X16
FT2X18
FT2X20
FT2X24
FT2X30
FT2X32
FT4X4
FT4X6
FT4X8
FT(*)X12
FT(*)X16
FT(*)X18
FT(*)X20
FT(*)X24
FT(*)X30

2”
4”
6”
8”
12”
16”
18”
20”
24”
30”
32”
4”
6”
8”
12”
16”
18”
20”
24”
30”

50
100
150
200
300
400
450
500
600
750
800
100
150
200
300
400
450
500
600
750

11
11
22
22
22
22
22
44
44
11
22
22
33
44
44
44
44
55

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

-

Splice Plates

FT2X2
FT2X4
FT2X6
FT2X8
FT2X12
FT2X16
FT2X18
FT2X20
FT2X24
FT2X30
FT2X32
FT4X4
FT4X6
FT4X8
FT(*)X12
FT(*)X16
FT(*)X18
FT(*)X20
FT(*)X24
FT(*)X30

2”
4”
6”
8”
12”
16”
18”
21”
24”
30”
32”
4”
6”
8”
12”
16”
18”
20”
24”
30”

50
100
150
200
300
400
450
500
600
750
800
100
150
200
300
400
450
500
600
750

11
11
22
22
22
22
22
33
33
11
22
22
22
33
33
33
33
44

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
6
6
2
2
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

-

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Splice Bars

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Install one connector on the bottom.
Install two connectors on the bottom.
Install three connectors on the bottom.
Install four connectors on the bottom.
Install five connectors on the bottom.
Install two connectors on the bottom and two on each side.
Install three connectors on the bottom and two on each side.
Install four connectors on the bottom and two on each side.

56
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Splicing Accessories
Splice Plate Kits for 2" Deep Flextray

Part
Number

System
Width

Weight
Per 100

Box
Quantity

in.

mm

lbs.

kg

FTS20SK

2”
4”

50
100

2.91

1.32

10

FTS21SK

6”
8”

150
200

3.63

1.64

10

FTS22SK

12”
18”
20”
24”

300
450
500
600

4.35

1.97

10

Conveniently poly-bagged for use with
2" Deep Flextray

Splice Plate Kits for 4" & 6” Deep Flextray

Part
Number

FTS23SK

in.

mm

4”

100

6”

150

8”

200

12”

300

18”

450

20”

500

24”

600

Weight
Per 100

Box
Quantity

lbs.

kg

5.07

2.30

10

5.79

2.62

10

Conveniently poly-bagged for use with
4" & 6” Deep Flextray

Flextray

FTS24SK

System
Width

57
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

Flextray® - Ceiling Support Methods

58
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Ceiling Support Methods
• Accommodates 1/4" and 3/8" rod sizes
• Installs quickly with a screwdriver or pliers thus
reducing installation time
• Requires only one hex nut (not included) to hang
and level the Flextray
• Retainer tabs can be bent over to lock-in the
threaded rod and wire basket
• Finishes __: ZN, FB, SS6

Flip Clip™
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

WB46H__

Flip Clip

50

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

5.2

2.36

Snap retainer stops
in place after cable is
loaded.

Trapeze Support
• Trapeze Clip installs fast
• For use with trays up to 4” (100mm) deep,
12” (300mm) wide, and spans up to 8’-0” (2.44m)
• Tray can be released from support to allow side
cable loading
• Accepts 1/4” and 3/8” threaded rod sizes
• Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

TRAPEZE SUPT2__

Trapeze
Support Clip

50 trapeze clips
100 retainer stops

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

7.0

3.17

Snap retainer stops
in place after cable is
loaded.

Flextray

2” Center Hanger
•
•
•
•

For use with 2” (50mm) tray widths only
Accepts 1/4” threaded rod
Hardware sold separately
Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

2 IN CTR SUPT__

Center Support
Hanger for FT2x2

50

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

5.0

2.27

Assemble with
ATTACHMENT CLP
& FTHDWE 1/4
hardware.

See page 44 for finish information

59
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Ceiling Support Methods
Hold Down Plate
Part

Slot Size

Qty./Box

Wt./Box

Number

lbs.

kg

SUPT WASHER__

.28” x .70”

50

4.7

2.13

FTA6HD__

.40” x .70”

50

3.5

1.59

• Easy way to mount 4" (100mm) wide tray for raceway
run.
• Use 1/4" screws to attach SUPT WASHER to your
specific wall/stud application (hardware sold separately).
• FTA6HD can be used in pairs to create a center-hung
support using 3/8" rod.
• To protect cables use threaded rod protector (page 61).
• To complete 3/8" center hanger assembly use:
2 - FTA6HD
2 - HN 3/8"-16 hex nuts
• Finish: ZN, SS6

Mounting Bracket
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

FTB2UB__

Light Duty
Wall/Rack Bracket

10

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

2.1

0.95

• Designed to support FT2X2X10 Flextray
• Click tabs for Flextray attachment
• Use 1/4” hardware and washer (not included) to
mount bracket
• Finishes __: SS6

1" typ.
(25 mm)

Flextray

.26" typ.
(6.6 mm)

Center Hung Clip
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

CTR HUNG CLP__

Light Duty
Center Hanger

50

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

4.0

1.81

• Use for light duty cabling applications
• For use with 11/2” (38mm) & 2” (51mm) deep tray with
4” (100mm) and 6” (150mm) widths
• Built-in hold down tab
• Accepts 1/4” threaded rod
• Threaded rod and nuts sold separately
• Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC

Assemble with 1/4” threaded
rod and finned nut
See page 44 for finish information

60
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Ceiling Support Methods
Threaded Rod Protector
• Use to protect cables from 1/4” to 1/2”
threaded rod
• PVC UL94V-O material
• Color: Gray

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

Wt./Box
lbs.

SB301-1/2x8__

Rod Protector

1

kg

0.01 0.004

8”

Center Hanger
• Center hangers install with only one
threaded rod and hardware
• Tabs for easy hold down
(not available in stainless steel)
• For use with 4” (100mm) to
24” (600mm) wide tray
• Tubing protects cable
• 6” (150mm) and 18” (450mm) width
hangers have slightly offset center
tubing to allow the tube to fit properly
between wire grid
• Accepts 1/4”, 3/8” & 1/2” threaded rod
• Finishes __: EG, BLE, HD, SPC

Part

Use With

Actual

Number

Tray Width

Width

4 CTR HGR__

4” (100mm)

47/16” (112mm)

6” (150mm)

517/32” (140mm)

8” (200mm)

819/32” (218mm)

12” (300mm)

121/2” (317mm)

16 CTR HGR__

16” (400mm)

163/8” (416mm)

18 CTR HGR__

18” (450mm)

6 CTR HGR__
8 CTR HGR__
12 CTR HGR__

20 CTR HGR__
24 CTR HGR__

Qty./Box

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1

1.6

0.72

1

1.7

0.77

1

1.9

0.86

1

2.7

1.22

1

3.2

1.45

17” (432mm)

1

3.3

1.49

20” (500mm)

209/32” (515mm)

1

3.6

1.63

24” (600mm)

243/16” (640mm)

1

4.3

1.95

Flextray

Position hanger
below tray.
Tabs can be bent
over for hold down.

See page 44 for finish information

61
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Ceiling Support Methods
Heavy Duty Center Hung Support Kit
Part

Channel

Number

Length

WB5518CH__

18”

Qty./Box

1

• Designed for 1/2" ATR. Channel length of 18"
supports 12", 18" and 20" Flextray
Systems.
• Protection sleeve for ATR to prevent damage
to cables.
1
• /2" ATR attachment hardware provided.
• Flextray mounting attachment hardware provided.
• Heavy Duty Center Hung Support
assembly includes:
(1) - SB3011/2x8 Threaded Rod Protector
(2) - B202 Square Washers
(2) - HN 1/2"-13 Hex Nuts
(2) - N224WO, 1/4"-20 Channel Nuts (no spring)
(2) - SRHMS 1/4"-20 x 1” Machine Screws
(2) - SUPT WASHER Hold Down Plates
(1) - B54SH Channel, 18" long
• Finishes __: ZN, SS6, SPC

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

2.2

1.00

Kit supplied with
attachment hardware.

Flextray

Trapeze Support Kits
Part

Use With

Overall

Number

Tray Width

Width

Qty./Box

WB5506__

6” (150mm)

10” (254mm)

WB5508__

8” (200mm)

WB5512 __

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1

1.6

0.73

12” (305mm)

1

1.7

0.77

12” (300mm)

16” (406mm)

1

2.0

0.91

WB5518 __

18” (450mm)

22” (559mm)

1

2.5

1.13

WB5524__

†

28” (711mm)

1

2.9

1.32

• Trapeze Support Kit includes all
components required for single trapeze
support in one package.
• Designed for use with 1/4" ATR.
• Also available for 3/8" ATR, add -3/8 suffix
to part number.
• Order threaded rod separately.
• Finish: Channel - GLV
Other components - ZN, SPC
Available in SS6

† For 20” (500 mm) and 24” (600 mm) wide Flextray

Trapeze Kit for 1/4" ATR includes:
(4) - B450-1/4" U-Washers
(4) - HN 1/4"-20 Hex Nuts
(1) - SUPT WASHER
(1) - TN224 1/4"-20 EZ Twirl Nut
(1) - SRHMS 1/4"-20 x 1"
Machine Screw
(1) - B54SH Channel

Trapeze Kit for 3/8" ATR
add -3/8" suffix, includes:
(4) - B450-3/8" U-Washers
(4) - HN 3/8"-16 Hex Nuts
(1) - SUPT WASHER
(1) - TN224 1/4"-20 EZ Twirl Nut
(1) - SRHMS 1/4"-20 x 1"
Machine Screw
Kits supplied with
(1) - B54SH Channel
attachment hardware.

Overall Width

See page 44 for finish information

62
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Ceiling Support Methods
Profile Supports
Part

Use With

Actual

Number

Tray Width

Width

12 PROFILE SUPT__

up to 8” (200mm)

12.49” (317mm)

16 PROFILE SUPT__

12” (300mm)

24 PROFILE SUPT__
28 PROFILE SUPT__

Qty./Box

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1

0.80

0.36

16.39” (416mm)

1

1.07

0.48

16” (400mm) to 20” (500mm)

24.19” (614mm)

1

1.60

0.72

24” (600mm) to 26” (650mm)

28.05” (712mm)

1

1.87

0.85

•
•
•
•

Use profile for full tray bottom support
Accepts 1/4”, 3/8” & 1/2” threaded rod - (rod and nuts not included)
For use with 4” (100mm) to 24” (600mm) wide trays
Items included: one (1) Profile Support
two (2) SUPT WASHER
two (2) FTHDWE 1/4
• Finishes __: GS, EG, BLE, HD, SPC
Position hanger
below tray.
Install and tighten
hardware.

Profile Length
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

10 LFT PROFILE__

10’ nominal length
117” (2971mm) actual length
Profile Tray Support

1

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

7.8

3.54

Flextray

• 10’ section to allow field cutting to length
• For use with 4” (100mm) to
32” (800mm) wide trays
• Can support multiple runs at same time
• Accepts 1/4” threaded rod
• Use FTHDWE 1/4 and TOP WASHER
for hold down (sold separately)
• Finishes __: GS, BLE, HD, SPC

See page 44 for finish information

63
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Ceiling Support Methods
KwikWire™ Clamps & Wire Rope
• KwikWire system replaces jack chain or ATR to support lighting, ductwork, and
Flextray.
• Can be quickly installed around beams - No drilling required.
• Ideal for sloped ceilings - can hang objects at up to 60° angles.
• Simple height adjustments are made by releasing locking tab, no tools required.
• Spools of wire can be cut to length in field, reducing waste and up front planning.
Part

Clamp Description

Number

For Use With Rope Diameter

BKC100

1/16”

Qty./Box

& 3/32”

BKC150

3/32”

BKC200

1/8”

100

& 3/16”

50

Part

Rope Diameter
- Working Load

- 96 lbs.

500 ft.

(1)

3/32”

- 184 lbs.

500 ft.

BKW125 (1)

1/8”

- 340 lbs.

500 ft.

BKW188 (2)

3/16”

- 840 lbs.

250 ft.

BKW094

BKCC

Wire Rope Cutter

1/16”

0-75

BKC100

3/32”

25-150

BKC150

3/32”

25-150

BKC150

1/8”

25-250

BKC200

1/8”

25-250

BKC200

3/16”

50-640

1

Lbs.
Safety
Factor 5

15° = 96%
30° = 86%
45° = 70%
60° = 50%

(2) 7 x 19

New

KwikWire™ Cable Assemblies

• New KwikWire “Y” Cable Assemblies will simplify the installation
of light fixtures and cable tray.
• “Y” Cables enable a single suspension point to provide two
securement points.
• “Y” legs are 18” in length.
• “Y” Cable Assembly Kits include two (2) 10’-0” long cable
assemblies and two (2) KwikWire clamps.
• Add-on cable assemblies can be field installed on KwikWire
systems.

Flextray

BKC100

Wire Rope Construction

(1) 7 x 7

Part

Wire
Rope
Dia.

* Working loads shown
are for hanging vertically.
For suspending at
15°, 30°, 45° or 60°
angles from vertical, use
the following percentage
of the working loads from
the chart:

Qty./Spool

1/16”

BKW063 (1)

Clamp
Part No.

100

& 1/8”

Number

KwikWire™ Clamp
Working Loads*

Description

Qty./Box

BKYC-094

Carabiner

20

BKYC-094-120K

Carabiner

10

BKYC-094

BKYC-094-120K

Number

See page 44 for finish information

64
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Ceiling Support Methods
KwikWire™ Starter Kit
• Starter Kit includes everything you need to get the job done.
• Kits are packaged in a 5-gallon bucket for easy transportation. The lid includes a built-in cable
counter to simplify measuring and cutting the wire rope to length.
• Starter Kit includes KwikWire clamps, a spool of wire rope, and a cable cutter.

Part

Kit Includes

Number

- Working Load

BKS10063

BKC100 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter
1/16ӯ Wire Rope (500 ft.)

1

BKS10094

BKC100 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter
3/32ӯ Wire Rope (500 ft.)

1

BKS15094

BKC150 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter
3/32ӯ Wire Rope (500 ft.)

1

BKS15125

BKC150 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter
1/8ӯ Wire Rope (500 ft.)

1

BKS20125

BKC200 (50 pcs.), Cable Cutter
1/8ӯ Wire Rope (500 ft.)

1

BKS20188

BKC200 (50 pcs.), Cable Cutter
3/16ӯ Wire Rope (250 ft.)

1

New

Qty./Box

KwikPak™ Wire Rope & Clamps
KwikPak™ makes handling KwikWire™ a breeze!
• Refill your starter kit with a B-Line KwikPak™.
• KwikPaks include KwikWire clamps and a spool of wire rope.
• KwikPaks are shipped in a specially designed dispenser box to ease field cutting of wire.
Kit Includes
- Working Load

Qty./Box

BKP10063

BKC100 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter
1/16ӯ Wire Rope (500 ft.)

1

BKP10094

BKC100 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter
3/32ӯ Wire Rope (500 ft.)

1

BKP15094

BKC150 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter
3/32ӯ Wire Rope (500 ft.)

1

BKP15125

BKC150 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter
1/8ӯ Wire Rope (500 ft.)

1

BKP20125

BKC200 (50 pcs.), Cable Cutter
1/8ӯ Wire Rope (500 ft.)

1

BKP20188

BKC200 (50 pcs.), Cable Cutter
3/16ӯ Wire Rope (250 ft.)

1

Flextray

Part
Number

See page 44 for finish information

65
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

Flextray® - Wall Support Methods

66

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Wall Support Methods
Shelf Brackets
• Heavy-duty support bracket
• For use with 6” (150mm) to
24” (600mm) wide trays
• Built-in tab for hold down
• Accepts 1/4” through 11/2” conduit sizes
for additional support options
• Optional hardware sold separately
• Finishes __: GLV, HDG, SS6

Part

Use With

Number

Tray Width

FTB06CS__

6” (150mm)

FTB08CS__

Qty./Box

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1

0.5

0.22

8” (200mm)

1

0.6

0.27

FTB12CS__

12” (300mm)

1

1.2

0.54

FTB16CS __

16” (400mm)

1

1.7

0.77

FTB18CS __

18” (450mm)

1

1.9

0.86

FTB20CS __

20” (500mm)

1

2.6

1.18

FTB24CS __

24” (600mm)

1

3.2

1.45

FTB24CS shown

L Brackets
Part

Use With

Number

Tray Width

4 L BRKT__

4” (150mm)

8 L BRKT__

Qty./Box

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1

0.6

0.27

6” (150mm) &
8” (200mm)

1

0.8

0.36

12 L BRKT__

12” (300mm)

1

1.3

0.59

16 L BRKT__

16” (400mm)

1

1.4

0.63

20 L BRKT__

20” (500mm)

1

2.0

0.91

24 L BRKT__

24” (600mm)

1

2.3

1.04

Tab can be bent over
for hold down.

Flextray

• Installs tray to wall cleanly
• Built-in tab for hold down
(not available in stainless steel)
• For use with 4” (100mm) to 24” (600mm)
wide trays
• Use with pedestal clamp in raised
floor applications
• Hardware sold separately
• Finishes __: EG, HD, BLE, 316S, SPC

12 L BRKT

See page 44 for finish information

67
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Wall Support Methods
Z Brackets
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

Z BRKT__

Z Bracket

1

•
•
•
•
•
•

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

0.6

0.27

Used for horizontal and/or vertical mounting
For use with 4” (100mm) to 32” (800mm) wide trays
Can be used to offset trays from floor
Can be used to terminate tray run at wall
Multiple brackets can be used for wider tray widths
Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC

Use with two (2) FTSCH
(sold separately)

Hold Down Plate
Part

Slot Size

Qty./Box

Number

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

.28” x .70”

50

4.7

2.13

FTA6HD__

.40” x .70”

50

3.5

1.59

Flextray

SUPT WASHER__

• Easy way to mount 4" (100mm) wide tray for raceway
run.
• Use 1/4" screws to attach SUPT WASHER to your
specific wall/stud application (hardware sold separately).
• FTA6HD can be used in pairs to create a center-hung
support using 3/8" rod.
• To protect cables use threaded rod protector (page 61).
• To complete 3/8" center hanger assembly use:
2 - FTA6HD
2 - HN 3/8"-16 hex nuts
• Finish: ZN, SS6

See page 44 for finish information

68
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Wall Support Methods
Attachment Clips
• Wall attachment for 2” (50mm) wide
tray only (FT2X2X10)
• Low-profile appearance
• Built-in tab to hold down tray
• Can also be used with 2” (50mm) Center
Support (see page 59)
• Hardware sold separately
• Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

ATTACHMENT CLP__

Attachment Clip
Support for FT2x2x10

50

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

3.4

1.54

Mounting Bracket
• Designed to support FT2X2X10 Flextray
• Click tabs for Flextray attachment
• Use 1/4” hardware and washer (not included) to
mount bracket
• Finishes __: SS6

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

FTB2UB__

Light Duty
Wall/Rack Bracket

10

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

2.1

0.95

1" typ.
(25 mm)

.26" typ.
(6.6 mm)

• Use to attach 2” (50mm) or 4” (100mm) trays
to walls, struts or cabinets
• Use for raceway mounting
• Mount to metal framing for vertical support
• Tabs are built in for tray hold down
• Mount to side rail for electrical box connection
• Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

WALL SUPT__

Wall Support
Bracket

1

Flextray

Wall Supports
Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

0.6

0.27

See page 44 for finish information

69
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Wall Support Methods
Wall Termination Kit
Part

Length

Qty./Box

Number

WBWTK__

9”

1

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1.3

0.59

• Kit includes all hardware necessary to support
Flextray when terminated at a wall
• Mount slotted angle to wall with up to 3/8"
hardware (not included)
• Finishes __: ZN, FB, SS6
Wall Termination Kit includes:
1
1
1
1

-

SA276-9 Slotted Angle
FTA6HD - Hold Down
3/8"-16 x 1" Slotted Head Screw
3/8"-16 Hex Nut

Wall Mount Kit
Part

Length

Qty./Box

Number

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

WB48WMK__

8”

1

0.76

0.35

WB1224WMK__

12”

1

1.22

0.55

• Kit includes all components necessary to mount
Flextray to a wall horizontally or vertically
• Mount strut to wall with up to 1/2" hardware
(not included)
• Finish: Channel - GLV
Hardware - ZN
Available in SS6
Wall Mount Kit includes:

Flextray

WB48WMK WB1224WMK
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
2

B54SH Strut
SUPT WASHER Hold Downs
1/4"-20 x 1" Slotted Head Screw
N224WO Channel Nut

WB1224WMK shown

Horizontally Mounted
Vertically Mounted
See page 44 for finish information

70
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Wall Support Methods
C Brackets
• Tab can be used for hold down
(stainless steel will not have these tabs)
• For use with 4” (100mm) to 12” (300mm) wide trays
• C Bracket attaches to hard ceiling types
• All brackets are 77/8” (200mm) tall
• Cables can be side loaded
• L Brackets (page 67) and C Brackets can be
combined for layered tray runs
• Finishes __: EG, BLE, HD, SPC

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

4 C BRKT__

4” (100mm) C Bracket

1

1.2

0.54

8 C BRKT__

8” (200mm) C Bracket

1

1.4

0.63

12 C BRKT__ 12” (300mm) C Bracket

1

1.9

0.86

Hold down tab.

Assemble with
SUPT WASHER &
FTHDWE 1/4.

Flextray

See page 44 for finish information

71
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - F.A.S.T. Underfloor System

Flextray

The F.A.S.T. System is an innovative and flexible way to support and manage cables in raised floor applications. This Foldable,
Adjustable, Stackable, Tool-less System uses Flextray, stands, and accessories to provide a variety of options for your project and
the fastest installation time on the market. Best of all, it does not attach to the raised floor structure and can be installed either
before or after floor is in place.

72
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - F.A.S.T. Underfloor System
F.A.S.T. System Flextray
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Rounded ends on all wires
UL Classified (see technical data for details)
Depths: 2”, 4”, & 6” nominal
Lengths: 24”, 48”, & 118”
Use flat fitting (WBUFLT) for turns
Wire Diameter: 0.191” (4.9mm)
Standard finishes: GS
Consult customer service for other
available finishes
Flat Fitting

6” (150 mm)

Depths
LD
LD

Widths
LD

12” (300 mm)
20” (500 mm)

6” (150mm) deep
Flats

H

2” deep
Width

4” deep

Length

LD

6” deep
H

Wt. Per Pc.

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

lbs.

kg

FTU2X6X2
FTU2X6X4
FTU2X6X10
FTU2X12X2
FTU2X12X4
FTU2X12X10
FTU2X20X2
FTU2X20X4
FTU2X20X10
FTU4X6X2
FTU4X6X4
FTU4X6X10
FTU4X12X2
FTU4X12X4
FTU4X12X10
FTU4X20X2
FTU4X20X4
FTU4X20X10
FTU6X6X2
FTU6X6X4
FTU6X6X10
FTU6X12X2
FTU6X12X4
FTU6X12X10
FTU6X20X2
FTU6X20X4
FTU6X20X10

6
6
6
12
12
12
20
20
20
6
6
6
12
12
12
20
20
20
6
6
6
12
12
12
20
20
20

150
150
150
300
300
300
500
500
500

603
1206
3008
603
1206
3008
603
1206
3008

121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121

1.21
2.36
5.80
1.65
3.21
7.89
2.24
4.35
10.67

162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162

172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172

2.03
3.95
9.72
2.99
5.82
14.32
4.28
8.33
20.45
2.67
5.20
12.79
3.64
7.08
17.39
4.93
9.58
23.52
3.32
6.45
15.85
4.28
8.33
20.45
5.57
10.83
26.59

0.92
1.79
4.41
1.36
2.64
6.50
1.94
3.78
9.28

111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111

2.02
2.02
2.02
2.02
2.02
2.02
2.02
2.02
2.02
4.77
4.77
4.77
4.77
4.77
4.77
4.77
4.77
4.77
6.77
6.77
6.77
6.77
6.77
6.77
6.77
6.77
6.77

51
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
51

603
1206
3008
603
1206
3008
603
1206
3008

1.63
1.63
1.63
1.63
1.63
1.63
1.63
1.63
1.63
4.38
4.38
4.38
4.38
4.38
4.38
4.38
4.38
4.38
6.38
6.38
6.38
6.38
6.38
6.38
6.38
6.38
6.38

41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41

150
150
150
300
300
300
500
500
500

23.9
47.5
118.4
23.9
47.5
118.4
23.9
47.5
118.4
23.9
47.5
118.4
23.9
47.5
118.4
23.9
47.5
118.4
23.9
47.5
118.4
23.9
47.5
118.4
23.9
47.5
118.4

WBUFLT
WBUFLT-12
WBUFLT-06

20
12
6

500
250
150

24
24
24

604
604
604

-

-

-

-

2.96
1.50
1.00

1.34
0.68
0.45

150
150
150
300
300
300
500
500
500

603
1206
3008
603
1206
3008
603
1206
3008

Flextray

4” (100mm) deep

2” (50mm) deep

Part
Number

H

H

1.51
2.93
7.19
1.94
3.78
9.28
2.53
4.91
12.06

See page 44 for finish information

73
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - F.A.S.T. Underfloor System
Stands
• No tools required for installation
• Formed top surface free of protrusions or
sharp edges
• 6” height adjustment
• Inside and outside leg positioning
• Folded and boxed for ease in shipping
• Patent Pending
• Stand part number includes:
one (1) stand
two (2) feet
two (2) adhesive pads
two (2) hold down clips
• Standard finish: Pre-Galvanized

WBU2031

WBU2024

WBU2016
WBU1216

Max. Basket
Width

Flextray

WBU2016 shown
Height
Adjustment

WBU2016 stands shown in double tier application.
Feet and adhesive pads not required for second tier assembly.
Part
Number

Max. Basket Width

Height Adjustment

Stands
Per Box

in.

mm

in.

mm

WBU1216
WBU1224 *
WBU1231 *

12
12
12

300
300
300

10-16
18-24
25-31

254-406
457-609
635-787

2

WBU2016
WBU2024
WBU2031 *

20
20
20

500
500
500

10-16
18-24
25-31

254-406
457-609
635-787

2

2
2

2
2

Wt. Per Box
lbs.

kg

7.44
9.06
10.52

3.37

8.56
10.20
11.64

3.88

4.11
4.77

4.62
5.28

* Legs are packed separately in box and not inserted in stand.
See page 44 for finish information

74
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - F.A.S.T. Underfloor System
Cantilever Kits & Accessories
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

No tools required for installation
Simple design for tiered applications
Available in kits or individual parts
Adjustable shelf height
Formed top surface has no sharp edges
Can be installed independent of raised floor
Standard finish: Pre-Galvanized
Adjustability of shelf brackets
WBUCK812 Double Tier Cantilever Kit Shown with WBU2016 Stand
3

Flextray
(See pg. 73)

9
(See pg. 76)

8 (See pg. 76)
4
5, 6 or 7
1

2

WBUCK12 - Single Tier
Cantilever Kit

WBUCK812 - Double Tier
Cantilever Kit

Includes

Includes

(1) WBUCB12
(1) WBUL16
(1) WBUCF
(2) WBUHD

(1) WBUCB8
(1) WBUCB12
(1) WBUL24
(1) WBUCF
(3) WBUHD

3

10
(See pg. 76)

9

4

(See pg. 76)

Stand
(Sold Separately
WBUCB12

Part
Number

Flooring Post
Item #

6

7

5

Flextray

See pg. 74)

WBUCB8

Description

Max Height
in.

mm

7.30

185

15.25

†

Box Qty.

Wt. Per Box
lbs.

kg

10

15.62

7.08

387

10

25.40

11.52

-

-

10

5.51

2.50

-

-

10

9.16

4.15

WBUCK12 *

1

∆

WBUCK812

2

∆

WBUCB8

3

WBUCB12

4

WBUL16

5

Cantilever Kit - Single Tier
with 12” Bracket
Cantilever Kit - Double Tier
with 8” & 12” Brackets
8” Cantilever Bracket
for 6” Flextray
12” Cantilever Bracket
for up to 12” Flextray
Short Vertical Support

7.30

185

10

4.37

1.98

WBUL24

6

Medium Vertical Support

15.25

387

10

8.45

3.83

WBUL31

7

Tall Vertical Support

22.25

565

10

12.07

5.47

* For use with 2” and 4” deep Flextray on the lower level.

†

Height - from top of stand

∆ Stand not included

See page 44 for finish information

75
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - F.A.S.T. Underfloor System
Hold Down Clip
• Spring steel clip to attach Flextray to stands
• No tools required for installation
• Holds both continuous and spliced wire sections securely
• Works with stands and cantilever brackets
Part
Number

Item #

WBUHD

8

Description

Box Qty.

Basket Clip

50

Wt. Per Box
lbs.

kg

1.10

0.50

Pedestal Clip
• Optional spring steel clip to give added rigidity
to system
• Works with stands and cantilever brackets
Part
Number

Item #

WBUPC

9

Description

Box Qty.

Pedestal Clip

50

Wt. Per Box
lbs.

kg

1.65

0.75

Cantilever Foot
• Secures vertical support into stand top
• Only required when stand legs are in the
inner position
Part
Number

Item #

WBUCF

10

Description

Box Qty.

Cantilever Foot

50

Wt. Per Box
lbs.

kg

8.65

3.92

Flextray

Under Floor Stand
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Part
Number

WBU1203
WBU1204
WBU1205
WBU1206

Heights of 3”, 4”, 5” or 6”
Leg cutout allows for airflow
No tools required to mount Flextray to stand
Use WBUHD hold down clips to secure basket
Stand width is 12”
Fasten to floor for maximum stability
Floor mounting slot size: .313” (7.9mm) x .813” (20.6mm) for 1/4” hardware

Overall Height

Wt. Per Each

in.

mm

lbs.

kg

3
4
5
6

76
101
127
152

1.32
1.60
1.88
2.17

0.60
0.72
0.85
0.98

See page 44 for finish information

76
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - F.A.S.T. Underfloor System
L Bracket & Toolless Clip
•
•
•
•
•
•

For use when access to ground floor is limited
Use with round post sizes 0.9” (25mm) through 1.2” (30mm)
Use with square posts
Order clamps and brackets separately
Built-in tab for hold down
Tool-less Clip (plenum-rated material) - Snap-in locking pin
securely holds basket to bracket

12 L BRKT
shown

PEDESTAL CLAMP

TOOLLESS CLIP

Part
Number

Description

Qty.

TOOLLESS CLIP

Tool-less Hold-Down Clip

Wt. Per Box

50/Box

lbs.

kg

1.00

0.45

Brackets (Zinc Plated)
Part
Number

System Width
in.

mm

in.

mm

8 L BRKT

6-8

150-200

8

200

12 L BRKT

12

300

12

300

Box Qty.

Wt. Per Box
lbs.

kg

1

0.80

0.36

1

1.30

0.59

Pedestal Clamp & Kit

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

Flextray

• Clamps to existing raised-access floor
stanchion
• Use L BRKT (see page 24) or full pedestal
kit to support trays under the raised access
floor (sold separately)
• For tray widths 2” (50mm) to 20” (500mm)
• *Pedestal Clamp Kit includes two (2)
pedestal clamps, 28” (711mm) profile
section, bolts & nuts
• Kits include hardware
• Finishes __: EG

Length

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

PEDESTAL CLAMP__

Pedestal
Clamp

1

0.6

0.27

PEDESTAL KIT__

Pedestal
Clamp Kit

1*

3.3

1.49

Pedestal kits are recommended
for tray widths of 16” (400mm)
or greater

See page 44 for finish information

77
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - F.A.S.T. Underfloor System
Under Floor Support Bracket
• Under Floor Support Bracket provides rugged support for
Flextray System from access floor post.
• To complete the installation, the following hardware
must be ordered separately.
(2) - B501 U-Bolts
(1) - SUPT WASHER Hold Down
(1) - 1/4"-20 x 1" Slotted Head Screw
(1) - N224WO Channel Nut
• Finish: ZN

‘A’

Part
Number

in.

‘A’
mm

in.

Thread
mm

Box
Quantity

B409UF-12

12”

300

12”

300

B409UF-18

18”

450

18”

B409UF-21

21”

533

21”

Wt. Per Box
lbs.

kg

1

3.6

1.63

450

1

4.5

2.04

533

1

5.4

2.45

U-Bolts

Flextray

• Designed for attachment of Under Floor Support Brackets to
access floor post. Each U-Bolt includes two (2) hex nuts.
• Finish: ZN

‘A’

Part
Number

B501-1
B501-11/2

in.

‘A’
mm

Thread
Size

Box
Quantity

13/8”

30

5/16”-18

50

5/16”-18

62

3/8”-16

75

3/8”-16

2”

B501-2

27/16”

B501-21/2

215/16”

Wt. Per Box
lbs.

kg

50

7.0

3.17

50

8.0

3.63

20

5.4

2.45

25

8.0

3.63

See page 44 for finish information

78
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - F.A.S.T. Underfloor System
Ground Bolt
• Attaches up to #1 ground wire to each tray
section when separate ground wire is required
• Used for UL grounding compliance.
• When using color powder coated finish or
paint, coating must be removed at the points
of contact.
• Finish: Copper Plated
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

GROUND BOLT

Ground Bolt

1

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

0.11

0.05

Adhesive & Feet

WBUFA

WBUF

WBUTAPE
Part
Number

• WBUTAPE - Double-sided adhesive pads
for temporary positioning of floor stands
Pad Size: 2” (50mm) x 4” (100mm)
• WBUFA - Adhesive to secure stand to floor

Description

Box Qty.

Wt. Per Box
lbs.

kg

WBUF

Stand Foot

10

2.36

1.07

WBUTAPE

Double-Sided Tape

50

2.50

1.13

WBUFA

Floor Adhesive

1 Gallon

10.78

4.89

Floor Stand
Flextray

• Non-metallic snap lock floor stand is
designed for use under access floors.
• Floor stand elevates Flextray System
15/8" (41.3mm) above the floor.
• To attach floor stand, use Liquid Nails™
or anchors.
• Elevation increments of 13/8" (35mm)
can be obtained by stacking floor
stands.
• Sized for 1/4" hardware
(order separately).
• Material: Black Plenum-rated Plastic
Part
Number

Wt. Per Pc.
lbs.

kg

Box
Quantity

FTA2FS

0.44

0.20

10

See page 44 for finish information

79
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

Flextray® - Raised Floor System

80
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Raised Floor System
Raised Floor Tray Sections
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Provides maximum flexibility
Self-supporting
Works with any raised access floor
Easy drop-in design
UL classified system (when used with grounding clips)
Pre-galvanized finish eliminates the risk of zinc whiskers
Horizontal transitions are made easy with flat fittings
Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC

Part

Description

Qty./

Fill Area

Max

Number

depth x width x length

Box

lbs.

Wt./Box
kg

sq. in.

Cables

FTRF2X6X2__

2” (50mm) x 6” (150mm) x 24” (600mm)

1

2.11

0.96

12.1

171

FTRF2X6X4__

2” (50mm) x 6” (150mm) x 48” (1200mm)

1

4.21

1.91

12.1

171

FTRF4X6X2__

4” (100mm) x 6” (150mm) x 24” (600mm)

1

2.76

1.25

23.6

334

FTRF4X6X4__

4” (100mm) x 6” (150mm) x 48” (1200mm)

1

5.53

2.51

23.6

334

FTRF6X6X2__

6” (150mm) x 6” (150mm) x 24” (600mm)

1

3.42

1.55

35.8

507

FTRF6X6X4__

6” (150mm) x 6” (150mm) x 48” (1200mm)

1

6.85

3.11

35.8

507

FTRF2X12X2__

2” (50mm) x 12” (300mm) x 24” (600mm)

1

3.10

1.40

23.9

339

FTRF2X12X4__

2” (50mm) x 12” (300mm) x 48” (1200mm)

1

6.20

2.81

23.9

339

FTRF4X12X2__

4” (100mm) x 12” (300mm) x 24” (600mm)

1

3.75

1.70

47.5

673

FTRF4X12X4__ 4” (100mm) x 12” (300mm) x 48” (1200mm)

1

7.50

3.40

47.5

673

FTRF6X12X2__

6” (150mm) x 12” (300mm) x 24” (600mm)

1

4.42

2.00

71.6

1014

FTRF6X12X4__ 6” (150mm) x 12” (300mm) x 48” (1200mm)

1

8.85

4.01

71.6

1014

FTRF2X24X2__

2” (50mm) x 24” (600mm) x 24” (600mm)

1

4.76

2.16

43.8

620

FTRF2X24X4__

2” (50mm) x 24” (600mm) x 48” (1200mm)

1

9.50

4.31

43.8

620

FTRF4X24X2__

1

5.42

2.46

87.5

1239

1

10.84

4.92

87.5

1239

FTRF6X24X2__

6” (150mm) x 24” (600mm) x 24” (600mm)

1

6.06

2.75

131.3

1859

FTRF6X24X4__ 6” (150mm) x 24” (600mm) x 48” (1200mm)

1

12.12

5.50

131.3

1859

Flextray

4” (100mm) x 24” (600mm) x 24” (600mm)

FTRF4X24X4__ 4” (100mm) x 24” (600mm) x 48” (1200mm)

Max. Cable calculations based on cable diameter of 0.1852”

Part

Description

Qty./

Fill Area

Max

Number

depth x width x length

Box

lbs.

Wt./Box
kg

sq. in.

Cables

FTRF0X24X2__

Flat Fitting
0” (0mm) x 24” (600mm) x 24” (600mm)

1

3.8

1.72

--

--

See page 44 for finish information

81
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Raised Floor System
Vertical Supports
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

FTRFVS02__

2” (50mm) Vertical
Support

1

0.12

0.05

FTRFVS04__

4” (100mm) Vertical
Support

1

0.26

0.12

FTRFVS06__

6” (150mm) Vertical
Support

1

0.38

0.17

FTRFVS10__

10” (250mm) Vertical
Support

1

0.62

0.28

FTRFVS12__

12” (300mm) Vertical
Support

1

0.74

0.33

FTRFVS16__

16” (400mm) Vertical
Support

1

1.00

0.45

FTRFVS18__

18” (450mm) Vertical
Support

1

1.12

0.51

FTRFVS20__

20” (500mm) Vertical
Support

1

1.94

0.89

• Patented vertical supports hold tray independent of
the raised access floor
• Vertical support will fit around 11/4” (31.7mm) diameter
floor support
• Custom sizes are available for different height
requirements and seismic supports
• Finishes __: GS

12”

6”

Horizontal Supports
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Flextray

Number

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

FTRFHS06__

6” (150mm) Horizontal
Support Bar

1

0.34

0.15

FTRFHS12__

12” (300mm) Horizontal
Support Bar

1

0.70

0.32

FTRFHS24__

24” (600mm) Horizontal
Support Bar

1

1.20

0.54

• Simple lock-in design
• No fasteners required
• Finishes __: GS

24”

12”

See page 44 for finish information

82
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Raised Floor System
Multi-Level Brackets & Accessories
• Use brackets to achieve multi-level pathways
• Bridges give horizontal support when tray width changes at a fitting
• Finishes __: GS
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

FTRF6CBRKT__

Multi-Level Bracket
6” (150mm) Wide

1

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

FTRF12CBRKT__

Multi-Level Bracket
12” (300mm) Wide

1

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

Multi-Level Bracket
3-Tier

1

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

FTRFBRIDGE__

Horizontal
Bridge Support

1

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

kg

2.0

0.91

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

3.3

1.49

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1.8

0.81

Flextray

FTRFLBRKT__

Wt./Box
lbs.

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

0.98

0.44

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

FTRFVERTEX04__

4” (100m) Vertical Extension

1

0.52

0.23

FTRFVERTEX06__

6” (150m) Vertical Extension

1

0.68

0.31

FTRFVERTEX08__

8” (200m) Vertical Extension

1

0.80

0.36

See page 44 for finish information

83
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Raised Floor System
RF Office
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

FTRFOFFICE__

RF Office

1

• In lighter cabling applications, allows for
Flextray straight sections to easily be
supported with RF Verticals.
• Works with RF installations for a tiered
tray system
• For use with tray widths of 2” (50mm) to
6” (150mm)
• Finishes __: BLO

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

0.25

0.11

RF Accessories
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

FTRFGROUND CLIP__

Support Washer
& Ground Bolt

50

5.0

2.27

FTRFVERT CLIP__

Vertical Support
Locking Clip

50

1.0

0.45

Ground Clip
• UL Classified connector
• Finishes __: EG
Vertical Clip
• Locks vertical support around stanchion
• Finishes __: BLO

Vertical Clip

Flextray

Ground Clip

See page 44 for finish information

84
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Raised Floor System
Pedestal Clamps
• Clamps to existing raised-access floor stanchion
• Use L BRKT (see page 24) or full pedestal kit to
support trays under the raised access floor (sold
separately)
• For tray widths 2” (50mm) to 20” (500mm)
• *Pedestal Clamp Kit includes two (2) pedestal clamps,
28” (711mm) profile section, bolts & nuts
• Kits include hardware
• Finishes __: EG

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

PEDESTAL CLAMP__

Pedestal
Clamp

1

0.6

0.27

PEDESTAL KIT__

Pedestal
Clamp Kit

1*

3.3

1.49

Pedestal kits are recommended
for tray widths of 16” (400mm)
or greater

Floor Pans
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

FLOOR PAN 4__

4” (100mm) High
Floor Pan

1

2.6

1.18

FLOOR PAN 6__

6” (150mm) High
Floor Pan

1

3.3

1.49

Flextray

• Raises trays off the floor
• For use with 4” (100mm) to 20” (500mm)
wide trays
• Use toolless clip to hold down tray to
support
• Multiple pans may be needed for wider trays
• Finishes __: GS, BLE, SPC

FLOOR PAN 4

See page 44 for finish information

85
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

Flextray® - Accessories

86
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Accessories
Covers
•
•
•
•

Protects cable from debris and dust
Adds security to cable installation
Easy bend-over tabs secure cover to trays
Available for 2” (50mm) to 24” (600mm) wide
trays
• Comes in 118” (2997mm) length
• Finishes __: GS, BLE, 316S, SPC

Use With
Tray Width

2 IN COVER__

2” (50mm)

4 IN COVER__

Qty./Box

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1

3.8

1.72

4” (100mm)

1

5.7

2.58

6 IN COVER__

6” (150mm)

1

6.7

3.04

8 IN COVER__

8” (200mm)

1

8.7

3.94

12 IN COVER__

12” (300mm)

1

11.6

5.26

16 IN COVER__

16” (400mm)

1

15.6

7.07

18 IN COVER__

18” (450mm)

1

17.0

7.71

20 IN COVER__

20” (500mm)

1

18.5

8.39

24 IN COVER__

24” (600mm)

1

22.0

9.98

Dividers
Part

Use With

Number

Tray Depth

2 IN DIVIDER__

2” (50mm) Deep

4 IN DIVIDER __
6 IN DIVIDER __

Qty./Box

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1

3.5

1.59

4” (100mm) Deep

1

9.6

4.35

6” (150mm) Deep

1

14.5

6.58

Flextray

• Allows cable separation within a single tray
• Hemmed/rounded edge provides cable
jacket safety
• Hardware included
• Field miter for bends and turns
• Dual slots every 24” (609mm) for field cutting
• Available in 2” (50mm), 4” (100mm) and
6” (150mm) heights
• Comes in 118.125” (3000mm) length
• Finishes __: GS, BLE, 316S, SPC

Part
Number

Dividers include
hardware shown
below

6”

2”

4”

See page 44 for finish information

87
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Accessories
Solid Bottom Inserts
Part

Use With

Number

Tray Width

Qty./Box

INSERT 4X118__

4” (100mm)

INSERT 6X118__

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1

6.8

3.08

6” (150mm)

1

9.8

4.44

INSERT 8X118__

8” (200mm)

1

13.3

6.03

INSERT 12X118__

12” (300mm)

1

21.6

9.80

INSERT 16X118__

16” (400mm)

1

26.4

11.97

INSERT 18X118__

18” (450mm)

1

32.4

14.69

INSERT 20X118__

20” (500mm)

1

32.9

14.92

INSERT 24X118__

24” (600mm)

1

39.3

17.82

•
•
•
•

Continuous support for sensitive cables
Security of cable in high-traffic areas
Hardware included
Available for 2” (50mm) to 24” (600mm) wide
trays
• Comes in 118” (2997mm) length
• Finishes __: GS, BLE, 316S, SPC

Attach with
FTHDWE 1/4 &
Top Washer

Blind Ends

Flextray

Part
Number

in.

‘A’
mm

in.

Height
mm

Box
Quantity

FT BE 2X2

2”

50

2”

50

1

FT BE (*)X4

4”

100

(*)

(*)

1

FT BE (*)X6

6”

150

(*)

(*)

1

FT BE (**)X8

8”

200

(*)

(*)

1

(*) Insert: 2 = 2" (50 mm), 4 = 4" (100 mm) for height

FT BE (**)X12

12”

300

(**)

(**)

1

FT BE (**)X16

16”

400

(**)

(**)

1

(**) Insert: 2 = 2" (50 mm), 4 = 4" (100 mm),
6 = 6" (150 mm) for height

FT BE (**)X18

18”

450

(**)

(**)

1

FT BE (**)X20

20”

500

(**)

(**)

1

FT BE (**)X24

24”

600

(**)

(**)

1

• Forms a closure for a dead-end Flextray
• Hardware included
• Finish: GS, 316S

‘A’

Height

See page 44 for finish information

88
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Accessories
Cable Roller
• Protects and maintains recommended cable radii
for Cat 5, Cat 5E, Cat 6, Cat 6A, Fiber, etc.
• Height of roller can be adjusted to tray depth
• Installs in seconds with no tools
• Reduces cable installation time
• Prevents migration of cables
• For use with 4” (100mm) to 32” (800mm) tray widths
• Finish: Cast Aluminum

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

CABLE ROLLER

Cable Roller

1

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1.0

0.45

Quick, snap-together design

Toolless Clip

•
•
•
•
•

Securely holds tray to support
Snap-in locking pin
No tools or fastening required
Fastest hold-down method available
For use with the following:
FTB__CS (see pg. 67)
L BRKT (see pg. 67)
C BRKT (see pg. 71)
FLOOR PAN (see pg. 85)
PROFILE SUPPORTS (see pg. 63)
• Finish: Plenum rated resin (black)

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

TOOLLESS CLIP

Toolless
Hold-Down Clip

50

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1.0

0.45

Flextray

• Use to secure Flextray to horizontal strut
support
• Designed for use as shown in drawing
(no load rating)
• Finish: Black Zinc Phosphate

Strut Mounting Clip
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

BW4

Strut Mounting Clip

100

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

0.9

0.41

See page 44 for finish information

89
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Accessories
Drop Out Fitting
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

DROP OUT__

Drop Out Fitting

1

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

0.5

0.22

•
•
•
•

Keeps cable radius secure at drop point
For use with 4” (100mm) to 32” (800mm) wide trays
Attaches to tray without hardware
Drop outs can be attached at bottom, side or
ends of tray
• Hold down tabs on bottom of drop out to secure
tray (tabs not available on stainless steel drop out)
• Finishes __: EG, BLE, SPC

Cable Drop Out
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

Cable Drop Out

10

lbs.

kg

0.17

0.08

• Non-metallic 2" (50mm) radius Cable Drop-Out
snap locks into mesh bottom and protects cables
from sharp bend
• Material: Black Plenum-rated Plastic

Flextray

FTA2DO

Wt./Box

See page 44 for finish information

90
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Accessories
Conduit Connector
• Conduit connector is designed to connect
conduit to the side or bottom of Flextray
• Conduit bushing will remain outside of tray
to keep cable pathway clear
• Bend tabs to secure connector to tray
• No hardware included
• Finishes __: GLV

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

FTA050CC__

1/2” (15mm)

Conduit Clip

4

0.8

0.36

FTA075CC __

3/4” (20mm)

Conduit Clip

4

1.0

0.45

FTA100CC __

1” (25mm) Conduit Clip

4

1.9

0.86

FTA125CC __

11/4” (32mm) Conduit Clip

4

2.6

1.18

Rack Clamp
•
•
•
•

Securely holds tray down to rack
Installs without drilling
Black-painted finish to match rack
Finish__: BLE

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

RACK CLAMP__

Rack Clamp

4

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

4.7

2.13

Flextray

Adaptor Kit
• Adaptor kit includes all hardware necessary to
connect Flextray system to top of relay rack at
right angle or parallel position
• Finish__: YZN (Yellow Zinc Chromate)

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

SB2204__

Adaptor Kit

1

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

0.37

0.17

Adaptor Kit includes:
(1) - Mounting Plate
(2) - 5/16"-18 x 2" “J”-Bolts
(2) - HN 5/16"-18 Hex Nuts
(2) - LW 5/16" Lock Washers

See page 44 for finish information

91
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Accessories
Radius Shield
Part

Description

Number

in.

mm

FTA2RS

2.5

63

FTA4RS

4.3

FTA6RS

5.9

Qty./Box

• Provides a smooth inside radius surface.
• No tools or fasteners needed to install.
• Sizes for 2", 4" & 6" deep Flextray; 90°
horizontal bends, tees, and crosses.
• Installs in seconds. Simply hold in place and
bend back tabs.
• Slick surface to reduce cable friction.
• Material: Black Polycarbonate

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

20

7.2

3.2

110

20

12.3

5.5

150

20

21.6

9.8

11"
(279 mm)

‘A’

Rubber Cap
Box
Quantity

B719EB

100

• Install on wire ends if required. Fits all wire diameters

Wt. Per 100
lbs.

kg

0.20

0.10

Flextray

Part
Number

Touch-Up Paint
Part
Number

Color

SB420ATG

Gray Lacquer

SB420AFB

Box
Quantity

Wt. Per Pc.
lbs.

kg

1

0.9

0.41

Flat Black Lacquer

1

0.9

0.41

SB420ACW

Computer White Lacquer

1

0.9

0.41

B999

Silver Zinc-Rich Paint

1

0.9

0.41

• Size: 12 ounce aerosol can
• Cannot ship air freight

See page 44 for finish information

92
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Accessories
Label Clip
•
•
•
•
•

Clips easily into trays
Use for identifying your cable pathways
Can be used on all tray sizes
Will not fit on side of 11/2” deep Flextray
Finish: Non-plenum-rated resins

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

LABEL CLIP

101/2” (267mm) Long

10

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

0.6

0.27

Ground Bolt
• Attaches up to #1 ground wire to each tray
section when separate ground wire is required
• Used for UL grounding compliance.
• When using color powder coated finish or paint,
coating must be removed at the points of
contact.
• Finish: Copper Plated

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

GROUND BOLT

Ground Bolt

1

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

0.11

0.05

Flextray

Ground Wire Supports
• Supports ground wire along side of tray
• Can be used on all trays
• Finish __: Zinc Plated

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

GROUND SUPT GL

Ground Wire Support

100

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

0.6

0.27

See page 44 for finish information

93
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Accessories
•
•
•
•

Complete source of hardware for ceiling connections
Available in stock
Strut can be purchased in pre-cut lengths and various colors
All hardware is zinc plated

Lock Washers

Threaded Rod
Part

Size

Qty.

Number

Wt./Qty.

Part

lbs.

kg

Number

Size

Qty.

Wt./Qty.
lbs.

kg

x 72” (1828mm)

1

0.7

0.31

1/4LW

1/4”

200

0.6

0.27

1/4”

x 120” (3048mm)

1

1.2

0.54

3/8LW

3/8”

200

1.6

0.72

ATR1/4x144

1/4”

x 144” (3657mm)

1

1.4

0.63

1/2LW

1/2”

200

2.0

0.91

ATR3/8x72

3/8”

x 72” (1828mm)

1

1.7

0.77

ATR3/8x120

3/8”

x 120” (3048mm)

1

2.9

1.31

ATR3/8x144

3/8”

x 144” (3657mm)

1

3.5

1.58

ATR1/2x72

1/2”

x 72” (1828mm)

1

3.2

1.45

ATR1/2x120

1/2”

x 120” (3048mm)

1

5.4

2.45

Part

Size

Qty.

ATR1/2x144

1/2”

x 144” (3657mm)

1

6.5

2.95

Number

ATR1/4x72

1/4”

ATR1/4x120

Flat Washers
Wt./Qty.
lbs.

kg

1/4FW

1/4”

200

1.2

0.54

3/8FW

3/8”

200

3.0

1.36

1/2FW

1/2”

200

6.6

2.99

Rod Couplings
Part

Size

Qty.

Number

Wt./Qty.
lbs.

kg

B655-1/4

1/4”-20

50

2.0

0.91

B655-3/8

3/8”-16

50

5.5

2.49

1/2”-13

50

6.0

2.72

Flextray

B655-1/2

Square Washers
Part

Hole Size

Qty.

Number

Wt./Qty.
lbs.

kg

B201

7/16

50

6.0

2.72

B202

9/16

50

7.0

3.17

Size

Qty.

Hex Nuts
Part

Size

Qty.

Number

Wt./Qty.
lbs.

kg

1/4HN

1/4”-20

100

0.6

0.27

3/8HN

3/8”-16

100

1.6

0.72

1/2HN

1/2”-13

100

4.3

1.95

Beam Clamps
Part
Number

Wt./Qty.
lbs.

kg

B3036L-3/8

3/8”-16

100

60.0

27.2

B3036L-1/2

1/2”-13

100

140.0

63.5

See page 44 for finish information

94
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Accessories
Concrete
Rapid Rod Hanger

Beam Clamps
Part

Size

Qty.

Number

Wt./Qty.
lbs.

kg

B444-1/4

1/4”-20

100

160

72.5

B444-3/8

3/8”-16

100

430

195.0

B444-1/2

1/2”-13

100

430

195.0

Part

Rod

Shank

Qty.

Wt./Qty.

Number

Size

Size

lbs.

kg

ARC-37-150

3/8”

100

3.4

1/4”

x 11/2”

1.54

ARW-SW

Wood
Rapid Rod Hanger

ARW

U-Bolt Clamps
Part

Size

Qty.

Number

B441-22

3/8”-16

x 33/8” long

100

Wt./Qty.
lbs.

kg

160

72.5

Part

Rod

Shank

Qty.

Wt./Qty.

Number

Size

Size

lbs.

kg

ARW-37-200

3/8”

1/4”

x 2”

100

3.4

1.54

ARW-37-200SW

3/8”

1/4”

x 2”

100

3.4

1.54

SW = Side Mount

Spring Nuts
Part

ARS-SW

Thread Size

Qty.

Number

Wt./Qty.
lbs.

kg

N224

1/4”-20

100

6.5

2.95

N228

3/8”-16

100

9.3

4.22

N225

1/2”-13

100

11.3

5.12

Steel
Rapid Rod Hanger

ARS

Part

Rod

Shank

Qty.

Wt./Qty.

Number

Size

Size

lbs.

kg

ARS-37-150

3/8”

100

3.4

1.54

ARS-37-150SW

3/8”

100

3.4

1.54

1/4”

x 11/2”

1/4”

x 1”

SW = Side Mount
SH

S

Part

Channel

Number

Size

B22SGALV120

15/8” x 120” - 12 ga.

B22SHGALV120

15/8”

B56SGALV120
B56SHGALV120

B22
Qty.

S

Flextray

Bolted Framing

SH

Sockets for
Rapid Rod Hangers

B56
Wt./Qty.

Part

lbs.

kg

Number

1

6.0

2.72

7187

x 120” - 12 ga.

1

6.0

2.72

13/16”

x 120” - 15 ga.

1

7.0

3.17

13/16”

x 120” - 15 ga.

1

6.0

2.72

7197

Hole Size

Universal Steel & Wood
Socket
3/8”

Concrete Socket

Qty.

Wt./Qty.
lbs.

kg

1

4.5

2.04

1

4.5

2.04

95
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray

Flextray® - Installation

96
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Installation
Flextray Cutters
•
•
•
•

Cleanshear®

Exclusive, patented
cuts tray fast
No sharp edges
Designed specifically for cutting Flextray
Safely cut and bend Flextray into any configuration

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

CLEANSHEAR

Cleanshear®
Cutting Tool

1

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

4.3

1.95

Patented

1 Face tray up. Slide
cutter next to vertical
wire and cut.

2 Turn tray to the side
with open side facing
you. Repeat step 1 to
cut wire.

3 Finish cutting all side
wires.

• Cleanshear® Bender has our exclusive
bending attachment
• Makes bending larger trays easy
• Recommended for bending tray widths of
16” (400mm) or greater

5 Finish cutting by
moving to other side
of tray to cut
remaining wires,

4 Turn tray open-side
down and cut wires
from bottom of tray.

Flextray Bender
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

CLEANSHEAR BEND

Cleanshear Cutting Tool
With Bender Attachment

1

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

5.4

2.45

Flextray

Patented

Airshear Cutter
• Fastest wire mesh cutter available
• 57% time savings over regular Cleanshear®
• Airshear is available when you have a large project
to install. Call us for details.

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

AIRSHEAR

Pneumatic Cleanshear
Cutting Tool

1

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

9.0

4.08

Patented

97
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Installation
Angular Bolt Cutter
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

WB30BC

Bolt Cutter

1

6.8

3.1

WB30RB

Replacement Blade

1

1.3

0.6
WB30RB
Replacement Blade

WB30BC
Angular Bolt Cutter

Completely adaptable, Cooper B-Line’s Flextray is
designed to accommodate jobsite changes. Cut wires
with Cooper B-Line’s Angular Bolt Cutter, bend to create
a bend, tee, or reducer.

Offset Cut

Cut and remove each wire as illustrated below. Follow
cutting pattern and blade positioning. Placing Flextray
open side down provides the optimum cutting angle.

Cutting Order

Flextray

X
Do not use center
cut blades.

③
⑤

For the best results, use a WB30BC Angular Blade Offset
Bolt Cutter with 24" (600 mm) long handles. The Offset
Blade Cutter produces a clean cut. Position bolt cutter
blades near the cross wire and perpendicular to wire to
be cut (see illustration above). Proper cut will make the
assembly faster, easier and safer while minimizing
grinding.

⑦

Part
Number

in.

Length
mm

Wt. Per Cutter
lbs.

kg

Box
Quantity

WB50WC

123/4”

325

3.0

1.3

1

Part Number

Description

WB50RB

Replacement Blade

1

WB50BA

Replacement Battery

1

②
④
⑥
⑧

Box Quantity

The Greenlee cable wire cutter makes flush cuts without
burrs. Will cut .191" diameter wire in 2 seconds. Cutting head
rotates 330° for ease of positioning and the tool automatically
retracts when cut is complete.
Comes with 2 batteries, charger, and carrying case.
Approximately 250 cuts per charge.
See page 44 for finish information

98
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Installation
90° Horizontal Bends (Short Radius)
• Make your own field cut horizontal bends using Clearshear® to make safe, smooth cuts
• Can be made from any tray width and depth with any available finish
• SUPT WASHER & FTHDWE 1/4 hardware may be used on bottom of tray instead of WASHER SPL KIT
where desired
2” (50mm) Tray Width
Tray
Depth

Required Hardware
Description

Quantity

2” (50mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

4” (100mm) Tray Width
Tray
Depth

Required Hardware
Description

Quantity

11/2” (38mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

2” (50mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

4” (100mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

6” (150mm) Tray Width
Tray
Depth

Required Hardware
Description

Quantity

11/2” (38mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

2” (50mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

4” (100mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

8” (200mm) Tray Width
Required Hardware
Description

Quantity

11/2” (38mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

2” (50mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

4” (100mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

6” (150mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

Flextray

Tray
Depth

12” (300mm) Tray Width
Tray
Depth

Required Hardware
Description

Quantity

11/2” (38mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

2” (50mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

4” (100mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

6” (150mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

99
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Installation
90° Horizontal Bends (Short Radius)
• Make your own field cut horizontal bends using Clearshear® to make safe, smooth cuts
• Can be made from any tray width and depth with any available finish
• SUPT WASHER & FTHDWE 1/4 hardware may be used on bottom of tray instead of WASHER SPL KIT
where desired
16” (400mm) Tray Width
Tray
Depth

Required Hardware
Description

Quantity

2” (50mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

4” (100mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

6” (150mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

18” (450mm) Tray Width
Tray
Depth

Required Hardware
Description

Quantity

2” (50mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

4” (100mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

6” (150mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

Flextray

20” (500mm) Tray Width
Tray
Depth

Required Hardware
Description

Quantity

2” (50mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

4” (100mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

6” (150mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

24” (600mm) Tray Width
Tray
Depth

Required Hardware
Description

Quantity

2” (50mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

4” (100mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

6” (150mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

100
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Installation
90° Horizontal Bends (Long Radius)
•
•
•
•

Make your own field cut horizontal sweeps using Clearshear® to make safe, smooth cuts
Can be made from any tray width and depth with any available finish
Cut as many Segments as required to control sweep radius (use chart for recommendations)
One (1) WASHER SPL KIT is required to connect each cut segment minus one, this segment
uses one (1) SPLICE BAR, two (2) FTHDWE 1/4 and two (2) BTM WASHER

• Illustration shown below is for a 8” (200mm) width
• 1.5” deep Flextray has only one (1) side wire
2” deep Flextray has two (2) side wires - shown
4” deep Flextray has three (3) side wires
6” deep Flextray has four (4) side wires

Component Qty.
Tray
Width

Segments
To Be
Removed

WASHER
SPL KIT

FTHDWE 1/4
&
BTM WASHER

SPLICE
BAR

4” (100mm)

2

1

2

1

6” (150mm)

3

2

2

1

8” (200mm)

4

3

2

1

12” (300mm)

6

5

2

1

16” (400mm)

7

6

2

1

18” (450mm)

8

7

2

1

20” (500mm)

10

9

2

1

24” (600mm)

11

10

2

1

30” (750mm)

13

12

2

1

32” (800mm)

13

12

2

1

90° Horizontal Bend From (2) Straight Sections
Flextray
Width

Side Sections

WASHER SPL KIT

To Be Removed

Qty.

4” (100mm)

1

2

6” (150mm)

2

2

8” (200mm)

2

2

12” (300mm)

3

2

16” (400mm)

4

3

18” (450mm)

5

3

20” (500mm)

5

3

24” (600mm)

6

4

30” (750mm)

8

4

32” (800mm)

8

4

Flextray

• Cut required number of wire side sections listed in
chart per the illustration below
(Illustration is for a 8” (200mm) width)
• 1.5” deep Flextray has only one (1) side wire
2” deep Flextray has two (2) side wires - shown
4” deep Flextray has three (3) side wires
6” deep Flextray has four (4) side wires

101
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Installation
Reducers

WASHER
SPL KIT

Component Qty.
FTHDWE 1/4
& BTM WASHER

SPLICE
BAR

Large
Tray Width

(SR)

(LRR)

(SR)

(LRR)

(SR)

(LRR)

4” (100mm)

-

1

-

2

-

1

6” (150mm)

-

2

-

2

-

1

8” (200mm)

1

2

4

2

2

1

12” (300mm)

2

3

4

2

2

1

16” (400mm)

2

3

4

2

2

1

18” (450mm)

2

3

4

2

2

1

20” (500mm)

3

3

4

2

2

1

24” (600mm)

3

3

4

2

2

1

30” (750mm)

3

3

4

2

2

1

32” (800mm)

3

3

4

2

2

1

Straight Reducers
(SR)

Left & Right
Reducers
(LRR)

• 1.5” deep Flextray has only one (1) side wire
2” deep Flextray has two (2) side wires - shown
4” deep Flextray has three (3) side wires
6” deep Flextray has four (4) side wires

Vertical Inside & Outside Bends

Flextray

• Cut wire section as shown and bend to desired angle
• 1.5” deep Flextray has only one (1) side wire
2” deep Flextray has two (2) side wires - shown
4” deep Flextray has three (3) side wires
6” deep Flextray has four (4) side wires

102
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Accessories
Horizontal Tees (and crosses)

• Cut wire side sections as shown in the illustration below
(Illustration is for a 8” (200mm) width)
• 1.5” deep Flextray has only one (1) side wire
2” deep Flextray has two (2) side wires - shown
4” deep Flextray has three (3) side wires
6” deep Flextray has four (4) side wires
• For crosses, duplicate process on opposite side

Flextray
Width

WASHER SPL KIT

2” (50mm)

2

4” (100mm)

2

6” (150mm)

3

8” (200mm)

3

12” (300mm)

4

16” (400mm)

4

18” (450mm)

4

20” (500mm)

4

24” (600mm)

4

30” (750mm)

5

32” (800mm)

5

Qty.

Flextray

103
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Accessories
SECTION 2X XX XX - WIRE BASKET CABLE SUPPORT SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Work Included in This Section: Materials, equipment, fabrication, installation and tests in conformity with applicable codes and authorities having
jurisdiction for the following:
1. Wire mesh cable tray support systems
B. Related Work in Other Sections:
1. Conduit and wiring - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Section.
1.02 INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS
A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not limited to, Conditions of the Contract and Sections in Division 01 of these Specifications.
B. Professionally recognized published specifications, standards, tests or recommended methods of trade, industry or governmental organizations apply
to work in this Section where cited below but not limited to:
1. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
2. ASTM B 633 - Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel.
3. ASTM A 653 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process.
4. ASTM A 123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel.
5. ASTM A 510 - Specification for General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse Round Wire, Carbon Steel.
6. NEMA VE 1-2002 - Metal Cable Tray Systems.
7. NEMA VE 2-2002 - Cable Tray Installation Guidelines.
8. ASTM A 641 - Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire
9. ASTM A 580 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Wire
10. ASTM D 769 - Standard Specification for Black Oxide Coatings
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All equipment and accessories to be the product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in its manufacture.
B. Supply all equipment and accessories new and free from defects.
C. Supply all equipment and accessories in compliance with the applicable standards listed in Article 1.02 of this Section and with all applicable national,
state and local codes.
D. All items of a given type shall be the products of the same manufacturer.
E. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC, as applicable to construction and installation of cable tray and cable channel systems (Article 318, NEC).
F.

NFPA Compliance Comply with NFPA 70B, “Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment Maintenance” pertaining to installation of cable tray systems.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

Flextray

A. Submittals shall be complete, bound under cover and indicating project title, specification section and/or drawings references. Contractor shall
review submittals for conformance with Contract Documents, make necessary revisions and submit to Architect, indicating the following:
1. Manufacturer's name, brand name and catalog sheet(s) reference of all equipment and materials specified under this Section.
2. Submit drawings of wire mesh cable tray and accessories including connector assemblies, clamp assemblies, brackets, splice plates, splice bars,
grounding clamps and hold down plates showing accurately scaled components.
3. Submit manufacturer's data on wire mesh cable tray support system including, but not limited to, types, materials, finishes and inside depths.
4. The drawings, which constitute a part of these specifications, indicate the general route of the wire mesh cable tray support systems. Data presented
on these drawings is as accurate as preliminary surveys and planning can determine until final equipment selection is made. Accuracy is not guaranteed
and field verification of all dimensions, routing, etc., is required.
5. Specifications and drawings are for assistance and guidance, but exact routing, locations, distances and levels will be governed by actual field conditions.
Contractor is directed to make field surveys as part of his work prior to submitting system layout drawings.
1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Ship equipment in its original packages to prevent damaging or entrance of foreign matter. All handling performed in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations. Provide protective coverings during construction.
B. Replace at no expense to Owner, equipment or material damaged during storage or installation as directed by the Architect.
C. Deliver wire mesh cable tray support systems and components carefully to avoid breakage, bending and scoring finishes. Do not install damaged
equipment.
D. Store wire mesh cable tray and accessories in original cartons and in clean dry space; protect from weather and construction traffic.

104
Cable Tray Systems

Flextray® - Accessories
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with these specifications, wire mesh cable tray support systems to be installed shall be as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc.
[or engineer-approved equal].
2.02 WIRE MESH CABLE TRAY SECTIONS AND COMPONENTS
A. Provide wire mesh cable tray of types and sizes indicated; with connector assemblies, clamp assemblies, connector plates, splice plates and splice
bars. Construct units with rounded edges and smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction
features.
B. Materials and Finishes: Material and finish specifications for [Carbon Steel Wire]
[Pre-Galvanized Steel Wire][Stainless Steel Wire] are as follows:
1. Electro-Plated Zinc Galvanizing: Straight sections shall be made from steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A 510,
Grade 1008 and shall be electro-plated zinc in accordance with ASTM B633, Type III, SC-1.
2. Stainless Steel: Straight sections and accessories shall be made from AISI Type [304L][316L] Stainless Steel meeting the minimum mechanical
properties of ASTM A 580.
3. Black Powder Coat: Straight sections shall be powder coated black with an average paint thickness of 1.2mils (30microns) to 3.0mils (75microns).
4. Pre-Galvanized Zinc: Straight section shall be made from pre-galvanized steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A 641.
5. Hot Dipped Galvanizing: Straight sections shall be made from steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A 510, Grade 1008
and shall be hot dipped galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A 123.
6. Black Oxide: Certain support accessories and miscellaneous hardware shall be manufactured with a black oxide finish in accordance with
ASTM D 769.
2.03 TYPE OF WIRE MESH CABLE TRAY SUPPORT SYSTEM
A. All straight section longitudinal wires shall be constructed with a continuous top wire safety edge. Safety edge must be kinked and T-welded on all tray sizes.
B. Wire mesh cable tray shall be made of high strength steel wires and formed into a standard 2 inch by 4 inch wire mesh pattern with intersecting wires
welded together. All mesh sections must have at least one bottom longitudinal wire along entire length of straight section.
C. Wire mesh cable tray sizes shall conform to the following nominal criteria:
1. Straight sections shall be furnished in standard 118 inch lengths
2. Wire diameter shall be 0.196” (5mm) minimum on all mesh sections (minimum size of 4.5mm on stainless steel)
3. Wire mesh cable tray shall have a 1 inch usable loading depth by [4][6][8][12] inches wide.
4. Wire mesh cable tray shall have a 2 inch usable loading depth by [2][4][6][8][12][16][18][20][24][30][32] inches wide.
5. Wire mesh cable tray shall have a 4 inch usable loading depth by [4][6][8][12][16][18][20][24][30] inches wide.
6. Wire mesh cable tray shall have a 6 inch usable loading depth by [8][12][16][18][20][24] inches wide.
D. All fittings shall be field formed, from straight sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
E. In order for system to be approved as an Equipment Ground Conductor (EGC), all splicing assemblies shall be UL/CSA approved as an EGC.
When using powder coated wire mesh cable tray as an EGC, the paint must be completely removed at all contact points of splice/ground bolt attachment.
F.

Wire mesh cable tray supports shall be center support hangers, trapeze hangers or wall brackets as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc. [or engineer
approved equal].

Flextray

G. Trapeze hangers or center support hangers shall be supported by 1/4 inch or 3/8 inch diameter rods.
H. Special accessories shall be furnished as required to protect, support and install a wire mesh cable tray support system.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF WIRE MESH CABLE TRAY
A. Install wire mesh cable tray as indicated; in accordance with recognized industry practices (NEMA VE-2 2000), to ensure that the cable tray equipment
complies with requirements of NEC, and applicable portions of NFPA 70B and NECA's “Standards of Installation” pertaining to general electrical
installation practices.
B. Coordinate wire mesh cable tray with other electrical work as necessary to properly interface installation of wire mesh cable tray runway with other work.
C. Provide sufficient space encompassing wire mesh cable tray to permit access for installing and maintaining cables.

END OF SECTION

105
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Channel

Channel Cable Tray - Straight Sections

106
Cable Tray Systems

Channel Cable Tray - Accessories

How The Service Advisor Works
B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you
select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50
pieces or less.
Customer: How do I select my cable channel product so that I get the quickest turnaround?

Example:

A

CC

3-5

3-5

03 - 144

(from page 108)

Lead time(days)

5-10

Cable Channel

Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different
color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.
Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Part will typically ship in 5-10 days,
because of the 03 width.

3-5

Changing the part number to 04 width instead of 03 will change the coding to green for all sections
of the straight section, therefore, the lead time will typically be 3-5 working days, instead of the original 5-10.

107
Cable Tray Systems

Channel Cable Tray - Straight Sections
Straight Section Part Numbering
Example:
Material
A
G
P
SS4
SS6

=
=
=
=
=

Aluminum 6063-T4
Type 1 - HDGAF
Type 2 - Pre-Galvanized
304 Stainless Steel
316 Stainless Steel

Prefix
A CC - 04 - 120
Type

Width

CC = Ventilated Cable
Channel
CCN = Non-Ventilated
Cable Channel

03 = 3"
04 = 4"
06 = 6"

Length
¬ 144
Á

= 12 ft.
120 = 10 ft.

¬Primary

Length.
Length.

ÁSecondary

See page 39 for
explanation of lengths.

Non-Ventilated

Ventilated

Ventilated straight sections contain 21/4" diameter holes and 3/16" x 7/8" slots for cable
attachment. Ventilated straight sections also have splice holes repeating every 12" to simplify
field modifications.
Material
Type

Cable Channel

Aluminum

Width Depth UL Area
in.

in.

3

1.25

in.2

0.6

Load Data *

Support Span (Ft)

Load Data *

Support Span (m)

Safety Factor = 1.5

5

6

10

12

Safety Factor = 1.5

1.5

1.8

3.0

3.7

Load (lbs/ft)

22

15

5

4

Load (kg/m)

33

22

7

6
13.997

(75)

(32)

Deflection Multiplier

0.025

0.051

0.395

0.820

Deflection Multiplier

.427

0.871

6.743

4

1.75

Load (lbs/ft)

48

33

12

8

Load (kg/m)

71

49

18

12

(100)

(44)

Deflection Multiplier

0.0071

0.015

0.114

0.236

Deflection Multiplier

0.121

0.256

1.946

4.028

6

1.75

Load (lbs/ft)

52

36

13

9

Load (kg/m)

77

54

19

13
3.124

0.6

1.00

(150)

(44)

Deflection Multiplier

0.0055

0.011

0.088

0.183

Deflection Multiplier

0.094

0.188

1.502

3

1.25

Load (lbs/ft)

24

17

6

4

Load (kg/m)

36

25

9

6

(75)

(32)

Deflection Multiplier

0.013

0.028

0.216

0.447

Deflection Multiplier

0.222

0.478

3.687

7.630

Steel

4

1.75

Load (lbs/ft)

52

36

13

9

Load (kg/m)

77

54

19

13

14 Gauge

(100)

(44)

Deflection Multiplier

0.063

0.130

Deflection Multiplier

0.067

0.140

1.075

2.219

6

1.75

Load (lbs/ft)

59

41

15

10

Load (kg/m)

88

61

22

15

(150)

(44)

Deflection Multiplier

0.003

0.0063

0.049

0.101

Deflection Multiplier

0.051

0.108

0.836

1.724

0.20

0.40

0.40

0.0039 0.0082

To calculate simple Beam Deflection in inches, multiply the design load (lbs/ft) by the Deflection Multiplier shown for the span.
To calculate simple Beam Deflection in millimeters, multiply the design load (kg/m) by the Deflection Multiplier shown for the span.
All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
* Load data is determined by realistic deflection, not by failure.

108

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Channel Cable Tray - Accessories
Splice Plate

Blind End Plate

The Splice Plate has the standard
4-hole pattern for all cable channel.
• Provided with straight sections and fittings.
• Furnished as one plate with hardware.
• (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6

The Blind End Plate forms a closure
for any cable channel dead end.
• Furnished as one plate with hardware.
• (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

Channel Width
in.
3
4
6

9(*)-1043
9(*)-1044
9(*)-1044-6

mm
76
101
152

9(*)-1583
9(*)-1584
9(*)-1586

Channel Width
in.
3
4
6

mm
76
101
152

Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plate

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plate

The Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plate
adapts to changes in direction in a
horizontal plane, beyond the capability
of the standard horizontal fittings.
• Furnished as one plate with hardware.
• (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6

The Adjustable Splice Plate allows
changes in elevation where standard
vertical fittings are not applicable.
• Furnished as one plate with hardware.
• (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

Channel Width
in.
3
4
6

9(*)-1743
9(*)-1744
9(*)-1746

mm
76
101
152

Requires supports within
24” on both sides, per
NEMA VE 2.

9(*)-1643
9(*)-1644
9(*)-1646

Channel Width
in.
3
4
6

mm
76
101
152

Requires supports within
24” on both sides, per
NEMA VE 2.

Channel To Tray or Channel To Channel Connector

Box Connector

Channel to Tray

The Box Connector is used to attach the
end of a cable channel run to a distribution
box or a control center.
• Furnished as one connector with
hardware.
• (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6

Catalog No.
9(*)-1543
9(*)-1544
9(*)-1546

Channel Width
in.
3
4
6

mm
76
101
152

The Channel Reducer Plate is used to join cable channel
sections of different widths.
• Furnished as one plate with hardware.
• (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6

9(*)-1261-3
9(*)-1261-4
9(*)-1261-6

Channel Width
in.
3
4
6

mm
76
101
152

The Channel Connector is
used to link a cable channel
to a cable tray, or a cable
channel to cable channel.
• Furnished as one plate with
hardware.
• (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6

mm
101 to 76
152 to 76
152 to 101

The Mounting Bracket allows a parallel run of cable channel to be
attached to the side of a cable tray. It can also
serve as a support splice connection.
• Furnished as one bracket.
• Order hardware separately.
• (*) Insert A G ZN SS4 SS6

Catalog No.
9(*)-1237-3
9(*)-1237-4
9(*)-1237-6

Cable Channel

9(*)-1843
9(*)-1863
9(*)-1864

Channel Width
in.
4 to 3
6 to 3
6 to 4

Catalog No.

Mounting Bracket - Channel To Tray

Channel Reducer Plate

Catalog No.

Channel to
Channel

Channel Width
in.
3
4
6

mm
76
101
152

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

109

Channel Cable Tray - Accessories
Expansion Guide Clamp

Hold-Down Clamp

The Expansion Guide Clamp allows cable channel to expand and
contract in the horizontal plane, but not in the transverse plane.
• Furnished as one clamp.
• Order 1/2" hardware separately.
• (*) Insert A G ZN SS4 SS6

The Hold-Down Clamp secures cable
channel to a support member.
• Furnished as one clamp.
• Order 1/2" hardware separately.
• (*) Insert A G ZN SS4 SS6

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

Channel Width
in.
3
4
6

9(*)-1243
9(*)-1244
9(*)-1244

mm
76
101
152

Channel Width
in.
3
4
6

9(*)-1245
9(*)-1246
9(*)-1246

mm
76
101
152

Channel To Floor Base Plate

Cable Channel Bushing

The Channel to Floor Base Plate is used to attach the end of a
cable channel run to the floor or to an equipment mounting pad.
• Anchors and hardware are ordered separately.
• (*) Insert A G ZN SS4 SS6

The Cable Channel Bushing is a snap-in
plastic bushing used to protect cable
insulation from mechanical wear.

Catalog No.

Channel Width
in.
3
4
6

9(*)-3305-3
9(*)-3305-4
9(*)-3305-6

mm
76
101
152

Catalog No.

99-1125

Cable Channel Bracket

Cable Channel Bracket

• Uniform Load: 225 lbs (1.00 kN)
Safety Factor of 2.5
• Finishes available: ZN G

• Safety Factor of 2.5
• Finishes available: ZN G GRN

A
8"
(203mm)

Catalog No.

Channel Width

B185CCL

in.
3
4
6

Catalog
No.

mm
76
101
152

Channel Width Uniform Load

B409-6
B409-9

A

in.

mm

lbs

kN

in.

mm

3
4, 6

76
101, 152

1920
1280

8.54
5.69

6
9

152
228

Cable Channel Hanger

Cable Channel

Single Cable Channel
Hanger and Wall Mount

Designed for 1/2" Threaded Rod, Double Nut Installation
Channel Width
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
Material
3

150 lb.
Safety Factor 3.0

76

4

101

6

Double Cable
Channel Hanger

mm
152

Zinc Plated Steel
Double Channel
Single Channel

9ZN-1232-3
9ZN-1231-3 & 4

9ZN-1232-4
9ZN-1231-3 & 4

9ZN-1232-6
9ZN-1231-6

HDGAF Steel (18 Ga.)
Double Channel
Single Channel

9G-1232-3
9G-1231-3 & 4

9G-1232-4
9G-1231-3 & 4

9G-1232-6
9G-1231-6

265 lb.
Safety Factor 3.0

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

110

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Channel Cable Tray - Accessories
Cable Channel Covers

90°
HB
Straight Section

Covers Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 80 8 A 40 - 04 - 144

Cover
Type

Detail

Material

8 = Flanged

A = Aluminum
G = Type 1 HDGAF
P = Type 2 Pre-Galvanized
SS4 = 304 Stainless Steel
SS6 = 316 Stainless Steel

80 = Solid

All items normal lead time
except for those indicated

Straight Section Part Number
Material
Aluminum (.040)
Solid
Type II Pre-Galvanized Steel (20 Ga.)
Solid
Type I Hot Dip Galvanized Steel (18 Ga.)
Solid

Tray
Width

Material
Thickness
40 = .040 Aluminum
20 = 20 Gauge PreGalvanized,
Gauge SS4
and SS6
18 = 18 Gauge
HDGAF

03 = 3"
04 = 4"
06 = 6"

Item Description
For Straight Section Cover:

Pre-Galv & Aluminum Only:
144 = 12 ft.
120 = 10 ft.

Pre-Galv, HDGAF & Alum
72 = 6 ft.
60 = 5 ft.
For fitting covers: Insert suffix
of fitting to be covered.

Channel Width
Length
12'
10'
12'
10'
12'
10'

(3.56m)
(3.05m)
(3.56m)
(3.05m)
(3.56m)
(3.05m)

in.
3

mm
76

in.
4

808A40-03-144
808A40-03-120
808P20-03-144
808P20-03-120
808G18-03-72
808G18-03-60

mm
101

808A40-04-144
808A40-04-120
808P20-04-144
808P20-04-120
808G18-04-72
808G18-04-60

in.
6

mm
152

808A40-06-144
808A40-06-120
808P20-06-144
808P20-06-120
808G18-06-72
808G18-06-60

Fitting covers are available. To order, use the cover prefix followed by the fitting description. Ex: 808A40 - 03 - 90HB12.

Combination Hold-Down & Cover Clamp

Wrap-Around Cover Clamps are used to securely hold a cover on
cable channel in locations where strong winds can prevail.
• Furnished as one clamp with hardware.
• (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6

This clamp is used to hold both the cable channel
and cover in place at the same time.
• Furnished as one clamp.
• Order 1/4" hardware separately.
• (*) Insert A G P SS6

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

9(*)-9033
9(*)-9034
9(*)-9036

Channel Width
in.
3
4
6

mm
76
101
152

9(*)-9023
9(*)-9024
9(*)-9024

Cable Channel

Wrap-Around Cover Clamp

Channel Width
in.
3
4
6

mm
76
101
152

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

111

Channel Cable Tray - Accessories
Channel Cable Tray Connectors
Fast, economical, space saving Channel Cable Tray Connectors
Patent No. 5,628,481; 5,782,439. Other patents pending.
Horizontal:

90˚ Bend

Cross

Tee

• Provides 0 or 6-inch radius connection for Cable Channel
• The Pivot Connector is available for custom angle adjustment
• up to +/– 45˚ angle adjustment
• order the desired quantity separately
• Slotted for easy cable fastening
• Shipped with the required hardware

Pivot
Connector

Vertical:

90˚ Bend
6-inch radius

•
•
•
•

90˚ Vertical
Square Connector
0-inch radius

Pivot
Connector

Use the same part for VO and VI applications
Slotted for easy cable fastening
The Pivot Connector is available for custom angle adjustment (order separately)
Shipped with the required hardware

Cable Channel

Connector Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: A CC - 04 - 90HC 060

Material
A = Aluminum
G = Type 1 HDGAF

Tray Type
CC = Ventilated
Cable Channel

All items normal lead time
except for those indicated

112

Width
03 = 3"
04 = 4"
06 = 6"

Connector Type
90HC
HTC
HXC
90VC
PC

=
=
=
=
=

90˚ Horizontal
Horizontal Tee
Horizontal Cross
90˚ Vertical
Pivot Connector

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Radius
Horizontal Connectors
060 = 0" & 6" Radii
Vertical Connectors
00 = 0" Radius
06 = 6" Radius

Cable Tray Systems

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings

ACCN-04-90HB12
Non-Ventilated Horizontal Bend

ACCN-04-HT12
Non-Ventilated Tee

Fittings engineered
with 3" tangents for
splicing integrity.

ACC-04-90VO12
Ventilated Vertical Bend

ACC-04-HX12
Ventilated Horizontal Cross

Fittings Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: A CCN - 04 - 90 HB 24

Material
A = Aluminum
G = Type 1 HDGAF
SS4 = 304 Stainless Steel
SS6 = 316 Stainless Steel
P=†

Tray Type
*CC = Ventilated Cable
Channel
CCN = Non-ventilated
Cable Channel

Width
03 = 3"
04 = 4"
06 = 6"

Angle
30
45
60
90

=
=
=
=

30°
45°
60°
90°

Fitting Type
HB
HT
HX
VI
VO

=
=
=
=
=

Horizontal Bend
Horizontal Tee
Horizontal Cross
Vertical Inside Bend
Vertical Outside Bend

Radius
12
24
36
48

=
=
=
=

12"
24"
36"
48"

Cable Channel

* Ventilated Cable Channel Fittings are available only in 12" and 24" radii.
† - Due to multiple piece welded construction, P fittings are not available - substitute G.

All items normal lead time
except for those indicated

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

113

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings
Horizontal Bends 90°, 60° (HB)
1 splice plate with hardware included.

Bend
Radius
R
in.

mm

305

24

609

36

915

48 1218

in.

mm

3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6

76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152

90˚ Horizontal Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B
(Pre)-03-90HB12
(Pre)-04-90HB12
(Pre)-06-90HB12
(Pre)-03-90HB24
(Pre)-04-90HB24
(Pre)-06-90HB24
(Pre)-03-90HB36
(Pre)-04-90HB36
(Pre)-06-90HB36
(Pre)-03-90HB48
(Pre)-04-90HB48
(Pre)-06-90HB48

C

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

161/2
17
18
281/2
29
30
401/2
41
42
521/2
53
54

419
432
457
723
737
762
1029
1041
1067
1334
1346
1372

161/2
17
18
281/2
29
30
401/2
41
42
521/2
53
54

419
432
457
723
737
762
1029
1041
1067
1334
1346
1372

161/2
17
18
281/2
29
30
401/2
41
42
521/2
53
54

419
432
457
723
737
762
1029
1041
1067
1334
1346
1372

239
245
254
391
397
406
543
549
559
695
702
711

103/4
111/8
115/8
173/4
18
185/8
245/8
25
251/2
315/8
317/8
321/2

273
283
296
451
450
466
625
635
648
803
810
826

90° Horizontal Bend
Ventilated Horizontal Bend

90˚
HB

C

3" (76)

12

Tray
Width

C

B

R

A

60˚ Horizontal Bend
12

305

24

609

36

915

48 1218

76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152

(Pre)-03-60HB12
(Pre)-04-60HB12
(Pre)-06-60HB12
(Pre)-03-60HB24
(Pre)-04-60HB24
(Pre)-06-60HB24
(Pre)-03-60HB36
(Pre)-04-60HB36
(Pre)-03-60HB36
(Pre)-03-60HB48
(Pre)-04-60HB48
(Pre)-06-60HB48

161/4 412
93/8
5
16 /8 422
95/8
1
17 /2 445
10
265/8 819 153/8
27
686 155/8
7
27 /8 708
16
37
940 213/8
373/8 949 215/8
381/4 972
22
473/8 1203 273/8
477/8 1216 275/8
485/8 1235 28

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
(Pre) See page 113 for catalog number prefix.

60° Horizontal Bend
Non-Ventilated Horizontal Bend

60˚
HB

C

C

R

)
(76
3"

3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6

A

Cable Channel

B

114
Cable Tray Systems

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings
Horizontal Bends 45°, 30° (HB)
1 splice plate with hardware included.

Bend
Radius
R

Tray
Width

in.

in.

mm

3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6

76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152

mm

45° Horizontal Bend
Ventilated Horizontal Bend
12 305

45˚
HB

C
3”
6)
(7

A

24 609

36 915

R

C

48 1218

B

45˚ Horizontal Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B
in.

(Pre)-03-45HB12
(Pre)-04-45HB12
(Pre)-06-45HB12
(Pre)-03-45HB24
(Pre)-04-45HB24
(Pre)-06-45HB24
(Pre)-03-45HB36
(Pre)-04-45HB36
(Pre)-06-45HB36
(Pre)-03-45HB48
(Pre)-04-45HB48
(Pre)-06-45HB48

mm

in.

145/8 371 61/8
15
381 61/4
3
15 /4 400 61/2
231/8 587 95/8
231/2 597 93/4
241/8 613
10
315/8 803 131/8
32
813 131/4
3
32 /4 832 131/2
401/8 1019 165/8
401/2 1029 163/4
411/8 1045 17

C

mm

in.

mm

156
159
165
244
248
254
334
337
343
422
425
432

85/8
87/8
91/4
135/8
133/4
141/8
185/8
183/4
191/8
231/2
233/4
241/8

219
225
235
346
249
359
473
476
486
597
603
613

83
86
89
124
127
130
165
168
171
207
210
213

65/8
63/4
7
97/8
10
101/4
13
131/8
131/2
161/4
163/8
165/8

168
171
178
251
254
260
330
334
343
413
416
422

30˚ Horizontal Bend

12 305

24 609
30° Horizontal Bend
Non-Ventilated Horizontal Bend
36 915

30˚
HB
48 1218

C
3”
(76
)

R

C

3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6

76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152

(Pre)-03-30HB12
(Pre)-04-30HB12
(Pre)-06-30HB12
(Pre)-03-30HB24
(Pre)-04-30HB24
(Pre)-06-30HB24
(Pre)-03-30HB36
(Pre)-04-30HB36
(Pre)-06-30HB36
(Pre)-03-30HB48
(Pre)-04-30HB48
(Pre)-06-30HB48

123/8
125/8
131/8
183/8
185/8
191/8
243/8
245/8
251/8
303/8
305/8
311/8

314
321
334
467
473
486
619
626
638
772
778
791

31/4
33/8
31/2
47/8
5
51/8
61/2
65/8
63/4
81/8
81/4
83/8

A

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
(Pre) See page 113 for catalog number prefix.

B

Cable Channel

115
Cable Tray Systems

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings
Horizontal Tee (HT)
2 splice plates with hardware included.

Tray
Width

in.

in.

mm

3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6

76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152

12

24

36

48

mm

305

609

915

1218

Horizontal Tee
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B
(Pre)-03-HT12
(Pre)-04-HT12
(Pre)-06-HT12
(Pre)-03-HT24
(Pre)-04-HT24
(Pre)-06-HT24
(Pre)-03-HT36
(Pre)-04-HT36
(Pre)-06-HT36
(Pre)-03-HT48
(Pre)-04-HT48
(Pre)-06-HT48

in.

mm

in.

mm

161/2
17
18
281/2
29
30
401/2
41
42
521/2
53
54

419
432
457
723
737
762
1029
1041
1067
1334
1346
1372

33
34
36
57
58
60
81
82
84
105
106
108

838
864
914
1448
1473
1524
2057
2083
2134
2667
2692
2743

Horizontal Tee
Ventilated Horizontal Tee

HT
B
W
A

R

3” (76)

Bend
Radius
R

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
(Pre) See page 113

Horizontal Cross (HX)

Bend
Radius
R

Tray
Width

in.

in.

mm

3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6

76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152

mm

12

305

24

609

36

48

915

1218

Horizontal Cross
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B
(Pre)-03-HX12
(Pre)-04-HX12
(Pre)-06-HX12
(Pre)-03-HX24
(Pre)-04-HX24
(Pre)-06-HX24
(Pre)-03-HX36
(Pre)-04-HX36
(Pre)-06-HX36
(Pre)-03-HX48
(Pre)-04-HX48
(Pre)-06-HX48

in.

mm

in.

mm

161/2
17
18
281/2
29
30
401/2
41
42
521/2
53
54

419
432
457
723
737
762
1029
1041
1067
1334
1346
1372

33
34
36
57
58
60
81
82
84
105
106
108

838
864
914
1448
1473
1524
2057
2083
2134
2667
2692
2743

Horizontal Cross
Non-Ventilated Horizontal Cross

HX

B

W
A

R

3” (76)

Cable Channel

3 splice plates with hardware included.

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
(Pre) See page 113 for catalog number prefix.

116
Cable Tray Systems

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings
Vertical Outside Bends 90°, 60° (VO)
1 splice plate with hardware included.

Bend
Radius
R
in.

mm

90° Vertical Outside Bend
Ventilated Vertical Outside Bend
12 305

90˚
VO

C

3” (76)

C

B

R

A

24 609

36 915

48 1218

Tray
Width
in.

mm

3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6

76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152

90˚ Vertical Outside Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B
(Pre)-03-90VO12
(Pre)-04-90VO12
(Pre)-06-90VO12
(Pre)-03-90VO24
(Pre)-04-90VO24
(Pre)-06-90VO24
(Pre)-03-90VO36
(Pre)-04-90VO36
(Pre)-06-90VO36
(Pre)-03-90VO48
(Pre)-04-90VO48
(Pre)-06-90VO48

C

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

15

381

15

381

15

381

27

686

27

686

27

686

39

991

39

991

39

991

51

1295

51

1295

51

1295

60˚ Vertical Outside Bend
12 305

24 609

36 915

60° Vertical Outside Bend
Non-Ventilated Vertical Outside Bend

60˚
VO

C

76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152

(Pre)-03-60VO12
(Pre)-04-60VO12
(Pre)-06-60VO12
(Pre)-03-60VO24
(Pre)-04-60VO24
(Pre)-06-60VO24
(Pre)-03-60VO36
(Pre)-04-60VO36
(Pre)-06-60VO36
(Pre)-03-60VO48
(Pre)-04-60VO48
(Pre)-06-60VO48

147/8

378

81/2

216

97/8

251

253/8

645

145/8

372

167/8

428

355/8

905

205/8

524

233/4

603

461/8

1172 265/8

676

303/4

781

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
(Pre) See page 113 for catalog number prefix.

Cable Channel

R

3” (76)

C

48 1218

3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6

B

A

117
Cable Tray Systems

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings
Vertical Outside Bends 45°, 30° (VO)
1 splice plate with hardware included.

Bend
Radius
R

Tray
Width

in.

in. mm

mm

12

305

24

609

915

48 1218

76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152

in.

(Pre)-03-45VO12
(Pre)-04-45VO12
(Pre)-06-45VO12
(Pre)-03-45VO24
(Pre)-04-45VO24
(Pre)-06-45VO24
(Pre)-03-45VO36
(Pre)-04-45VO36
(Pre)-06-45VO36
(Pre)-03-45VO48
(Pre)-04-45VO48
(Pre)-06-45VO48

mm

C

mm

in.

in.

mm

135/8

346

55/8

143

8

203

221/4

565

91/4

235

13

330

45° Vertical Outside Bend
Ventilated Vertical Outside Bend

45˚
VO

C
C

301/2

775

125/8

321

177/8 454

39

991

161/8

410

227/8 581

3” (76)

36

3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6

45˚ Vertical Outside Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

B

R
A

30˚ Vertical Outside Bend
12

305

24

609

36

915

48 1218

3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6

76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152

3 76
4 101
6 152

(Pre)-03-30VO12
(Pre)-04-30VO12
(Pre)-06-30VO12
(Pre)-03-30VO24
(Pre)-04-30VO24
(Pre)-06-30VO24
(Pre)-03-30VO36
(Pre)-04-30VO36
(Pre)-06-30VO36
(Pre)-03-30VO48
(Pre)-04-30VO48
(Pre)-06-30VO48

115/8

296

31/8

79

61/4

158

171/2

445

47/8

124

93/8

238

231/2

597

63/8

162

125/8 321

295/8

753

8

203

157/8 403

30° Vertical Outside Bend
Non-Ventilated Vertical Outside Bend

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
(Pre) See page 113 for catalog number prefix.
C

R

3” (76)

Cable Channel

30˚
VO

C

B

A

118
Cable Tray Systems

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings
Vertical Inside Bends 90°, 60° (VI)
1 splice plate with hardware included.

Bend
Radius
R
in.

90° Vertical Inside Bend
Ventilated Vertical Inside Bend
12

A

90˚
VI

24

C

36

R
3” (76)

B

C

48

mm

Tray
Width
in.

3
305 4
6
3
609 4
6
3
915 4
6
3
1218 4
6

90˚ Vertical Inside Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

mm

76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152

(Pre)-03-90VI12
(Pre)-04-90VI12
(Pre)-06-90VI12
(Pre)-03-90VI24
(Pre)-04-90VI24
(Pre)-06-90VI24
(Pre)-03-90VI36
(Pre)-04-90VI36
(Pre)-06-90VI36
(Pre)-03-90VI48
(Pre)-04-90VI48
(Pre)-06-90VI48

C

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

161/4
163/4
163/4
281/4
283/4
283/4
401/4
403/4
403/4
521/4
523/4
523/4

413
425
425
718
730
730
1024
1035
1035
1327
1340
1340

161/4
163/4
163/4
281/4
283/4
283/4
401/4
403/4
403/4
521/4
523/4
523/4

413
425
425
718
730
730
1024
1035
1035
1327
1340
1340

161/4
163/4
163/4
281/4
283/4
283/4
401/4
403/4
403/4
521/4
523/4
523/4

413
425
425
718
730
730
1024
1035
1035
1327
1340
1340

60˚ Vertical Inside Bend
3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4

76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101

6
3
1218 4
6

152
76
101
152

12 305

24 609

36 915

60° Vertical Inside Bend
Non-Ventilated Vertical Inside Bend

A

16
161/2
161/2
261/2
267/8
267/8
363/4

406
419
419
673
683
683
933

91/4
91/2
91/2
151/4
151/2
151/2
211/4

235
241
241
387
394
394
540

105/8
11
11
175/8
177/8
177/8
241/2

270
280
280
448
454
454
622

(Pre)-04-60VI36
(Pre)-06-60VI36
(Pre)-03-60VI48
(Pre)-04-60VI48
(Pre)-06-60VI48

371/8 943
371/8 943
471/8 1197
475/8 1210
475/8 1210

213/8
213/8
271/8
271/2
271/2

543
543
689
699
699

243/4
243/4
313/8
313/4
313/4

629
629
797
806
806

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
(Pre) See page 113 for catalog number prefix.

Cable Channel

R

3” (76)

B

60˚
VI

48

(Pre)-03-60VI12
(Pre)-04-60VI12
(Pre)-06-60VI12
(Pre)-03-60VI24
(Pre)-04-60VI24
(Pre)-06-60VI24
(Pre)-03-60VI36

C
C

119
Cable Tray Systems

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings
Vertical Inside Bends 45°, 30° (VI)
1 splice plate with hardware included.

Tray
Width

in.

in.

mm

3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6

76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152

12

mm

305

24

609

36

915

48 1218

45˚ Vertical Inside Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B
in.

(Pre)-03-45VI12
(Pre)-04-45VI12
(Pre)-06-45VI12
(Pre)-03-45VI24
(Pre)-04-45VI24
(Pre)-06-45VI24
(Pre)-03-45VI36
(Pre)-04-45VI36
(Pre)-06-45VI36
(Pre)-03-45VI48
(Pre)-04-45VI48
(Pre)-06-45VI48

mm

in.

141/2 368
6
147/8 373 61/8
147/8 378 61/8
23
584 91/2
231/4 591 95/8
231/4 591 95/8
313/8 797
13
313/4 806 131/8
313/4 806 131/8
397/8 1013 161/2
403/8 1026 163/4
403/8 1026 163/4

mm

152
156
156
241
245
245
330
330
334
419
425
425

C
in.

mm

81/2
83/4
83/4
131/2
135/8
135/8
183/8
185/8
185/8
233/8
235/8
235/8

216
222
222
343
346
346
467
467
473
594
600
600

61/2
65/8
65/8
93/4
97/8
97/8
13
131/8
131/8
161/4
163/8
163/8

165
163
163
248
163
163
330
334
334
413
416
416

45° Vertical Inside Bend
Ventilated Vertical Inside Bend

45˚
VI

R
3” (76)

Bend
Radius
R

B

C
C
A

30˚ Vertical Inside Bend
12

305

24

609

36

415

48 1218

3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6

76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152

(Pre)-03-30VI12
(Pre)-04-30VI12
(Pre)-06-30VI12
(Pre)-03-30VI24
(Pre)-04-30VI24
(Pre)-06-30VI24
(Pre)-03-30VI36
(Pre)-04-30VI36
(Pre)-06-30VI36
(Pre)-03-30VI48
(Pre)-04-30VI48
(Pre)-06-30VI48

121/8
123/8
123/8
181/8
183/8
183/8
241/4
241/2
241/2
303/8
305/8
305/8

308
314
314
461
467
314
616
622
622
772
778
778

31/8
83
33/8
86
33/8
86
43/4 121
47/8
86
47/8
86
61/2 165
65/8 168
65/8 168
81/8 207
81/4 210
81/4 210

30° Vertical Inside Bend
Non-Ventilated Vertical Inside Bend

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
(Pre) See page 113 for catalog number prefix.

30˚
VI

Cable Channel

3” (76)

R

B
C
C
A

120
Cable Tray Systems

Channel Cable Tray - Fittings
Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers
1.01

Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, channel cable tray systems
shall be as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc.

Section 2- Selection and Components
2.01

General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide ventilated metal channel cable trays, of
types, classes and sizes indicated with splice connectors, fittings and all other necessary
accessories for a complete system. Provide channel cable tray with rounded edges and
smooth surfaces in compliance with applicable standards, and with the following additional
requirements.

2.02 Materials and finishes: Material and finishes specifications for each channel cable tray are
as follows:
1. Aluminum: Extruded components shall be made from Aluminum Association
Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association
Alloy 5052.
2. Pre-Galvanized Steel: Straight sections and fittings shall be made from structural
quality mill galvanized 14 gauge steel meeting the properties of ASTM A653SS,
coating designation G90.
3. Hot Dip Galvanized Steel: Straight sections and fittings shall be made from
14 gauge structural quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of
ASTM A1011 SS, Grade 33 and shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in
accordance with ASTM A123.
All hot dip galvanized after fabrication cable trays must be returned to point of man
facture after coating for inspection, conditioning and labeling.
4. Stainless Steel: Straight sections and fittings shall be AISI Type [304] [316].
2.03 Channel cable tray straight sections shall be constructed with ventilated flat bottom.
Ventilated bottom shall be perforated with 2.25" diameter holes and have slots to facilitate
the use of cable ties to secure the cables.
2.04 Straight sections shall be supplied in standard [12 foot] [10 foot (3 m)] lengths, except
where shorter lengths are permitted to facilitate tray assembly as shown on drawings.
2.05 Ventilated straight sections shall have splice holes every 12 inches to simplify field
modifications.
2.06 Channel cable tray width shall be [3] [4] [6] inches with a minimum loading depth of 11/4".
2.07 Fittings will have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] [48] inches.
2.08 Splice plates and hardware shall be included with each straight section and fitting.
Cable Channel

121
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail

Cent-R-Rail®

122
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail®
Cent-R-Rail

How The Service Advisor Works
B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you
select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50
pieces or less.
Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?
Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different
color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.
Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Example:

C0

A

DB 09 - 12 - 144

(from page 132)

Lead time(days)

5-10

3-5 3-5 3-5

3-5 3-5

Part will typically ship in
5-10 working days, because of the
C0 Series.

123
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® System
6
Cent-R-Rail

7
8

5

9
4

10

3
2
1

14

15

13

11
16
12

19

20

18

21

17

1. Tray-To-Box Connector (pg. 162)

11. Horizontal Offset Coupling (pg. 141)

2. Center Rail End Cap (pg. 158)

12. Vertical Coupling (pg. 145)

®

3. HALF-RACK Straight Section (pg. 136)

13. DATA-TRACK® Straight Section (pg. 132)

4. Vertical Offset Coupling (pg. 142)

14. Horizontal Pivot Connector (pg. 147)

5. Horizontal Tee Coupling (pgs. 143 & 144)

15. Cable Drop-Out (pg. 156)

®

6. MULTI-TIER HALF-RACK Straight Section
(pg. 138)
®

7. MULTI-TIER HALF-RACK Add-A-Rung
(pg. 138)

®

16. VERTI-RACK® Add-A-Rung® (pg. 134)
17. Qwik-Bolt® Splice Hanger (pg. 140)
18. Horizontal Adjustable Splice (pg. 142)
19. Universal Hub Fitting (pg. 146)

8. VERTI-RACK® Straight Section (pg. 134)

20. Vertical Adjustable Splice (pg. 145)

9. Horizontal Cross Coupling (pg. 144)

21. Clevis Hanger (pg. 148)

10. Tray-To-Wall Connector (pg. 161)
WARNING: Do NOT use as a walkway, ladder or support for personnel.

124
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® Systems
Half-Rack®

Verti-Rack®

Multi-Tier Half-Rack®

Cent-R-Rail

Data-Track®

Features Common to B-Line Cent-R-Rail® Systems:
• The fastest cable tray systems to install
• Sides and bottom are open for easy loading and inspection of cables
• Light-weight, high-strength, corrosion-resistant aluminum construction
• Provide the most freedom for cables to enter or exit - perfect for future change
• Cable fill area is free of sharp edges and connection hardware
• The splice can also be used to support the tray
• Qwik-Bolt® splice maximizes installation speed and minimizes hardware
• Clevis hangers are available for random support locations without drilling
center rail
• Systems are designed to install with 1/2" ATR
• Cent-R-Rail® engineered to simplify the in-field drilling process and to provide post
modification integrity
• All Cent-R-Rail® Systems use the same internal connectors
• All Cent-R-Rail® Systems are interactive with each other
• Designed to interact with B-Line’s Strut System and Strut Raceway System
• Comprehensive accessory options allow for complete installations without traditional
cable tray fittings
• Colored rung end caps are available for system labeling
• UL Classified (cross sectional area 0.60 in2/1000 amps)
• Patent Information
The indicated patented products in this catalog are protected by one or more of the
following patents.
U.S. Patents 5,618,014; 5,628,481; 5,628,580; 5,634,614; 5,651,518; 5,564,658;
5,720,567; 5,730,400; 5,782,439; 5,816,542; 5,868,361; 6,547,192
U.K. Patents 2,285,344; 2,317,508; 2,317,509
Germany Patent 4,447,144
Canada Patent 2,139,201
Mexico-Pending

125
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® Systems
Half-Rack®

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

Cent-R-Rail

Data-Track®

Ceiling hung or floor mounted
Low profile
Built-in barrier
NEMA 12C load classification
Seismic restraint systems available
(see appendix page 180)
• CSA classified
• Technical information on pages 132 & 133

Supported on wall or other structure
Low profile
Flush mounted without spacers or brackets
Seismic restraint systems available
(see appendix page 180)
• CSA classified
• Technical information on pages 136 & 137

Sizes Available

Sizes Available

Loading depth: 3" (75), 4" (100), 6" (150) and
straight rung
Width: 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (225), 18" (450), 24"
Length: 120" (3m), 144" (4m)
Rung Spacing: 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (300)

Loading depth: 3" (75), 4" (100), 6" (150) and
straight rung
Width: 3" (75), 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (300)
Length: 120" (3m), 144" (4m)
Rung Spacing: 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (300)

(600)

Verti-Rack®

• Ceiling hung
• Multiple tray runs
with one center rail
• Installs in narrow
spaces
• Provides cable
system segregation
• NEMA 12C load
classification
• Expandable with ADD-A-RUNG®
• Expanded sizes available (page 181)
• Variable widths available (page 182)
• Inverted design available (page 183)
• Technical information on pages 134 & 135

Multi-Tier Half-Rack®
• Supported on wall
or other structure
• Multiple tray runs
with one center rail
• Installs in narrow
spaces
• Provides cable
system segregation
• Flush mounted
without spacers or brackets
• Expandable with
ADD-A-RUNG®
• Seismic restraint systems available
(see appendix page 180)
• Variable widths available (page 182)
• Technical information on pages 138 & 139

Sizes Available

Sizes Available

Loading depth: Each tier 2" (50) and straight rung
Width: 3" (75), 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (300)
Number of tiers: 2, 3, 4, 5 & 6
Length: 120" (3m), 144" (4m)
Rung Spacing: 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (300), specials
available

Loading depth: 3" (75), 4" (100) and straight rung
Width: 3" (75), 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (300)
Number of tiers: 2, 3 & 4
Length: 120" (3m), 144" (4m)
Rung Spacing: 6" (150), 9" (225), 12" (300), specials
available

Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters, unless otherwise specified.

126
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® Sizing Guide
The following guidelines are based on the 1999 National Electrical Code, Article 318.
Cent-R-Rail

I) Number of Multiconductor Cables, Rated 2000 Volts or Less,
in Data-Track® and Half-Rack® (Excluding Straight Rung)
(1) Multiconductor Control and/or Signal Cables Only
A ladder cable tray containing only control and/or signal cables, may have 50% of its total fill area
filled with cable. When using continuous bottom pans, the allowable fill is reduced from 50% to 40%.
Example: Cable tray width is obtained as follows:
2/C - #16 AWG instrumentation cable cross sectional area = 0.04 sq. in.
Total Cross Sectional Area for 300 Cables = 12.00 sq. in.
Minimum tray fill area needed = 12.00 x 2 = 24.00 sq. in.; therefore, the tray
width required for 4" loading depth tray = 24.00/4 = 6 inches.

(2) 4/0 or Larger Cables
The ladder cable tray must have an inside usable width equal to or greater than the sum of the
diameters (Sd) of the cables, which must be installed in a single layer. When using continuous
bottom pans, the sum of the cable diameters can not exceed 90% of the usable tray width.
Example: Cable tray width is obtained as follows:

List
Cable Sizes

(D)
List Cable
Outside
Diameter

(N)
List
Number
of Cables

Multiply (D) x (N)
= Subtotal of the
Sum of the Cable
Diameters

3/C - #500 kcmil
3/C - #250 kcmil
3/C - #4/0 AWG

2.26 inches
1.76 inches
1.55 inches

1
2
4

2.26 inches
3.52 inches
6.20 inches

The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all cables = 2.26 + 3.52 + 6.20 = 11.98 inches; therefore, a
cable tray with a usable width of at least 12 inches is required.

(3) Cables Smaller Than 4/0

Table 1

The total sum of the cross-sectional areas of all the cables to be
installed in the cable tray must be equal to or less than the allowable cable
area for the tray width, as indicated in Table 1. When using
continuous bottom pans, the allowable cable area is reduced by 22%.
Example: Cable tray width is obtained as follows:

List
Cable Sizes

3/C - #12 AWG
4/C - #12 AWG
3/C - # 6 AWG
3/C - # 2 AWG

(A)
List Cable
Cross Sectional
Areas

0.167
0.190
0.430
0.800

sq.
sq.
sq.
sq.

in.
in.
in.
in.

(N)
List
Number
of Cables

10
8
6
9

Multiply (A) x (N)
= Total of the
Cross-Sectional
Area for Each Size

1.67
1.52
2.58
7.20

sq.
sq.
sq.
sq.

Inside Allowable
Width of
Cable
Cable
Area
Tray
square
inches

inches

6
9
12
18
24

7.0
10.5
14.0
21.0
28.0

in.
in.
in.
in.

The sum of the totals of the cross-sectional areas = 1.67 + 1.52 + 2.58 + 7.20 = 12.97 inches.
Using Table 1, a 12 inch wide tray with an allowable cable area of 14 sq. inches should be used.
Note:

Increasing the cable tray loading depth does not permit an increase in cable fill area for
power and lighting cables. The maximum allowable fill area for all cable tray with a 3 inch
or greater loading depth is limited to the fill area for a 3 inch loading depth.

127
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® Sizing Guide
(4) 4/0 or Larger Cables Installed with Cables Smaller than 4/0
Cent-R-Rail

The ladder cable tray needs to be divided into two zones (a barrier or divider is not required, but one
can be used if desired) so that the No. 4/0 and larger cables have a dedicated zone, as they must be
placed in a single layer.
A direct method for determining the cable tray width is by figuring the cable tray widths that are required
for each of the cable combinations, per steps (2) & (3); and then adding these widths together to select
the proper cable tray width.
Example: Cable tray width is obtained as follows:
Part A- Width required for #4/0 AWG and larger multiconductor cables
List
Cable Sizes

(D)
List Cable
Outside
Diameter

(N)
List
Number
of Cables

Multiply (D) x (N)
= Subtotal of the
Sum of the Cable
Diameters (Sd)

3/C - #500kcmil 2.26 inches
1
2.26 inches
3/C - #4/0 AGW 1.55 inches
2
3.10 inches
Cable tray width required for large cables = 2.26 + 3.10 = 5.36 inches.
Part B- Width required for multiconductor cables smaller than #4/0 AWG
List
Cable Sizes

(A)
List Cable
Cross Sectional
Areas

(N)
List
Number
of Cables

Multiply (A) x (N)
= Total of the
Cross-Sectional
Area for Each Size

3/C - #12 AWG
3/C - #6 AWG
3/C - #2 AWG

0.167 sq. in.
0.430 sq. in.
0.800 sq. in.

10
8
2

1.67 sq. in.
3.44 sq. in.
1.60 sq. in.

The sum of the total areas = 1.67 + 3.44 + 1.60 = 6.71 sq. inches.
From Table 1, the cable tray width required for small cables is 6 inches.
The total cable tray width = 5.36 + 6.00 = 11.36 inches; therefore a 12 inch wide
cable tray is required.

II) Number of Single Conductor Cables, Rated 2000 Volts or Less,
in DATA-TRACK® and HALF-RACK® (Excluding Straight Rung)
Single conductor cables installed in cable tray must be 1/0 or larger, and they can not be installed
with continuous bottom pans.

(1) 1000 KCMIL or Larger Cables
The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all single conductor cables shall not
exceed the cable tray width. See Table 3, page 129.

(2) 250 KCMIL to 1000 KCMIL Cables
The total sum of the cross-sectional areas of all the cables to
be installed in the cable tray must be equal to or less than the
allowable cable area for the tray width, as indicated in Table 2.

Table 2
Inside Allowable
Width of
Cable
Cable
Area
Tray
square
inches

inches

6
9
12
18
24

6.5
9.5
13.0
19.5
26.0

128
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® Sizing Guide
(3) Cables 1/0 through 4/0
Cent-R-Rail

These conductors must be installed in a single layer. See Table 3.
Note: It is the opinion of some that this practice may cause problems with unbalanced voltages.
To avoid these potential problems, the cables for this type of cable tray wiring system should
be bundled with ties. The bundle should contain the circuit’s three phase conductors plus the
neutral, if one is used. The single conductor cables should be firmly tied to the cable trays
at intervals not greater than 6 feet.

Table 3
Number of 600 Volt Single Conductor
Cables that may be Installed in
Ladder Cable Tray
Single
Outside
Conductor Diameter
Size
in.
1/0
0.58
2/0
0.62
3/0
0.68
4/0
0.73
250 Kcmil
0.84
350 Kcmil
0.94
500 Kcmil
1.07
750 Kcmil
1.28
1000 Kcmil
1.45

Area

Cable Tray Width
6
9 12 18 24

sq. in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

.55
.69
.90
1.29
-

10
9
8
8
11
9
7
5
4

15
14
13
12
18
14
11
8
6

20
19
17
16
24
19
14
10
8

31
29
26
24
35
28
22
15
12

41
38
35
32
47
38
29
20
16

Cable diameters used are those for Oknite-Okolon 600 volt single conductor power cables.

III) Sizing VertI-Rack® and Multi-Tier Half-Rack®
Due to the unique nature of multiple-tier cable trays, there are no existing guidelines for sizing these
types of cable trays. However, the following tables are provided to assist you in comparing the usable
widths and fill areas for the different Cent-R-Rail® trays available.

Do Not Use As A Walkway, Ladder,
Or Support For Personnel.

Use Only As A Mechanical Support For Cables, Tubing and Raceways.

LA

1 of 1
09/15/2005
000291745

www.cooperbline.com
(618) 654-2184

S SI FI E

D

C

Catalog Number: C3ADB09-12-144 STR SECTION
Shipping Ticket: 260203 00 001
Mark Number: 78101115400
Purchase Order: D798981
Minimum Area: 0.60 SQ. IN.
Load Class:
D1 179 KG/M 3 METER SPAN

30781011154005

WARNING!

®

This product is classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as
to its suitability as an equipment grounding conductor only. 556E

VENTILATED
Reference File #LR36026

This cable tray label is attached to each straight section and fitting that is U.L. classified.
U.L. assigned cross-sectional area is also stated in the loading charts in this catalog for each system.

129
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® Sizing Guide
Cent-R-Rail

Usable Tray Width & Overall Outside Width:
Data-Track®
Tray Width

Usable Width

Overall Outside Width

Bottom Rung

Top Rung

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

Bottom Rung
in.

(mm)

in.

Top Rung
(mm)

6
9
12
18
24

(150)
(225)
(300)
(450)
(600)

6
9
12
16
22

(150)
(225)
(300)
(400)
(550)

6
9
12
18
24

(150)
(225)
(300)
(450)
(600)

8.7
11.7
14.7
19.1
25.1

(220)
(295)
(375)
(485)
(630)

7.1
10.1
13.1
19.1
25.1

(180)
(250)
(335)
(485)
(630)

Verti-Rack®
Tray

Total Usable Width

Width

2 tier

3 tier

Overall

4 tier

5 tier

6 tier

Outside Width

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

3
6
9
12

(75)
(150)
(225)
(300)

6
12
18
24

(150)
(300)
(450)
(600)

9
18
27
36

(225)
(450)
(675)
(900)

12
24
36
48

(300)
(600)
(900)
(1200)

15
30
45
60

(381)
(750)
(1125)
(1500)

18
36
54
72

(450)
(900)
(1350)
(1800)

4.4
7.4
10.4
13.4

(110)
(190)
(265)
(340)

Half-Rack®
Tray Width

Usable Width

Overall Outside Width

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

3
6
9
12

(75)
(150)
(225)
(300)

3
6
9
12

(75)
(150)
(225)
(300)

5.2
8.2
11.2
14.2

(130)
(210)
(285)
(360)

Multi-Tier Half-Rack®
Tray
Width

Total Usable Width
2 tier

3 tier

Overall

4 tier

Outside Width

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

3
6
9
12

(75)
(150)
(225)
(300)

6
12
18
24

(150)
(300)
(450)
(600)

9
18
27
36

(225)
(450)
(675)
(900)

12
24
36
48

(300)
(600)
(900)
(1200)

4.7
7.7
10.7
13.7

(120)
(195)
(270)
(350)

130
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail®
Tray Fill Area & Overall Outside Height:

in.

Tray
Width

(mm)

3

(75)

4

(100)

6

(150)

Loading

2

Data-Track®

Overall Outside Height
Bottom Rung Top Rung

in.

(mm)

in.2

(cm2)

in.2

(cm2)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

6
9
12
18
24
6
9
12
18
24
6
9
12
18
24

(150)
(225)
(300)
(450)
(600)

18
27
36
49
67
24
36
48
65
89
36
54
72
98
134

(120)
(180)
(240)
(325)
(450)

18
27
36
54
72
24
36
48
72
96
36
54
72
108
144

(120)
(180)
(240)
(360)
(480)

3.7

(95)

6.1

(155)

(160)
(240)
(320)
(480)
(640)

4.7

(120)

7.1

(180)

(240)
(360)
(480)
(700)
(930)

6.7

(170)

9.1

(230)

(150)
(225)
(300)
(450)
(600)
(150)
(225)
(300)
(450)
(600)

(160)
(240)
(320)
(420)
(575)
(240)
(360)
(480)
((630)
(865)

Tray

Depth
in.

Fill Area
Bottom Rung Top Rung

Verti-Rack®

Fill Area

Width

2 tier

3 tier

Cent-R-Rail

Loading
Depth

4 tier

5 tier

6 tier

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.2

(cm2)

in.2

(cm2)

in.2

(cm2)

in.2

(cm2)

in.2

(cm2)

(50)

3
6
9
12

(75)
(150)
(225)
(300)

12
24
36
48

(80)
(160)
(240)
(320)

18
36
54
72

(120)
(240)
(360)
(480)

24
48
72
96

(160)
(320)
(480)
(640)

30
60
90
120

(200)
(400)
(600)
(800)

36
72
108
144

(240)
(480)
(700)
(930)

Overall Outside Height
2 tier

3 tier

4 tier

5 tier

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

9.3

(235)

13.3

(340)

17.3

(440)

21.3

(540)

25.3

(645)

Half-Rack®

Loading
Depth
in.

(mm)

3

(75)

4

(100)

6

(150)

Tray
Width

Fill
Area

Multi-Tier Half-Rack®

Overall
Outside Height

in.

(mm)

in.2

(cm2)

in.

(mm)

3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12

(75)
(150)
(225)
(300)

9
18
27
36
12
24
36
48
18
36
54
72

(60)
(120)
(180)
(240)

3.7

(95)

4.7

(120)

6.7

(170)

(75)
(150)
(225)
(300)
(75)
(150)
(225)
(300)

6 tier

in.

Loading
Depth
in.

3

(80)
(160)
(240)
(320)
(120)
(240)
(360)
(480)

4

Tray

Fill Area

Width

2 tier

3 tier

4 tier

in.

(mm)

in.2

(cm2)

in.2

(cm2)

in.2

(cm2)

3
6
(75)
9
12
3
6
(100)
9
12

(75)
(150)
(225)
(300)

18
36
54
72
24
48
72
96

(120)
(240)
(360)
(480)

27
54
81
108
36
72
108
144

(180)
(360)
(525)
(700)

36
72
108
144
48
96
144
192

(240)
(480)
(700)
(930)

(mm)

(75)
(150)
(225)
(300)

(160)
(320)
(480)
(640)

(240)
(480)
(700)
(930)

(320)
(640)
(930)
(1240)

Overall Outside Height
2 tier

3 tier

4 tier

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

11.3

(285)

17.3

(440)

23.3

(590)

131
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Straight Sections

Cent-R-Rail

Data-Track®
Data-Track® Straight Section with
CAS-SB Splice Hanger shown

Rung Spacing

Loading Depth

• One CAS-SB Splice Hanger provided with
each straight section
• For overall height and width dimension
see pages 130 & 131
Patented (see page 125)

Data-Track® Straight Section Part Numbering
C3 A DB 09 - 12 - 144

Series
C0
C3
C4
C6

=
=
=
=

Straight Rung
3" Loading Depth
4" Loading Depth
6" Loading Depth

Material

Type

A = Aluminum

DB = Bottom Rung
DT = Top Rung

Rung
Spacing
06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"

Width

Length*

06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
18 = 18"
24 = 24"

144 = 144"
120 = 120"

* Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice hangers

132

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Straight Sections

Data-Track®
Tray
Width
in.

(mm)

6

(150)

9

(225)

12

(300)

18

(450)

24

(600)

Rung
Spacing

5

(1.5)

Support Span ft. (m)
8
(2.4)
10

6

(1.8)

Rung *
(3.0)

12

(mm)

lbs/ft (kg/m) lbs/ft (kg/m) lbs/ft (kg/m) lbs/ft (kg/m) lbs/ft (kg/m)

6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12

(150)
(225)
(300)

646
532
400
532
354
266
400
266
200
266
178
134
200
134
100

(150)
(225)
(300)
(150)
(225)
(300)
(150)
(225)
(300)
(150)
(225)
(300)

(961)
(793)
(595)
(793)
(527)
(396)
(595)
(396)
(298)
(396)
(265)
(199)
(298)
(199)
(149)

448
448
400
448
354
266
400
266
200
266
178
134
200
134
100

(667) 252
(667) 252
(595) 252

(375)
(375)
(375)

(667) 252
(527) 252
(396) 252

(375)
(375)
(375)

(595) 252
(396) 252
(298) 200

(375)
(375)
(298)

(396) 252
(265) 178
(199) 134

(375)
(265)
(199)

(298) 200
(199) 134
(149) 100

(298)
(199)
(149)

161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
161
134
161
134
100

(240)
(240)
(240)
(240)
(240)
(240)
(240)
(240)
(240)
(240)
(240)
(199)
(240)
(199)
(149)

112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
100

Avg. Empty
Tray Weight

(3.7) Deflection

in.

Multiplier lbs/ft

(167)
(167)
(167)
(167)
(167)
(167)
(167)
(167)
(167)
(167)
(167)
(167)
(167)
(167)
(149)

0.00002
0.00003
0.00004
0.00005
0.00008
0.00010
0.00020
0.00020
0.00030
0.00050
0.00070
0.00090
0.00110
0.00170
0.00220

Cent-R-Rail

Data-Track® Load Capacities

1.38
1.25
1.20
1.45
1.30
1.24
1.53
1.35
1.28
1.69
1.46
1.35
1.85
1.56
1.43

(kg/m)

(2.05)
(1.86)
(1.79)
(2.16)
(1.93)
(1.85)
(2.28)
(2.01)
(1.90)
(2.51)
(2.17)
(2.01)
(2.75)
(2.32)
(2.13)

Safety Factor = 1.5 for load capacities

For unbalanced load information see appendix page 179
For Seismic Restraint Systems see appendix page 180

5

Support Span (feet)
6
8
10

12

Center Rail Deflection Multiplier* 0.0012 0.0025 0.0079 0.0192 0.0397

* Deflection multipliers are given for English units. To determine deflection in millimeters, first calculate
deflection in inches and then multiply by 25.4.
To calculate the center rail simple beam deflection at mid span in inches for a specific support span (ft), multiply
the “center rail deflection multiplier” for that span by the load in lbs/ft that will be installed in the cable tray.
Example: The center rail deflection for 50 lbs/ft supported every 12 ft = 50 x .0397 = 2.0 inches.
Note: When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection is reduced by as much as 50%.
To calculate the rung deflection in inches for a specific tray width (in.) and rung spacing (in.), multiply the rung
deflection multiplier for that width and rung spacing by the load in lbs/ft that will be installed in the cable tray.
Example: The rung deflection for 50 lbs/ft in a 12" wide tray with 9" rung spacing = 50 x .0002 = .01 inches.
Note: The rung deflection multiplier is based on a uniformly distributed load.
Section Property
Area
Sx
Ix

Center Rail

Rungs

Center Rail

Rung

in2

0.88

0.13

1.63"

.54"

(cm2)

(5.68)

(0.84)

(41mm)

(14mm)

in3

0.70

0.02

(cm3)

(11.49)

(0.31)

in4

1.17

0.005

(cm4)

(48.87)

(0.21)

3.25"
(82mm)

.54"
(14mm)

133
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Straight Sections

Cent-R-Rail

Verti-Rack®
Verti-Rack® Straight Section with
CAS-SB Splice Hanger shown

• One CAS-SB Splice Hanger
provided with each straight section
• For overall height and width
dimension see pages 130 & 131

Rung
Spacing
13/4"
(44mm)

Patented (see page 125)

Verti-Rack® Straight Section Part Numbering
C2 A 4V 12 - 09 - 144

Series
C0 = Straight Rung
C2 = 2" Loading Depth

Material

Type†

A = Aluminum

2V = 2 tier
3V = 3 tier
4V = 4 tier
5V = 5 tier
6V = 6 tier

Rung
Spacing
06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
(Specials
available)

Width†

Length*

03 = 3"
06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"

144 = 144"
120 = 120"

* Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice hangers
† For inverted, multiple or special sizes and widths see appendix pages 181, 182, 183

Expand your Verti-Rack® system with ADD-A-Rung®
ADD-A-Rung® Part Numbering
CAR-2 V 2 12
• Attaches to bottom
of existing tray
• Shipped with required
hardware

No. of
Tiers

Loading
Depth

1 = 1 tier
2 = 2 tier

0 = Straight Rung
2 = 2" Loading Depth

Width
03 = 3"
06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"

Note: Not to exceed 100 lbs/ft on 12 ft span, 225 lbs/ft on 8 ft span.

134

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Straight Sections

Verti-Rack®
Total System
Load Capacities

ft

(m)

lbs/ft

(kg/m)

5
6
8
10
12

(1.5)

300
300
225
144
100

(450)

(1.8)
(2.4)
(3.0)
(3.7)

Tray
Width
in.

3

6

9

12

Center Rail*
Deflection
Multiplier

0.0010
0.0020
0.0063
0.0155
0.0321

(450)
(335)
(214)
(149)

Rung
Spacing

Cent-R-Rail

Support
Span

Per Tier
Load Capacity

Rung*
Deflection

Avg. Empty
Tray Weight

(mm)

in.

(mm)

lbs/ft

(kg/m)

Multiplier

lbs/ft

(kg/m)

(150)

608
408
304

(905)

0.00001
0.00002
0.00002

2.09
1.72
1.55

(3.11)

(75)

6
9
12
6
9
12

(150)

304
204
152

(452)

0.00010
0.00020
0.00020

2.31
1.86
1.66

(3.44)

6
9
12

(150)

203
136
102

(302)

0.00030
0.00040
0.00050

2.53
2.00
1.77

(3.76)

6
9
12

(150)

152
102
76

(226)

0.00060
0.00090
0.00120

2.75
2.14
1.88

(4.09)

(150)

(225)

(300)

(225)
(300)

(225)
(300)

(225)
(300)

(225)
(300)

(607)
(452)

(304)
(226)

(202)
(152)

(152)
(113)

(2.56)
(2.31)

(2.77)
(2.47)

(2.98)
(2.63)

(3.18)
(2.80)

Safety Factor = 1.5 for load capacities

* Deflection multipliers are given for English units. To determine deflection in millimeters, first calculate
deflection in inches and then multiply by 25.4.
Example: The center rail deflection for 50 lbs/ft supported every 12 ft = 50 x .0321 = 1.6 inches.
Example: The rung deflection for 50 lbs/ft in a 12" wide tray with 9" rung spacing = 50 x .0009 = .05 inches.

Center Rail
Section Property
Area

Sx

Ix

Center Rail

Rungs

Trunk

in2

0.88

0.09

0.18

(cm2)

(5.68)

(0.61)

(1.16)

in3

0.56

0.01

N/A

(cm3)

(9.15)

(0.12)

(N/A)

in4

1.27

0.001

N/A

(0.04)

(N/A)

(cm4)

Trunk

Rung

(41mm)

(18mm)

(14mm)

1.63"

.71"

.54"

.71" (18mm)
.31" (8mm)

(52.99)

3.90" (99mm)

135
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Straight Sections

Cent-R-Rail

Half-Rack®
Half-Rack® Straight Section with
CAS-SB Splice Hanger shown

Rung Spacing

• One CAS-SB Splice Hanger
provided with each straight section
• For overall height and width
dimension see pages 130 & 131

Loading Depth

Patented (see page 125)

Half-Rack® Straight Section Part Numbering
C3 A 1H 09 - 12 - 144

Series
C0 = Straight Rung
C3 = 3" Loading Depth
C4 = 4" Loading Depth
C6 = 6" Loading Depth

Material

Type

A = Aluminum

1H = 1 tier

Rung
Spacing
06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"

Width

Length*

03 = 3"
06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"

144 = 144"
120 = 120"

* Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice hangers

136

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Straight Sections

Half-Rack®
Cent-R-Rail

Half-Rack® Loading Guidelines
• Support Locations
1" (25mm)

144"

(3.7m)

(12') Length Section

*24" (609mm)

Mid Length

* = 20" (508mm) for 120" (3m) Length Section
*24" (609mm)

Sections should be attached to the wall
at mid length and at 1/6th of the section length
from both ends (20" for 120"; 24" for 144")
• No spacers needed
• For Half-Rack® wall attachment options see page 172

• Loading Recommendations
• CSA classified A-3M
• 50 lbs/ft (74kg/m) maximum based on 3/4" (19mm) rung deflection

Rung

Center Rail
Section Property

Center Rail

Rungs

(14mm)

(41mm)

.54"

1.63"

Area

Sx

in2

0.88

0.13

(cm2)

(5.68)

(0.84)

in3
(cm3)

0.70

0.02

(11.49)

(0.31)

.54" (14mm)

3.25" (82mm)

Ix

in4
(cm4)

1.27
(52.99)

0.005
(0.21)

137
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Straight Sections

Cent-R-Rail

Multi-Tier Half-Rack®
Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Straight Section
with CAS-SB Splice Hanger shown
A

A = 25/8" (67mm) for 3" (76mm) Loading Depth
= 13/4" (44mm) for 4" (102mm) Loading Depth

• One CAS-SB Splice Hanger
provided with each straight section
• For overall height and width
dimension see pages 130 & 131

Rung Spacing

Patented (see page 125)
Loading Depth

Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Straight Section Part Numbering
C3 A 2M 09 - 12 - 144

Series
C0 = Straight Rung
C3 = 3" Loading Depth
C4 = 4" Loading Depth

Material
A = Aluminum

Type

Rung
Spacing

2M = 2 tier
3M = 3 tier
4M = 4 tier

06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
(Specials
available)

Width†
03 = 3"
06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"

Length*
144 = 144"
120 = 120"

* Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice hangers
† For multiple widths see appendix pages 181 & 182

Expand your Multi-Tier Half-Rack® system with ADD-A-Rung®
• Attaches to bottom of
existing tray
• Shipped with required
hardware

ADD-A-Rung® Part Numbering
CAR-2 M 3 12
No. of
Tiers
1 = 1 tier
2 = 2 tier

138

Loading
Depth
0 = Straight Rung
3 = 3" Loading Depth
4 = 4" Loading Depth

Width
03 = 3"
06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Straight Sections

Multi-Tier Half-Rack®
Cent-R-Rail

Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Loading Guidelines
• Support Locations
1" (25mm)

144"

(3.7m)

(12') Length Section

*24" (609mm)

Mid Length

*24" (609mm)

* = 20" (508mm) for 120" (3m) Length Section

Sections should be attached to the
wall at mid length and at 1/6th of the section
length from both ends (20" for 120"; 24" for 144")
• No spacers needed
• For Multi-Tier Half-Rack® wall attachment options see page 173

• Loading Recommendations
• 50 lbs/ft (74kg/m) maximum based on 3/4" (19mm) rung deflection

Half-Rack®
shown

For Seismic Restraint Systems see appendix page 180
Center Rail
Section Property
Area

Sx

Ix

Center Rail

Rungs

Trunk

in2

0.88

0.13

0.18

(cm2)

(5.68)

(0.84)

(1.16)

in3

0.56

0.02

N/A

(cm3)

(9.15)

(0.31)

(N/A)

in4

1.27

0.005

N/A

(cm4)

(52.99)

(0.21)

(N/A)

Trunk

Rung

(41mm)

(18mm)

(14mm)

1.63"

.71"

.54"

.71" (18mm)
.54" (8mm)
3.90" (99mm)

139
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Connectors

Application System Icons
Cent-R-Rail

The parts in the following catalog sections can be used with one or more of the Cent-R-Rail® systems.
We have provided the following application icons to indicate the systems each item is compatible with.

Compatibility with Data-Track®
Shaded items
shown in the
illustrations are
items that are
provided with the
part numbers.

Compatibility with VertI-Rack®
Compatibility with Half-Rack®

Compatibility with Multi-Tier Half-Rack®

Qwik-Bolt® Splice Hanger
Cat. No.

CAS-SB
Patented (see page 125)

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

One splice included with each straight section
Bolts screw directly into splice, minimizing hardware
Splice protects cables from center rail edges
Vertical hardware removes hardware from cable fill area
Shipped assembled with required hardware
Designed to install with 1/2" ATR
UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Qwik-Bolt® No Gap Splice
Cat. No.

CAS-NG
Patented (see page 125)

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

A straight splice option
Bolts screw directly into splice, minimizing hardware
Vertical hardware removes hardware from cable fill area
Shipped assembled with required hardware
UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps
Straight section length (using this splice) is 142 or 118 inches
For use where ATR is not required through the splice hanger

Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified.

140

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Connectors

Qwik-Bolt® Splice Hanger
Cent-R-Rail

Cat. No.

CAS-CB
Patented (see page 125)

• Side mounts to existing 1/2" ATR
• Qwik-Bolt® design
• Shipped with required hardware
• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Expansion Splice Hanger
Cat. No.

Tray Type

CAS-EB1
Data-Track® & Half-Rack®
CAS-EB2 Verti-Rack® & Multi-Tier Half-Rack®
Table 1

Patented (see page 125)

Maximum Spacing
Between Expansion
Joints that Provide for
1" (25mm) Movement

• Allows for 1" (25mm) of tray
expansion and contraction
• Shipped with required hardware
• Order grounding jumper CAM-GJ
separately (see page 156)

Temperature Aluminum
Differential

It is important that thermal contraction and expansion be considered when installing
cable tray systems. The length of the straight cable tray runs and the temperature
differential govern the number of expansion splice plates required (See Table 1).

˚F

(˚C)

ft

(m)

25
50
75
100
125
150
175

(14)

260
130
87
65
52
43
37

(79)

(28)
(42)
(56)
(69)
(83)
(97)

(40)
(27)
(20)
(16)
(13)
(11)

Horizontal Offset Coupling
Cat. No.

offset

CAC-OH050B
CAC-OH065B
CAC-OH080B
CAC-OH100B
CAC-OH130B

Offset
in.

(mm)

5.0
6.5
8.0
10.0
13.0

(125)
(165)

Patented (see page 125)

(200)
(250)
(330)

Refer to tray widths on
pg. 130 to determine
offset needed

• Designed to provide horizontal offset
• Ideal for connecting Data-Track® to Half-Rack®
• Pivoting connections
• Qwik-Bolt® design
• Shipped assembled with required hardware
• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps
• 7/8" (22mm) adjustment on offset
Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified.

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

141

Cent-R-Rail® -

Connectors

Cent-R-Rail

Vertical Offset Coupling
Cat. No.

Offset

CAC-OV030B
CAC-OV060B

in.

(mm)

3.0
6.0

(150)

(75)

Patented (see page 125)

offset

• Designed to provide vertical offset
• Pivoting connections
• Qwik-Bolt® design
• Shipped assembled with required hardware
• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Horizontal Adjustable Splice
Cat. No.

CAS-HB
Patented (see page 125)

• Allows random angle horizontal bend
• Also can be used to connect straight sections at mid-run locations
• Qwik-Bolt® design
• Shipped assembled with required hardware
• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Horizontal Bend Rung Support
Cat. No.

CAR-H3-06
CAR-H3-09
CAR-H3-12
CAR-H3-18
CAR-H3-24
CAR-H4-06
CAR-H4-09
CAR-H4-12
CAR-H4-18
CAR-H4-24
CAR-H6-06
CAR-H6-09
CAR-H6-12
CAR-H6-18
CAR-H6-24

Cat. No.

CAR-H3-06
Loading
Depth

Tray
Width

3 = 3"
4 = 4"
6 = 6"

06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
18 = 18"
24 = 24"

Patented (see page 125)

• Use with CAS-HB
• For additional cable support on the outside of bends
• Select fill depth and width required
• Shipped with required hardware (1 pc. HHCS - 1/2" x 4" znplt)
• Rungs set at 45° angle

Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified.

142

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Connectors

Data-Track®
Horizontal Tee Coupling
L

Tray 1

Patented (see page 125)

Tray 1

L

in.

(mm)

6
9
12
18
24

(150)
(225)
(300)
(450)
(600)

3
6
9
12

Patented (see page 125)

5
61/2
8
10
13

(125)

Cat. No.

(165)
(200)
(250)
(330)

L

(mm)

(75)
(150)
(225)
(300)

in.

CAC-HTV03B
CAC-HTV06B
CAC-HTV09B
CAC-HTV12B

(mm)

3
(75)
41/2 (115)
6
(150)
71/2 (190)

• Used to make tee, elbow or wye
• Allows random attachment to center rail without drilling
• Pivoting connection
• Qwik-Bolt® design
• Shipped assembled with required hardware
• 7/16" (11mm) adjustment slot
• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Half-Rack®
Horizontal Tee Coupling
Tray 1 Width

L

(mm)

Verti-Rack®
Horizontal Tee Coupling
in.

Tray 1

CAC-HTD06B
CAC-HTD09B
CAC-HTD12B
CAC-HTD18B
CAC-HTD24B

L
in.

• Used to make tee, elbow or wye
• Allows random attachment to center rail without drilling
• Pivoting connection
• Qwik-Bolt® Design
• Shipped assembled with required hardware
• 9/16" (14mm) hole provided for optional support ATR
• 7/16" (11mm) adjustment slot
• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Tray 1 Width

Patented (see page 125)

Cat. No.

Cent-R-Rail

Tray 1 Width

in.

(mm)

3
6
9
12

(75)
(150)
(225)
(300)

Cat. No.

CAC-HTH03B
CAC-HTH06B
CAC-HTH09B
CAC-HTH12B

L
in.

(mm)

5
8
11
14

(125)
(200)
(275)
(355)

• Used to make tee, elbow or wye
• Allows random attachment to center rail
• Pivoting connection
• Qwik-Bolt® design
• Shipped assembled with required hardware
• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified.

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

143

Cent-R-Rail® -

Connectors

Cent-R-Rail

Multi-Tier Half-Rack®
Horizontal Tee Coupling
Tray 1 Width
in.

3
6
9
12

Cat. No.

(mm)

(75)
(150)
(225)
(300)

CAC-HTM03B
CAC-HTM06B
CAC-HTM09B
CAC-HTM12B

Tray 1

L

L
in.

(mm)

5
8
11
14

(125)
(200)
(275)
(355)

• Used to make tee, elbow or wye
• Allows random attachment to center rail
• Pivoting connection
• Qwik-Bolt® design
• Shipped assembled with required hardware
• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Patented (see page 125)

Data-Track®
Horizontal Cross Coupling
Tray 1 Width

•
•
•
•
•
•

in.

(mm)

6
9
12
18
24

(150)
(225)
(300)
(450)
(600)

Cat. No.

CAC-HXD06B
CAC-HXD09B
CAC-HXD12B
CAC-HXD18B
CAC-HXD24B

Tray 1

L
in.

(mm)

10
13
16
20
26

(250)

L

(330)
(400)
(500)
(650)

Allows random attachment to center rail without drilling
Pivoting connections
Qwik-Bolt® design
Shipped assembled with required hardware
9/16" (14mm) hole provided for optional support ATR
UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Patented (see page 125)

Verti-Rack®
Horizontal Cross Coupling
Tray 1 Width
in.

(mm)

3
6
9
12

(75)

Cat. No.

Tray 1

L
in.

(mm)

3
9
12
15

(75)

L

•
•
•
•
•
•

(150)
(225)
(300)

CAC-HXV03B
CAC-HXV06B
CAC-HXV09B
CAC-HXV12B

(225)
(300)
(375)

Allows random attachment to center rail without drilling
Pivoting connections
Qwik-Bolt® design
Shipped assembled with required hardware
9/16" (14mm) hole provided for optional support ATR
UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Patented (see page 125)

Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified.

144

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Connectors

Cent-R-Rail

Vertical Adjustable Splice
Cat. No.

CAS-VB
Patented (see page 125)

• Ideal for random angle vertical bends
• Qwik-Bolt® design
• Shipped assembled with required hardware
• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Vertical Coupling
Cat. No.

CAC-VB
Patented (see page 125)

• Use one piece to create vertical tees.
• Use two pieces to create vertical crosses.
• Pivoting connections
• Qwik-Bolt® design
• Shipped assembled with required hardware
• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified.

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

145

Cent-R-Rail® -

Connectors

Universal Hub Fittings
Cent-R-Rail

Cat. No.

U4A-12
Fill
Depth

Cat. No.

U2A-06
U2A-09
U2A-12
U2A-18
U2A-24
U3A-06
U3A-09
U3A-12
U3A-18
U3A-24
U4A-06
U4A-09
U4A-12
U4A-18
U4A-24
U6A-06
U6A-09
U6A-12
U6A-18
U6A-24

2
3
4
6

=
=
=
=

Width

2"
3"
4"
6"

06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
18 = 18"
24 = 24"

Patented (see page 125)

Width
Fill
Depth

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Connects up to 4 trays in random directions
Provides an area free of center rails for cable transitions
Ideal for easy system expansion
Slots provided for cable tie down
Order one CAC-UFB pivot connector per tray connection (see page 147)
Positive cable retention for cables routed around corner post
UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Typical applications for universal hub fittings:

Elbow

Tee

Cross

Wye

Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified.

146

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Connectors

Pivot Connector
For Universal Hub
Cent-R-Rail

Horizontal Application
Cat. No.

CAC-UFB
Patented (see page 125)

• Qwik-Bolt® design
• Shipped with required hardware
• UL classified for grounding - 1000 amps

Category 5
Cable Radius Protector
Cat. No.

Tray Depth

CAM-PR253
CAM-PR254
CAM-PR256

3
4
6

• Designed to provide a 21/2" cable bend radius
• Mounts directly over the horizontal pivot connector using
the existing hardware
• Made from aluminum

Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified.

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

147

Cent-R-Rail® -

Supports

Cent-R-Rail

Data-Track®
Standard Clevis Hanger
Cat. No.

Rod Size

CZNH-CD
CZNH-CD-5/8

1/2”
5/8”

• Allows random support without drilling
• Zinc plated steel construction
• If seismic restraints required, see Seismic Restraints
Cent-R-Rail® Supplement brochure (SRSCR1)

Verti-Rack®
Standard Clevis Hanger
Cat. No.

Rod Size

CZNH-CV
CZNH-CV-5/8

1/2”
5/8”

• Allows random support without drilling
• Zinc plated steel construction

Isolation Clevis Hanger
Cat. No.

Tray Type

CZNH-CD-I Data-Track®
CZNH-CV-I Verti-Rack®

Data-Track® shown
•
•
•
•
•

Isolates tray from ATR to reduce low voltage interference
Nylon bushing
Allows random support without drilling
Zinc plated steel construction
Used with 1/2" ATR

Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified.

148

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Supports

Wall Hanger
Half Rack®
Cent-R-Rail

Cat. No.

CZNH-WH

•
•
•
•
•
•

Simplifies bolt to anchor alignment.
Center rail drilling eliminated.
Hanger bottom snaps over center rail.
Smooth edge design in wire fill areas.
Zinc plated steel construction
Sized for up to a 1/2" bolt.

Wall Hanger
Multi-Tier Half Rack®
Cat. No.

CZNH-WM

•
•
•
•
•
•

Simplifies bolt to anchor alignment.
Center rail drilling eliminated.
Hanger bottom snaps over center rail.
Smooth edge design in wire fill areas.
Zinc plated steel construction
Sized for up to a 1/2" bolt.

U-Bracket:
In Drywall & Metal Stud Wall
Cat. No.

Tray Type

CPB-U10
Half-Rack®
CPB-CV1 Multi-Tier Half-Rack®
Flat Washers
CPB-U10
U-Bracket

Half-Rack®
Metal Cable Tray
Screws

1/4"

Metal Stud
Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified.

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

149

Cent-R-Rail® -

Supports

Cent-R-Rail

Floor Stands
Cat.
No.

Height
in.

B381
B382
B383
B384
B385

23/8
43/8
63/8
83/8
103/8

Width

(mm)

in.

(mm)

(60.3)

6
8
10
12
14

(152.4)

(111.1)
(161.9)
(212.7)
(263.5)

(203.2)
(254.0)
(304.8)

(355.6)

Height
13/16"

(21mm)

• Zinc plated steel construction
• 9/16" (14mm) holes

Width

Relay Rack
Mounting Bracket
Cat. No.

SB-2133-CR

• ASTM A36 Steel
• Yellow zinc dichromate
• Includes: Mounting plates
1 - 1/2" x 41/2" HHCS
1- 1/2" hex nut
2 - 5/16" x 3" SRHMS
2 - 5/16" hex nuts
2 - 5/16" lockwashers

Note: All connectors are aluminum material and sized for 1/2" zinc plated steel hardware, unless otherwise specified.

150

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Zinc Plated Steel

Zinc Plated Steel

Square Washer

“U” Washer

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

B202

B450

B101

Zinc Plated Steel

Aluminum

90° Angle Fitting

Aluminum

Wall Bracket

“Z” Bracket

“Z” Bracket

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

B370

B110AL

CAB-U25

Zinc Plated
Steel
Zinc Plated Steel

Aluminum

“U” Bracket

“U” Bracket

“U” Bracket

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

B107

B107-22A

CAB-U10

Zinc Plated Steel

Aluminum

Zinc Plated Steel

“U” Bracket

“U” Bracket

Post Base

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

CAB-U20

B594

B281ASQ

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

151

Cent-R-Rail

Zinc Plated Steel

Support Accessories

Cent-R-Rail® -

Support Accessories

Cent-R-Rail

Non-Uniform Loading Bracket
Cat. No.

ATR Length

CZN-DRS-36
CZN-DRS-60
CZN-DRS-72

•
•
•
•
•

36
60
72

Hardware included
ATR included
Zinc plated
See Seismic Restraints Cent-R-Rail® Supplement brochure (SRSCR1)
Note: Refer to unbalance section in the appendix (pg. 179)
•
•
•
•
•
•

1
1
9
2
1
2

-

Includes:
B107 Znplt U Support
B107-22A Znplt U Support
1/2" Hex Nuts, Znplt
ATR 1/2" x Length, Znplt
HHC Screw 1/2" x 41/2", Znplt
B202 Znplt sq washers

All Threaded Rod Stiffener
• See Seismic Restraints Cent-R-Rail®
Supplement brochure (SRSCR1)
• Note: Minimum of (2) - SC228 or
SC-UB are required per rod.

SC228 Hanger Rod
Stiffener Assembly
For 3/8" thru 5/8" ATR
(Order B22 Channel Separately)

SC228 Hanger
Rod Stiffener
Assembly

B22 Channel
Rod Stiffener

152

1/2"

ATR

Maximum distance
from top of hanger
rod to first bolt of the
channel rod stiffener
is 6" (152mm).

1/2"

ATR

Maximum distance
between each
SC228 is 18" (457mm).

Maximum distance
from top of channel
where the hanger rod
is attached to the first
bolt of the channel rod
stiffener is 6" (152mm).

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

B22 Channel
Rod Stiffener with
SC228 Assemblies

Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Support Accessories

Channel Sizes and Hole Patterns Selections Chart
Channel
Dimensions

Height
in.

B11
B22A
B22
B54

4

SH

Channel Hole Patterns
S
H17/8
TH

Width

(mm)

31/4
31/4
15/8
15/16

Material & Thickness
2
3

1

Cent-R-Rail

Channel
Type

in.

(mm)

(82.5) 15/8 (41.3)
(82.5) 15/8 (41.3)
(41.3) 15/8 (41.3)
(20.6) 15/8 (41.3)

Steel

Alum.

12Ga.
12Ga.
12Ga.
14Ga.

-.105
.105
.080

304 S.S. 316 S.S.

-12Ga.
12Ga.
14Ga.

-12Ga.
12Ga.
14Ga.

1
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4

1
1
1
1

1
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4

--1
--

Available Finishes on Steel: Dura-Green Epoxy, Pre-Galvanized and Hot Dip Galvanized are standard.
Material types available for various hole patterns are defined by numbers 1 thru 4 as follows:
1=
2=
3=
4=

Steel
Aluminum
Type 304 Stainless Steel
Type 316 Stainless Steel

Channel Nuts
With Spring
B11
B12

B22
B24
B32

Without Spring

B42
B52
B54

B11, B22
B12, B24
B32

Twirl Nut

B42
B52
B54

B11, B22
B12, B24
B32

Thread
Size

Thickness

B42
B52
B54

N725 N225 N525 N225WO N525WO TN225 TN525

1/2"-13

1/2"(12.7 mm) for N725,N225,N225WO,TN225
3/8"(9.5 mm) for N525,N525WO,TN525

N755 N255 N555 N255WO N555WO

5/8"-11

1/2"(12.7 mm) for N755,N255,N255WO
3/8"(9.5 mm) for N555,N555WO

Channel Nut With Spring

Cat. No.
& Size

Threads
Per Inch

ATR 1/2"
ATR 5/8"

13
11

--

--

Channel Nut Without Spring

*Recommended Load
lbs

(kN)

1130
1810

(5.02)

Twirl Nut

All Threaded Rod
(ATR)

(8.05)

*Safety Factor = 5

• Specify length in inches: 36", 72", 120", 144"

Flat Washers

Cable Tray Systems

Cat. No.
& Size

Cat. No.
& Size

FW 1/2"
FW 5/8"

HN 1/2"
HN 5/8"

Hex Nut

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

153

Cent-R-Rail

Cent-R-Rail® -

Rod Coupling

Support Accessories
Recommended
Load

Cat. No.

Size

Length
in.

(mm)

lbs

(kN)

B655-1/2

1/2"-13

13/4

(44.4)

5/8"-11

21/8

(54.0)

1130
1810

(5.02)

B655-5/8

Cat. No.

Size

(8.05)

in.

B656-1/2

3/8

x
x 1/2
B656-3/4 x 5/8
B656-5/8

Reducer Rod Coupling
Type

1/2"-13

& 3/8"-16
& 1/2"-13
3/4"-10 & 5/8"-11

Size

ASA-50-225HN
ASA-50-400HN
ASA-62-225HN
ASA-62-425HN
ASA-37-250RQ
ASA-37-375RQ
ASA-37-475RQ

Hex Nut

Round
Quadrex

Round
Quadrex

Sleeve
Anchors

Catalog
Number

1/2

x 21/4
x4
x 21/4
x 41/4
x 21/2
x 33/4
x 43/4

1/2
5/8
5/8
3/8
3/8
3/8

Minimum
Embedment

ASA-50-225HN
ASA-50-400HN
ASA-62-225HN
ASA-62-425HN
ASA-37-250RQ
ASA-37-375RQ
ASA-37-475RQ

lbs

Bolt
Diameter

in.

Hex
Nut

(mm)

11/4 (31.7) 610
11/4 (31.7) 1130
11/2 (38.1) 1810

5/8"-11

Catalog
Number

Recommended
Load

Length

(kN)

(2.71)
(5.02)
(8.05)

Hole
Diameter

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

(13 x 57)

3/8

(10)

1/2

(13)

(13 x 102)

3/8

(10)

1/2

(13)

(16 x 57)

1/2

(13)

5/8

(16)

(16 x 108)

1/2

(13)

5/8

(16)

(10 x 64)

5/16

(8)

3/8

(10)

(10 x 95)

5/16

(8)

3/8

(10)

(10 x 121)

5/16

(8)

3/8

(10)

Allowable PullOut Load*

Allowable
Shear Load*

in.

(mm)

lbs

(kN)

lbs

(kN)

11/2
11/2
2
2
1
1 /4
11/4
11/4

(38)

1100
1100
1545
1545
675
675
675

(4.8)

1100
1100
1790
1790
570
570
570

(4.8)

(38)
(51)
(51)

(32)
(32)
(32)

(4.8)
(6.8)
(6.8)
(2.9)
(2.9)
(2.9)

(4.8)
(7.8)
(7.8)
(2.5)
(2.5)
(2.5)

*Tested in 3500 PSI (24 MPa) concrete. S.F. = 4.0

Catalog
Number

Anchor Size
Diameter
Length

ADI-50
ADI-62
Catalog
Number

Drop-In
Anchors

in.

(mm)

1/2
5/8

in.

(mm)

(13)

2

(51)

12/16

(16)

21/2

(64)

13/16

Anchor
Length

ADI-50
ADI-62

Thread Hole
Depth
Diameter

Allowable
Pull-out Load*

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

(21)

5/8

(16)

(30)

7/8

(22)

Allowable
Shear Load*

in.

(mm)

lbs

(kN)

lbs

(kN)

2
21/2

(51)

1883
2473

(8.2)
(10.8)

1903
3403

(14.9)

(64)

(8.3)

Setting Tool
Catalog Number

ADI-50T
ADI-62T

*Tested in 4860 PSI (33.5 MPa) concrete. S.F. = 4.0

154

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Support Accessories
Beam Clamps
Rod
Size

B

C
in.

B307
B308
B321-2
Cat.
No.

D

in.

(mm)

B307
B308
11/8"
B321-2 15/8"

E

7/8"

(22.2)

29/16" (65.1)
1/2"-13 1/2"-13 39/16" (90.5)

7/8"

(22.2)

111/16"

(42.8)

1/2"-13 1/2"-13

Design
Load

T

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

lbs.

(kN)

21/2"

(63.5)

7Ga.
1/4"
1/4"

(4.5)

1100
1500
1400

(4.89)

21/2" (63.5)
(41.3) 31/4" (82.5)
(28.6)

(6.3)
(6.3)

Anchor Strap
Cat. No.

Flange Width
in.

B312-6
B312-9
B312-12

(7.11)
(6.23)

• Design Load Safety Factor = 5
• Setscrew included

T

F

(mm)

27/16" (61.9)

1/2"-13 1/2"-13

F

11/8" (28.6)

C

in.

E

B

D
(mm)

Cent-R-Rail

Cat.
No.

(mm)

Up to 6" (Up to 152.4)
6"-9"
(152.4-228.6)
9"-12" (228.6-304.8)

Beam Clamp
Part
Number

Design
Load*
lbs

B212-3/8

(kN)

1000 (4.45)

Max.
Mat’l
Flange Thick Thickness
in.

11/8

(mm)

in.

(mm)

(28.6)

3/8

(9.5)

*when used in pairs

Used with B307, B308 and
B321-2 beam clamps

• Design Load Safety Factor = 5
• Sold in pieces
• Setscrew included

Beam Clamp
Cat.
No.

Design
Load*
lbs

(kN)

Beam Clamps
Cat. No.

‘A’
Dimension
in.

B441-22
1200 (15.34) 33/8
B441-22A 1200 (15.34) 5
B441Z-22 N/A (N/A) 33/8

B355

(mm)

(85.7)
(127.0)
(85.7)

• Design Load 1200 lbs (5.34kN) when used in pairs
• Design Load Safety Factor = 5
• Sold in pieces
• Order HHCS & channel nuts separately

*when used in pairs

• Design Load Safety Factor = 5
• Sold in pieces

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

155

Cent-R-Rail® -

Accessories

Cent-R-Rail

Cable Drop-Out

•
•
•
•

Cat.
No.

CAM-DO-1
CAM-DO-2
CAM-DO-3
CAM-DO-4
CAM-DO-5
CAM-DO-7
CAM-DO-8
CAM-DO-10
CAM-DO-11

Provides 3.25" (82mm) bend radius
Attaches to horizontal section of rung
Self-drilling screw included
Part number for one side only

Tray

A

A

in.

1
2
3
4
5
7
8
10
11

Recommended Drop-out Width A*
DATA-TRACK®
Bottom Rung

DATA-TRACK®
Top Rung

Half-Rack®

in.

Multi-Tier
Half-Rack®

3
6
9
12
18
24

N/A
2
3
5
7
10

N/A
1
2
4
7
10

2
5
8
11
N/A
N/A

2
5
8
11
N/A
N/A

Width

* Indicates widest Dropout that will fit in tray

Verti-Rack® Drop-Out
Cat.
No.

A
in.

CAM-VDO-1
1.5
1
CAM-VDO-2 /2 3
CAM-VDO-4
4.5
1
CAM-VDO-5 /2 6
•
•
•
•

A

Provides 3.25" (82mm) bend radius
Attaches to horizontal section of rung
Self-drilling screw included
Part number for one side only

Grounding Jumper
Cat. No.

CAM-GJ
•
•
•
•
•
•

156

Tin plated copper
1000 Amps maximum fuse amperage rating
12" (305mm) overall length
Provides electrical continuity between trays
Required with expansion splice hangers and when trays are discontinuous
For up to 1/2" hardware - not provided
Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Accessories

Pan

Tray

Pan Catalog Number

Width

Data-Track®

Data-Track®

Verti-Rack®

in.

Bottom Rung
(one side only)

Top Rung
(one side only)

(one side one tier only)

N/A
C(*)P-020-(†)
C(*)P-035-(†)
C(*)P-050-(†)
C(*)P-072-(†)
C(*)P-102-(†)

N/A
C(*)P-012-(†)
C(*)P-027-(†)
C(*)P-042-(†)
C(*)P-072-(†)
C(*)P-102-(†)

C(*)P-008-(†)
C(*)P-023-(†)
C(*)P-038-(†)
C(*)P-053-(†)
N/A
N/A

3
6
9
12
18
24

Cent-R-Rail

(Pan shown in
Data-Track®)

• Solid floor system with the flexibility of
a center rail system
• Side remains open for cable exit/entry
• Available in aluminum or pre-galvanized steel
• Hemmed edges to provide smooth cable fill area
• Shipped with self-drilling screws for easy field installation

Half-Rack®

Multi-Tier
Half-Rack®
(one tier only)

C(*)P-020-(†)
C(*)P-050-(†)
C(*)P-080-(†)
C(*)P-110-(†)
N/A
N/A

C(*)P-020-(†)
C(*)P-050-(†)
C(*)P-080-(†)
C(*)P-110-(†)
N/A
N/A

(*) Material- Insert “A” for .040 aluminum or “P” for 20 Ga. pre-galvanized steel.
(†) Length- Insert 060 for 60", 072 for 72", 120 for 120", or 144 for 144".
Ordering information - Example: CAP-035-144
Aluminum pan for 9" wide bottom rung Data-Track in a 12 foot section.

Liner

(Liner shown in
Data-Track®)

• Used to enclose a center rail system
when desired
• Available in aluminum or pre-galvanized steel
• Hemmed edges to provide smooth cable fill area
• Shipped with self-drilling screws for easy field installations

Tray

Liner Catalog Number

Width

Data-Track®

Data-Track®

Verti-Rack®

in.

Bottom Rung
(one side only)

Top Rung
(one side only)

(one side one tier only)

N/A
C(*)L-D(x)-028-(†)
C(*)L-D(x)-044-(†)
C(*)L-D(x)-059-(†)
C(*)L-D(x)-081-(†)
C(*)L-D(x)-111-(†)

N/A
C(*)L-D(x)-021-(†)
C(*)L-D(x)-036-(†)
C(*)L-D(x)-051-(†)
C(*)L-D(x)-081-(†)
C(*)L-D(x)-111-(†)

C(*)L-V2-014-(†)
C(*)L-V2-029-(†)
C(*)L-V2-044-(†)
C(*)L-V2-059-(†)
N/A
N/A

3
6
9
12
18
24

Half-Rack®

Multi-Tier
Half-Rack®
(one tier only)

C(*)L-D(x)-028-(†)
C(*)L-D(x)-059-(†)
C(*)L-D(x)-089-(†)
C(*)L-D(x)-119-(†)
N/A
N/A

C(*)L-D(x)-028-(†)
C(*)L-D(x)-059-(†)
C(*)L-D(x)-089-(†)
C(*)L-D(x)-119-(†)
N/A
N/A

(*) Material- Insert “A” for .040 aluminum or “P” for 20 Ga. pre-galvanized steel.
(†) Length- Insert 060 for 60", 072 for 72", 120 for 120", or 144 for 144".
(x) Loading Depth- Insert 3, 4 or 6 for applicable depth.
Ordering information
Example: CAL-D4-059-120
Aluminum liner for 12" wide bottom rung Data-Track with 4" loading in a ten foot section.

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

157

Cent-R-Rail

Cent-R-Rail® -

Accessories

Plastic Center
Rail End Cap

Plastic Center
Rail End Cap

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

CPLM-EC10-Gray

CPLM-EC20-Gray

• Fits over end of center rail
• Gray PVC material
• Field installation

• Fits over end of center rail
• Gray PVC material
• Field installation

Plastic Rung
End Cap

Plastic Rung
End Cap

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

CPLM-EC40-*

CPLM-EC30-*

158

* Insert color:
Gray is standard
Optional- red, white, purple,
blue, yellow, orange, black

* Insert color:
Gray is standard
Optional- red, white, purple,
blue, yellow, orange, black

•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

Fits over end of rungs
Used for cable identification
PVC material
Field installation

Fits over end of rungs
Used for cable identification
PVC material
Field installation

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Accessories

Cent-R-Rail

Plastic Trunk End Cap
Cat. No.

CPLM-EC50-Gray

• Fits over end of vertical trunk
• Gray PVC Material
• Field installation

Conduit Adapter
Cat. No.

• Designed to support or suspend light-duty
stationary conduit runs
• Zinc plated steel
• Attaches to tray center rail
(mounting hardware not included)

Conduit
Size

BL1400
BL1410
BL1420
BL1430
BL1440
BL1450
BL1460
BL1470
BL1480
BL1490

Mounting
Hardware
Size

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

1/2

(15)

1/4

(6)

(20)

1/4

(6)

(25)

1/4

(6)

(32)

1/4

(6)

(40)

5/16

(8)

(50)

5/16

(8)

(65)

5/16

(8)

(80)

5/16

(8)

(90)

5/16

(8)

(100)

5/16

(8)

3/4

1
11/4
11/2
2
1
2 /2
3
31/2
4

Conduit Adapter
Cat. No.

BL1400-C442
BL1410-C442
BL1420-C442
BL1430-C442
BL1440-C442
BL1450-C442

Conduit Size
in.

(mm)

1/2

(15)

3/4

(20)

1
11/4
11/2
2

(25)
(32)
(40)
(50)

• Connects conduit to Cent-R-Rail®
• Easy one rung installation
• Positions conduit between rungs
• Shipped assembled with hardware

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

159

Cent-R-Rail® -

Accessories

6" (152mm) thru 12" (305mm) rung spacing
Cent-R-Rail

Cat. No.

Conduit Size
Punched
in.

Conduit
Adapter

CAM-CA1S-1/2

1/2

CAM-CA1S-3/4

3/4

CAM-CA1S-1
CAM-CA1S-11/4
CAM-CA2S-11/2
CAM-CA2S-2
CAM-CA2S-21/2
CAM-CA3S-3
CAM-CA3S-31/2
CAM-CA3S-4

Conduit Size
Unpunched
in.

CAM-CA1S
CAM-CA2S
CAM-CA3S

1/2

Cat. No.

in.

(mm)

(15)

CAM-CA1L-1/2

1/2

(15)

(20)

CAM-CA1L-3/4

3/4

(20)

CAM-CA1L-1
CAM-CA1L-11/4
CAM-CA2L-11/2
CAM-CA2L-2
CAM-CA2L-21/2
CAM-CA3L-3
CAM-CA3L-31/2
CAM-CA3L-4

1
(25)
1
1 /4 (32)
11/2 (40)
2
(50)
1
2 /2 (65)
3
(80)
1
3 /2 (90)
4
(100)

18" (457mm) thru 24" (609mm) rung spacing
Cat. No.

Conduit Size
Unpunched
in.

(mm)

thru 11/4 (15) thru (32)
1
1 /2 thru 21/2 (40) thru (65)
3 thru 4
(80) thru (100)

Conduit Size
Punched

(mm)

1
(25)
1
1 /4 (32)
11/2 (40)
2
(50)
1
2 /2 (65)
3
(80)
1
3 /2 (90)
4
(100)

6" (152mm) thru 12" (305mm) rung spacing
Cat. No.

18" (457mm) thru 24" (609mm) rung spacing

CAM-CA1L
CAM-CA2L
CAM-CA3L

(mm)

1/2

thru 11/4 (15) thru (32)
1
1 /2 thru 21/2 (40) thru (65)
3 thru 4
(80) thru (100)

• Connects conduit to Cent-R-Rail®
• Supported by two rungs for stability
• Allows variable positioning between rungs
• Items included:
-mounting body
-2 rung attachment clips with #10 self-drilling screws

Drill Fixture
Cat. No.

CAM-DF

• Locates splice holes to be drilled in field cut trays
• Used to mark cut lines square
• Requires 9/16" diameter drill bit (not included)

160

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Accessories

Cent-R-Rail

Data-Track®
Tray-to-Wall Connector
Cat. No.

CZNT-WB1

•
•
•
•

Easy to install
Strong - 1/4" (6mm) steel
Zinc plated - ASTM B633
Designed for up to 1/2" diameter wall attachment hardware
(not included)
• Cent-R-Rail® nut and bolt connector provided

Verti-rack®
Tray-to-Wall Connector
Cat. No.

CZNT-WB2

•
•
•
•

Easy to install
Strong - 1/4" (6mm) steel
Zinc plated - ASTM B633
Designed for up to 1/2" diameter wall attachment hardware
(not included)
• Cent-R-Rail® nut and bolt connector provided

Tray-to-Wall Connector
Cat. No.

CAT-WB
Patented (see page CRR-4)

• Connects tray end to wall for termination and support
• Qwik-Bolt® design
• Shipped with one bolt for tray connection
(order 1/2" diameter wall mounting hardware separately)

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

161

Cent-R-Rail

Cent-R-Rail® -

Accessories

Data-Track®
Tray-To-Box
Connector

Verti-Rack®
Tray-To-Box
Connector

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

CAT-BD B 3 12 B

CAT-B 4 V 06 B

Rung
Type

Loading
Depth

Tray
Width

Number
of Tiers

Tray
Width

B=Bottom rung
T=Top rung

3=3"
4=4"
6=6"

06= 6"
09= 9"
12=12"
18=18"
24=24"

2
3
4
5
6

03 = 3"
06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"

2
3
4
5
6

tiers
tiers
tiers
tiers
tiers

Patented (see page 125)

Patented (see page 125)

• Connects tray to opening in enclosures
• Qwik-Bolt® design
• Shipped with one bolt for tray connection (order
1/4" diameter wall mounting hardware separately)

• Connects tray to opening in enclosures
• Qwik-Bolt® design
• Shipped with one bolt for tray connection (order
1/4" diameter wall mounting hardware separately)

Half-Rack®
Tray-To-Box
Connector

Multi-Tier Half-Rack®
Tray-To-Box
Connector

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

CAT-B1H 3 03 B

CAT-B 2 M 03 B

Loading
Depth

Tray
Width

Number
of Tiers

Tray
Width

3 = 3”
4 = 4”
6 = 6”

03 = 3"
06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"

2 = 2 tiers
3 = 3 tiers
4 = 4 tiers

03 = 3"
06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"

Patented (see page 125)

Patented (see page 125)

• Connects tray to opening in enclosures
• Qwik-Bolt® design
• Shipped with one bolt for tray connection (order
1/4" diameter wall mounting hardware separately)

162

=
=
=
=
=

• Connects tray to opening in enclosures
• Qwik-Bolt® design
• Shipped with one bolt for tray connection (order
1/4" diameter wall mounting hardware separately)
• Designed for 3” and 4” fill

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Accessories

Data-Track®
Blind End

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

CAM-BE1 B 3 12 B

CAM-BED B 3 12 B

Rung
Type

Loading
Depth

Tray
Width

Rung
Type

Loading
Depth

Tray
Width

B = Bottom rung
T = Top rung

3 = 3"
4 = 4"
6 = 6"

06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
18 = 18"
24 = 24"

B = Bottom rung
T = Top rung

3 = 3"
4 = 4"
6 = 6"

06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
18 = 18"
24 = 24"

Patented (see page 125)

Patented (see page 125)

• Terminates cable tray run
• Qwik-Bolt® design
• Shipped with one bolt for tray connections

• Terminates cable tray run
• Qwik-Bolt® design
• Shipped with one bolt for tray connections

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

CAM-BE 2 M 12 B

CAM-BE 2 V 09 B

Tier
2 = 2 Tier
3 = 3 Tier
4 = 4 Tier

Rung
Type

Tray
Width

M = Multi-Tier
Half Rack®

03 = 3"
06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"

Tier
2 = 2 Tier
3 = 3 Tier
4 = 4 Tier

• Terminates cable tray run
• Qwik-Bolt® design
• Shipped with one bolt for tray connections
• Designed for 3” and 4” fill

Rung
Type

Tray
Width

V = Verti-Rack®

03 = 3"
06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"

Patented (see page 125)

Patented (see page 125)

Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail

Half-Rack®
Blind End

• Terminates cable tray run
• Qwik-Bolt® design
• Shipped with one bolt for tray connections
• Designed for straight rung and 2” fill

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

163

Accessories

Cent-R-Rail

Cent-R-Rail® -

Horizontal
Bend Barriers

Straight
Section Barriers
Cat. No.

C73A-144
C74A-144
C76A-144
C73A-120
C74A-120
C76A-120

Cat. No.

Tray Loading
Depth

Length

3" (76.2mm)
4" (101.6mm)
6" (152.4mm)
3" (76.2mm)
4" (101.6mm)
6" (152.4mm)

144" (3.66m)
144" (3.66m)
144" (3.66m)
120" (3.05m)
120" (3.05m)
120" (3.05m)

Tray Loading
Depth

C73A-90HBFL
C74A-90HBFL
C76A-90HBFL

3" (76.2mm)
4" (101.6mm)
6" (152.4mm)

• Separates cable randomly
• Standard Length: 72” (6 ft.) (1.8m)
• Horizontal bend barriers are
flexible in order to conform to
any horizontal bend
• Furnished with 3 rung attachment
clips, hardware and one splice

• Separates cable randomly in straight tray
• Furnished with 4 rung attachment clips,
hardware and one splice

Rung
Attachment
Cat. No.

CZNM-RC
• Used to attach
barrier strips without
screwing into rungs
• One #10 x 1/2"
self-drilling screw
included

K1 Cover
Bottom Rung Data-Track®
Cat. No.

C(*)K1F-DB-06-(length)
C(*)K1F-DB-09-(length)
C(*)K1F-DB-12-(length)
C(*)K1F-DB-18-(length)
C(*)K1F-DB-24-(length)

Overall Width
in.

(mm)

9.000
12.000
15.000
19.375
25.375

(228.6)
(304.8)
(381.0)
(492.1)
(644.5)

Top Rung Data-Track®
Cat. No.

C(*)K1F-DT-06-(length)
C(*)K1F-DT-09-(length)
C(*)K1F-DT-12-(length)
C(*)K1F-DT-18-(length)
C(*)K1F-DT-24-(length)

Overall Width
in.

(mm)

7.375
10.375
13.375
19.375
25.375

(187.3)

(*) Insert “A” for .040" aluminum or
“P” for 20 Ga. pre-galvanized steel.

164

(263.5)

•
•
•
•
•

Available in .040 (1mm) aluminum
Available in 20 (.9mm) gauge pre-galvanized steel.
Notched for 1/2" ATR (hardware not included).
Full 1/2" flange.
Available in 10 ft. (120") (3.0m) and 12 ft. (144") (3.7m)
sections.

(339.7)
(492.1)

Length Suffix

Cover Length

-120
-144

120" (10 ft.) (3.05m)
144" (12 ft.) (3.66m)

(644.5)

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Sample Specification
Data-Track®

Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers
Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray system shall be as
manufactured by B-Line® Systems, Inc.

Cent-R-Rail

1.01

Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components
2.01

General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes
indicated with splice hangers and all other necessary accessories. Provide cable trays with rounded
edges and smooth surfaces in compliance with applicable standards, and with the following additional
construction features.

2.02

Materials and Finish: Aluminum: Center rails and rungs shall be extruded from Aluminum Association
Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association Alloy 5052 and all cast
parts from Aluminum Association Alloy 319. All hardware and fasteners shall be zinc plated steel in
accordance with ASTM B633.

2.03

Cable trays shall be constructed of a center rail 1.625" x 3.250" with minimum section
properties of Sx = 0.701 in3 and Ix = 1.174 in4. Rungs shall be a single continuous square tube
0.54" x 0.54" with radiused corners and minimum section properties of Sx = 0.019 in3 and
Ix = 0.005 in4. Rungs shall be mechanically connected to the center rail in at least two places,
symmetrical about the center rail, with ends finished to protect installers and cables.

2.04

Rungs shall be spaced every [6] [9] [12] inches.

2.05

Straight sections shall be supplied in [10] [12] foot lengths.

2.06

Cable tray width shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] inches.

2.07

Splice hangers must also be capable of acting as the support points for all thread rod.

2.08

Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [6] inches.

2.09

All splices and connectors must protect cables from the edges of the center rail and act as a barrier
to prevent the center rail from transmitting hazardous gases or smoke; hardware must be installed
vertically, so as not to interfere with the cables in the cable fill area.

2.10

Where required, expansion splices shall allow for 1" of thermal expansion and contraction.

2.11

When required, and to provide an area free of center rails for cable transitions, contractor shall
install a universal hub fitting. The universal hub fitting must be a cast aluminum structural member,
B-Line CAU Series (flat sheets of steel or aluminum are not acceptable), which can be used with
cable ties and allows the center rails to be connected so they may be pivoted at connection points.

Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing
3.01

Cable tray shall meet the loading requirements of NEMA 12C.

3.02

Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of
NEMA VE-1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126-M91.

3.03

UL Compliance: Provide products which are UL classified and labeled.

165
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Sample Specification
Verti-Rack®

Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers
Cent-R-Rail

1.01

Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as
manufactured by B-Line® Systems, Inc.

Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components
2.01

General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes
indicated with splice hangers and all other necessary accessories. Provide cable trays with rounded
edges and smooth surfaces in compliance with applicable standards, and with the following additional
construction features.

2.02

Materials and Finish: Aluminum: Center rails and rungs shall be extruded from Aluminum Association
Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association Alloy 5052 and all cast
parts from Aluminum Association Alloy 319. All hardware and fasteners shall be zinc plated steel in
accordance with ASTM B633.

2.03

Cable trays shall be constructed of a center rail 1.625" x 3.900" with minimum section properties of
Sx = 0.558 in3 and Ix = 1.272 in4. Rungs shall be a single continuous rectangular tube 0.54" x 0.31"
with radiused corners and minimum section properties of Sx = 0.007 in3 and Ix = 0.001 in4. Rungs
shall be mechanically connected to square trunks 0.71" x 0.71", symmetrical about the trunk, with
ends finished to protect installers and cables. Trunks shall be mechanically connected to the center rail.

2.04

Rungs shall be spaced every [6] [9] [12] inches.

2.05

Straight sections shall be supplied in [10] [12] foot lengths.

2.06

Cable tray width shall be [3] [6] [9] [12] inches.

2.07

Splice hangers must also be capable of acting as the support points for all thread rod.

2.08

Cable tray loading depth shall be 2 inches.

2.09

Cable tray shall have [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] tiers.

2.10

All splices and connectors must protect cables from the edges of the center rail and act as a barrier
to prevent the center rail from transmitting hazardous gases or smoke; hardware must be installed
vertically, so as not to interfere with the cables in the cable fill area.

2.11

Where required, expansion splices shall allow for 1" of thermal expansion and contraction.

2.12

When required, cable tray system shall be expandable after installation, up to two additional tiers.

Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing
3.01

Cable tray shall meet the loading requirements of NEMA 12C.

3.02

Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of
NEMA VE-1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126-M91.

3.03

UL Compliance: Provide products which are UL classified and labeled.

166
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Sample Specification
Half-Rack®

Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers
Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as
manufactured by B-Line® Systems, Inc.

Cent-R-Rail

1.01

Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components
2.01

General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes
indicated with splice hangers and all other necessary accessories. Provide cable tray with rounded
edges and smooth surfaces in compliance with applicable standards, and with the following additional
construction features.

2.02

Materials and Finish: Aluminum: Center rails and rungs shall be extruded from Aluminum Association
Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association Alloy 5052 and all cast
parts from Aluminum Association Alloy 319. All hardware and fasteners shall be zinc plated steel in
accordance with ASTM B633.

2.03

Cable trays shall be constructed of a center rail 1.625" x 3.250" with minimum section properties of
Sx = 0.701 in3 and Ix = 1.174 in4. Rungs shall be a single continuous square tube 0.54" x 0.54" with
radiused corners and minimum section properties of Sx = 0.019 in3 and Ix = 0.005 in4. Rungs shall
be mechanically connected to the center rail in at least two places, with ends finished to protect
installers and cables.

2.04

Rungs shall be spaced every [6] [9] [12] inches.

2.05

Straight sections shall be supplied in [10] [12] foot lengths.

2.06

Cable tray width shall be [3] [6] [9] [12] inches.

2.07

Splice hangers must also be capable of acting as the support points for all thread rod.

2.08

Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [6] inches.

2.09

All splices and connectors must protect cables from the edges of the center rail and act as a barrier
to prevent the center rail from transmitting hazardous gases or smoke; hardware must be installed
vertically, so as not to interfere with the cables in the cable fill area.

2.10

Cable tray shall be capable of being installed flush against a flat surface without the use of spacers
or brackets.

2.11

Where required, expansion splices shall allow for 1" of thermal expansion and contraction.

Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing
3.01

Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of
NEMA VE-1 / CSA C22.2 No. 126.1-98.

3.02

UL Classified: Provide products which are UL classified and labeled.

167
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Sample Specification
Multi-Tier Half-Rack®

Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers
Cent-R-Rail

1.01

Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as
manufactured by B-Line® Systems, Inc.

Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components
2.01

General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes
indicated with splice hangers and all other necessary accessories. Provide cable tray with rounded
edges and smooth surfaces in compliance with applicable standards, and with the following additional
construction features.

2.02

Materials and Finish: Aluminum: Center rails and rungs shall be extruded from Aluminum Association
Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association Alloy 5052 and all cast
parts from Aluminum Association Alloy 319. All hardware and fastener shall be zinc plated steel in
accordance with ASTM B633.

2.03

Cable trays shall be constructed of a center rail 1.625" x 3.900" with minimum section properties of
Sx = 0.558 in3 and Ix = 1.272 in4. Rungs shall be a single continuous square tube 0.54" x 0.54" with
radiused corners and minimum section properties of Sx = 0.019 in3 and Ix = 0.005 in4. Rungs
shall be mechanically connected to square trunks 0.71" x 0.71", with ends finished to protect installers
and cables. Trunks shall be mechanically connected to the center rail.

2.04

Rungs shall be spaced every [6] [9] [12] inches.

2.05

Straight sections shall be supplied in [10] [12] foot lengths.

2.06

Cable tray width shall be [3] [6] [9] [12] inches.

2.07

Splice hangers must also be capable of acting as the support points for all thread rod.

2.08

Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] inches.

2.09

Cable tray shall have [2] [3] [4] tiers.

2.10

All splices and connectors must protect cables from the edges of the center rail and act as a barrier
to prevent the center rail from transmitting hazardous gases or smoke; hardware must be installed
vertically, so as not to interfere with the cables in the cable fill area.

2.11

Cable tray shall be capable of being installed flush against a flat surface without the use of spacers
or brackets.

2.12

Where required, expansion splices shall allow for 1" of thermal expansion and contraction.

2.13

When required, cable tray system shall be expandable after installation, up to two additional tiers.

Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing
3.01

Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of
NEMA VE-1 / CSA C22.2 No. 126.1-98.

3.02

UL Compliance: Provide products which are UL classified and labeled.

168
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Installation Suggestions
Common Items Required:

• Horizontal Adjustable
Splices

• Vertical Adjustable
Splices

(pg. 142)

(pg. 145)

• Horizontal Elbow &
Tee Coupling
(pgs. 143)

Cent-R-Rail

• 10 ft (3.0m) or 12 ft (3.7m)
Straight Sections with
Standard Splice Hangers.
(pgs. 132-139)

• Universal Hub Fittings
with Pivot Connectors
(pg. 146)

• Clevis Hangers
(pgs. 148
& 149)

• 1/2" ATR & Hex Nuts (pg. 153)
• Beam Clamps (pg. 153)
• Anchors (pg. 153)

• Two 3/4" Combination
Wrenches

Guidelines for Common Items:
• When field cutting is required, use drill fixture (pg. 38) to cut ends square and locate new splice holes, or
drill one 9/16" (14mm) hole 7/8" (22mm) on center from end of the tray through center rail.
IMPORTANT: Tube end must be cut square when field cutting.

7/8"

(22mm)

9/16"

(14mm)

• When hanging ATR, leave slightly loose until after tray is
installed to ease alignment with splice hanger holes.
• When attaching the tray system to the ATR, extend the ATR
approximately 1" past the hex nut to allow for the use of B655
rod couplings (pg. 154) for future expansion.

• To address unbalanced loading.
When tray stabilization is required for non-uniform loading, use brackets
with ATR as shown: (pg. 152)
• Page 179 - unbalanced
loading study.
• Refer to page 151 for
• CENT-R-RAIL® tray was designed to be
auxiliary support
interactive with Cooper B-Line’s strut systems,
allowing multiple options for miscellaneous
supports. Refer to Cooper B-Line’s Strut Systems
catalog and seismic brochure for a complete
listing of items available. A few examples are shown below:

6°

169
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Installation Suggestions

Guidelines for Common Items:
Cent-R-Rail

• When installing straight sections:
- Hang 1/2" ATR on 10 ft or 12 ft centers (depending on
tray lengths) with one hex nut threaded approximately
4 inches onto ATR.
- Attach splice hanger and tray onto ATR through
center hole of splice hanger.
- Install one hex nut on ATR under tray and thread up
to set elevation of tray.
- Tighten upper hex nut against top of splice hanger.

120" (3m) or 144" (4m)
118" (2997mm) or 142" (3607mm)

- For wall attachment options see Seismic Restraints
Cent-R-Rail® Supplement.

• When using Qwik-Bolt® Splice
Hangers:
- Insert splice into ends of tray
with non-threaded side
toward bolt head.
- Insert bolts and
tighten securely.

• When using Horizontal
Adjustable Splices:
- Install with ATR through
center hole, adjust splice
to required angle and
tighten ATR nuts.
(May also install with
the included 3" bolt
and nut and support
tray using a clevis
hanger within 2 ft of
splice.)
- For optional outside
bend cable support,
horizontal bend rung
support (pg. 142).

• When using Vertical Adjustable
Splices:

• Allow for future expansion
- When possible, extend
ATR 1" past bottom
hex nut to provide
for later expansion
by using an ATR
coupling (pg. 154).

• For connecting two
mid-run straight pieces:
- Use Horizontal
Adjustable Splices
to join two straight
sections at mid-run,
where short of
space for connection.

• Removing the
captive nut

- Attach splice to trays and install
a clevis hanger within 2 ft of splice
to support tray. (May also install
using ATR as support by first
removing captive nut.)
- Tighten pivot bolt & nut.

Captive Nut

170
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Installation Suggestions
Guidelines for Common Items:
Cent-R-Rail

• When using Expansion Splice Hangers:
- Both splices adjacent to expansion splice hangers must be installed 120"
or 144" (depending on the tray length) on centers from expansion splice
to allow full expansion and contraction.
- Grounding jumper must be installed with expansion splice.

120" or 144"

120" or 144"

(3m)

(3m)

(4m)

(4m)

Half-Rack® and Multi-Tier Half-Rack®
Support Locations
1" (25mm)
*24" (609mm)

144" (12')

(4m)

Length Section

Mid Length

*= 20" (508mm) for 120" (3m) Length Section

*24" (609mm)

Sections should be attached to the wall
at mid length and at 1/6th of the section length
from both ends (20" for 120"; 24" for 144")

• When wall-mounting tray:
- Attach tray and splice to wall by bolting through center rail to wall.
(May also be installed using other methods, such as brackets.)

171
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Installation Suggestions

Cent-R-Rail

Guidelines for Common Items:

Half-Rack® Mounting Details:
• Drill Through Method:
In Concrete Slab

• B594 Clevis U-Bracket:
In Concrete Slab
Expansion or Cast-InPlace Anchor

Expansion or Cast-InPlace Anchor

B594
U-Bracket
1"

Half-Rack®
Cable Tray

Half-Rack®
Cable Tray

Flat Washer

Use Flat Washer with
3/8" Dia. Anchors

• CPB-U10 U-Bracket:
In Drywall & Metal Stud Wall
• CPB-CV1 For Multi-Tier Half-Rack

• CZNH-WH Wall Hanger:
In Hollow CMU Wall

Sleeve Anchor or
Toggle Bolt

Flat Washers

CPB-U10
U-Bracket

Use Flat Washer with
3/8" Dia. Anchors
CZNH-WH Wall Hanger
(Spacers Included)

Half-Rack®
Cable Tray
1/4"

Half-Rack®
Cable Tray

Metal
Screws

Metal Stud

Note: These mounting details serve as a vertical support, and can serve as seismic bracing.
See the Cent-R-Rail Seismic Restraints brochure for details.

172
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Installation Suggestions
Guidelines for Common Items:

• CZNH-WM Wall Hanger:
In Hollow CMU Wall

• CZNH-WM Wall Hanger:
In Concrete Slab
Expansion or Cast-InPlace Anchor
Flat Washer

Toggle Bolt or Sleeve Anchor
CZNH-WM Wall Hanger
(Spacers Included)

Use Flat Washer with
3/8" Dia. Anchors
CZNH-WM Wall Hanger
(Spacers Included)

Multi-Tier
Half-Rack®
Cable Tray
(2-4 Tiers)

Trunk

Multi-Tier
Half-Rack®
Cable Tray
(2-4 Tiers)

Trunk

• B594 Clevis U-Bracket:
In Wood Stud Wall
B594
U-Bracket
Half-Rack®
Cable Tray

Lag Bolt
3" Embedment into Wood

Use Flat Washers Except For
1/2" Dia. Bolts
2 x 4 Nominal (Min.)

173
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail

Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Mounting Details:

Cent-R-Rail® -

Installation Suggestions

Guidelines (cont.):
Cent-R-Rail

• When using Horizontal Elbow and Tee Couplings:
- Bolt “U” bracket around tray center rail with coupling bar on bottom of center rail for Data-Track® &
Half-Rack®, and top of center rail for Verti-Rack® & Multi-Tier Half-Rack®.
- Attach pivot connector to branch tray using included bolt, and support tray with clevis hanger within
2 ft of coupling. (May also attach to ATR by first removing captive nut.)
- Adjust pivot connector to desired position and tighten all hardware.

• When using Horizontal Cross Couplings:
- Installation is similar to elbow and tee coupling, except with two branch trays instead of one.
- Support ATR may be located through existing “U” bracket holes, by using clevis hangers within
2 ft of coupling. (May also attach to ATR by first removing captive nut.)

174
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Installation Suggestions
Guidelines (cont.):
Cent-R-Rail

• When using Add-A-Rung® with Verti-Rack® or
Multi-Tier Half-Rack®:
- See loading data for maximum center rail load capacity to
determine the maximum number of tiers allowed.
- Insert Add-A-Rung® into end of vertical trunk.
- Install included screw through pilot hole in trunk.

• When using Add-A-Rung® with Verti-Rack® or
Multi-Tier Half Rack® in Different Widths:
- See loading data for maximum center rail load capacity
to determine the maximum number of tiers in different
widths allowed.
- 3", 6", 9" and 12" wide tiers.
- Insert Add-A-Rung® into end of vertical trunk.
- Install included screw through pilot hole in trunk.
- See page 134 for part number.

• When using Universal Hub Fittings:
- Position hubs with rounded edges toward cables.
- Attach pivot connectors to cable support
surface using ATR, or bolt and nut through pivot
hole. (If bolt and nut are used, tray must be
supported using clevis hangers within 2 ft of
pivot connectors.)
- Connect tray ends to pivot connectors.
- Position pivot connectors as desired and
tighten hardware.
- Warning: Do not use as a support for personnel!

175
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Installation Suggestions
Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cent-R-Rail

Data-Track®
Bottom Rung
Replacement

• #10 self-drilling
attachments included.
• This product can act as a
Rail-Riser™ for Data-Track®.

C3ADB-06-RK
C3ADB-09-RK
C3ADB-12-RK
C3ADB-18-RK
C3ADB-24-RK
C4ADB-06-RK
C4ADB-09-RK
C4ADB-12-RK
C4ADB-18-RK
C4ADB-24-RK
C6ADB-06-RK
C6ADB-09-RK
C6ADB-12-RK
C6ADB-18-RK
C6ADB-24-RK

Half-Rack®
Rung
Replacement

• #10 self-drilling
attachments included.

Cat. No.

Verti-rack®
Rung
Replacement
Assembly

C2AV-03-RK
C2AV-06-RK
C2AV-09-RK
C2AV-12-RK

C3A1H-03-RK
C3A1H-06-RK
C3A1H-09-RK
C3A1H-12-RK
C4A1H-03-RK
C4A1H-06-RK
C4A1H-09-RK
C4A1H-12-RK
C6A1H-03-RK
C6A1H-06-RK
C6A1H-09-RK
C6A1H-12-RK

Cat. No.

Multi-Tier
Half-Rack®
Rung
Replacement

C3AM-03-RK
C3AM-06-RK
C3AM-09-RK
C3AM-12-RK
C4AM-03-RK
C4AM-06-RK
C4AM-09-RK
C4AM-12-RK

• #10 self-drilling attachments included.

• #10 self-drilling attachments included.

Helpful Hints
• When installing cables near a ceiling, use
straight rung DATA-TRACK® and bolt to
ceiling through splice holes or use “U”
brackets (pg. 151).

• Vertical offsets can be easily
field fabricated by attaching
two trays to the same ATR
with one above the other.

Note: Bonding jumper is required to maintain
electrical continuity. (pg. 156)

176

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Appendix

Cable Tray Fill
Cent-R-Rail

The National Electrical Code allows for 50% fill of ventilated cable tray for control or signal wiring
(Article 318-9(b)). This rule requires that all the individual cable cross-sectional areas added up may
not exceed one half the cable tray area. The cable tray area is equal to the width times the load depth.
In actual practice with Category 5 cables, however, the cable tray is completely full in order to reach
the “50% cable fill”. See the picture below. The tray is completely full, but the sum of the cable area
is only 50% of the tray area, due to the empty spaces between the cables.

Picture shows 12" wide Cent-R-Rail cable tray with 3" load depth.
The tray contains 520 4 UTP Category 5 cables (.21" OD).

This being the case, there is a practical limit to the amount of cables that can be installed in the
tray, based on the trays’ width and load depth. The following chart shows the approximate cable
weight that can be installed without exceeding the 50% fill rule:

Cable Tray
Width

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"

Cable Tray Fill Depth
3"

4"

6"

Group 1

7 lbs/ft
10 lbs/ft
13.5 lbs/ft
20 lbs/ft
27 lbs/ft

9 lbs/ft
13.5 lbs/ft
13.5 lbs/ft
20 lbs/ft
18 lbs/ft
27 lbs/ft
Group 2
27 lbs/ft
41 lbs/ft
36 lbs/ft
50 lbs/ft

This chart was based on 50% fill of 4 UTP Category 5 cable (O.D. = .21", .026 lbs/ft).
This is not a maximum load rating for the tray, rather a practical guide to the amount of cable weight
that can realistically be installed.
For analysis purposes, the loads are separated into 2 groups: less than 25 lbs/ft, and greater than
25 lbs/ft. These groups will be used in the eccentric load study on the following pages.

177
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Appendix

Cent-R-Rail

Data-Track® Allowable
Unbalanced Load Distribution
Group 1 - Loads under 25 lbs/ft
Method
Method
Method
Method

1
2
3
4

-

Loading Balance %*

1/2"

all thread rod with hex nuts on top and bottom of tray
all thread rod with CZNH-CD clevis hanger
1/2" all thread rod stiffened with B22 and SC228’s (pg. 152)
using CZN-DRS-72 (pg. 152)

Group 2 - Loads between 25 lbs/ft and 50 lbs/ft
Method
Method
Method
Method

1
2
3
4

65/35
65/35
80/20
100/0

1/2"

Loading Balance %*

1/2"

all thread rod with hex nuts on top and bottom of tray
- 1/2" all thread rod with CZNH-CD clevis hanger
- 1/2" all thread rod stiffened with B22 and SC228’s (pg. 152)
- using CZN-DRS-72 (pg. 152)

60/40
55/45
65/35
80/20

Failure was defined as a 6 degree horizontal tilt of the tray. Tests were performed on
single sections of tray with a span of 12 ft between supports. Maximum hanger
rod length tested was 6 ft. For study results refer to page 179.
*Defined as percentage of total cable load allowed on one side of the tray.

Method 1

Method 2

Method 3

Method 4

178
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Appendix

Unbalanced Loading - The Study
Cent-R-Rail

To better understand uneven loading on center rail
systems, Cooper B-Line® ran a series of tests on Data-Track®.
Tests were performed with supports on twelve foot
centers using 1/2" threaded rod. The maximum allowable
tilt was set at six degrees. This angle was chosen purely
for aesthetic reasons. It is nowhere near structural failure,
but the point at which it started to look unacceptable.

6°

Center rail systems can be supported using different processes. For B-Line’s study, the
following four were used:

Method 1

Method 1:
Method 2:
Method 3:

Method 2

Method 3

Method 4

1/2"

ATR passing through splice hangers (CAS-SB) with hex nuts on top and bottom.
ATR with clevis (CZNH-CD).
1/2" ATR reinforced with rod stiffener (B22 channel rod stiffener and SC228 hanger rod
stiffener assembly).
Method 4: CZN-DRS-72 special purpose support assembly.
1/2"

Combining the two loading groups and the four support methods, testing revealed the following:
Group 1-Under 25 lbs/ft
Method 1
Method 2
Method 3
Method 4

Loading Balance %*
65/35
65/35
80/20
100/0

Group 2 - 25 lbs/ft to 50 lbs/ft
Method 1
Method 2
Method 3
Method 4

Loading Balance %*
60/40
55/45
65/35
80/20

As a reminder, failure was defined as a 6° horizontal tilt. The supports were on 12 ft centers and the
ATR drops were 6 ft. Cable loading was estimated for category 5 cable weighing .021 lbs/ft with a
cross-sectional area of .0492 square inches. This information should be beneficial when considering
eccentric loading and center rail systems.
*Defined as percentage of total cable load allowed on one side of the tray.

179
Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Appendix

Cent-R-Rail

Seismic Restraint Systems
❑

SRS-00

Seismic Restraints

Multi-Directional bracing for electrical conduit, cable tray and mechanical piping systems.
Standard mounting details and bracing schedules have been reviewed and stamped by a
California structural engineer.

❑

SRS-CR1

Cent-R-Rail Seismic Supplement

Multi-Directional bracing for Data-Track®, Half-Rack® and Multi-Tier Half-Rack® Systems.
Standard mounting details and bracing schedules have been reviewed and stamped by a
California structural engineer.
Flat Washers

CPB-U10
U-Bracket

B335-21/2
Adjustable Hinge
Half-Rack®
Cable Tray
4" Maximum

1/4"

Metal
Screws

Rod Attachment
To Cable Tray
CZNM-DSC Clamp

Cat. No.

‘H’
in.

Cat. No.

CPM-MTSS

(mm)

CPM-MTSC-1/4 5/16

(7.9)

CPM-MTSC-3/8 7/16 (11.1)
Clip

Strip

13/16"

(20.7mm)

50"
(1270mm)

5/16"

(7.9mm)

‘H’
Dia.

Attachment to Trunk
CPM-MTSS Strip
Attachment to Metal Stud

Attachment to Trunk
CPM-MTSC Clip
Attachment to Wall

180

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Appendix

Cent-R-Rail

New - Verti-Rack®
4" Fill Depth to 24" Wide
Single Tier
Cat. No.

C4A1V12-24-144
•
•
•
•
•

Expandable with Add-A-Rung
Center rail loading to NEMA 12C
UL Classified
Widths available: 6", 9", 12", 18" and 24"
Lengths: 120" or 144"

5.35"
(136mm)

4"
(101mm)

Two Tier
Cat. No.

C4A2V12-24-144

•
•
•
•

Center rail loading to NEMA 12C
UL Classified
Widths available: 6", 9", 12", 18" and 24"
Lengths: 120" or 144"

11.35"
(287mm)

4"
(101mm)

Add-A-Rung
Cat. No.

CAR-1V424
• Attaches to bottom of existing tray
• Shipped with required hardware

6"
(152mm)

4"
(101mm)

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

181

Cent-R-Rail® -

Appendix

Variable Width Verti-Rack®
Cent-R-Rail

Rung #1
Rung #2
Rung #3
Rung #4

**Variable Width Verti-Rack®
4 Tier Example

C2A4V12-12-09-06-03-144
Rung
Rung
Rung
Rung

Width
#1 = 12"
#2 = 09"
#3 = 06"
#4 = 03"

Rung #1 being closest to the center rail

Variable Width Verti-RACK® Straight Section Part Numbering

C2

A 4V 12 - 12-09-06-03 - 144

Series

Material

C0 = Straight Rung
C2 = 2" Loading Depth

A = Aluminum

Type

2V = 2
3V = 3
4V = 4
5V = 5
6V = 6
* Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice

tier
tier
tier
tier
tier
hangers

Rung
Spacing
06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
(Specials
available)

Width**

Length*

03 = 3"
06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"

144 = 144"
120 = 120"

Variable Width Multi-Tier Half-Rack®
Rung #1
Rung #2
Rung #3
Rung #4

**Variable Width Multi-Tier Half-Rack®
4 Tier Example

C3A4M09-12-09-06-03-144
Rung
Rung
Rung
Rung

Width
#1 = 12"
#2 = 09"
#3 = 06"
#4 = 03"

Rung #1 being closest to the center rail

Variable Width Multi-Tier Half-RACK® Straight Section Part Numbering
C3 A 4M 09 - 12-09-06-03 - 144

Series

Material

Type

Rung
Spacing

C0 = Straight Rung
C3 = 3" Loading Depth
C4 = 4" Loading Depth

A = Aluminum

2M = 2 tier
3M = 3 tier
4M = 4 tier

06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"

(Specials
available)

Width**

Length*

03 = 3"
06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"

144 = 144"
120 = 120"

* Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice hangers

182

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Cent-R-Rail® -

Appendix

Inverted Verti-Rack®
Cent-R-Rail

Used as a floor
mounted system

• Requires splice CAS-SBVI

Inverted Verti-Rack® Straight Section Part Numbering
C2 A 4VI 12 - 09 - 144

Series

Material

C0 = Straight Rung
C2 = 2" Loading Depth

Type

A = Aluminum

2VI = 2 tier
3VI = 3 tier
4VI = 4 tier
5VI = 5 tier
6VI = 6 tier
* Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice hangers

Rung
Spacing
06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
(Specials
available)

Width**

Length*

03 = 3"
06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"

144 = 144"
120 = 120"

Inverted Variable Width Verti-Rack®
Rung #3
Rung #2
Rung #1

**Inverted Variable Width Verti-Rack®
3 Tier Example

C2A3VI12-12-09-09-144
Width
Rung #1 = 12"
Rung #2 = 09"
Rung #3 = 09"

Used as a floor
mounted system

• Requires splice CAS-SBVI

Rung #1 being closest to the center rail

Inverted Variable Width Verti-Rack® Straight Section Part Numbering
C2 A 3VI 12 - 12-09-09 - 144

Series

Material

C0 = Straight Rung
C2 = 2" Loading Depth

2VI = 2 tier
3VI = 3 tier
4VI = 4 tier
5VI = 5 tier
6VI = 6 tier
* Actual tray lengths are 142" and 118" to allow for splice hangers

Cable Tray Systems

A = Aluminum

Type

Rung
Spacing
06= 6"
09= 9"
12=12"
(Specials
available)

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Width**

Length*

03 = 3"
06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"

144 = 144"
120 = 120"

183

Redi-Rail
Redi-Rail Rung

Multi-Functional Pre-Punched Holes

An “I”-Beam shaped rung provides a
great strength-to-weight ratio. Patented
fastener hole is designed to provide
maximum grip for the fastener threads.

Act as holes for splice plate hardware: allow
for field cutting to any length, no field-drilling
necessary. Holes also allow rungs to be
repositioned. Holes allow for easy attachment
of accessory items requiring 1/4" hardware (or
smaller).

Redi-Rail Rung Fastener

Redi-Rail

Specially designed and finished
rung fastener. Rung pullout
tested to over 3000 lbs. Vibration
tested for your confidence.

Patent Information
U.S. Patent D361982; 5,580,014
Canada 2,137,879
UK Patent 2,285,343
Other United States and foreign
patents are pending.

184
Cable Tray Systems

Redi-Rail -

Straight Sections

Redi-Rail

Electrical Continuity of Connections
Redi-Rail rung to side rail resistance test results.
0.000071 ohm (max. allowable per standard 0.00033 ohm)
Tested per NEMA VE 1-1998
CSA C22.2 No. 126.1-98
For more information go to
www.cooperbline.com/pdf/Flyers/ElectricalContinuity.pdf

How The Service Advisor Works
B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you
select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50
pieces or less.
Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?
Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different
color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.
Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Example:

H1

6AR

3-5

3-5

150KO 09

- 12 - 120

(from page 187)

Lead time(days)

5-10

3-5

3-5

5-10

Part will typically ship in
5-10 days, because of the
150KO knockout type.

185
Cable Tray Systems

Redi-Rail -

Straight Sections

H14A and H15A Straight Sections
Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: H1 4 A R 075KO 09 - 12 - 120
Series Height Material Construction
H1

4 = 4"
5 = 5"

Aluminum

Redi-Rail

Knockout Type

Bottom Type

Blank = None
050KO = 1/2” KO
075KO = 3/4” KO
100KO = 1” KO

Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

Redi-Rail

Rung
Spacing
Width
(Inside)
Overall Width
(Width + 21/16”)

Width

06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
18 = 18"
24 = 24"
Trough30 = 30"
04 = Vented Bottom 36 = 36"
SB = Non-Ventilated Bottom

Length
¬144
Á120

= 12 ft.
= 10 ft.

¬Primary

ÁSecondary

Values are based on simple beam tests per VE-1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. The published load safety factor is
1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection
multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the tray. These systems will support without collapse a
200 lb. concentrated load.
Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Redi-Rail with knockouts.
Available in H16A & H17A only.

Ladder Type
Non-Ventilated Trough
(Specify Rung Spacing)

(See Part Numbering Below)

Ventilated Trough

• Splices included with straight sections

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
1.02

H14A

3.84
.745

B-Line
Series

3.00
.375

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
1.02

H15A

NEMA: 12B
CSA: D1-3m
UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.60 in2

4.84
.745

4.00
.375

NEMA: 12C
CSA: D1-3m
UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.60 in2

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

6
8
10
12

224
194
124
86

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

6
8
10
12

224
224
147
102

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0015
0.0047
0.0114
0.0237

Area=0.98 in2
Sx=0.93 in3
Ix=1.97 in4

1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0008
0.0027
0.0065
0.0136

Area=1.06 in2
Sx=1.29 in3
Ix=3.44 in4

1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7

Load
kg/m
333
288
184
128

Load
kg/m
333
288
219
152

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.025
0.080
0.195
0.404

Area=6.32 cm2
Sx=15.24 cm3
Ix=82.00 cm4

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.025
0.080
0.195
0.404

Area=6.84 cm2
Sx=21.14 cm3
Ix=143.18 cm4

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%.
Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

186
Cable Tray Systems

Redi-Rail -

Straight Sections

H16A and H17A Straight Sections
Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: H1 6 A R 150KO 09 - 12 - 120
Series Height Material Construction
H1

6 = 6"
7 = 7"

Aluminum

Redi-Rail

Rung
Spacing

Bottom Type

Width

Blank = None
Ladder06 = 6"
09 = 9"
050KO = 1/2” KO 06 = 6" rung spacing
3
075KO = /4” KO 09 = 9" rung spacing 12 = 12"
100KO = 1” KO
12 = 12" rung spacing 18 = 18"
125KO = 11/4” KO
24 = 24"
Trough30 = 30"
150KO = 11/2” KO
04 = Vented Bottom 36 = 36"
SB = Non-Ventilated Bottom

Length
¬144
Á120

= 12 ft.
= 10 ft.

¬Primary

ÁSecondary

Redi-Rail

Width
(Inside)
Overall Width
(Width + 21/16”)

Knockout Type

Values are based on simple beam tests per VE-1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. The published load safety factor is
1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection
multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the tray. These systems will support without collapse a
200 lb. concentrated load.
Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Redi-Rail with knockouts.
Available in H16A & H17A only.

Ladder Type
(Specify Rung Spacing)

B-Line
Series

5.84

5.00
.375

.745

B-Line
Series

H17A

NEMA: 12C
CSA: D1-3m
UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.00 in2

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
1.02
6.84

6.00

.745

.375

(See Part Numbering Below)

Ventilated Trough

• Splices included with straight sections

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
1.02

H16A

Non-Ventilated Trough

NEMA: 12C
CSA: D1-3m
UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.00 in2

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

6
8
10
12

224
224
164
114

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

6
8
10
12

224
224
144
100

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0005
0.0017
0.0041
0.0085

Area=1.26 in2
Sx=1.75 in3
Ix=5.51 in4

1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0004
0.0011
0.0027
0.0057

Area=1.41 in2
Sx=2.24 in3
Ix=8.18 in4

1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7

Load
kg/m
333
333
244
170

Load
kg/m
333
333
214
149

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.025
0.080
0.195
0.404

Area=8.13 cm2
Sx=28.68 cm3
Ix=229.34 cm4

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.025
0.080
0.195
0.404

Area=9.10 cm2
Sx=36.71 cm3
Ix=340.89 cm4

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%.
Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

187
Cable Tray Systems

Redi-Rail -

Fittings

Fittings For H14A, H15A, H16A and H17A
Horizontal Tee

Width1

Horizontal Bend
• Furnished with
splice plates.

Width2
Width1

Vertical Inside

Redi-Rail

Vertical Tee
Bolt on Design
12" radius for
30° angle

24" radius for
all standard
angles

12" radius for
45°, 60°, 90° angle

Fittings Part Numbering
Prefix
Example:

Series
H1

Suffix

H1 4 A R - 09 - 30 HB 12

Height

Material

Construction

Width

Angle

4 = 4"
5 = 5"
6 = 6"
7 = 7"

Aluminum

Redi-Rail

06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
18 = 18"
24 = 24"
30 = 30"
36 = 36"

30 = 30°
45 = 45°
60 = 60°
90 = 90°

*Angle not required on HT & HX

Type

Radius

HB = Horizontal Bend
*HT = Horizontal Tee
*HX = Horizontal Cross
VI = Vertical Inside Bend
VO = Vertical Outside Bend
VT = Vertical Tee

12 = 12"
24 = 24"

Horizontal Reducing / Expanding Tee or Cross
Fittings Part Numbering
Prefix
Example:

Series
H1

Suffix

H1 4 A R - 09 - 12 - HT 12

Height

Material

Construction

4 = 4"
5 = 5"
6 = 6"
7 = 7"

Aluminum

Redi-Rail

Width1 Width2
06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
18 = 18"
24 = 24"
30 = 30"
36 = 36"

06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
18 = 18"
24 = 24"
30 = 30"
36 = 36"

Type

Radius

HT = Horizontal Tee
HX = Horizontal Cross

12 = 12"
24 = 24"

For aluminum 4", 5", 6", 7" vented or non-ventilated bottom add 04 or SB as shown below.
Prefix

Prefix

H15AR04 - 24 - 90HB24
Vented Bottom

H15ARSB - 24 - 90HB24
Non-Ventilated Bottom

For stainless steel rung attachment hardware on all aluminum straight sections and fittings
add SS as shown below.
Prefix

H15AR04 - 24 - 90HB24SS

188

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Stainless Steel
Cable Tray Systems

Redi-Rail Standard Splice Plates

Offset Reducing Splice Plates

• Furnished in pairs with
1 / 4 " hardware.
• UL Classified.

• Furnished in pairs with
1 / 4 " hardware.
• UL Classified.

Accessories

Flex-Mount Adjustable
Splice Plates
• Furnished in pairs with
1 / 4 " hardware.
• Horizontally adjustable to 90°.
• Vertically adjustable
to 15°.
• UL Classified.
• For optional rung,
see page 196.

Right Reducer

Requires supports within 24” on both
sides, per NEMA VE 2.

Catalog No.

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

H14A
H15A
H16A
H17A

9A-R004
9A-R005
9A-R006
9A-R007

H14A
H15A
H16A
H17A

9A-R034
9A-R035
9A-R036
9A-R037

Center Reducer

Step Down Splice Plates

Tray To Box Splice Plates

• Furnished in pairs with
1 / 4 " hardware.
• UL Classified.

• Furnished in pairs with
1 / 4 " hardware.
• UL Classified.

Redi-Rail

Tray
Series

Left Reducer

Tray
Series
H15A
H16A
H17A
H16A
H17A
H17A

to
to
to
to
to
to

H14A
H14A
H14A
H15A
H15A
H16A

Catalog No.
9A-R045
9A-R046
9A-R047
9A-R060
9A-R061
9A-R062

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

H14A
H15A
H16A
H17A

9A-R064-†r
9A-R065-†r
9A-R066-†r
9A-R067-†r

r = reduction
† Specify L = left reducer
C = center reducer
R = right reducer

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

H14A
H15A
H16A
H17A

9A-R054
9A-R055
9A-R056
9A-R057

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates

Expansion Splice Plates

Reversing Splice Plates

• Furnished in pairs with
1 / 4 " hardware.
• UL Classified.

• Furnished in pairs with
1 / 4 " hardware.
• Bonding jumper required.

• Furnished in pairs with
1 / 4 " hardware.
• UL Classified.

Requires supports within 24” on both
sides, per NEMA VE 2.

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

H14A
H15A
H16A
H17A

9A-R024
9A-R025
9A-R026
9A-R027

H14A
H15A
H16A
H17A

9A-R014
9A-R015
9A-R016
9A-R017

H14A
H15A
H16A
H17A

9A-R964
9A-R965
9A-R966
9A-R967

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

189

Redi-Rail Bonding Jumper

Accessories
Conduit to Tray Adaptors

• Furnished with 1 / 4 " hardware.
• UL Classified.

• Mounting hardware not included.

Redi-Rail

Conduit Size

Ampacity

Conduit to Tray Adaptors

Catalog No.

Conduit
Size

in

mm

1/2, 3/4

15, 20

9G-1158-1/2, 3/4

1/2

1, 11/4

25, 32

9G-1158-1, 11/4

3/4

11/2, 2

40, 50

9G-1158-11/2, 2

Catalog No.

21/2, 3

65, 80

9G-1158-21/2, 3

1
11/2

99-30

31/2, 4

90, 100

9G-1158-31/2, 4

1200

Catalog No.
BL1400
BL1410
BL1420
BL1430

Redi-Rail™ Clamp/Guide
Hanger Rod Bracket

Drop-Out

• Furnished as pair of studded clamps
with 1 / 4 ” serrated flanged lock nuts.
• Loading is 1,000 lbs. (4.45kN) per
pair with safety factor of 3.
• Position ATR 3” (76mm) wider than
cable tray.

• Provides 4” (101mm) radius.
• Holes provided to secure cables.

• Features a no-twist design.
• Has four times the strength of the
traditional design.
• Each side is labeled to ensure proper
installation.
• Designed for 1 / 4 ” hardware.
• Furnished in pairs with or without
hardware.

1.5”
(38mm)

Patent No.
RE35479

Support
ATR Size
3/8”
1/2”

Catalog No.
Catalog No.
9(*)-R238
9(*)-R250

Catalog No.

9A-R104-†

9ZN-1204 (without hardware)
9ZN-1204NB (with hardware)

† = tray width

(*) Insert ZN or SS

Frame Type Box Connector

Blind End

Support Bracket

• Furnished as one plate with
1 / 4 " hardware.

• Designed for center
hung or trapeze
supports.
• Load capacity is
600 lbs. (2.67kN)
with safety factor
of 3.
• All components
are zinc plated.

• Furnished with 1 / 4 " hardware for
tray connection.

Patent No.
5,100,086

Tray
Series
H14A
H15A
H16A
H17A
† = tray width

190

Catalog No.
9A-R074-†
9A-R075-†
9A-R076-†
9A-R077-†

Tray
Series
H14A
H15A
H16A
H17A

Catalog No.
9A-R084-†
9A-R085-†
9A-R086-†
9A-R087-†
† = tray width

Catalog No.
Center Hung
Wall
or Trapeze
Mount

For Tray
Width
in

mm

6

152

9ZN-5109-WB

9

226

9ZN-5112-WB

12

305

9ZN-5118

9ZN-5118-WB

18

452

9ZN-5124

9ZN-5124-WB

24

609

9ZN-5106

9ZN-5106-WB

9ZN-5109
9ZN-5112

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Redi-Rail Mounting Bracket

Accessories

Inside Side Rail Flange Application

Furnished with 1 / 4 " hardware.
#12-24 U-Nuts sold separately.
Attaches to Redi-Rail in over 20 positions.
EIA/TIA panel mounting holes - both sides.
Mounting holes for NEMA outlet/junction boxes.
Zinc plated steel.
Includes mounting screws.
Inside flange application bracket
5.125"
must match side rail height.
• See page 197 for Voice/Data/Video
and Power Options.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

9ZN-MB1-4 mounting
bracket shown.

Outside Side Rail Flange Application

A

Redi-Rail

Catalog No.

Inside
Flange
Application

9ZN-MB1-4 mounting bracket
shown with 4" electrical box.

Outside
Flange
Application

in

92
117

A
mm

9ZN-MB1-4

4" for H14AR

4" or 5" as desired

35/8

9ZN-MB1-5

5" for H15AR

4" or 5" as desired

45/8

9ZN-MB1-4 mounting bracket
shown with patch panels.

See www.cooperbline.com/product/cabletray/bracket.asp for mounting options.

∅ 1.344

Low Voltage Adapter

1.250"

• Mounting for low voltage wall plates.
• Snaps into mounting bracket
9ZN-MB1-4 or 9ZN-MB1-5.
• Zinc plated steel.
• #6 - 32 U-nuts included.
• See page 197 for Voice/Data/Video
and Power Options.

2.938"
2.030"

3.500"

3.28" Ref

9ZN-LV1-1 shown

3.500"

Catalog No.

9ZN-LV1-1

5.125"

9ZN-LV1-1 (cutout on front)
9ZN-LV1A-1 (cutout on bottom)

9ZN-LV1A-1

Under Rung Fastener Attachment
•
•
•
•

Supports electrical fixtures from bottom of rung or siderails.
Wing nut included.
Various 1 / 4 "-20 stud lengths available.
Static Load Capacity: 75 Lbs. (34kg).

Catalog No.
BAX-4-16
BAX-4-16-24
BAX-4-16-32
BAX-4-16-48

Cable Tray Systems

Stud
Length
5/8” (16mm)
11/2” (38mm)

2” (51mm)
3” (76mm)

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

191

Redi-Rail -

Accessories
Covers for H14A, H15A, H16A, and H17A
• Corners notched for splice hardware clearance.
• Slots provided for easy attachment (hardware not included).
• Over-lap seam designed - fittings only.

Aluminum Cover Part Numbering
Prefix
Example:

Redi-Rail

Cover
Type
88 = Solid

Detail
7 =Flanged

88

7

A

40 - 12 - 72

Material

Material
Thickness

Aluminum

40 = .040

Tray Width

Note: For ventilated covers add a “V” suffix to cover part number.
Example: 887A40-12-72V

06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
18 = 18"
24 = 24"
30 = 30"
36 = 36"

Item
Description
For Straight
Section Cover:

144 = 12 ft.
120 = 10 ft.
72 = 6 ft.
60 = 5 ft.
For fitting covers: Insert suffix
of fitting to be covered.
See example below.

Examples of Catalog Numbers for Fitting Covers:
Horizontal Bend Cover
Prefix
Suffix
88 7 A 40 - 18 - 90 HB 24
Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
Material
Thickness
Material
Detail
Cover Type

Vertical Inside & Outside Bend Cover
Prefix
Suffix
88 7 A 40 - 24 - 90 V* 24 - 4
Side Rail
Height
Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
Material
Thickness
Material
Detail
Cover Type

Horizontal Expanding Cross Cover
Prefix
Suffix
88 7 A 40 - 12 - 24 - HX 24
Radius
Fitting
Width2
Width1
Material
Thickness
Material
Detail
Cover Type

* Insert I for Inside or O for Outside Bend

Standard Cover Clamp

Heavy Duty Cover Clamp

Cover Attachment Hardware

• Setscrew included.
• Sold each.

• For heavy duty application.
• Sold per piece.

• 4 Pack of 1 / 4 " - 20 nuts and
1 / 4 " - 20 x 5 / 8 " bolts.

Tray
Type
Aluminum

Side Rail
Height Catalog No.
All Sizes

9ZN-9012
9A-9012

192

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

H14A
H15A
H16A
H17A

9A-†-R044
9A-†-R054
9A-†-R064
9A-†-R074

Catalog No.

9ZN-1420NB

† = tray width
Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Redi-Rail -

Accessories

Out Board Rungs

Add-A- Rung Kit

•
•
•
•

• Kit allows an additional rung to be added to
a desired location throughout the tray system.
• Pre-cut rung sections supplied.
• Attachment hardware is included.
• Torque rung fasteners to 18 ft/lbs.

Formed aluminum rung with attachment screw.
Field installs as required.
Torque rung fasteners to 6 ft/lbs.
See page 197 for Voice/Data/Video and
Power Options.
• Uniform load capacity on rung: 10 lbs.

Redi-Rail

H

Tray
Width

W

Fill Depth
'H'

For Tray
Width 'W'

in

mm

Catalog No.

6

152

9A-R06RK

9

226

9A-R09RK

Catalog No.

in

mm

in

mm

12

305

9A-R12RK

9A-SR0406

4

101

6

152

18

452

9A-R18RK

9A-SR0409

4

101

9

226

24

609

9A-R24RK

9A-SR0506

5

127

6

152

30

762

9A-R30RK

9A-SR0509

5

127

9

226

36

914

9A-R36RK

End Rung Kit For Solid Bottom

Barrier Strip Clip

• Special rung captures solid bottom plate when
required at field cuts.
• Pre-cut rung sections supplied.
• Attachment hardware is included.

•
•
•
•

Provides attachment to Redi-Rail rung.
Allows for installed barrier adjustment.
Asymmetrical clip provides a wide range for screw location.
Barriers strip clips and hardware are included with all
barriers.
Catalog No.
9A-RBC
.563"

.390"

Screw slot for
sheet metal screw

Tray
Width
Catalog No.

in

mm

6

152

9A-R06SBERK

9

226

9A-R09SBERK

12

305

9A-R12SBERK

18

452

9A-R18SBERK

24

609

9A-R24SBERK

30

762

9A-R30SBERK

36

914

9A-R36SBERK

Cable Tray Systems

.484"

Barrier
Flange

Rung

Siderail Flange
Maximum Distance
Long leg adjacent to rung
fully extended

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

.081"

Barrier
Flange

Rung

Siderail Flange
Minimum Distance
Short leg adjacent to rung
fully extended

193

Redi-Rail

Redi-Rail -

Accessories

Straight Section Barrier Strip

Horizontal Bend Barrier Strip

• Furnished with four (4) barrier strip clips,
mounting hardware and splice.
• Standard lengths are 144" (12 ft) & 120" (10 ft).

• Kit allows an additional rung to be added to
a desired location throughout the tray system.
• Pre-cut rung sections supplied.
• Attachment hardware
is included.
• Torque rung fasteners to
18 ft/lbs.

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

in

H
mm

H14A

73AR-Length

3

76

H15A

74AR-Length

4

H16A

75AR-Length

H17A

76AR-Length

Tray
Series
H

H
Catalog No.

in

mm

H14A

73AR-90HBFL

3

76

101

H15A

74AR-90HBFL

4

101

5

127

H16A

75AR-90HBFL

5

127

6

152

H17A

76AR-90HBFL

6

152

H

Universal Fitting
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Aluminum construction.
3" smooth radius.
UL Classified.
Shipped as a 90° horizontal bend.
Field modify to create a tee or cross.
Includes four pairs of splice plates.
Accommodates Rail-Riser™.
Patent Pending.

Tray
Series

Catalog No.
Punched
Solid

H14A

UR3A-(†)

UR3ASB-(†)

H15A

UR4A-(†)

UR4ASB-(†)

H16A

UR5A-(†)

UR5ASB-(†)

H17A

UR6A-(†)

UR6ASB-(†)

Punched Bottom

(†) Insert Tray Width 6" to 24”)

Covers: Cover catalog number is UA-†-C where †=tray width.
Example: UA-12-C is a cover for UR4A-12 universal fitting
shipped with attachment screws.

Solid Bottom

Corner Post For Universal Fitting
•
•
•
•

Use to create reducing fittings.
Furnished with hardware.
3" inside radius.
UL Classified.

Universal Fitting Shown
as a Reducing Tee

194

Loading
Depth

Catalog No.

3"

U3A-CP

4"

U4A-CP

5"

U5A-CP

6"

U6A-CP

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Redi-Rail -

Accessories

Rail-Riser™ For Redi-Rail™ Cable Support Systems

Vertical Bend Barrier Strip

• Provides expansion capabilities for existing systems where
additional cable fill area is required.
• Increases fill-depth by two inches.
• Recommended installation frequency: two required every
three feet, depending on cable density.
• Provides controlled cable exit locations.
• Does not interfere with cable fill area.
• Comes complete with necessary mounting hardware.
• Zinc plated.
• Sold separately.
• Patent Pending.

• Furnished with three (3) barrier strip clips,
mounting hardware and splice.
24" radius
for all
standard angles

Inside Bend (VI)
12" radius for
30° angle

H
H

H
12" radius for
45°, 60°, 90°
angle

Redi-Rail

Outside
Bend (VO)

H

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

9ZN-RR2RR

Hanger Rod Bracket

Catalog No.
Inside Bend Outside Bend

H
in

mm

H14A

73AR-(**)VI(†)

73AR-(**)VO(†)

3

76

H15A

74AR-(**)VI(†)

74AR-(**)VO(†)

4

101

H16A

75AR-(**)VI(†)

75AR-(**)VO(†)

5

127

H17A

76AR-(**)VI(†)

76AR-(**)VO(†)

6

152

(**) Insert 30°, 45°, 60°, 90° for angles
(†) Insert 12, 24 for radius

Center Hung Trapeze

• Studded bracket bolts to Redi-Rail™ holes.
• For 3 / 8 " ATR.
• Loading is 1,000 lbs. (4.45kN), per pair, safety factor 3.

• Designed for 1 / 2 " and 3 / 8 " ATR.
• Loading is 600 lbs. (2.67kN),
safety factor 3.
• Zinc plated.

• Position ATR
3" wider than
cable tray width.

Support
ATR Size
3/8”
1/2”

Pre-assembled hanger
system that can be
used as a trapeze or
a center hung support.

Catalog No.
9(*)-R238
9(*)-R250
(*) Insert ZN or SS

• 1 / 4 " ATR through Redi-Rail™ holes on
top flange. Hex nut on top and bottom.
• Loading is 800 lbs. (3.56kN), per pair,
safety factor 3.

• Position ATR
1" wider than
cable tray
width.

Cable Tray Systems

For Tray
Width
Catalog No.

in

mm

9ZN-5106

6

152

9ZN-5109

9

226

9ZN-5112

12

305

9ZN-5118

18

452

9ZN-5124

24

609

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

195

Redi-Rail -

Accessories

Wall-Mount Assembly

For Tray
Width

• Pre-assembled wall-mount
hanger system.
• Load capacity is
600 lbs. (272.1 kg)
safety factor of 3.

Catalog No.

in

mm

9ZN-5106-WB

6

152

9ZN-5109-WB

9

226

9ZN-5112-WB

12

305

9ZN-5118-WB

18

452

9ZN-5124-WB

24

609

H15AR09-12-144
shown at 90°

Redi-Rail

How to miter cut Redi-Rail™ cable tray for use
with flex-mount splice plates.

Cut location

Count over
number of holes
specified in chart

Count over
number of holes
specified in chart

Cut location

H15AR09-12-144 Straight Section shown with required side rail removed to form 90° fitting.
Example: For a 12" wide 90° bend, the cuts must be made through the eighth hole from the end.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Mark desired hole/cut locations per chart.
Remove any rungs (if necessary) affected by cuts.
Cut side rails through center of required holes per chart.
Mount outside flex-mount splice plate with provided
hardware and bend Redi-Rail sections to desired angle.
Form inside flex-mount splice plate to fit contour of inner
rails and bolt into place.
Reinstall (if necessary) appropriate rungs.
Torque to 18 ft./lbs.
If Splice Rung Kit (see below) is required, order
separately.
Recommend adding one to the value in the chart if the
first hole is less than 3 / 8 " from the end of tray.

Tray
Width

Number Of Holes For
Angle
Desired Angle
Adjustment
30°
45°
60°
90°
Allowed

6

1

2

2

4

± 14.5

9

2

2

3

6

± 9.7

12

2

3

4

8

± 7.3

18

3

5

7

11

± 4.9

24

4

6

9

15

± 3.6

30

5

8

11

19

± 2.9

36

6

10

13

23

± 2.4

Flex-Mount Splice Rung Kit
• Kit allows a support rung to be added to flex-mount splice
plates so that cables may be supported through a bend.
• The support rung is available in three lengths
and should be ordered based upon tray width.
• The rung length is sized so that it will fit a maximum tray width
when flex-mount splices are used to make a bend up to 90°.
• Once the flex-mount splices are installed in the cable tray system,
the distance between the splice mounting surfaces should be measured.
Cut support rung to the measured distance and install using the
hardware included. Torque to 18 ft./lbs.

For Tray
Width

196

Catalog No.

Actual
Rung Length

Up to 12"

9A-RFM-12RK

20"

18" & 24"

9A-RFM-24RK

37"

30" & 36"

9A-RFM-36RK

54"

Example: Flex connectors are installed on an
18" wide tray with approximately a 45° bend.
The correct support rung kit is 9A-RFM-24RK.
The tray width is 24" or less and the angle is
less than 90°.

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Redi-Rail 1/2"

Voice / Data / Video Options

Accessories

ATR

9ZN-5112
as center hung

H14AR09-12-144

Single patch panel
mounted in center
of 9ZN-MB1-4

Redi-Rail

9ZN-LV1-1 with
low voltage adapter

9A-SR0406
Out-Board Rung

9ZN-LV1-1 with
low voltage adapter
and wall plate

Power Options
3/8"

ATR
9ZN-MB1-4

9ZN-R238
H14A09-12-144
Electrical Box
BL1400

Data Cables
The National Electrical Code allows for 50% fill of ventilated cable tray for control or signal wiring (Article 392-9(b)). This rule requires that all the
individual cable cross-sectional areas added up may not exceed one half the cable tray area. The cable tray area is equal to the width times the
load depth.
In actual practice with data cables, however, the cable tray becomes completely full in reaching the "50% cable fill". See the picture below. The
tray is completely full, but the sum of the cable areas is only 50% of the tray area, due to the empty spaces between the cables.

Data Cable Fill and Weight Chart
Number of Category 5/5e/6 Cables and Calculated Cable Weight in Lbs/Ft

Tray
Depth
in

"50%" Fill Per NEC
Cross Sectional Area
Calculation

3”
4”
5”
6”

mm
76
101
127
152

6"

9"

12"

Tray
Width
18"

24"

30"

36"

Cables

lbs/ft

Cables

lbs/ft

Cables

lbs/ft

Cables

lbs/ft

Cables

lbs/ft

Cables

lbs/ft

Cables

lbs/ft

260
347
433
520

7
9
12
14

390
520
650
780

10
13
17
20

520
693
866
1040

14
18
23
27

780
1040
1299
1559

21
27
34
41

1040
1386
1733
2079

26
35
43
52

1299
1733
2166
2599

32
43
53
64

1559
2079
2599
3119

41
54
68
81

This chart was based on 50% fill of 4 UTP Category 5, 5e, or 6 cables (O.D. = .21" .026 lbs/ft).
In the above loading grid, the weight of the cables is not the issue. The volume capacity of the tray governs.
For example, the worst case (6" load depth, 36" wide) has a total cable weight of 81 lbs/ft.

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

197

Redi-Rail -

Specifications

Section 161xx - Redi-Rail™ Cable Tray
Part 1 - General
1.01

Section Includes
A. The work covered under this section consists of the furnishing of all necessary labor, supervision,
materials, equipment, tests and services to install complete cable tray systems as shown on the drawings.
B. Cable tray systems are defined to include, but are not limited to straight sections of [ladder type] [vented
bottom type] [solid bottom type] cable trays, bends, tees, elbows, drop-outs, supports and accessories.

1.02

References
A. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code
B. NEMA VE 1-1998 - Metallic Cable Tray Systems
C. NEMA VE 2-2000 - Cable Tray installation Guidelines

1.03

Drawings

Redi-Rail

A. The drawings, which constitute a part of these specifications, indicate the general route of the cable tray
systems. Data presented on these drawings are as accurate as preliminary surveys and planning can
determine until final equipment selection is made. Accuracy is not guaranteed and field verification, of
all dimensions, routing, etc., is directed.
B. Specifications and drawings are for assistance and guidance, but exact routing, locations, distances and
levels will be governed by actual field conditions. Contractor is directed to make field surveys as part of
his work prior to submitting system layout drawings.
1.04

Submittals
A. Submittal Drawings: Submit drawings of cable tray and accessories including clamps, brackets, hanger rods,
splice plate connectors, expansion joint assemblies, and fittings, showing accurately scaled components.
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s data on cable tray including, but not limited to, types, materials,
finishes, rung spacings, inside depths and fitting radii. For side rails and rungs, submit cross sectional
properties including Section Modulus (Sx) and Moment of Inertia (Ix).

1.05

Quality Assurance
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of cable trays and fittings of types and capacities
required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA Standards Publication Number VE 1, “Cable Tray Systems”.
C. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC, as applicable to construction and installation of cable tray and cable
channel systems (Article 392, NEC).
D. UL Compliance: Provide products that are UL-classified and labeled.
E. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 70B, “Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment
Maintenance” pertaining to installation of cable tray systems.

1.06

Delivery, Storage and Handling
A. Deliver cable tray systems and components carefully to avoid breakage, denting and scoring finishes.
Do not install damaged equipment.
B. Store cable trays and accessories in original cartons and in clean dry space; protect from weather and
construction traffic. Wet materials should be unpacked and dried before storage.

Part 2 - Products
2.01

Acceptable Manufacturers

2.02

A. Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as manufactured by
Cooper B-Line, Inc.
Cable Tray Sections and Components
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes, and sizes indicated;
with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers or connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and
smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction
features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE-2.
B. Material and Finish: Straight sections, fitting side rails, rungs and splice plates shall be extruded from
Aluminum Association Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association
Alloy 5052.

198
Cable Tray Systems

Redi-Rail -

Specifications

2.03 Type of Tray System
A. Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members (rungs)
mechanically fastened to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaces [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in
radiused fittings shall be industry standard 9” and measured at the center of the tray’s width. Each rung
must be capable of supporting 1 200 lb. concentrated load at the center of a 24” wide cable tray with a
safety factor of 1.5 (See following rung loading table). Rungs shall be capable of easy removal,
reinstallation, or replacement if necessary.
Rung Loading Table
Single Rung Uniform Load Capacity (lbs.) with safety factor of 1.5
Design Factors

Material
Type
Aluminum

Sx = 0.0343 in3

Series H1

Ix = 0.0130

9

12

18

24

30

36

1480

987

740

493

370

296

224
Redi-Rail

in4

Tray Width
6

B. Ventilated Bottom Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with rungs spaced
4” on center.
C. Solid Bottom Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a solid sheet over
rungs spaced on 12” centers.
D. Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [5] [6] inched per NEMA VE-1.
E.

Straight sections shall be supplied in standard [10 foot (3.05m)] [12 foot (3.65m)] lengths.

F.

Cable tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings.

G. Splice plates shall have (4) four nuts and bolts per plate. The resistance of fixed splice connections
between adjacent sections of tray shall not exceed 0.00033 ohms. Splice plates shall be furnished with
straight sections and fittings.
H. All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] inches.
2.04 Loading Capacities
A. Cable trays shall meet NEMA class designation: [86 lbs./ft. on 12 ft. span] [100 lbs./ft. on 12 ft. span].
Or
A. Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ________ lbs./ft on a ______ foot
support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA VE 1
Section 5.2.

Part 3 - Execution
3.01 Installation
A. Install cable trays as indicated: Installation shall be in accordance with equipment manufacturer’s
instructions, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that cable tray equipment comply with
requirements of NEC and applicable portions of NFPA 70B. Reference NEMA VE-2 for general cable tray
installation guidelines.
B. Coordinate cable tray with other electrical work as necessary to properly integrate installation of cable
tray work with other work.
C. Provide sufficient space encompassing cable trays to permit access for installing and maintaining cables.
D. Cable tray fitting supports shall be located such that they meet the strength requirements of straight
sections. Install fitting supports per NEMA VE-2 guidelines, or in accordance with manufacturer’s
instructions.
3.02 Testing
A. Test cable trays to ensure electrical continuity of bonding and grounding connections, and to demonstrate
compliance with specified maximum grounding resistance. See NFPA 70B, Chapter 18, for testing and
test methods.
B. Manufacturer shall provide test reports witnessed by an independent testing laboratory of the “worst case”
loading conditions outlined in this specification and performed in accordance with the latest revision of
NEMA VE-1-2002/CSA C22.2 No. 126.1-02.
End Of Section.

199
Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Steel

Series 1 Steel

200
Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Steel -

Straight Sections

Series 1 Steel

How The Service Advisor Works
B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you
select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50
pieces or less.
Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?
Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different
color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.
Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Example:

156G

09 -

24

3-5

3-5

-

144

(from page 203)

Lead time(days)

15

3-5

Part will typically ship in
15 days minimum, because of the
156G material.

Changing the part number from 156G to 156P will change the coding to black for all sections
of the tray to be 5-10 working days, instead of the original 15 days minimum.

201
Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Steel -

Straight Sections

3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
Actual Loading Depth = 3.077"

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 148 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series
148

Material

Type

P = Pre-Galvanized
Steel
G = Hot Dip
Galvanized
After Fabrication
Steel

Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

Rung
Spacing

Series 1 Steel

Overall Width
(Width + 1/8”)

Trough6" thru 24" wide
VT = Vented Trough
ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¬
Á

Length
144 = 12 ft.
148
120 = 10 ft.

¬Primary

Length.
Length.

ÁSecondary

See page 39 for
explanation of lengths.

See page 356 for additional rung options. *SB available for all widths.

Ventilated Trough

Ladder Type

Width
06
09
12
18
24
30
36

Non-Ventilated Trough

(Specify Rung Spacing)
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. The published
load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection,
multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable
tray being installed.
B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

6
8
10
12

204*
115
73
51

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters

Load
kg/m

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails

.875

148

3.625

3.077

18 gauge

NEMA: 12A, 8C
CSA: C1-3m
UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.40 in2

0.0011
0.0036
0.0087
0.0181

Area=0.51 in2
Sx=0.48 in3
Ix=0.89 in4

1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7

304*
171
109
76

0.019
0.061
0.149
0.309

Area=3.29 cm2
Sx=7.87 cm3
Ix=37.04 cm4

*When using 12" rung spacing load capacity is limited to 195 lbs/ft (290.16 kg/m) for 36" tray width. When cable trays are used in
continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia,
Sx = Section Modulus.

202

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Steel -

Straight Sections

4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
Actual Loading Depth = 3.628"

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 156 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series
156

Material

Type

P = Pre-Galvanized
Steel
G = Hot Dip
Galvanized
After Fabrication
Steel

Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

Width

Trough04 = Vented Bottom
SB = Non-Ventilated Bottom

Rung
Spacing

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

¬

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

Á

Length
144 = 12 ft.
156
120 = 10 ft.

¬Primary

Length.
Length.

ÁSecondary

See page 39 for
explanation of lengths.

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

Overall Width
(Width + 1/8”)

Ventilated Bottom

Ladder Type

Series 1 Steel

See page 356 for additional rung options. *SB available for all widths.

Non-Ventilated

(Specify Rung Spacing)
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above the published loads. The published load safety factor
is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the
deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

6
8
10
12

304*
171
109
76

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters

Load
kg/m

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails

.875

156

3.628
4.188

16 gauge

NEMA: 12B, 8C
CSA: C1-3m
UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.40 in2

0.0007
0.0021
0.0051
0.011

Area=0.68 in2
Sx=0.724 in3
Ix=1.517 in4

1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7

452*
254
163
113

0.011
0.036
0.087
0.181

Area=4.39 cm2
Sx=11.86 cm3
Ix=63.14 cm4

*When using 12" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 234 lbs/ft (348.192 kg/m) for 30" tray width and 195 lbs/ft (290.16 kg/m)
for 36" tray width. When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design
factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

203

Series 1 Steel -

Straight Sections

5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
Actual Loading Depth = 4.628"

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 166 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series
166

Material

Type

P = Pre-Galvanized
Steel
G = Hot Dip
Galvanized
After Fabrication
Steel

Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

Rung
Spacing

Overall Width
(Width + 1/8”)

Width

Trough04 = Vented Bottom
SB = Non-Ventilated Bottom

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¬
Á

Length
144 = 12 ft.
166
120 = 10 ft.

¬Primary

Length.
Length.

ÁSecondary

See 39
page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

Series 1 Steel

See page 356 for additional rung options. *SB available for all widths.

Ladder Type

Ventilated Bottom

Non-Ventilated

(Specify Rung Spacing)
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. The published load safety factor is
1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the
deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

6
8
10
12

308*
173
111
77

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters

Load
kg/m

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails

.750

166

4.628
5.188

16 gauge

NEMA: 12B, 8C
CSA: C1-3m
UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.70 in2

0.0004
0.0013
0.0032
0.0067

Area=0.77 in2
Sx=0.93 in3
Ix=2.40 in4

1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7

458*
258
165
115

Area=4.97 cm2
Sx=15.24 cm3
Ix=99.90 cm4

0.007
0.023
0.055
0.114

*When using 12" rung spacing, the load capacity is limited to 234 lbs/ft (348.192 kg/m) for 30" tray width and 195 lbs/ft
(290.16 kg/m) for 36" tray width. When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much
as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

204

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Steel -

Straight Sections

6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
Actual Loading Depth = 5.628"

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 176 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series
176

Material

Type

P = Pre-Galvanized
Steel
G = Hot Dip
Galvanized
After Fabrication
Steel

Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

Width

Trough04 = Vented Bottom
SB = Non-Ventilated Bottom

Rung
Spacing

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

¬

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

Á

Length
144 = 12 ft.
176
120 = 10 ft.

¬Primary

Length.
Length.

ÁSecondary

See page 39 for
explanation of lengths.

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

Overall Width
(Width + 1/8”)

Ventilated Bottom

Ladder Type

Series 1 Steel

See page 356 for additional rung options. *SB available for all widths.

Non-Ventilated

(Specify Rung Spacing)
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. The published load safety factor is
1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the
deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

8
10
12

194
124
86

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters

Load
kg/m

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails

.750

176

5.628
6.188

16 gauge

NEMA: 12B, 8C
CSA: 137 kg/m 3.7m
UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.70 in2

0.0008
0.0020
0.0042

Area=0.89 in2
Sx=1.23 in3
Ix=3.80 in4

2.4
3.0
3.7

288
184
128

0.014
0.035
0.072

Area=5.74 cm2
Sx=20.16 cm3
lx=158.2 cm4

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors:
Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

205

Series 1 Steel -

Accessories

Standard (L-Shaped) Splice Plates

Expansion (L-Shaped) Splice Plates

•
•
•
•
•
•

• Expansion plates allow for one inch expansion
or contraction of the cable tray, or where
expansion joints occur in the supporting
structure.
• Bonding Jumpers are required.
Order Separately.
• L-shaped lay-in design.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• (*) Insert ZN or G

One pair including hardware provided with each section.
Furnished in pairs with hardware.
Prepackaged in pairs in a plastic bag, with hardware.
4-hole pattern L-shaped splice plates.
L-shaped lay-in design.
(*) Insert ZN or G

Tray

Tray

Series

Catalog No.

Series

Catalog No.

148

9(*)-4004

148

9(*)-4014

156

9(*)-4005

156

9(*)-4015

166

9(*)-4006

166

9(*)-4016

176

9(*)-4007

176

9(*)-4017

Step Down Splice Plates

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates

• Used to splice to existing cable tray systems.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• (*) Insert P or G

• These splice plates are offered for
connecting cable tray sections
having side rails of different
heights.
• Furnished in pairs with
hardware.
• (*) Insert ZN or G

• These plates provide for
changes in elevation that do
not conform to standard
vertical fittings.
• Furnished in pairs with
hardware.
• (*) Insert ZN or G

Series 1 Steel

Universal Splice Plates

Requires supports within 24” on both
sides, per NEMA VE 2.

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

148

9(*)-2004-1/2

156

9(*)-2005-1/2

166

9(*)-2006-1/2

176

9(*)-2007-1/2

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

156 to 148

9(*)-8004

148

9(*)-7024

166 to 156 or 148

9(*)-8045

156

9(*)-8024

176 to 156 or 148

9(*)-8046

166

9(*)-8025

176 to 166

9(*)-8060

176

9(*)-8026

Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plates

Branch Pivot Connectors

• Offered to adjust a cable tray run for
9(*)-803(X)-12 or 9(*)-803(X)-36
changes in direction in a horizontal One pair splice plates with extensions.
plane that do not conform to
L
standard horizontal fittings.
L
• Furnished in pairs
with hardware.
• New design bonding jumpers
not required.
• (*) Insert ZN or G
• (X) Insert 4 for series 148 or 156
5 for series 166
9(*)-803(X)
6 for series 176
Splices only

• Branch from existing cable tray runs at any point.
• Pivot to any required angle.
• UL Classified for grounding
(bonding jumper not required).
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• (*) Insert ZN or G

Catalog
No.

Cable Tray
End Cut

Tray
Width

'L'

9(*)-803(X)
9(*)-803(X)-12
9(*)-803(X)-36

Mitered
Not mitered
Not mitered

Thru 36"
Thru 12"
Thru 36"

N/A
16"
41"

206

Requires
supports
within 24”
on both sides,
per NEMA
VE 2.

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

156 to148

9(*)-8244

166

9(*)-8245

176

9(*)-8246

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Steel Offset Reducing Splice Plate

Accessories

Tray Hardware

• This plate is used for joining cable trays
having different widths. When used in
pairs they form a straight reduction;
when used singly with a standard splice
plate they form an offset reduction.
• Furnished as one plate with hardware.
• (‡) Insert reduction
• (*) Insert P or G

Pre-Galvanized Tray Hardware
Catalog No.
RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" Znplt
Ribbed Neck Carriage Bolt ASTM A307 Grade A
Catalog No.
SFHN 3/8"-16 Znplt
Serrated Flange Hex Nut ASTM A563
Grade A
Finish: Zinc Plated ASTM B633, SC1

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

148

9(*)-8064-(‡)

156

9(*)-8064-(‡)

166

9(*)-8065-(‡)

176

9(*)-8066-(‡)

Hot Dip Galvanized Tray Hardware
Catalog No.
RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" CZ Ribbed Neck
Carriage Bolt Chromium Zinc ASTM F-1136-88
Catalog No.
SFHN 3/8"-16 CZ Serrated Flange Hex Nut
Chromium Zinc ASTM F-1136-88

Frame Type Box Connector

Blind End

• Used to attach the
end of a cable tray
run to a distribution
box or control panel.
• Furnished in pairs with
hardware.
• (*) Insert P or G

• Designed to attach the end of a cable
tray run to a distribution cabinet or control
center to help reinforce the box at the
point of entry.
• Furnished with tray
connection hardware.
• (‡) Insert tray width
• (*) Insert ZN or G

• This plate forms a closure for a
dead end cable tray.
• Furnished as one plate
with hardware.
• (‡) Insert tray width
• (*) Insert P or G

Tray

Tray

Tray

Series Catalog No.

Series Catalog No.

Series Catalog No.

148

9(*)-8054

148

9(*)-8074-(‡)

148

9(*)-8084-(‡)

156

9(*)-8054

156

9(*)-8074-(‡)

156

9(*)-8084-(‡)

166

9(*)-8055

166

9(*)-8075-(‡)

166

9(*)-8085-(‡)

176

9(*)-8056

176

9(*)-8076-(‡)

176

9(*)-8086-(‡)

Conduit to Tray Adaptor

Conduit to Tray Adaptor

•
•
•
•

• For easy attachment of conduit terminating at a cable tray.
• Use on aluminum or steel cable trays.

Assembly required.
Mounting hardware included.
Conduit clamp included
(‡) = Conduit size
(1/2" thru 4").

Catalog No.

Series 1 Steel

Tray to Box Splice Plates

9ZN-1150-(‡)

Cable Tie (Ladder Tray)
Nylon ties provide easy attachment of
cable to ladder rungs; maximum
cable O.D. of 3" (76 mm).

Overall Length 15"

Catalog No.

Cable Tray Systems

99-2125-15

Catalog No.

Conduit Size

9G-1158-1/2, 3/4
9G-1158-1, 11/4
9G-1158-11/2, 2
9G-1158-21/2, 3
9G-1158-31/2, 4

1/2, 3/4

in.

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

1, 11/4
11/2, 2
21/2, 3
31/2, 4

mm
15, 20
25, 32
40, 50
65, 80
90, 100

207

Series 1 Steel Cable Tray Clamp/Guide

9ZN-1208
shown.
Installed as
a clamp.

• Features a no-twist design.
• Has four times the strength
of the traditional design.
• Each side is labeled to
ensure proper installation.
• Furnished in pairs, with or
without hardware.

21/4"
(57mm)

Patent #
RE35479

11/2"
(39mm)

Catalog No.
Without
With
Hardware Hardware

Overall Hardware
Length
Size
Finish
in.

9ZN-1204
9ZN-1208

Series 1 Steel

Accessories

9ZN-1204NB 11/2
9ZN-1208NB 21/4

9ZN-1204 shown.
Installed as a guide.

Bonding Jumper
Use at each expansion splice and where the cable tray is not
mechanically/electrically continuous to ground.
Sold individually.
• Hardware included.
• See table 392.7(B)(2) on page 25
for amperage ratings required to match
the UL cross-sectional area of the tray.
• 600 amp rating.
• Bonding jumper is 16" long.

mm
1/4"

38
57

3/8"

Znplt
Znplt

Catalog No.

Cross-Sectional Area

Ampacity

99-N1

1.5 Square inches

600

Ground Clamp

Grounding Clamp

• Mechanically attaches grounding
cables to cable tray.
• Hardware included.
• (*) Insert ZN or SS4

B-Line Cable Tray is UL® classified as to its suitability as an equipment
grounding conductor. If a separate conductor for additional grounding
capability is desired, B-Line offers this clamp for bolting the conductor
at least once to each tray section.
• Accepts #6 AWG to 250 MCM.

Catalog No.

Cable Size

9(*)-2351
9(*)-2352

#1 thru 2/0
3/0 thru 250 MCM

Catalog No.

Material

Item

9A-2130

Tin Plated Aluminum

Grounding Clamp

Support Bracket

Hanger Rod Clamp

• Designed for center hung or trapeze supports.
• Can be purchased as a wall mounted bracket.
• Load capacity is 600 lbs. (272.1 kg),
safety factor 3.
• All components are zinc plated.
• 1/2" threaded rod and 1/2" hex nuts not included.

•
•
•
•
•

For
Cable Tray
Width

Catalog No.
Center Hung
Wall
or Trapeze
Mount
9ZN-5106
9ZN-5109
9ZN-5112
9ZN-5118
9ZN-5124

For 1/2" ATR.
Furnished in pairs.
Order ATR and hex nuts separately.
Two piece "J"-hanger design.
9ZN-1113 has 275 lbs./pair
safety factor 3 capacity.
• 9ZN-532(X) has 1500 lbs./pair
capacity safety factor 3.

in.

9ZN-5106-WB
9ZN-5109-WB
9ZN-5112-WB
9ZN-5118-WB
9ZN-5124-WB

6
9
12
18
24

Tray

Series Catalog No.

mm

152
226
305
452
609

Patent No.
5,100,086

148

9ZN-1113

156

9ZN-5324

166

9ZN-5325

176

9ZN-5326

Threaded Rod (ATR) & Rod Coupling
Loading
Size

lbs.

Catalog
No.

Available
Lengths

Coupling
Cat. No.

3/8-16

730

ATR 3/8 x Length

36", 72", 120", 144"

B655-3/8

1/2-13

1350

ATR 1/2 x Length

36", 72", 120", 144"

B655-1/2

Loading based on safety factor 5.
Standard Finish: Zinc plated
See B-Line Strut Systems Catalog for other sizes and finishes.

208

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Steel -

Accessories

Ladder or Trough Type Drop-Out

Trough Drop-Out Bushing (Plastic)

• This special designed, easy to install drop-out provides a
4" (101.6 mm) radius to protect cables exiting the cable tray
from damage.
• Attaches to a ladder rung or trough bottom
(148 series only).
• Hardware included.
• (*) Insert P or G
• (‡) Insert tray width

• These snap-in plastic bushings provide a round surface to
protect cables exiting from an opening in the bottom of a
ventilated trough tray.

Catalog No.

For 148 Series Only

Catalog No.

9(*)-1104T-(‡)

99-1124

Barriers
Horizontal Bend

Straight Section
• Standard length: 120" (3 m) 144" (12 ft.).
• Order catalog number based on loading
depth.
• Furnished with four #10 x 1/2" plated selfdrilling screws and a 99-9982 splice.
• (*) Insert P or G

• Horizontal Bend Barriers are flexible in order to conform to any
horizontal fitting radius. Cut to length.
• Order catalog number based on loading depth.
• Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" zinc plated self-drilling screws and
a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice.
• Standard length is 72"
(6 ft.), sold individually.
• (*) Insert P or G

Tray

H

Tray

Series 1 Steel

H

H
H

Series Catalog No.

in.

mm

Length =
144 for 12'
or
120 for 10'

Series Catalog No.

in.

mm

148

72(*)-90HBFL

2.8

58

156

737(*)-90HBFL

3.4

70

148

72(*)-Length

2.8

58

156

737(*)-Length

3.4

70

166

747(*)-Length

4.4

91

166

747(*)-90HBFL

4.4

91

176

757(*)-Length

5.4

112

176

757(*)-90HBFL

5.4

112

Vertical Bend Barriers

Barrier Strip Splice

• Vertical Bend Barriers are preformed to conform to a specific
vertical fitting.
• Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" plated self-drilling screws
and a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice.
• (*) Insert P or G
• (**) Insert 30, 45, 60 or 90 for degrees
• (†) Insert 12, 24, or 36 for radius

• Plastic splice holds adjoining
barrier strips in straight alignment.

Inside
Bend
(VI)

H
H

Tray
Series

Catalog No.
Inside Bend Outside Bend

H
in.

mm

148

72(*)-(**)VI(†)

72(*)-(**)VO(†)

2.8

58

156

737(*)-(**)VI(†)

737(*)-(**)VO(†)

3.4

70

166

747(*)-(**)VI(†)

747(*)-(**)VO(†)

4.4

91

176

757(*)-(**)VI(†)

757(*)-(**)VO(†)

5.4

112

Cable Tray Systems

Outside
Bend
(VO)

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Catalog No.

99-9982

209

Series 1 Steel -

Accessories
Cantilever Bracket

Cantilever Bracket

A
A

Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Catalog No. Uniform Load
B494-12
B494-18
B494-24

lbs

kN

1580
1000
996

7.02
4.45
4.43

Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Tray Width
in.

mm

'A'
in.

6 & 9 152 & 229 12 304.8
12
305
18 457.2
18
457
24 609.6

kN

in.

mm

in.

mm

B494-30
B494-36

924
864

4.11
3.84

24
30

609.6
762.0

30
36

762.0
914.4

B494-42

580

2.58

36

914.4

42

1066.8

A

A

Finishes available: ZN GRN HDG SS4 or SS6
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Catalog No. Uniform Load
B409-12
B409-18
B409-24

lbs
960
640
480

kN
4.27
2.84
2.13

Finishes available: ZN GRN HDG or SS4
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Tray Width

'A'

in.
mm
in. mm
6 & 9 152 & 228 12 304.8
12
305
18 457.2
18
457
24 609.6

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width
B297-30
B297-36
B297-42

lbs
665
550
465

kN
2.95
2.44
2.06

Underfloor Support (U-Bolts not included)

Beam Clamp

U-Bolt Size Fits Pipe O.D.

• Finishes available: ZN or HDG
• Sold in pieces with hardware.

B501-3/4
B501-1
B501-11/4
B501-11/2
B501-2
B501-21/2

.841
1.051
1.316
1.661
1.901
2.376

-

1.050
1.315
1.660
1.900
2.375
2.875

in.
24
30
36

mm
609.6
762.0
914.4

'A'
in.
mm
30 762.0
36 914.4
42 1066.8

A

• Order properly sized U-Bolts
separately.

A

Finish available: ZN
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Design load when used in pairs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0

Catalog No. Uniform Load

210

'A'

lbs

Cantilever Bracket

Cantilever Bracket

Series 1 Steel

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width

mm

Tray Width

'A'

lbs

kN

in.

mm

in.

mm

B409UF-12

800

3.55

6&9

152 & 229

12

305

B409UF-21

450

2.00

12 & 18 305 & 457

21

533

Catalog No. Design Load*

'A'

lbs

kN

in.

mm

B441-22

1200

5.34

33/8

86

B441-22A

1200

5.34

5

127

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Steel -

Accessories

Beam Clamp

Steel C-Clamp With Locknut

Beam Clamp

• Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
• Setscrew included.

• Finishes available:
ZN for 3/8 & 1/2
ZN for 5/8 & 3/4

• Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
• Sold in pieces.

SS4 all sizes

Safety Load Factor 5.0
Design load when used in pairs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0

Cat. No.

Catalog
Number

Rod
Size

lbs

kN

B351L-3/8

3/8"-16

300

0.89

Design load when used in pairs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0

Design Load

B210

B210A

Design Load

800 lbs. 3.56 kN

300 lbs. 1.33 kN

B351L-1/2

1/2"-13

380

1.69

Design Load

600 lbs.

2.67 kN

1000 lbs.

4.45 kN

Tap Size

1/2"-13

-

3/8"-16

-

B351L-5/8

5/8"-11

550

2.44

Max. Flange Thick

3/4"

19 mm

11/8"

28.6 mm

3/8"

9.5 mm

1/4"

6.4 mm

B351L-3/4

3/4"-10

630

2.80

Mat’l. Thickness

1/4"

6.3 mm

3/8"

9.5 mm

Mat'l. Thickness

Cat. No.

B212-1/4

B212-3/8

B312 Anchor Strap

B305 Thru B308 & B321 Series Beam Clamps
• Finishes available: ZN or HDG
• Setscrew included.
• Safety Load Factor 5.0

• Finishes available: ZN or HDG
• For a maximum beam thickness
of 3/4".
• For thicker beams, step up one
flange width size.

B

C
D

E

Series 1 Steel

T

F
A

Cat.
No.

Rod
Size A

B

C

D

E

F

T

Design Load

B305

3/8"-16

3/8"-16

2 5/16"

7/8"

1 1/8"

2 1/2"

B306

3/8"-16

1/2"-13

2 7/16"

7/8"

1 1/8"

2 1/2"

B307

1/2"-13

1/2"-13

2 7/16"

7/8"

1 1/8"

B308

1/2"-13

1/2"-13

2 9/16"

7/8"

B321-1

3/8"-16

1/2"-13

3 9/16"

1

B321-2

1/2"-13

1/2"-13

3 9/16"

1

lbs

kN

11 Ga.

600

2.67

7 Ga.

1100

4.90

2 1/2"

7 Ga.

1100

4.90

Cat. No.

Flange Width

1 1/8"

2 1/2"

1/4"

1500

6.68

B312-6

Up to 6"

11/16"

1 5/8"

3 1/4"

1/4"

1300

5.79

B312-9

6" - 9"

11/16"

1 5/8"

3 1/4"

1/4"

1400

6.23

B312-12

B751 Bottom Beam Clamp and Accessories
Setscrew included

Setscrew included

Finish available: ZN

Loading position A - 500 lbs.
Loading position B - 300 lbs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0

B751

B701-J_-3/8

B751-J_-3/8*

Position A

Assembly No.
To Fit
Flange Sizes

Provides a full 15° swivel
in any direction. (State
the desired rod size.)

Cable Tray Systems

B752

B751
B701J_
Clamp,Setscrew J-Hook,Clip
& J-Hook
& Square Nut

B752
Swivel & Bolt
Only

Position B

B753
Swivel Nut
Only

4"-5 7/8"

B751-J4-3/8*

B701-J4-3/8

B752

B753-**

7/8"

B751-J6-3/8*

B701-J6-3/8

B752

B753-**

B751-J9-3/8*

B701-J9-3/8

B752

B753-**

6"-8
B753

9" - 12"

9"-11 7/8"

* Clamp Assembly complete with J-Hook Assembly. Setscrew included.
** Insert 1/4, 3/8 or 1/2 for the desired rod size.

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

211

Series 1 Steel -

Accessories

Covers
Solid covers should be used when maximum enclosure of the
cables is desired and no accumulation of heat is expected.
Ventilated covers provide an overhead cable shield yet
allow heat to escape.
Cooper B-Line recommends that covers on vertical
cable tray runs to a height of 6 ft. (1.83 m) to 8 ft.
(2.44 m) above the floor to isolate both cables
and personnel. Flanged covers have a .30 in.
(7.6 mm) flange. Cover clamps are not included
with the cover and must be ordered separately.
Solid Non-Flanged

Solid Flanged

Ventilated Flanged

Covers Part Numbering

Series 1 Steel

Prefix
Example: 80 1 P - 20 - 24 - 144

Cover Type

Detail

Material

80 = Solid
81 = Ventilated

1 = Flanged
9 = Non-Flanged

P = Pre-Galvanized
G = HDGAF

Material
Thickness
20 = 20 Ga. Steel for
Pre-Galvanized
18 = 18 Ga. Steel for
HDGAF

Tray Width

Item Description

06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
18 = 18"
24 = 24"
30 = 30"
36 = 36"

For Straight Section Cover:

Covers 30" and 36" wide have reinforcing ridges.

Example of Catalog Number for
Fitting Cover:

Quantity of Standard
Cover Clamps Required

Vertical Bend Cover
Prefix
Suffix
80 1 P 20 - 24 - 90 VO 24 - 4*
Side Rail*
Height
Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
Material
Thickness
Material
Detail
Cover Type

Straight Section 60" or 72"........................ 4 pcs.
Straight Section 120" or 144".................... 6 pcs.
Horizontal/Vertical Bends ...........................4 pcs.
Tees ..........................................................6 pcs.
Crosses......................................................8 pcs.

* Required for VO fittings only.

Combination Hold Down & Cover
Clamp
• Sold per piece
• For indoor
service only

Tray
Series
148
156
166
176

212

Catalog No.
Znplt/Pre-Galv.
HDGAF
9ZN-9243
9G-9243
9P-9043
9G-9043
9P-9053
9G-9053
9P-9063
9G-9063

Pre-Galvanized Only:
144 = 12 ft. (3.66 m)
120 = 10 ft. (3.05 m)
Pre-Galvanized & HDGAF
72 = 6 ft. (1.83 m)
60 = 5 ft. (1.52 m)
For fitting covers: Insert suffix of fitting
to be covered. See example below.

Standard Cover Clamp
• Sold per piece
• For indoor service only

Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover Clamp, only
one-half the number of clamps stated above is required.

Cover Joint Strip
• Used to join covers
• Plastic
• (‡) Insert tray width
Cat. No.

99-9980-(‡)

Tray
Series
148
156
166
176

Catalog
Znplt
9ZN-9019
9ZN-9014
9ZN-9015
9ZN-9016

Heavy Duty Cover Clamp

Raised Cover Clamp

• (‡) Insert
tray width

• For indoor
service only.
• Sold per piece
• For use with flanged
covers only.

Tray
Series
148
156
166
176

Catalog No.
Pre-Galv.
HDGAF
9P-(‡)-9040
9G-(‡)-9040
9P-(‡)-9044
9G-(‡)-9044
9P-(‡)-9054
9G-(‡)-9054
9P-(‡)-9064
9G-(‡)-9064

No.
HDGAF
9G-9019
9G-9014
9G-9015
9G-9016

† Specify gap of 1", 2", 3" or 4".

Tray
Series

Catalog
No.

Series 1

9ZN-910†

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Steel -

Specifications

Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers
1.01 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as
manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc.

Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components
2.01 General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated;
with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and
smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction
features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE 2.
2.02 Pre-Galvanized Steel: Straight sections, fitting side rails, rungs, and covers shall be made from
structural quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties and mill galvanized in accordance
with ASTM A653 SS, Grade 33, coating designation G90. Hardware finish shall be electro-galvanized
zinc per ASTM B633.
2.03 Hot dip Galvanized Steel: All side rails, covers, splice plates, and rungs shall be made from structural
quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A1011 SS, Grade 33 for 14 gauge
and heavier, ASTM A1008, Grade 33 Type 2 for 16 gauge and lighter, and shall be hot dip galvanized
after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123. Mill galvanized covers are not acceptable for hot dipped
galvanized cable tray. Hardware finish shall be chromium zinc per ASTM F-1136-88.

Series 1 Steel

2.04 Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members (rungs)
welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in radiused
fittings shall be industry standard 9" and measured at the center of the tray’s width. No portion of the
rungs shall protrude below the bottom plane of the side rails.
2.05 Ventilated Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated
bottom welded to the side rails or rungs spaced 4" on center. The peaks of the corrugated bottom
shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. To
provide ventilation in the tray, the valleys of the corrugated bottom shall have 21/4" x 4" rectangular
holes punched along the width of the bottom.
2.06 Non-Ventilated Bottom Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a
corrugated bottom welded to the side rails or a solid sheet over rungs. The peaks of the corrugated bottom
shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers.
2.07 Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [5] [6] inches per NEMA VE 1.
2.08 Straight sections shall be supplied in standard [12 foot] [10 foot (3 m)] lengths.
2.09 Cable tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings.
2.10 Splice plates shall be L-shaped with 4 nuts and bolts per plate. The resistance of fixed splice
connections between an adjacent section of tray shall not exceed 0.00033 ohm.
2.11 All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] inches.

Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing
3.01 Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ______ lbs./ft. on a _______ ft.
support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per
NEMA VE 1 5.2. Cable tray shall be made to manufacturing tolerances as specified by NEMA.
3.02 Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of
NEMA VE 1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126.

213
Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 -

Fittings

Fittings engineered
with 3" tangents for
splicing integrity.

Series 1 Fittings

Fittings Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 1 4 P - 24 - 90 HB 24

Series
1

Material

Height
4
5
6
7

=
=
=
=

148
156
166
176

P = Pre-Galvanized
G = HDGAF

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

Width

Angle

= 6" (152)
= 9" (228)
= 12" (305)
= 18" (457)
= 24" (609)
= 30" (762)
= 36" (914)

30
45
60
90

=
=
=
=

30°
45°
60°
90°

(9" rung spacing is standard)

Type
HB =
HT =
HX =
VI =
VO =
LR =
RR =
SR =

Horizontal Bend
Horizontal Tee
Horizontal Cross
Vertical Inside Bend
Vertical Outside Bend
Left Reducer
Right Reducer
Straight Reducer

Radius
12 = 12" (305)
24 = 24" (609)
36 = 36" (914)

For steel and aluminum 4" vented or solid trough add VT or ST as shown below.
Prefix

Prefix

14PVT - 24 - HT24

14PST - 24 - HT24

Vented Trough

Non-Ventilated Trough

For steel 5", 6", 7" vented or non-ventilated add 04 or SB as shown below.
Prefix

Prefix

15P04 - 24 - 90HB24
Vented Bottom

214

15PSB - 24 - 90HB24
Non-Ventilated

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 -

Fittings

Horizontal Bends 90° 60° 45° 30° (HB)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

Bottoms manufactured:
90˚ Horizontal Bend

60˚ Horizontal Bend
30˚ Horizontal Bend

Ladder = 9" Rung Spacing
VT & 04 = 4" Rung Spacing
ST & SB = Flat sheet over
12" Rung Spacing

45˚ Horizontal Bend

60˚
HB

C

C
C

C
B

C

R

R

in.

mm

Tray
Width

24

305

609

mm
450

in.
18

mm
450

in.
18

191/2

495

191/2

495

191/2

mm
450 (Pre)-06-60HB12

24

609

in.
171/2

C

mm
in.
445 101/8

mm
257

in.
1111/16

mm
297

495

(Pre)-09-60HB12 1813/16 478 107/8

276

121/2

318

115/8

295

133/8

340

21

533

21

533

21

533

(Pre)-12-60HB12

18 457 (Pre)-18-90HB12

24

600

24

600

24

600

(Pre)-18-60HB12 2211/16 576 131/8

333

151/8

384

24 609 (Pre)-24-90HB12

27

686

27

686

27

686

(Pre)-24-60HB12

255/16

643 145/8

372

167/8

429

708

161/8

472

201/16

510

30 762 (Pre)-30-90HB12

30

750

30

750

30

750

(Pre)-30-60HB12

277/8

410

189/16

36 914 (Pre)-36-90HB12

33

838

33

838

33

838

(Pre)-36-60HB12

301/2

775 175/8

448

205/16

516

6

152 (Pre)-06-90HB24

30

750

30

750

30

750

(Pre)-06-60HB24

277/8

708 161/8

410

189/16

472

9

228 (Pre)-09-90HB24

311/2

800

311/2

800

311/2

800

(Pre)-09-60HB24

293/16

741 167/8

429

197/16

494

775

175/8

516

12 305 (Pre)-12-90HB24

33

838

33

838

33

838

(Pre)-12-60HB24

301/2

448

205/16

18 457 (Pre)-18-90HB24

36

914

36

914

36

914

(Pre)-18-60HB24

331/16

840 191/8

486

221/16

560

24 609 (Pre)-24-90HB24

39

991

39

991

39

991

(Pre)-24-60HB24 3511/16 907 205/8

524

2313/16

605

30 762 (Pre)-30-90HB24

42

1067

42

1067

42

1067 (Pre)-30-60HB24

381/4

972 221/8

562

251/2

648

45

1143 (Pre)-36-60HB24

407/8

235/8

600

271/4

692

45

1143

45

1143

45˚ Horizontal Bend

305

A

12 305 (Pre)-12-90HB12

36 914 (Pre)-36-90HB24

12

R

6)
(7

60˚ Horizontal Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

C

in.
18

30˚
HB

1038

30˚ Horizontal Bend

6

152 (Pre)-06-45HB12

153/4

400

61/2

165

93/16

9

228 (Pre)-09-45HB12

1613/16

427

615/16

176

913/16

233

(Pre)-06-30HB12

131/8

333

249

(Pre)-09-30HB12

137/8

352 311/16

12 305 (Pre)-12-45HB12

177/8

454

73/8

187

18 457 (Pre)-18-45HB12

20

500

81/4

107/16 265

(Pre)-12-30HB12

210 1111/16 297

(Pre)-18-30HB12

24 609 (Pre)-24-45HB12

221/16

560

91/8

232

1215/16

30 762 (Pre)-30-45HB12

243/16

614

10

250

329

143/16 360

36 914 (Pre)-36-45HB12

265/16

668 1015/16 278

6

152 (Pre)-06-45HB24

243/16

614

10

9

228 (Pre)-09-45HB24

251/4

641

101/2

12 305 (Pre)-12-45HB24

265/16

668 1015/16 278

18 457 (Pre)-18-45HB24

287/16

24 609 (Pre)-24-45HB24

309/16

30 762 (Pre)-30-45HB24

3211/16

31/2

89

7

175

94

77/16

189

145/8

372 315/16 100

161/8

410 45/16

(Pre)-24-30HB12

175/8

(Pre)-30-30HB12

191/8

157/16 392

(Pre)-36-30HB12

250

143/16 360

267

1413/16

713/16

198

135

85/8

219

448

411/16

119

97/16

240

486

51/8

130

101/4

260

205/8

524

51/2

140

111/16

281

(Pre)-06-30HB24

191/8

486

51/8

130

101/4

260

376

(Pre)-09-30HB24

197/8

505

55/16

135

105/8

270

157/16 392

(Pre)-12-30HB24

205/8

524

51/2

140

111/16

281

722 1113/16 300 1611/16 424

(Pre)-18-30HB24

221/8

562 515/16 151

1113/16

300

776 1211/16 322 1715/16 456

(Pre)-24-30HB24

235/8

600 65/16

160

125/8

321

638

63/4

172

137/16

341

676

71/8

181

141/4

362

345

191/8

486

(Pre)-30-30HB24

251/8

36 914 (Pre)-36-45HB24 3413/16 884 147/16 367

203/8

518

(Pre)-36-30HB24

265/8

830

139/16

(Pre) See page 214 for catalog number prefix.
All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

215
Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Fittings

12

228 (Pre)-09-90HB12

C

A

90˚ Horizontal Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

in. mm
6 152 (Pre)-06-90HB12
9

3"

A

A

Bend
Radius
R

R
)
(76
3"

C
B

B

B

3" (76)

45˚
HB

3"
(76
)

90˚
HB

C

Series 1 -

Fittings

Horizontal Tee (HT)
2 pair splice plates with hardware included.

in.

12

Series 1 Fittings

24

mm

305

609

Tray
Width

Horizontal Tee
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

6

152

(Prefix)-06-HT12

18

457

36

914

9

228

(Prefix)-09-HT12

191/2

495

39

991

12

305

(Prefix)-12-HT12

21

533

42

1067

18

457

(Prefix)-18-HT12

24

610

48

1219

24

609

(Prefix)-24-HT12

27

686

54

1372

30

762

(Prefix)-30-HT12

30

762

60

1524

36

914

(Prefix)-36-HT12

33

838

66

1676

6

152

(Prefix)-06-HT24

30

762

60

1524

9

228

(Prefix)-09-HT24

311/2

800

63

1600

12

305

(Prefix)-12-HT24

33

838

66

1676

18

457

(Prefix)-18-HT24

36

914

72

1829

24

609

(Prefix)-24-HT24

39

991

78

1981

30

762

(Prefix)-30-HT24

42

1067

84

2134

36

914

(Prefix)-36-HT24

45

1143

90

2286

HT
B
W
3" (76)

Bend
Radius
R

A

R

(Prefix) See page 214 for catalog number prefix.

Horizontal Cross (HX)
3 pair splice plates with hardware included.

12

24

mm

305

609

Horizontal Cross
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

6

152

(Prefix)-06-HX12

18

457

36

914

9

228

(Prefix)-09-HX12

191/2

495

39

991

12

305

(Prefix)-12-HX12

21

533

42

1067
1219

18

457

(Prefix)-18-HX12

24

610

48

24

609

(Prefix)-24-HX12

27

686

54

1372

30

762

(Prefix)-30-HX12

30

762

60

1524

36

914

(Prefix)-36-HX12

33

838

66

1676

6

152

(Prefix)-06-HX24

30

762

60

1524
1600

9

228

(Prefix)-09-HX24

311/2

800

63

12

305

(Prefix)-12-HX24

33

838

66

1676

18

457

(Prefix)-18-HX24

36

914

72

1829

24

609

(Prefix)-24-HX24

39

991

78

1981

30

762

(Prefix)-30-HX24

42

1067

84

2134

36

914

(Prefix)-36-HX24

45

1143

90

2286

HX

B

W
A

3" (76)

in.

Tray
Width

R

Bend
Radius
R

(Prefix) See page 214 for catalog number prefix.
All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

216
Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 -

Fittings

Reducers (LR, SR, RR)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.
Reducer Part Numbering
14A - 24 - RR 18
Width2
Fitting
Width1
Prefix

Straight Reducer

Left Reducer

LR

W2

W2

Left Hand Reducer

W2

Catalog No.

mm

in.

mm

9

228

6

152

12

305

6

152

18

24

30

36

457

609

762

914

W1

W1

Straight Reducer

A

Catalog No.

in.

mm

(Prefix)-09-LR06

93/4

248

(Prefix)-12-LR06

111/2

292

A
mm

(Prefix)-09-SR06

87/8

225

(Prefix)-12-SR06

93/4

248

248

(Prefix)-12-SR09

87/8

379

(Prefix)-18-SR06

111/2

9

228

(Prefix)-12-LR09

6

152

(Prefix)-18-LR06

1415/16

340

(Prefix)-18-SR09

105/8

292

(Prefix)-18-SR12

93/4

9

228

(Prefix)-18-LR09

12

305

(Prefix)-18-LR12

111/2

Catalog No.

in.

93/4

133/16

Right Hand Reducer
A
in.

mm

(Prefix)-09-RR06

93/4

248

(Prefix)-12-RR06

111/2

292

225

(Prefix)-12-RR09

93/4

248

292

(Prefix)-18-RR06

1415/16

379

270

(Prefix)-18-RR09

133/16

340

248

(Prefix)-18-RR12

111/2

292
467

6

152

(Prefix)-24-LR06

183/8

467

(Prefix)-24-SR06

133/16

340

(Prefix)-24-RR06

183/8

9

228

(Prefix)-24-LR09

1611/16

424

(Prefix)-24-SR09

123/8

314

(Prefix)-24-RR09

1611/16

424

12

305

(Prefix)-24-LR12

1415/16

379

(Prefix)-24-SR12

111/2

292

(Prefix)-24-RR12

1415/16

379

18

457

(Prefix)-24-LR18

111/2

292

(Prefix)-24-SR18

93/4

248

(Prefix)-24-RR18

111/2

292

6

152

(Prefix)-30-LR06

217/8

555

(Prefix)-30-SR06 1415/16

380

(Prefix)-30-RR06

217/8

555

9

228

(Prefix)-30-LR09

201/8

511

(Prefix)-30-SR09

141/16

358

(Prefix)-30-RR09

201/8

511
462

12

305

(Prefix)-30-LR12

183/8

462

(Prefix)-30-SR12

133/16

335

(Prefix)-30-RR12

183/8

18

459

(Prefix)-30-LR18

1415/16

380

(Prefix)-30-SR18

111/2

292

(Prefix)-30-RR18

1415/16

380

24

609

(Prefix)-30-LR24

111/2

292

(Prefix)-30-SR24

93/4

248

(Prefix)-30-RR24

111/2

292

1611/16

643

6

152

(Prefix)-36-LR06

255/16

643

(Prefix)-36-SR06

424

(Prefix)-36-RR06

255/16

9

228

(Prefix)-36-LR09

239/16

598

(Prefix)-36-SR09 1513/16

402

(Prefix)-36-RR09

239/16

598

12

305

(Prefix)-36-LR12

217/8

555

(Prefix)-36-SR12 1415/16

380

(Prefix)-36-RR12

217/8

555
462

18

457

(Prefix)-36-LR18

183/8

462

(Prefix)-36-SR18

133/16

335

(Prefix)-36-RR18

183/8

24

609

(Prefix)-36-LR24

1415/16

380

(Prefix)-36-SR24

111/2

292

(Prefix)-36-RR24

1415/16

380

30

762

(Prefix)-36-LR30

111/2

292

(Prefix)-36-SR30

93/4

248

(Prefix)-36-RR30

111/2

292

(Prefix) See page 214 for catalog number prefix.
All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

217
Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Fittings

W1

RR

W2

A

W1

in.

SR

A

A

Tray Width

Right Reducer

Series 1 -

Fittings

Vertical Bend 90° (VO, VI)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

90°
VI

R
3" (76)

B

90˚
VO

C
3" (76)

A

C

C

R

C

B

A

90° Vertical Inside

90° Vertical Outside

VO Dimensions
All Series 1
Bend
Radius R

A

B

C

Series 1 Fittings

90° Vertical Bend

12"
(305)

15"
(381)

15"
(381)

15"
(381)

24"
(609)

27"
(686)

27"
(686)

27"
(686)

90° Vertical Inside Bend
Bend
Radius
R
in.
mm

12

24

305

609

VI Dimensions
Series 15 Steel
Series 16 Steel

Series 14 Steel

Width
Catalog No.

in.
6
9
12
18
24
30
36

mm
152
228
305
457
609
762
914

(Pre)-06-90(*)12
(Pre)-09-90(*)12
(Pre)-12-90(*)12
(Pre)-18-90(*)12
(Pre)-24-90(*)12
(Pre)-30-90(*)12
(Pre)-36-90(*)12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36

152
228
305
457
609
762
914

(Pre)-06-90(*)24
(Pre)-09-90(*)24
(Pre)-12-90(*)24
(Pre)-18-90(*)24
(Pre)-24-90(*)24
(Pre)-30-90(*)24
(Pre)-36-90(*)24

A

B

C

18 7/16" 18 7/16" 18 7/16"
(468)

(468)

(468)

30 7/16" 30 7/16" 30 7/16"
(773)

(773)

(773)

A

B

C

A

B

Series 17 Steel
C

19 3/16" 19 3/16" 19 3/16" 20 3/16" 20 3/16" 20 3/16"
(487)

(487)

(487)

(513)

(513)

(513)

31 3/16" 31 3/16" 31 3/16" 32 3/16" 32 3/16" 32 3/16"
(792)

(792)

(792)

(817)

(817)

(817)

A

B

C

21 3/16"

21 3/16"

21 3/16"

(538)

(538)

(538)

33 3/16"

33 3/16"

33 3/16"

(843)

(843)

(843)

(Pre) See page 214 for catalog number prefix.
(*) = Insert VI for Vertical Inside Bend. Insert VO for Vertical Outside Bend.
All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

218
Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 -

Fittings

Vertical Bend 60° (VO, VI)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

60˚
VI

60˚
VO

C
C

R

R

C

3" (76)

B

3" (76)

A

B

C
A

60° Vertical Inside

60° Vertical Outside

VO Dimensions
All Series 1
Bend
Radius R

A

B

C

60° Vertical Bend

147/8"
(378)

85/8"
(219)

915/16"
(252)

24"
(609)

255/16"
(643)

145/8"
(371)

167/8"
(428)

60° Vertical Inside Bend
Bend
Radius
R
in.
mm

12

24

305

609

Tray
Width

Catalog
No.

in.
6
9
12
18
24
30
36

mm
152
228
305
457
609
762
914

(Pre)-06-60(*)12
(Pre)-09-60(*)12
(Pre)-12-60(*)12
(Pre)-18-60(*)12
(Pre)-24-60(*)12
(Pre)-30-60(*)12
(Pre)-36-60(*)12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36

152
228
305
457
609
762
914

(Pre)-06-60(*)24
(Pre)-09-60(*)24
(Pre)-12-60(*)24
(Pre)-18-60(*)24
(Pre)-24-60(*)24
(Pre)-30-60(*)24
(Pre)-36-60(*)24

VI Dimensions
Series 15 Steel
Series 16 Steel

Series 14 Steel
A

B

18 1/16" 10 7/16"
(459)

(265)

C

12"
(305)

A

B

C

18 1/2" 10 11/16" 12 3/8"
(470)

(271)

(314)

28 7/16" 16 7/16" 18 15/16" 28 15/16" 16 11/16" 19 1/4"
(722)

(417)

(481)

(735)

(424)

(489)

A

19 3/8"

B

Series 17 Steel
C

11 3/16" 12 15/16"

A

B

C

20 1/4"

11 11/16"

13 1/2"

(297)

(343)

(492)

(284)

(328)

(514)

29 3/4"

17 3/16"

19 7/8"

30 5/8"

(755)

(436)

(505)

(778)

17 11/16" 20 7/16"
(449)

(519)

(Pre) See page 214 for catalog number prefix.
(*) = Insert VI for Vertical Inside Bend. Insert VO for Vertical Outside Bend.
All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

219
Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Fittings

12"
(305)

Series 1 -

Fittings

Vertical Bend 45° (VO, VI)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

45˚
VO

C
C

R

B

B

R

C

3" (76)

3" (76)

45°
VI

C
A

45° Vertical Inside

A

45° Vertical Outside

VO Dimensions
All Series 1
Bend
Radius R

A

B

C

Series 1 Fittings

45° Vertical Bend

12"
(305)

135/8"
(346)

55/8"
(143)

8"
(203)

24"
(609)

221/16"
(560)

91/8"
(232)

1215/16"
(328)

45° Vertical Inside Bend
Bend
Radius
R
in.
mm

12

24

305

609

Tray
Width

Catalog
No.

VI Dimensions
Series 15 Steel
Series 16 Steel

Series 14 Steel

in.
6
9
12
18
24
30
36

mm
152
228
305
457
609
762
914

(Pre)-06-45(*)12
(Pre)-09-45(*)12
(Pre)-12-45(*)12
(Pre)-18-45(*)12
(Pre)-24-45(*)12
(Pre)-30-45(*)12
(Pre)-36-45(*)12

A

B

6
9
12
18
24
30
36

152
228
305
457
609
762
914

(Pre)-06-45(*)24
(Pre)-09-45(*)24
(Pre)-12-45(*)24 24 11/16" 10 3/16" 14 7/16" 25 1/16"
(Pre)-18-45(*)24
(Pre)-24-45(*)24
(627)
(259)
(367)
(662)
(Pre)-30-45(*)24
(Pre)-36-45(*)24

16 3/16" 6 11/16"
(411)

(170)

Series 17 Steel

C

A

B

C

A

B

C

A

9 1/2"

16 9/16"

6 7/8"

9 11/16"

17 1/4"

7 3/16"

10 1/8"

18"

7 7/16"

10 9/16"

(241)

(420)

(174)

(246

(438)

(182)

(257

(457)

(189)

(268)

26 1/2"

11"

15 1/2"

(673)

(279)

(394)

10 3/8" 11 14/16" 25 3/4" 10 11/16" 15 1/16"
(263)

(373)

(654)

(271)

(382

B

C

(Pre) See page 214 for catalog number prefix.
(*) = Insert VI for Vertical Inside Bend. Insert VO for Vertical Outside Bend.
All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

220
Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 -

Fittings

Vertical Bend 30° (VO, VI)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

30˚
VI

30˚
VO

C

C

3" (76)

R
R
C
C

30° Vertical Inside

A

30° Vertical Outside

3" (76)

B

B

A

VO Dimensions
All Series 1
Bend
Radius R

A

B

C

30° Vertical Bend

115/8"
(295)

31/8"
(79)

63/16"
(157)

24"
(609)

175/8"
(448)

411/16"
(119)

97/16"
(240)

Series 1 Fittings

12"
(305)

30° Vertical Inside Bend
Bend
Radius
R
in.
mm

12

24

305

609

Tray
Width

Catalog
No.

n.
6
9
12
18
24
30
36

mm
152
228
305
457
609
762
914

(Pre)-06-30(*)12
(Pre)-09-30(*)12
(Pre)-12-30(*)12
(Pre)-18-30(*)12
(Pre)-24-30(*)12
(Pre)-30-30(*)12
(Pre)-36-30(*)12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36

152
228
305
457
609
762
914

(Pre)-06-30(*)24
(Pre)-09-30(*)24
(Pre)-12-30(*)24
(Pre)-18-30(*)24
(Pre)-24-30(*)24
(Pre)-30-30(*)24
(Pre)-36-30(*)24

VI Dimensions
Series 15 Steel
Series 16 Steel

Series 14 Steel
A

B

C

13 7/16"

3 5/8"

7 3/16"

(341)

(92)

(182)

19 7/16"
(494)

A

B

13 11/16" 3 11/16"

7 5/16"

A

(186.2)

(360)

5 3/16" 10 7/16" 19 11/16"

5 5/16"

10 9/16"

20 3/16"

(132)

(135)

(268)

(513)

(500)

B

14 3/16" 3 13/16"

(93)

(265)

(347)

C

(97)

Series 17 Steel
C

A

B

C

7 5/8"

14 11/16"

3 15/16"

7 7/8"

(193)

(373)

(100)

(200)

5 9/16"

11 1/16"

(141)

(281)

5 7/16" 10 13/16" 20 11/16"
(138)

(274)

(525)

(Pre) See page 214 for catalog number prefix.
(*) = Insert VI for Vertical Inside Bend. Insert VO for Vertical Outside Bend.
All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

221
Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 -

Fittings

Vertical Bend Segments (VBS)
Adjustable Vertical Bends are made up of one or
more vertical bend segments and can be used as a
vertical inside (VI) or vertical outside (VO) bend. This
design provides for vertical changes in direction with angles
of 45˚, 60˚ and 90˚ for 12" (305 mm) or 24" (609 mm) radius.
The chart below shows the number of segments required for
the various combinations of angles and radii. The VBS-1, VBS-2
and VBS-3 include one, two or three segments respectively with
splice plates and hardware. Holes for setting standard angles are
pre-punched in each segment. Other angles can be set by field
drilling another hole for the locking bolt.

Available for 148P and 148G only.

Nominal
Bend
Radius
in.

Catalog
No.

mm

Dimensions
VO
B
R

A
in.

mm

VI
B

A

R

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

81/4

210

61/2

165

121/8

303

121/8

303

101/2

267

24

610

221/4

565

277/8

708

277/8

90˚ Vertical Inside or Outside
12
24

305

14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-1

609

14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-3

81/4

210

24

610

708

261/4

667

Series 1 Fittings

60˚ Vertical Inside or Outside
12

305

14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-1

113/4

298

61/2

165

12

305

143/4

375

81/2

216

16

406

24

609

14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-2

113/4

298

61/2

165

12

305

143/4

375

81/2

216

16

406

45˚ Vertical Inside or Outside
12

305

14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-1

123/4

324

51/4

133

171/8

435

151/2

394

67/8

175

21

540

24

609

14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-1

123/4

324

51/4

133

171/8

435

151/2

394

67/8

175

21

540

Notes:
1. (*) Insert material type: P=Pre Galvanized, G=HDGAF
2. (†) Contact home office for information on
Ventilated Trough and Solid Trough availability
3. (‡) Insert width 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36

VBS-1 (1 Segment)
VO

Fitting Hole Pattern
Angle Settings

45

Pivot Bolt

45
30
22 1/
2

30 21 /2
2
0

221/2
30

0
1 2
22 /
30

45

45

221/2

Locking Bolt

Center Mark

Setting the Angle
To find correct angle setting, divide angle of offset by
the number of segments plus one. The result is equal
to the angle setting stamped on the vertical bend segment and the splice plate. After inserting center pivot
bolt, align the mark at the end of the segment or
splice plate with the angle and insert locking bolt in
the pre-punched hole.
Example: 90˚ bend, 24" radius requires 3 segments
3 segments + 1 = 4
90˚ divided by 4 = 221/2˚
Set all vertical segments at 221/2˚

A
R

B

R

B

VI

A

VBS-2 (2 Segments)
A

VO

R

B

B

R

VI
A

VBS-3 (3 Segments)
A

Offset Dimensions

Angle ø

One vertical bend segment
can be used to complete a
vertical offset. Offset
dimensions are shown.

A
in.

45˚
30˚
221/2˚

B
mm

12 305
14 355
141/4 362

A

in.

mm

81/2

216
146
127

53/4
5

VO
R
R

B

B

B

ø

A

VI

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

222

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Notes

Series 1 Fittings

223
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

224
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum
For Aluminum Fittings
see fittings section pages
284 thru 301

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

How The Service Advisor Works
B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you
select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50
pieces or less.
Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?
Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?
Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different
color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.
Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Example:

34A

VT -

24

3-5

3-5

3-5

-

144

(from page 226)

Lead time(days)

3-5

Part will typically ship in
5-10 days, because of the
VT bottom type.

225
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections
3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
4" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 24 A 09 - 24 - 144

Series

Material
A = Aluminum

24
34

*Type
Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

Trough6" thru 36" wide
VT = Vented Trough
ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

Overall Width
(Width + 11/2")

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¬
Á

¬
Á

Length
144
120
240
144

=
=
=
=

¬Primary

12
10
20
12

ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.

24
34

Length.
Length.

ÁSecondary

See page 39 for
explanation of lengths.

Rung
Spacing

Width
(Inside)

*Width

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

Ventilated Trough

Non-Ventilated Trough

(Specify Rung Spacing)

226

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections
3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
4" Side Rail Height
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.
To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection
multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and
above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung
capacities.
B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
1.75

24

NEMA: 16A, 12C
CSA: D1-3m
3.05

4.12

UL Cross-Sectional
Area:1.00 in2

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

6
8
10
12
14
16

487*
284
181
126
93
71

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.001
0.003
0.008
0.016
0.030
0.052

Area=1.05 in2
Sx=1.34 in3
Ix=2.85 in4

1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9

Load
kg/m
725*
422
270
187
138
105

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.017
0.055
0.135
0.279
0.518
0.883

Area=6.77 cm2
Sx=21.96 cm3
Ix=118.63 cm4

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.
* When using 18" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 394 lbs/ft (586.27 kg/m) for 30" tray width and 325 lbs/ft (483.6 kg/m) for
36" tray width.

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
1.75

34

NEMA: 20B, 16C
CSA: E-6m
3.08

4.20

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.50 in2

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

10
12
14
16
18
20

320
222
163
125
99
80

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.005
0.009
0.017
0.030
0.047
0.072

Area=1.82 in2
Sx=2.10 in3
Ix=4.98 in4

3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1

Load
kg/m
476
331
243
186
147
119

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.077
0.160
0.296
0.505
0.810
1.234

Area=11.74 cm2
Sx=34.41 cm3
Ix=207.28 cm4

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

227
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections
4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
5" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 25 A 09 - 24 - 144

Series

Material
A = Aluminum

25
35

*Type
Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

Trough6" thru 36" wide
VT = Vented Trough
ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

*Width
06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¬
Á

¬
Á

Length
144
240
240
144

=
=
=
=

¬Primary

12
20
20
12

ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.

25
35

Length.
Length.

ÁSecondary

See page 39 for
explanation of lengths.

Rung
Spacing

Width
(Inside)
Overall Width
(Width + 11/2")

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

Ventilated Trough

Non-Ventilated Trough

(Specify Rung Spacing)

228

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections
4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
5" Side Rail Height
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.
To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection
multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and
above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung
capacities.
B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
1.75

25

NEMA: 20A, 12C
CSA: D1-6m
3.93

5.00

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.00 in2

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

10
12
14
16
18
20

200
139
102
78
62
50

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0049
0.010
0.019
0.032
0.051
0.078

Area=1.24 in2
Sx=1.80 in3
Ix=4.62 in4

3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1

Load
kg/m
298
207
152
116
92
74

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.083
0.172
0.319
0.545
0.873
1.330

Area=8.00 cm2
Sx=29.50 cm3
Ix=192.30 cm4

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
1.75

35

NEMA: 20B, 16C
CSA: E-3m
3.96

5.06

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.50 in2

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

10
12
14
16
18
20

310
215
158
121
96
77

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0035
0.0073
0.014
0.023
0.037
0.057

Area=1.67 in2
Sx=2.35 in3
Ix=6.37 in4

3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1

Load
kg/m
461
320
235
180
142
115

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.060
0.125
0.232
0.395
0.633
0.965

Area=10.77 cm2
Sx=38.51 cm3
Ix=265.14 cm4

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

229
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections
5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
6" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 26 A 09 - 24 - 144

Series

Material
A = Aluminum

26
36

*Type
Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

46
Trough6" thru 36" wide
VT = Vented Trough
ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

H46†

Rung
Spacing

Width
(Inside)
Overall Width
(Width + 11/2")

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

*Width
06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¬
Á

¬
Á

¬
Á

¬
Á

Length
144
240
240
144
240
288
240
300

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

¬Primary

† H46A only available in ladder
type 9” and 12” rung spacing
See page 357.

12
20
20
12
20
24
20
25

ft.
26
ft.
ft.
36
ft.
ft.
46
ft.
ft.
H46
ft.

Length.
Length.

ÁSecondary

See page 39 for
explanation of lengths.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

Ventilated Trough

Non-Ventilated Trough

(Specify Rung Spacing)

230

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections
5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
6" Side Rail Height
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support, without collapse, a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.
To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection
multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and
above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung
capacities.
B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
NEMA: 20A, 16B
CSA: D1-6m

2.00

26

5.04

6.12

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.00 in2

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

10
12
14
16
18
20

204
142
104
80
63
51

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0028
0.006
0.011
0.019
0.030
0.045

Area=1.41 in2
Sx=2.53 in3
Ix=7.915 in4

3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1

Load
kg/m
304
211
155
119
94
76

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.049
0.101
0.186
0.318
0.509
0.776

Area=9.10 cm2
Sx=41.46 cm3
Ix=329.45 cm4

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
NEMA: 20B, 16C
CSA: E-6m

2.00

36

5.06

6.17

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.50 in2

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

12
14
16
18
20
22

233
171
131
104
84
69

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0043
0.008
0.014
0.022
0.033
0.049

Area=1.81 in2
Sx=3.36 in3
Ix=10.85 in4

3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7

Load
kg/m
347
255
195
154
125
103

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.073
0.136
0.232
0.372
0.566
0.829

Area=11.68 cm2
Sx=55.06 cm3
Ix=451.61 cm4

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
NEMA: 20C
CSA: E-6m

2.00

46

5.08

6.19

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.50 in2

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

14
16
18
20
22
24

210
161
127
103
85
72

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0071
0.012
0.019
0.030
0.043
0.061

Area=2.06 in2
Sx=3.59 in3
Ix=12.18 in4

4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7
7.3

Load
kg/m
313
239
189
153
127
106

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.121
0.207
0.331
0.505
0.739
1.046

Area=13.29 cm2
Sx=58.83 cm3
Ix=506.97 cm4

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
NEMA: 20C+
CSA: 131 kg/m 7.6m

2.00

H46

5.09
6.24

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 2.00 in2

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

16
18
20
22
24
25

261
206
167
138
116
88

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0085
0.014
0.021
0.030
0.043
0.051

Area=2.95 in2
Sx=5.33 in3
Ix=17.30 in4

4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7
7.3
7.6

Load
kg/m
388
307
248
205
173
131

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.145
0.233
0.355
0.520
0.737
0.867

Area=19.03 cm2
Sx=87.34 cm3
Ix=720.08 cm4

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

231
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

B-Line
Series

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections
6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
7" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 37 A 09 - 24 - 240

Series

Material
A = Aluminum

37
47

*Type
Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

H47†
57†

Rung
Spacing

Width
(Inside)
Overall Width
(Width + 11/2")

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

*Width
06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

Trough6" thru 36" wide
VT = Vented Trough
ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

¬
Á

¬
Á

¬
Á

¬
Á

Length
240
144
240
288
240
300
360
300

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

¬Primary

20
12
20
24
20
25
30
25

ft.
37
ft.
ft.
47
ft.
ft.
H47
ft.
ft.
57
ft.

Length.
Length.

ÁSecondary

† H47A & 57A only available in ladder
type 9” and 12” rung spacing.
See page 357.

See page 39 for
explanation of lengths.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

Ventilated Trough

Non-Ventilated Trough

(Specify Rung Spacing)

57A available in
(9” & 12” rung spacing in
12” to 36” widths)

232

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections
6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
7" Side Rail Height
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.
To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the
deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and
above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung
capacities.
B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
2.00

37

NEMA: 20B, 16C
CSA: 106 kg/m 6.1m
6.05

7.14

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.50 in2

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

12
14
16
18
20
22

222
163
125
99
80
66

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0035
0.0064
0.011
0.017
0.027
0.039

Area=1.81 in2
Sx=3.77 in3
Ix=13.50 in4

3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7

Load
kg/m
331
243
186
147
119
98

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.059
0.109
0.186
0.299
0.455
0.666

Area=11.68 cm2
Sx=61.78 cm3
Ix=561.91 cm4

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
2.00

47

NEMA: 20C
CSA: 142 kg/m 6.1m
6.13

7.24

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 2.00 in^2

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

14
16
18
20
22
24

204
156
123
100
83
69

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0048
0.0082
0.0132
0.0201
0.0295
0.0418

Area=2.38 in2
Sx=4.94 in3
Ix=17.88 in4

4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7
7.3

Load
kg/m
304
233
184
149
123
103

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.083
0.141
0.225
0.344
0.503
0.713

Area=15.35 cm2
Sx=80.95 cm3
Ix=744.22 cm4

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
2.00

H47

NEMA: 20C+
CSA: 241 kg/m 6.1m
6.09

7.24

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 2.00 in2

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

16
18
20
22
24
25

233
184
149
123
103
95

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0064
0.010
0.016
0.023
0.033
0.038

Area=3.04 in2
Sx=6.10 in3
Ix=22.91 in4

4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7
7.3
7.6

Load
kg/m
346
274
222
183
154
142

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.110
0.176
0.268
0.393
0.556
0.655

Area=19.61 cm2
Sx=99.96 cm3
Ix=953.59 cm4

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
2.00

57

7.40

NEMA: 20C+
CSA: 152 kg/m 9.1m
6.23

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 2.00 in2

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

20
22
24
26
28
30

232
192
161
136
117
102

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.011
0.016
0.023
0.031
0.042
0.055

Area=4.22 in2
Sx=7.73 in3
Ix=32.86 in4

6.1
6.7
7.3
7.9
8.5
9.1

Load
kg/m
345
285
240
202
174
152

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.187
0.274
0.388
0.534
0.718
0.947

Area=27.23 cm2
Sx=126.67 cm3
Ix=1367.74 cm4

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

233
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

B-Line
Series

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections
6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
8" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: S8 A 09 - 24 - 240

Series

Material

*Type

S8

*Width

Ladder09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

A = Aluminum

12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=

12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¬
Á

Length
360 = 30 ft.
300 = 25 ft.

¬Primary

S8

Length.
Length.

ÁSecondary

See page 39 for
explanation of lengths.
See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Rung
Spacing

Width
(Inside)

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Overall Width
(Width + 1.80")

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

* Alternated rung
unless indicated.

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.
To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the
deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and
above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung
capacities.
B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
3.00

S8A

234

8.00

NEMA: 20C+
CSA: 240 kg/m 9.1m
6.175

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 2.00 in2

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

20
22
24
26
28
30

363
300
252
215
185
161

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.007
0.010
0.013
0.019
0.025
0.033

Area=5.50 in2
Sx=15.39 in3
Ix=55.35 in4

6.1
6.7
7.3
7.9
8.5
9.1

Load
kg/m

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails

540
446
375
320
276
240

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

0.111
0.163
0.230
0.317
0.427
0.562

Area=35.48 cm2
Sx=252.20 cm3
Ix=2303.84 cm4

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Straight Sections
The following is a list of accessories and fittings
that can be provided with S8A tray.
For more information on these items, contact the
Engineering Department at Cooper B-Line.

Fittings
Horizontal Bends
30° Bends with 24”,
45° Bends with 24”,
60° Bends with 24”,
90° Bends with 24”,

36”,
36”,
36”,
36”,

or
or
or
or

48”
48”
48”
48”

radius
radius
radius
radius

Horizontal Tees
With 24”, 36”, or 48” radius
Vertical Outside Bends
30° Bends with 24”, 36”,
45° Bends with 24”, 36”,
60° Bends with 24”, 36”,
90° Bends with 24”, 36”,

or
or
or
or

48”
48”
48”
48”

radius
radius
radius
radius

Vertical Inside Bends
30° Bends with 24”,
45° Bends with 24”,
60° Bends with 24”,
90° Bends with 24”,

or
or
or
or

48”
48”
48”
48”

radius
radius
radius
radius

36”,
36”,
36”,
36”,

Reducing Fittings
Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Accessories
Splice Plate - 9A-1008
Expansion Splice Plate - 9A-1018
Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plate - 9A-1038
Vertical Adjustable Splice Plate - 9A-1028
Hold Down Clamps - 9ZN-1281, 9G-1281, 9A-1281
Guides - S9ZN-1202, S9G-1202
Step Down Splice Plate - 9A-1050, 9A-1078
Other Accessories Include:
Offset Splice Plates
Blind Ends

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

235

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories
Wedge Lock Splice Plates
(Excluding H46, H47 & 57 Series)

H46A, H47A and 57A Mid-Span
Splice

• Standard 4-hole pattern (except 9A-1007).
• Furnished in pairs, with hardware.
• One pair including hardware
provided with each section.
• Boxed in pairs
with hardware.
• For field installation
drill 13/32" hole.

• Standard for H46A, H47A and 57A
straight sections.
• Six bolt design 1/2" Stainless Steel
Type 316 hardware standard.
• Available on ladder bottoms
only. 09 and 12" rung
spacing.

Catalog No.
9A-1004
9A-1005
9A-1006
9A-1007

• Expansion plates allow for one inch
expansion or contraction of the cable
tray, or where expansion joints occur
in the supporting structure.
• Furnished in pairs
with hardware.
• Bonding Jumpers
are required on
each siderail.
Order Separately.

Catalog No.

Height
in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Tray
Series

9A-1014
9A-1015
9A-1016
9A-1017

Catalog No.

H46A

9A-6006

H47A, 57A

9A-6007

Height
in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Universal Splice Plates

Step Down Splice Plates

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates

• Used to splice to existing cable tray
systems.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

• These splice plates are
offered for connecting cable
tray sections having side rails
of different heights.
• Furnished in pairs with
hardware.

• These plates provide for changes in
elevation that do not conform to standard
vertical fittings.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• Bonding Jumper not required.

Catalog No.
Catalog No.
9A-1004-1/2
9A-1005-1/2
9A-1006-1/2
9A-1007-1/2

in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Horizontal Adjustable
Splice Plates
• Offered to adjust a cable tray
run for changes in direction
in a horizontal plane that do
not conform to standard
horizontal fittings.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• New design bonding jumpers
not required.
• (X) Insert 4, 5, 6 or 7 for
side rail height.

Catalog
No.
9A-103(X)
9A-103(X)-12
9A-103(X)-36

236

9A-1045
9A-1046
9A-1060
9A-1047
9A-1061
9A-1062

Height

Requires
supports within
24” on both
sides, per NEMA
VE 2.

Height
in.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Expansion Splice Plates

5
6
6
7
7
7

9A-103(X)-12 or 9A-103(X)-36
One pair splice plates with extensions.

L
L

to
to
to
to
to
to

mm

4
4
5
4
5
6

127
152
152
178
178
178

to
to
to
to
to
to

101
101
127
101
127
152

Catalog No.
9A-1024
9A-1025
9A-1026
9A-1027

Height
in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Branch Pivot Connectors
• Branch from existing cable tray runs at any point.
• Pivot to any required angle.
• UL Classified for grounding
(bonding jumper not required).
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

9A-103(X)
Splice only

Catalog No.

Cable Tray
End Cut

Tray
Width

'L'

Mitered
Not mitered
Not mitered

Thru 36"
Thru 12"
Thru 36"

N/A
16"
41"

Requires
supports
within 24”
on both sides,
per NEMA
VE 2.

9A-2044
9A-2045
9A-2046
9A-2047

Height
in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories
Cross Connector Bracket

Tray Hardware

• For field connecting crossing section.
• Furnished in pairs with 3/8"
hardware.

For field installation drill

13/32"

hole.

Standard Tray Hardware
Catalog No. SNCB 3/8" x 3/4" Znplt Square
Neck Carriage Bolt ASTM A307 Grade A

Catalog No.

Catalog No. SFHN 3/8"-16 Znplt
Serrated Flange Hex Nut ASTM A563
Grade A

9A-1240

Finish: Zinc Plated ASTM B633, SC1

Offset Reducing Splice Plate

Optional Tray Hardware

• This plate is used for joining cable trays having
different widths. When used in pairs they form
a straight reduction; when
Catalog No.
used singly with a standard
splice plate, they form an
9A-1064-(‡)
offset reduction.
• Furnished as one plate
9A-1065-(‡)
with hardware.
9A-1066-(‡)
• (‡) Insert reduction
9A-1067-(‡)

Catalog No. SNCB 3/8" x 3/4" SS6 Square
Neck Carriage Bolt AISI 316 Stainless Steel

Height
in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Catalog No. SFHN 3/8"-16 SS6 Serrated
Flange Hex Nut AISI 316 Stainless Steel
To order optional 316 Stainless Steel
hardware add SS6 suffix to part number
Example: 9A-1004SS6

Tray to Box Splice Plates

Frame Type Box Connector

Blind End

• Used to attach the
end of a cable tray
run to a distribution
box or control
panel.
• Furnished in pairs
with hardware.

• Designed to attach the end of a cable
tray run to a distribution cabinet or
control center to help reinforce the box
at the point of entry.
• Furnished with tray
connection hardware.
• (‡) Insert tray width

• This plate forms a
closure for a dead
end cable tray.
• Furnished as one
plate with hardware.
• (‡) Insert tray width

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Height
in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

9A-1074-(‡)
9A-1075-(‡)
9A-1076-(‡)
9A-1077-(‡)

Conduit to Cable Tray Adaptors

Catalog No.

9ZN-1150-(‡)

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Conduit to Cable Tray Adaptor
• Assembly required.
• Conduit clamp included.
• (‡) = Conduit size
(1/2" thru 4").

• Assembly required.
• Mounting hardware
included.
• Conduit clamps
provided.
• (‡) = Conduit size
(1/2" thru 4").

9A-1084-(‡)
9A-1085-(‡)
9A-1086-(‡)
9A-1087-(‡)

Height
in.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

9A-1054
9A-1055
9A-1056
9A-1057

Height
in.

Catalog No.

• For easy attachment of conduit terminating at a cable tray.
• Use on aluminum or steel cable trays.

9ZN-1155-(‡)

Cable Tie (Ladder Tray)
Nylon ties provide easy attachment of
cable to ladder rungs; maximum
cable O.D. is 3" (76mm).

Catalog No.

Conduit Size
in.

Overall Length 15"

Catalog No.

Cable Tray Systems

99-2125-15

9G-1158-1/2, 3/4
9G-1158-1, 11/4
9G-1158-11/2, 2
9G-1158-21/2, 3
9G-1158-31/2, 4

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Aluminum I-Beam

mm

1/2, 3/4

15, 20
1, 11/4 25, 32
11/2, 2 40, 50
21/2, 3 65, 80
31/2, 4 90, 100

237

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories
Ladder Drop-Out

Trough Drop-Out & Drop-Out Bushing

• Specially-designed Ladder Drop-Outs provide a rounded surface with
4" (101 mm) radius to protect cable as it exits from the cable tray,
preventing damage to insulation. The drop-out will attach to any
desired rung.
• (‡) Insert tray width

• These devices provide a rounded surface to protect cable as it exits
from the trough-type cable tray.
• Hardware is included for attachment of the trough bottom drop-out.
• (‡) Insert tray width

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

9A-1104T-(‡)

Catalog No.

9A-1104-(‡)

Trough-Type Drop-Out

99-1124
Snap-In Plastic Bushing

Barriers
Horizontal Bend

Straight Section

• Horizontal Bend Barriers are flexible in order
to conform to any horizontal fitting radius.
Cut to length.
• Order catalog number based on loading depth.
• Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" zinc plated
self-drilling screws and a 99-9982 Barrier
Strip Splice.
• Standard length is 72" (6 ft.), sold individually.

• Standard length: 120" (3 m) 144" (12 ft.).
• Order catalog number based on loading
depth.
• Furnished with four #10 x 1/2" plated selfdrilling screws and a 99-9982 splice.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

H

Catalog
No.

Side Rail
Height

73A-Length
74A-Length
75A-Length
76A-Length

in.
4
5
6
7

H

Loading
Depth 'H'

mm
101
127
152
178

in.
3
4
5
6

Length =
144 for 12'
or
120 for 10'

mm
76
101
127
152

Catalog
No.
73A-90HBFL
74A-90HBFL
75A-90HBFL
76A-90HBFL

Side Rail Loading
Height Depth 'H'
in.
4
5
6
7

mm
101
127
152
178

in.
3
4
5
6

Vertical Bend Barriers

Barrier Strip Clip

• Vertical Bend Barriers are preformed to conform to a
specific vertical fitting.
• Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" plated self-drilling
screws and a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice.
• (*) Insert 30, 45, 60 or 90 for degrees
• (†) Insert 12, 24, 36 or 48 for radius

• Zinc plated steel barrier clip fastens to
either aluminum or steel ladder rung.
• Furnished with one #10 x 1/2" zinc
plated self-drilling screw.

mm
76
101
127
152

H

H

Catalog No.

9ZN-9002

Catalog No.

99-9982

Inside Bend
(VI)

Barrier Strip Splice

Outside Bend
(VO)

• Plastic splice holds adjoining
barrier strips in straight alignment.

Inside Bend Outside Bend Side Rail Loading
Catalog No. Catalog No.
Height
Depth 'H'
73A-(*)VI(†)
74A-(*)VI(†)
75A-(*)VI(†)
76A-(*)VI(†)

238

73A-(*)VO(†)
74A-(*)VO(†)
75A-(*)VO(†)
76A-(*)VO(†)

in.
4
5
6
7

mm
101
127
152
178

in.
3
4
5
6

mm
76
101
127
152

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories
Stainless Steel Cable Clamp "P"

Bonding Jumper

• Fits with series 2, 3, & 4 rungs.
• Attaches to rung at any point.
• 14 gauge Type 316 stainless steel
material to minimize corrosion and
induction heating.
• Plated steel and aluminum
also available.

Use at each expansion splice and where the cable tray is not
mechanically/electrically continuous to ground.
Sold individually.
• Hardware included.
• See table 392.7(B)(2) on page 25 for
amperage ratings required to match
the UL cross-sectional area of the tray.
• See tray loading chart for UL
cross-sectional area.
• Bonding jumper is 16" long.

Catalog No.

Cross-Sectional Area

99-N1

0.40 Square inches

600

99-40

1.5 Square inches

1600

99-1620

2.0 Square inches

2000

Refer to Section CF
Cable Fixing

Catalog No.

Cable Size
in.

mm

BP081SS

.250 - .840

6.4 - 21.3

BP110SS

.810 - 1.100

20.6 - 28.0

BP135SS

.850 - 1.350

21.6 - 34.8

BP175SS

1.250 - 1.750

31.8 - 44.5

BP205SS

1.550 - 2.050

39.4 - 52.1

BP250SS

2.000 - 2.500

50.8 - 63.5

BP300SS

2.500 - 3.000

63.5 - 76.2

BP325SS

2.750 - 3.250

69.9 - 82.6

BP375SS

3.250 - 3.750

82.6 - 95.3

BP425SS

3.750 - 4.250 95.3 - 108.0

Catalog No.

Material

4.250 - 4.750 108.0 - 120.7

9A-2130

Tin Plated Aluminum

BP475SS

Ampacity

Grounding Clamp
Cooper B-Line Cable Tray is UL® classified as to its suitability as an
equipment grounding conductor. If a separate conductor for additional
grounding capability is desired, Cooper B-Line offers this clamp for
bolting the conductor at least once to each cable tray section.
• Accepts #6 AWG to
250 MCM.

Ground Clamp

Hanger Rod Clamp

• Mechanically attaches grounding
cables to cable tray.
• Hardware included.
• (*) Insert ZN or SS4

•
•
•
•
•
•

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

For 1/2" ATR.
Furnished in pairs.
Order ATR and hex nuts separately.
Two-piece "J"-hanger design.
1500 lbs./pair capacity safety factor 3.
(*) Insert ZN or G

Catalog No. Rail Height
Catalog No.

Cable Size

9(*)-2351

#1 thru 2/0

9(*)-2352

3/0 thru 250 MCM

9(*)-5324
9(*)-5325
9(*)-5326
9(*)-5327

in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Threaded Rod (ATR) & Rod Coupling
Size

Loading
lbs

Catalog
No.

Available
Lengths

Coupling
Cat. No.

3/8"-16

730

ATR 3/8" x Length

36", 72", 120", 144"

B655-3/8

1/2"-13

1350

ATR 1/2" x Length

36", 72", 120", 144"

B655-1/2

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Loading based on safety factor 5.
Standard Finish: Zinc plated
See B-Line Strut Systems Catalog for other sizes and finishes.

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

239

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories
Cable Tray Clamp/Guide

Isolator Pad

• Features a no-twist design.
• Has four times the strength
of the traditional design.
• Each side is labeled to
ensure proper installation.
• Furnished in pairs, with or
without hardware.

• Use as a friction reducer and/or as
a dissimilar metal isolator barrier.
• UV resistant HDPE.
• Temperature range: -100 to 160° F.
• Designed to use with
9(*)-1205 or 9(*)-1208 clamp/guide.
21/4"
(57mm)

9ZN-1208 shown.
Installed as a clamp.
11/2"
(39mm)

Patent #
RE35479

Note: For heavy duty or vertical applications
see 9(*)-1241 or 9(*)-1242 page AT-20

Catalog No.
Without
With
Hardware
Hardware

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

9ZN-1204
9ZN-1208
9A-1205
9G-1205
9SS6-1205
9ZN-1205

9ZN-1204NB
9ZN-1208NB
-----

9ZN-1204 shown.
Installed as a guide.

Overall Hardware
Length
Size
Finish
in.

mm

11/2
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4

38
57
57
57
57
57

1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"

Znplt
Znplt
Alum.
HDGAF
316SS
Znplt

Isolation pad shown as
when used with a guide.

Isolation pad shown with top
flange doubled under for
clamp application.

Catalog No.

Cable Tray Clamp

Cable Tray Guide

• Hold-down clamps for single or double cable tray runs.
• No drilling of support I-beam or channel is required.
• Sold in pieces
- two clamps are required per tray.
• Maximum beam flange thickness 11/8" (28.58 mm).

• Expansion guide for single or double cable tray runs.
• Guide allows for longitudinal movement of the
cable tray.
• No field drilling of support I-beam or channel
is required.
• Guides are required on both sides of cable tray
to prevent lateral movement - can be placed
on either the inside or outside flange of cable
tray.
• Guides are sold in pieces - two guides are
required per tray.
• Maximum flange thickness 11/8" (28.58 mm).

99-PE34

Catalog No.

Finish

Catalog No.

9ZN-1249HD
9G-1249HD

Znplt
HDGAF

9ZN-1249

Znplt

9G-1249

HDGAF

Nylon Pad

Neoprene Roll

• Use for friction reduction.
• Hardness: Shore D80.
• Low friction coefficient.
• UV resistant (black).
1/8"
• Excellent weatherability.
(3mm)
• UL - 94HB.

•
•
•
•

Finish

Use for material isolation.
x 2" x 20' roll.
Hardness: Shore A60.
Good weatherability.

1/8"

6"
(152mm)
3"
(76mm)

Catalog No.

240

99-NY36

Catalog No.

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

99-NP240

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories
Trapeze Support Kit
Cooper B-Line's trapeze kits provide the components
required for a single trapeze support in one
package. These kits are available in pre(2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex
galvanized steel with zinc-plated hardware
Head Cap Screw
or hot dip galvanized steel with 316
(2) 9ZN-1205
stainless steel hardware.
Hold-Down
The SH channel provides the convenience
of pre-punched slots, which eliminate the
need for field drilling.

Catalog
No.

Guide Clamp

Tray
Width

Channel Uniform
Length
Load

in.

mm

in.

mm

9P-5506-22SH(†)

6

152

16

406 1600 7.11

lbs

kN

9P-5509-22SH(†)

9

229

18

457 1250 5.56

9P-5512-22SH(†) 12 305

22

559 1125 5.00

9P-5518-22SH(†) 18 457

28

711

865 3.85

9P-5524-22SH(†) 24 610

34

864

700 3.11

9P-5530-22SH(†) 30 762

40 1016 590 2.62

9P-5536-22SH(†) 36 914

46 1168 510 2.27

(4) 1/2" Hex Nut
(2) N525WO
Channel Nut

The illustrated hardware is sealed in a
plastic bag and boxed with the channel,
which is pre-cut to the appropriate length
as shown in the chart.

(4) B202
Square Washer
(1) B22 Channel
cut to the
required length

9P-5542-22SH(†) 42 1067 52 1321 450 2.00
• (†) Insert 3/8 for 3/8" threaded rod hardware.

Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod.
Order rod separately.

Safety factor of 3.0 on all loads.

Heavy Duty Trapeze Support Kit
Cooper B-Line's trapeze kits provide the
components required for a single trapeze
support in one package. These kits are
available in Dura-Green® epoxy coated steel
with zinc-plated hardware or hot dip
galvanized steel with 316 stainless steel
hardware.
The SH channel provides the convenience
of pre-punched slots, which eliminates the
need for field drilling.

(2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex
Head Cap Screw

Catalog
No.

(2) 9ZN-1205
Hold-Down
Guide Clamp
(4) 1/2" Hex Nut
(2) N525WO
Channel Nut
(4) B202
Square Washer
(1) Channel
cut to the
required
length

The illustrated hardware is sealed in a plastic
bag and boxed with the channel, which is
pre-cut to the appropriate length as shown
in the chart.

Tray
Width

Channel Uniform
Length
Load

in.

mm

in.

mm

6

152

16

406

1350 6.01

9(*)-5509-22SHA

9

229

18

457

1350 6.01

9(*)-5512-22SHA

12

305

22

559

1350 6.01

9(*)-5518-22SHA

18

457

28

711

1350 6.01

9(*)-5524-22SHA

24

610

34

864

1350 6.01

9(*)-5530-22SHA

30

762

40

1016 1350 6.01

9(*)-5536-22SHA

36

914

46

1168 1350 6.01

9(*)-5542-22SHA

42 1067 52

1321 1350 6.01

9(*)-5506-22SHA

lbs

kN

• (*) Insert GRN or G

Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod.
Order rod separately.

Safety factor of 3.0 on all loads.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Trapeze
Hardware
Kit
Catalog No.
In plastic bag

Rooftop Support Bases
with B22 Channel

9ZN-5500-1/2
1
2
2
4
4

pr. 9ZN-1205
HHC Screw 1/2 x 7/8 ZN
N525 WO ZN
B202 ZN 1/2" sq washer
HN 1/2 ZN

Catalog No.

Designed as a superior rooftop support
for cable tray,
UV resistant and approved for most
roofing material or other flat surfaces.
Can be used with any of Cooper B-Line’s
cable tray clamps and guides.
Ultimate Load Capacity:
1,000 lbs. (uniform load)

DB10-28
DB10-36
DB10-42
DB10-50
DB10-60

9G-5500-1/2
1
2
2
4
4

pr. 9G-1205
HHC Screw 1/2 x 7/8 SS6
N525 WO SS6
B202 HDG 1/2" sq washer
HN 1/2 SS6

Height x Width x Length
55/8”
55/8”
55/8”
55/8”
55/8”

x
x
x
x
x

6”
6”
6”
6”
6”

x
x
x
x
x

28.0”
36.0”
42.0”
50.0”
60.0”

LEEDS credit available, base made from 100% recycled material.
General Note: Consult roofing manufacturer or engineer for roof load
capacity. The weakest point may be the insulation board beneath
the rubber membrane.

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

241

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories

Center Hung Tray Support
• Cooper B-Line's unique Center Hung Cable Tray
Support allows cable to be laid-in from both sides.
• Eliminates costly cable pulling and field
cutting of cable tray supports. Labor
costs are dramatically reduced.
• Required hardware and threaded rod
material for trapeze assemblies are
reduced by 50%.
• Designed for use with 1/2" threaded
rod. (Order rod separately)
• Use with all aluminum and steel
cable trays through 24" width.
• Load capacity is 700 lbs. per support.
Safety factor of 3.0.
Eccentric loading is not to exceed a
60% vs. 40% load differential.
• The maximum recommended unsupported
span length is 144"/12 ft. (3.66 m).
• Hardware shown is furnished.

Catalog
No.

(2) 1/2" Hex Nut
(2) 1/2" x 7/8"
Hex Head Cap Screws
(1) 9/16" Inside diameter
steel tubing welded to strut
(2) 9ZN-1205
Hold Down
Guide Clamp

Tray
Width

Channel
Length

9ZN-5212

6", 9", 12"

18"

9ZN-5224

18", 24"

30"

ZN = Zinc Plated

(2) N525WO
(1) B22 Channel cut to
the required length

(1) B202
Square Washer

Center Hung Support Hardware Kit

Catalog No.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

In plastic bag

9ZN-5200
1
2
2
1
2

pr. 9ZN-1205
HHC Screw 1/2 x 7/8 ZN
N525 WO ZN
B202 ZN 1/2" sq washer
HN 1/2 ZN

Bracket

Bracket

A

A

Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
Safety Load Factor 2.5
Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Catalog No. Uniform Load
B494-12
B494-18
B494-24

242

lbs

kN

1580
1000
996

7.02
4.45
4.43

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width
Tray Width
in.

mm

6 & 9 152 & 229
12
305
18
457

'A'
in.

mm

12
18
24

305
457
610

B494-30
B494-36
B494-42
B494-48

'A'

lbs

kN

in.

mm

in.

mm

924
864
580
500

4.11
3.84
2.58
2.22

24
30
36
42

610
762
914
1067

30
36
42
48

762
914
1067
1219

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories
Cantilever Bracket

Cantilever Bracket

A
A

Finishes available: ZN GRN HDG or SS4
Safety Load Factor 2.5
Finishes available: ZN GRN HDG
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Catalog No. Uniform Load
B409-12
B409-18
B409-24

lbs

kN

960
640
480

4.27
2.84
2.13

Catalog No. Uniform Load

SS4 or SS6

Tray Width
in.

B297-12
B297-18
B297-24
B297-30
B297-36
B297-42

'A'

mm

6 & 9 152 & 229
12
305
18
457

in.

mm

12
18
24

305
457
610

lbs

kN

1660
1100
835
665
550
465

7.38
4.89
3.71
2.95
2.44
2.06

Tray Width
in.

6 & 9 152 & 229
12
305
18
457
24
610
30
762
36
914

Underfloor Support (U-Bolts not included)

Vertical Hanger Splice Plates

U-Bolt Size Fits Pipe O.D.

• Design load is 1500 lbs/pair.
Safety Factor of 2.5
• Furnished in pairs with
hardware.

B501-3/4
B501-1
B501-11/4
B501-11/2
B501-2
B501-21/2

.841
1.051
1.316
1.661
1.901
2.376

-

1.050
1.315
1.660
1.900
2.375
2.875

800
450

3.55
2.00

Tray Width
in.

Cable Tray Systems

9(*)-1241

'A'
in.

mm

12
21

305
533

Outside

'A'

Cable Tray Ht.

in.

mm

4"
5"
6"
7"

3.84
4.73
5.84
6.84

97.54
120.14
148.34
173.74

9A-1224
9A-1225
9A-1226
9A-1227

Heavy Duty Hold-Down Bracket

Design load is 2000 lbs/pair.
Two bolt design.
Sold in pairs.
3/8" cable tray attachment hardware provided.
1/2" support attachment hardware not provided.
(*) Insert ZN SS4 or SS6

Catalog No.

mm

6 & 9 152 & 229
12 & 18 305 & 457

Heavy Duty Hold
Down Bracket
•
•
•
•
•
•

305
457
610
762
914
1067

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

B409UF-12
B409UF-21

12
18
24
30
36
42

A

Catalog No.

kN

mm

A

Finish available: ZN
Safety Load Factor 2.5

lbs

'A'
in.

71/2"
(178mm)

• Order properly sized U-Bolts
separately.

Catalog No. Uniform Load

mm

•
•
•
•

Design load is 4000 lbs/pair.
Four bolt design.
Sold in pairs.
3/8" cable tray attachment
hardware provided
• 1/2" support attachment
hardware not provided.
• (*) Insert ZN SS4 or SS6

Catalog No.

9(*)-1242

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

243

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories
Beam Clamp

Beam Clamp B355

• Finishes available: ZN or HDG
• Sold in pieces.

•
•
•
•
•

Beam Clamp

Finishes available: ZN GRN HDG or SS4
Sold in pieces.
Design load is 1200 lbs. when used in pairs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0
Order HHCS and
Channel Nuts separately.

• Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
• Sold in pieces.

A

Design load when used in pairs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0

Design load when used in pairs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0

Catalog Design Load*

'A'

Cat. No.

lbs

kN

in.

mm

1200
1200

5.34
5.34

33/8
5

86
127

Design Load *

B441-22
B441-22A

B305 Thru B308 & B321 Series Beam Clamps

B212-1/4

B212-3/8

600 lbs. 2.67 kN 1000 lbs. 4.45 kN

Max. Flange Thick

3/4"

19 mm

Mat'l. Thickness

1/4"

6.3 mm

1 1/8" 28.6 mm
3/8"

9.5 mm

B312 Anchor Strap

• Finishes available: ZN or HDG
• Setscrew included.
• Safety Load Factor 5.0

• Finish available: ZN
• For a maximum beam
thickness of 3/4".
• For thicker beams, step up
one flange width size.

B

C
D

E

T

F

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

A

Cat.
No.

Rod
Size A

B

C

D

Design Load

B305

3/8"-16

3/8"-16

2 5/16"

7/8"

1 1/8"

B306

3/8"-16

1/2"-13

2

7/16"

7/8"

1

1/8"

B307

1/2"-13

1/2"-13

2 7/16"

7/8"

B308

1/2"-13

1/2"-13

2 9/16"

B321-1

3/8"-16

1/2"-13

3 9/16"

B321-2

1/2"-13

1/2"-13

9/16"

3

1

E

F

T

2 1/2" 11 Ga.
1/2"

1 1/8"

2 1/2"

7/8"

1 1/8"

2 1/2"

11/16"

1 5/8"

3 1/4"

5/8"

1/4"

1

11/16"

1

lbs

2

3

kN

600

2.67

7 Ga.

1100

4.90

7 Ga.

1100

4.90

Cat. No.

Flange Width

1/4"

1500

6.68

B312-6

Up to 6"

1/4"

1300

5.79

B312-9

6" - 9"

1/4"

1400

6.23

B312-12

9" - 12"
1/2"-13 Rod & Hex
Nut Sold Separately

Beam Clamp
Catalog
No.

For Flange Width

B750-J4
B750-J6
B750-J9
B750-J12

Wt./C

in.

mm

lbs

kg

3"- 6"
5"- 9"
8"- 12"
11"- 15"

76.2 - 152.4
127.0 - 288.6
203.2 - 304.8
279.4 - 381.0

109
124
135
147

49.4
56.2
61.2
66.7

Finish available: ZN
Design Load 500 lbs. (2.22 kN)
Safety Load Factor 5.0
Recommended torque:
'J'-Hook Nut 125 In.-Lbs. (14.1 kN/m)
• Maximum flange thickness of 3/4"
•
•
•
•

J-Hook & Hex
Nut Included
Material:
7 Gauge (4.6)

1 1/2"
(38.1)

1 7/8"
(47.6)

Beam Clamp
Catalog
No.
B700-J4
B700-J6
B700-J9
B700-J12

244

'A'

Thread Length 'TL'

Wt./C

in.

mm

in.

mm

lbs

kg

81/2"
111/2"
121/4"
171/2"

215.9
292.1
368.3
444.5

5"
6"
6"
6"

127.0
152.4
152.4
152.4

44
53
63
78

19.9
24.0
28.6
35.4

1/2"-13

Threads

‘TL’

• Finish available: ZN
• Hex Nut included.

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

“A’

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories
Covers

Solid Non-Flanged

Solid Flanged

Ventilated Flanged

2 to 3 Pitch
Peaked Flanged
(See page 358)

Peaked Flanged

A full range of covers is available for straight sections and fittings.
Solid covers should be used when maximum enclosure of the cable is desired and no accumulation of heat is expected.
Ventilated covers provide an overhead cable shield, yet allow heat to escape.
Cooper B-Line recommends that covers be placed on vertical cable tray runs to a height of 6 ft. (1.83 m) to 8 ft. (2.44 m) above
the floor to isolate both cables and personnel. Flanged covers have a 1/2 in. (13 mm) flange. Cover clamps are not included with the
cover and must be ordered separately. All peaked covers are flanged. Standard peaked covers have 1/2" peak. Special purpose peaked
covers, having a 2 to 3 pitch, provide additional slope and material thickness. The 2 to 3 pitch fitting covers are of multiple piece, welded
construction.

Aluminum Cover Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 80 7 A

Cover Type
80 = Solid
81 = Ventilated
82 = Peaked

40 - 24 - 144

Detail

Material

Material
Thickness

6 = Non-Flanged

A = Aluminum

40 = .040 Aluminum

(80 & 81 type only)

All except 2 to 3 pitch

7 = Flange

Tray Width
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

Item Description
For Straight Section Cover:
144 = 12 ft. (3.66 m)
120 = 10 ft. (3.05 m)
72 = 6 ft. (1.83 m)
60 = 5 ft. (1.52 m)
For fitting covers: Insert suffix of
fitting to be covered.
See example below.

Covers 30" and 36" wide have reinforcing ridges.

Examples of Catalog Numbers for Fitting Covers:
Horizontal Bend Cover
Prefix
Suffix
80 7 A 40 - 18 - 90 HB 24
Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
Material
Thickness
Material
Detail
Cover Type

Vertical Bend Cover
Prefix
Suffix
80 7 A 40 - 24 - 90 VO 24 - 4*
Side Rail*
Height
Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
Material
Thickness
Material
Detail
Cover Type
* Required for VO fittings only

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

245

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories
Combination Cover and
Hold Down Clamp

Standard Cover Clamp
• For indoor service only.
• Setscrew included.
• Sold per piece.

• Sold per piece.
• For indoor service only.

Raised Cover Clamp
• For indoor service only.
• For use with flanged covers only.

†

Tray
Type
Tray
Type

Side Rail
Height

Aluminum

Catalog
No.
9ZN-9012

All Sizes

Aluminum

9A-9012

Heavy Duty Cover Clamp

Side Rail
Height
in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Catalog
No.
9P-9043
9P-9053
9P-9063
9P-9073

† Specify gap of 1", 2", 3" or 4".

Tray
Type

Side Rail
Height

Catalog
No.

Aluminum

4" & 5" Deep
6" & 7" Deep

9ZN-9112-†
9ZN-9113-†

Quantity of Standard
Cover Clamps Required

Peaked Cover Clamp

Straight Section 60" or 72" .............4
Straight Section 120" or 144" .........6
Horizontal/Vertical Bends................4
Tees...............................................6
Crosses ..........................................8

• Recommended for outdoor service.

pcs.
pcs.
pcs.
pcs.
pcs.

Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover
Clamp, only one-half the number of clamps
stated above is required.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

(‡) Insert tray width
† Add P to Catalog
No. for peaked
cover clamp.

Side Rail
Height

Catalog
No.

in.
4
5
6
7

9A-(‡)-9044†
9A-(‡)-9054†
9A-(‡)-9064†
9A-(‡)-9074†

mm
101
127
152
178

Cover Joint Strip
• Used to join covers
• Plastic
• (‡) Insert tray
width

Catalog No.

99-9980-(‡)

Cable Cleats
(see pages 352 thru 355)

Emperor
Trefoil
Cable Cleats

Vulcan
Cable Cleats

246

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Specifications
Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers
1.01

Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as
manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc.

Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components
General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated;
with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and
smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction
features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE 2.

2.02

Materials and Finish: Straight section and fitting side rails and rungs shall be extruded from Aluminum
Association Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association Alloy 5052.

2.03

Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members
(rungs) welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in
radiused fittings shall be industry standard 9" and measured at the center of the tray’s width. Each
rung must be capable of supporting a 200 lb. concentrated load at the center of the cable tray over
and above the cable load with a safety factor of 1.5.

2.04

Ventilated Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated
bottom welded to the side rails or rungs spaced 4" on center. The peaks of the corrugated bottom
shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. To
provide ventilation in the tray, the valleys of the corrugated bottom shall have 21/4" x 4" rectangular
holes punched along the width of the bottom.

2.05

Non-Ventilated Bottom Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a
corrugated bottom welded to the side rails or a solid sheet over rungs. The peaks of the corrugated
bottom shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers.

2.06

Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [5] [6] inches per NEMA VE 1.

2.07

Straight sections shall have side rails fabricated as I-beams. Straight sections shall be supplied in
standard [12 foot] [24 foot] [10 foot (3 m)] [20 foot (6 m)] lengths.

2.08

Cable tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings.

2.09

Splice plates shall be the Wedge-Lock design with 4 nuts and bolts per plate. The resistance of fixed
splice connections between an adjacent section of tray shall not exceed 0.00033 ohm.

2.10

All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] [48] inches.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

2.01

Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing
3.01

Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ______ lbs./ft. on a _______ ft.
support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA
VE 1 5.2. In addition to the uniformly distributed load the cable tray shall support 200 lbs.
concentrated load at mid-point of span. Load and safety factors specified are applicable to both the
side rails and rung capacities. Cable tray shall be made to manufacturing tolerances as specified by
NEMA.

3.02

Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of NEMA
VE 1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126.

247
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

248
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel
For Steel Fittings
see fittings section pages
284 thru 301

How The Service Advisor Works
B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you
select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50
pieces or less.
Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?

Example:

258G

12 -

24

3-5

3-5

-

144

(from page 252)

Lead time(days)

3-5

3-5

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different
color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.
Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Part will typically ship in
15 days minimum, because of the
258G material.

Changing the part number from 258G to 258P will change the coding to black for all sections
of the tray to be 5-10 working days, instead of the original 15 days minimum.

249
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections
3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
4" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 248 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series

Material

*Type

P = Pre-Galvanized LadderG = HDGAF
06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

248
346
444

Trough6" thru 36" wide
VT = Vented Trough
ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

For side rail & rung
data, see chart on
pages AP-5 &
AP-6

*Width
06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¬
Á

¬
Á

¬
Á

Length
144
120
240
144
240
288

=
=
=
=
=
=

¬Primary

12
10
20
12
20
24

ft.
248
ft.
ft.
346
ft.
ft.
444
ft.

Length.
Length.

ÁSecondary

See page 39 for
explanation of lengths.

Rung
Spacing

Width
(Inside)
Overall Width
(Width + (*))

(*)=13/16” (Series 2)
13/8” (Series 3,4,5)

See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

Ventilated Trough

Non-Ventilated Trough

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

(Specify Rung Spacing)

250

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections
3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
4" Side Rail Height
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.
To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply publish load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection
multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and
above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung
capacities.
B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
1.00

248

NEMA: 16A, 12C
CSA: D1-3m

3.14
4.188

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.40 in2
18 gauge

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
1.50

346

4.188

NEMA: 20A, 16B
CSA: D1-6m

3.13

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.70 in2

16 gauge

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
1.50

444

NEMA: 20B, 16C
CSA: E-3m

3.11
4.188

14 gauge

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.00 in2

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

6
8
10
12
14
16

412*
232
148
103
76
58

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

10
12
14
16
18
20

252
175
129
98
78
63

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

12
16
18
20
22
24

253
142
112
91
75
63

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0007
0.0022
0.0054
0.011
0.021
0.036

Area=0.62 in2
Sx=0.64 in3
Ix=1.43 in4

1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0035
0.0072
0.013
0.023
0.037
0.056

Area=0.89 in2
Sx=0.96 in3
Ix=2.22 in4

3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0055
0.017
0.028
0.042
0.062
0.088

Area=1.19 in2
Sx=1.27 in3
Ix=2.94 in4

3.7
4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7
7.3

Load
kg/m
613*
345
221
153
113
86

Load
kg/m
375
260
191
146
116
94

Load
kg/m
376
212
167
135
112
94

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.012
0.038
0.093
0.192
0.356
0.607

Area=4.00 cm2
Sx=10.49 cm3
Ix=59.52 cm4

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.060
0.124
0.229
0.391
0.626
0.955

Area=5.74 cm2
Sx=15.73 cm3
Ix=92.40 cm4

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.093
0.295
0.473
0.721
1.055
1.495

Area=7.68 cm2
Sx=20.81 cm3
Ix=122.37 cm4

*When using 18" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 394 lbs/ft (586.272 kg/m) for 30" cable tray width and 325 lbs/ft
(483.6 kg/m) for 36" cable tray width. When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced
by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

251
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections
4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
5" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 258 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series

Material

*Type

P = Pre-Galvanized LadderG = HDGAF
06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

258
356
454

Trough6" thru 36" wide
VT = Vented Trough
ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

For side rail & rung
data, see chart on
pages AP-5 &
AP-6

*Width
06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¬
Á

¬
Á

¬
Á

Length
144
120
240
144
240
288

=
=
=
=
=
=

¬Primary

12
10
20
12
20
24

ft.
258
ft.
ft.
356
ft.
ft.
454
ft.

Length.
Length.

ÁSecondary

See page 39 for
explanation of lengths.

Rung
Spacing

Width
(Inside)
Overall Width
(Width + (*))

(*)=13/16” (Series 2)
13/8” (Series 3,4,5)

See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

Ventilated Trough

Non-Ventilated Trough

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

(Specify Rung Spacing)

252

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections
4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
5" Side Rail Height
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.
To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection
multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and
above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung
capacities.
B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
1.00

258

5.188

NEMA: 16A, 12C
CSA: D1-3m

4.14

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.40 in2
18 gauge

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
1.50

356

5.188

NEMA: 20A, 16C
CSA: D1-6m

4.13

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.70 in2

16 gauge

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
1.50

454

5.188

NEMA: 20C
CSA: E-6m

4.11

14 gauge

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.00 in2

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

6
8
10
12
14
16

436*
245
157
109
80
61

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

10
12
14
16
18
20

276
192
141
108
85
69

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

12
16
18
20
22
24

294
166
131
106
88
74

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0004
0.0013
0.0032
0.0066
0.012
0.021

Area=0.71 in2
Sx=0.89 in3
Ix=2.44 in4

1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0021
0.0043
0.0080
0.014
0.022
0.033

Area=1.00 in2
Sx=1.31 in3
Ix=3.73 in4

3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0032
0.010
0.016
0.025
0.037
0.052

Area=1.34 in2
Sx=1.75 in3
Ix=4.96 in4

3.7
4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7
7.3

Load
kg/m
649*
365
234
162
119
91

Load
kg/m
411
285
210
160
127
103

Load
kg/m
438
246
195
158
130
110

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.007
0.022
0.054
0.113
0.209
0.356

Area=4.58 cm2
Sx=14.58 cm3
Ix=101.56 cm4

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.036
0.074
0.136
0.233
0.373
0.568

Area=6.45 cm2
Sx=21.47 cm3
Ix=155.25 cm4

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.055
0.175
0.280
0.427
0.625
0.886

Area=8.65 cm2
Sx=28.68 cm3
Ix=206.45 cm4

* When using 18" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 394 lbs/ft (586.272 kg/m) for 30" cable tray width and 325 lbs/ft
(483.6 kg/m) for 36" cable tray width. When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced
by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

253
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections
5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
6" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 268 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series

Material

*Type

P = Pre-Galvanized LadderG = HDGAF
06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

268
366
464

Trough6" thru 36" wide
VT = Vented Trough
ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

For side rail & rung
data, see chart on
pages AP-5 &
AP-6

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¬
Á

¬
Á

¬
Á

Length
144
120
240
144
240
288

=
=
=
=
=
=

¬Primary

12
10
20
12
20
24

ft.
268
ft.
ft.
366
ft.
ft.
464
ft.

Length.
Length.

ÁSecondary

Rung
Spacing

See page 39 for
explanation of lengths.

Width
(Inside)
Overall Width
(Width + (*))

*Width

(*)=13/16” (Series 2)
13/8” (Series 3,4,5)

See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

Ventilated Trough

Non-Ventilated Trough

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

(Specify Rung Spacing)

254

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections
5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
6" Side Rail Height
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.
To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection
multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and
above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung
capacities.
B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
1.00

268

NEMA: 16A, 12C
CSA: D1-3m

5.14
6.188

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.70 in2

18 gauge

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

6
8
10
12
14
16

440*
248
158
110
81
62

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

10
12
14
16
18
20

300
208
153
117
93
75

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

12
16
18
20
22
24

342*
192
152
123
102
85

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0003
0.0008
0.0020
0.0042
0.0078
0.013

Area=0.80 in2
Sx=1.18 in3
Ix=3.81 in4

1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters

Load
kg/m
655*
368
236
164
120
92

Load
kg/m

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.005
0.014
0.035
0.072
0.134
0.228

Area=5.16 cm2
Sx=19.34 cm3
Ix=158.58 cm4

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails

1.50

NEMA: 20B, 16C
CSA: E-6m

366

6.188

5.14

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.00 in2
16 gauge

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications

0.0014
0.0028
0.0052
0.0089
0.014
0.022

Area=1.11 in2
Sx=1.71 in3
Ix=5.74 in4

3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters

446
310
228
174
138
112

Load
kg/m

0.023
0.048
0.089
0.151
0.242
0.369

Area=7.16 cm2
Sx=28.02 cm3
Ix=238.92 cm4

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails

1.50

NEMA: 20C
CSA: E-6m

464

6.188

5.11

14 gauge

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.00 in2

0.002
0.007
0.011
0.016
0.024
0.034

Area=1.49 in2
Sx=2.28 in3
Ix=7.65 in4

3.7
4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7
7.3

508*
286
226
183
151
127

0.036
0.113
0.182
0.277
0.406
0.574

Area=9.61 cm2
Sx=37.36 cm3
Ix=318.42 cm4

* When using 18" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 394 lbs/ft (586.272 kg/m) for 30" cable tray width and 325 lbs/ft
(483.6 kg/m) for 36" cable tray width. When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced
by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

255
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections
6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
7" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 378 P 09 - 24 - 240

Series

Material

*Type

P = Pre-Galvanized LadderG = HDGAF
06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

378
476
574

Trough6" thru 36" wide
VT = Vented Trough
ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

For side rail & rung
data, see chart on
pages AP-5 &
AP-6

*Width
06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¬
Á

¬
Á

¬
Á

Length
144
240
240
288
240
288

=
=
=
=
=
=

¬Primary

12
20
20
24
20
24

ft.
378
ft.
ft.
476
ft.
ft.
574
ft.

Length.
Length.

ÁSecondary

See page 39 for
explanation of lengths.

Rung
Spacing

Width
(Inside)
Overall Width
(Width + 13/8")

See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

Ventilated Trough

Non-Ventilated Trough

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

(Specify Rung Spacing)

256

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Straight Sections
6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
7" Side Rail Height
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.
To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection
multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and
above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 361 for rung
capacities.
B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
1.50

378

NEMA: 20A, 16B
CSA: D1-3m

6.14
7.188

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.70 in2
18 gauge

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
1.50

476

7.188

NEMA: 20B, 16C
CSA: D1-6m

6.13

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.00 in2

16 gauge

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
1.50

574

7.188

NEMA: 20C
CSA: E-6m

6.11

14 gauge

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.50 in2

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

8
10
12
14
16
18
20

319
204
142
104
80
63
51

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

12
16
18
20
22
24

214
120
95
77
64
53

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

12
16
18
20
22
24

361
203
160
130
107
90

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0006
0.0014
0.0028
0.0052
0.0089
0.014
0.022

Area=1.01 in2
Sx=1.77 in3
Ix=6.90 in4

2.4
3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0019
0.0061
0.010
0.015
0.022
0.031

Area=1.22 in2
Sx=2.14 in3
Ix=8.30 in4

3.7
4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7
7.3

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0014
0.0046
0.0073
0.011
0.016
0.023

Area=1.64 in2
Sx=2.87 in3
Ix=11.10 in4

3.7
4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7
7.3

Load
kg/m
474
304
211
155
119
94
76

Load
kg/m
318
179
141
115
95
80

Load
kg/m
537
302
239
193
160
134

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.009
0.023
0.048
0.089
0.151
0.242
0.369

Area=6.52 cm2
Sx=29.01 cm3
Ix=287.20 cm4

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.033
0.105
0.168
0.255
0.374
0.529

Area=7.87 cm2
Sx=35.07 cm3
Ix=345.47 cm4

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.025
0.078
0.125
0.191
0.280
0.396

Area=10.58 cm2
Sx=47.03 cm3
Ix=462.02 cm4

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors:
Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

257
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories
Splice Plates

Expansion Splice Plates

• Standard 8-hole pattern for all steel splice plates.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• One pair including hardware
provided with straight section.
• Boxed in pairs with hardware.
• (*) Insert ZN or G

• Expansion plates allow for one inch
expansion or contraction of the cable tray,
or where expansion joints occur in
the support structure.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• Bonding Jumpers are require
on each siderail.
Order Separately.
• (*) Insert ZN or G

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

9(*)-8004
9(*)-8005
9(*)-8006
9(*)-8007

Height
in.
4
5
6
7

mm
101
127
152
178

9(*)-8014
9(*)-8015
9(*)-8016
9(*)-8017

mm
101
127
152
178

Universal Splice Plates

Step Down Splice Plates

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates

• Used to splice to existing cable tray systems.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• (*) Insert ZN or G

• These splice plates are offered
for connecting cable tray
sections having side rails
of different heights.
• Furnished in pairs
with hardware.
• (*) Insert ZN or G

• These plates provide for changes
in elevation that do not conform to
standard vertical fittings.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• Bonding Jumpers not required.
• (*) Insert G or P

Catalog No.
Catalog No.
9(*)-8004-1/2
9(*)-8005-1/2
9(*)-8006-1/2
9(*)-8007-1/2

Height
in.
4
5
6
7

9(*)-8045
9(*)-8046
9(*)-8060
9(*)-8047
9(*)-8061
9(*)-8062

mm
101
127
152
178

• Offered to adjust a cable tray run
for changes in direction in
a horizontal plane that do
not conform to standard
horizontal fittings.
• Furnished in pairs
with hardware.
• New design bonding jumpers
not required.
• (*) Insert ZN or G
• (X) Insert 4, 5, 6 or 7 for
side rail height.

mm
127 to 101
152 to 101
152 to 127
178 to 101
178 to 127
178 to 152

Catalog No.
9(*)-8024
9(*)-8025
9(*)-8026
9(*)-8027

Height
in.
4
5
6
7

mm
101
127
152
178

Branch Pivot Connectors

9(*)-803(X)-12 or 9(*)-803(X)-36
One pair splice plates with extensions.

L
L

• Branch from existing cable tray runs at any point.
• Pivot to any required angle.
• UL Classified for grounding
(bonding jumper not required).
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• (*) Insert ZN or G

9(*)-803(X)
Splice only

Catalog No.
Catalog
No.

Cable Tray
End Cut

Tray
Width

'L'

9(*)-803(X)
9(*)-803(X)-12
9(*)-803(X)-36

Mitered
Not mitered
Not mitered

Thru 36"
Thru 12"
Thru 36"

N/A
16"
41"

258

Requires
supports within
24” on both
sides, per
NEMA VE 2.

Height
in.
5 to 4
6 to 4
6 to 5
7 to 4
7 to 5
7 to 6

Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plates

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Height
in.
4
5
6
7

Requires
supports
within 24”
on both sides,
per NEMA
VE 2.

9(*)-8244
9(*)-8245
9(*)-8246
9(*)-8247

Height
in.
4
5
6
7

mm
101
127
152
178

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories
Cross Connector Bracket

Tray Hardware

• For field connecting crossing section.
• Furnished in pairs with 3/8"
hardware.
• (*) Insert ZN or G

Pre-Galvanized Tray Hardware
Catalog No. ZN RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" Znplt Ribbed Neck
Carriage Bolt ASTM A307 Grade A
Catalog No. ZN SFHN 3/8"-16 Znplt Serrated Flange Hex Nut
ASTM A563 Grade A

Catalog No.

9(*)-1240

Finish: Zinc Plated ASTM B633, SC1

Offset Reducing Splice Plate

Hot Dip Galvanized Tray Hardware

• This plate is used for joining cable trays having
different widths. When used in pairs they form
a straight reduction; when
Catalog No.
used singly with a standard
splice plate, they form an
offset reduction.
9(*)-8064-(‡)
• Furnished as one plate
9(*)-8065-(‡)
with hardware.
9(*)-8066-(‡)
• (‡) Insert reduction
• (*) Insert G or P
9(*)-8067-(‡)

Standard: Catalog No. CZ RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" CZ Ribbed Neck
Carriage Bolt ASTM F1136-88 Grade 3 Chromium Zinc

Height
in.

mm

Catalog No. CZ SFHN 3/8"-16 CZ Serrated Flange Hex Nut
ASTM F1136-88 Grade A Chromium Zinc

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Optional: Catalog No. SS6 RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" SS6 AISI 316
Stainless Steel
Catalog No. SS6 SFHN 3/8"-16 SS6 AISI 316 Stainless Steel
Example: 9G-8004SS6

Tray to Box Splice Plates

Frame Type Box Connector

Blind End

• Used to attach the
end of a cable tray
run to a distribution
box or control panel.
• Furnished in pairs
with hardware.
• (*) Insert G or P

• Designed to attach the end of a cable tray
run to a distribution cabinet
or control center to help
reinforce the box at the
point of entry.
• Furnished with tray
connection hardware.
• (*) Insert ZN or G
• (‡) Insert tray width

• This plate forms a closure for a dead
end cable tray.
• Furnished as one plate
with hardware.
• (*) Insert G or P
• (‡) Insert tray width

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

Catalog No.
9(*)-8054
9(*)-8055
9(*)-8056
9(*)-8057

Height
in.
4
5
6
7

mm
101
127
152
178

9(*)-8074-(‡)
9(*)-8075-(‡)
9(*)-8076-(‡)
9(*)-8077-(‡)

Conduit to Tray Adaptors
• Assembly required.
• Mounting hardware
included.
• Conduit clamps
provided.
• (‡)=Conduit size
(1/2" thru 4").

Catalog No.

mm
101
127
152
178

9(*)-8084-(‡)
9(*)-8085-(‡)
9(*)-8086-(‡)
9(*)-8087-(‡)

Height
in.
4
5
6
7

mm
101
127
152
178

Conduit to Tray Adaptor
• Assembly required.
• Conduit clamp included.
• (‡)=Conduit size.
(1/2" thru 4").

9ZN-1150-(‡)

Height
in.
4
5
6
7

Catalog No.

• For easy attachment of conduit terminating at a cable tray.
• Use on aluminum or steel cable trays.

9ZN-1155-(‡)

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Cable Tie (Ladder Tray)
Nylon ties provide easy attachment of
cable to ladder rungs; maximum
cable O.D. of 3" (76mm).

Catalog No.

Conduit Size

9G-1158-1/2, 3/4
9G-1158-1, 11/4
9G-1158-11/2, 2
9G-1158-21/2, 3
9G-1158-31/2, 4

1/2, 3/4

in.

Overall Length 15"

Catalog No.

Cable Tray Systems

99-2125-15

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

1, 11/4
11/2, 2
21/2, 3
31/2, 4

mm
15, 20
25, 32
40, 50
65, 80
90, 100

Steel I-Beam

259

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories
Ladder Drop-Out

Trough Drop-Out & Drop-Out Bushing

• Specially-designed Ladder Drop-Outs provide a rounded surface with
4" (101 mm) radius to protect cable as it exits from the cable tray,
preventing damage to insulation. The drop-out will attach to any
desired rung.
• (*) Insert P or G
• (‡) Insert tray width

• These devices provide a rounded surface to protect cable as it
exits from the trough-type cable tray.
• Hardware is included for attachment to the trough bottom.
• (*) Insert P or G
• (‡) Insert tray width

Catalog No.

9(*)-1104-(‡)

Catalog No.
99-1124

Catalog No.
9(*)-1104T-(‡)

Snap-In Plastic Bushing

Trough-Type Drop-Out

Barriers
Horizontal Bend

Straight Section
• Standard length: 120" (3 m) 144" (12 ft.).
• Order catalog number based on loading
depth.
• Furnished with four #10 x 1/2" plated selfdrilling screws and a 99-9982 splice.
• (*) Insert P or G

• Horizontal Bend Barriers are flexible in order to conform to any
horizontal fitting radius. Cut to length.
• Order catalog number based on loading depth.
• Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" zinc plated self-drilling screws and
a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice.
• Standard length is 72"
(6 ft.), sold individually.
• (*) Insert P or G

H

Catalog
No.
73(*)-Length
74(*)-Length
75(*)-Length
76(*)-Length

Side Rail
Height
in.
4
5
6
7

Loading
Depth 'H'

mm
101
127
152
178

in.
3
4
5
6

Length =
144 for 12'
or
120 for 10'

mm
76
101
127
152

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

73(*)-90HBFL
74(*)-90HBFL
75(*)-90HBFL
76(*)-90HBFL

Side Rail
Height
in.
4
5
6
7

mm
101
127
152
178

in.
3
4
5
6

Barrier Strip Clip

• Vertical Bend Barriers are preformed to conform to a
specific vertical fitting.
• Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" plated self-drilling
screws and a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice.
• (*) Insert P or G
• (**) Insert 30, 45, 60 or 90 for degrees
H
• (†) Insert 12, 24, 36 or 48 for radius

• Zinc plated steel barrier clip fastens to
either aluminum or steel ladder rung.
• Furnished with one #10 x 1/2" zinc
plated self-drilling screw.

Inside Bend
(VI)

73(*)-(**)VI(†)
74(*)-(**)VI(†)
75(*)-(**)VI(†)
76(*)-(**)VI(†)

73(*)-(**)VO(†)
74(*)-(**)VO(†)
75(*)-(**)VO(†)
76(*)-(**)VO(†)

mm
76
101
127
152

Catalog No.

9ZN-9002

Catalog No.

99-9982

Barrier Strip Splice

Outside Bend
(VO)

Inside Bend Outside Bend
Catalog No. Catalog No.

H

Loading
Depth 'H'

Vertical Bend Barriers

H

260

Catalog
No.

• Plastic splice holds adjoining
barrier strips in straight alignment.

Side Rail
Height

Loading
Depth 'H'

in.

mm

in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

3
4
5
6

76
101
127
152

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories
Stainless Steel Cable Clamp

Bonding Jumper

• Fits with series 2, 3, 4 & 5 standard steel
rungs.
• Shipped flat. Field form around the cable
at the time of installation.

Use at each expansion splice and where the cable tray is not
mechanically/electrically continuous to ground.
Sold individually.
• Hardware included.
• See table 392.7(B)(2) on page 25
for amperage ratings required to
match the UL cross-sectional area
of the tray.
• See tray loading chart for UL
cross-sectional area.
• Bonding jumper is 16" long.

Catalog No.

Cable Size
in.

mm

9SS4-4050

0.50 - 0.75

13 - 19

9SS4-4075

0.75 - 1.00

19 - 25

9SS4-4100

1.00 - 1.25

25 - 32

9SS4-4125

1.25 - 1.50

32 - 38

9SS4-4150

1.50 - 1.75

38 - 45

9SS4-4175

1.75 - 2.00

45 - 51

9SS4-4200

2.00 - 2.25

51 - 57

9SS4-4225

2.25 - 2.50

57 - 64

9SS4-4250

2.50 - 2.75

64 - 70

9SS4-4275

2.75 - 3.00

70 - 76

9SS4-4300

3.00 - 3.25

76 - 82

9SS4-4325

3.25 - 3.50

82 - 89

9SS4-4350

3.50 - 3.75

89 - 95

9SS4-4375

3.75 - 4.00

95 - 102

9SS4-4400

4.00 - 4.25

100 - 106

9SS4-4425

4.25 - 4.50

106 - 113

9SS4-4450

4.50 - 4.75

113 - 121

9SS4-4475

4.75 - 5.00

Refer to Section CF
Cable Fixing

Catalog No.

Cross-Sectional Area

Ampacity

1.5 Square inches

600

99-N1

Grounding Clamp
Cooper B-Line Cable Tray is UL® classified as to its suitability as an
equipment grounding conductor. If a separate conductor for additional
grounding capability is desired, B-Line offers this clamp for bolting the
conductor at least once to each cable tray section.
• Accepts #6 AWG to 250 MCM.

121 - 125

Item

Material

Catalog No.

Grounding Clamp

Tin Plated Aluminum

9A-2130

Ground Clamp

Hanger Rod Clamp

• Mechanically attaches grounding cables to cable tray.
• Hardware included.
• (*) Insert ZN or SS4

•
•
•
•
•
•

For 1/2" ATR.
Furnished in pairs.
Order ATR and hex nuts separately.
Two-piece “J”-hanger design.
(*) Insert ZN or G
1500 lbs./pair capacity safety factor 3.

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

9(*)-5324
9(*)-5325
9(*)-5326
9(*)-5327

Cable Size

9(*)-2351

#1 thru 2/0

9(*)-2352

3/0 thru 250 MCM

Rail Height
in.
4
5
6
7

mm
101
127
152
178

Threaded Rod (ATR) & Rod Coupling
Loading
lbs

3/8-16

730

1/2-13

1350

Catalog
No.
ATR 3/8 x Length
ATR

1/2

x Length

Available
Lengths

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Size

Coupling
Cat. No.

36", 72", 120", 144"

B655-3/8

36", 72", 120", 144"

B655-1/2

Loading based on safety factor 5.
Standard Finish: Zinc Plated.
See B-Line Strut Systems Catalog for other sizes and finishes.

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

261

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories
Cable Tray Clamp/Guide
• Features a no-twist design.
• Has four times the strength
of the traditional design.
• Each side is labeled to
ensure proper installation.
• Furnished in pairs, with or
without hardware.

9ZN-1208 shown.
Installed as a clamp.

9ZN-1204 shown.
Installed as a guide.

Catalog No.
Without
With
Hardware
Hardware
9ZN-1204
9ZN-1208
9A-1205
9G-1205
9SS6-1205
9ZN-1205

9ZN-1204NB
9ZN-1208NB
-----

11/2"
(39mm)

21/4"
(57mm)

Overall Hardware
Length
Size
Finish
in.

mm

11/2
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4

38
57
57
57
57
57

1/4"

Note: For heavy duty or vertical applications
see 9(*)-1241 or 9(*)-1242 page 265.

Znplt
Znplt
Alum.
HDGAF
316SS
Znplt

3/8"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"

Patent #
RE35479

When installing this device as an expansion
guide on the outside flange of Steel Side Rail,
use the Catalog No. B202 Square Washer
in order to properly elevate the guide.

Cable Tray Guide
• Expansion guide for single or double cable tray runs.
• Guide allows for longitudinal movement of the
cable tray.
• No field drilling of support I-beam or channel is required.
• Guides are required on both sides of cable tray to
prevent lateral movement - can be placed on either the
inside or outside flange of cable tray.
• Guides are sold in pieces - two guides are
required per tray.
• Maximum flange thickness 11/8" (28.58 mm).

Catalog No.

Finish

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

9ZN-1249
9G-1249

Nylon Pad

Neoprene Roll

•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

Use for friction reduction.
Hardness: Shore D80.
Low friction coefficient.
UV resistant (black).
Excellent weatherability.
UL-94HB.
1

Zinc Plated
HDGAF

Used for material isolation.
x 2" x 20' roll.
Hardness: Shore A60.
Good weatherability.

1/8"

/8"
(3mm)
6"
(152mm)
3"
(76mm)

Catalog No.

262

99-NY36

Catalog No.

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

99-NP240

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories
Trapeze Support Kit
Cooper B-Line's trapeze kits provide the components
required for a single trapeze support in one
package. These kits are available in pre(2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex
galvanized steel with zinc-plated hardware
Head Cap Screw
or hot dip galvanized steel with 316
(2) 9ZN-1205
stainless steel hardware.
Hold-Down
The SH channel provides the convenience
of pre-punched slots, which eliminate the
need for field drilling.

Catalog
No.

Guide Clamp

Tray
Width

Channel Uniform
Length
Load

in.

mm

in.

mm

9P-5506-22SH(†)

6

152

16

406 1600 7.11

lbs

kN

9P-5509-22SH(†)

9

229

18

457 1250 5.56

9P-5512-22SH(†) 12 305

22

559 1125 5.00

9P-5518-22SH(†) 18 457

28

711

865 3.85

9P-5524-22SH(†) 24 610

34

864

700 3.11

9P-5530-22SH(†) 30 762

40 1016 590 2.62

9P-5536-22SH(†) 36 914

46 1168 510 2.27

(4) 1/2" Hex Nut
(2) N525WO
Channel Nut

The illustrated hardware is sealed in a
plastic bag and boxed with the channel,
which is pre-cut to the appropriate length
as shown in the chart.

(4) B202
Square Washer
(1) B22 Channel
cut to the
required length

9P-5542-22SH(†) 42 1067 52 1321 450 2.00
• (†) Insert 3/8 for 3/8" threaded rod hardware.

Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod.
Order rod separately.

Safety factor of 3.0 on all loads.

Heavy Duty Trapeze Support Kit
Cooper B-Line's trapeze kits provide the
components required for a single trapeze
support in one package. These kits are
available in Dura-Green® epoxy coated steel
with zinc-plated hardware or hot dip
galvanized steel with 316 stainless steel
hardware.
The SH channel provides the convenience
of pre-punched slots, which eliminates the
need for field drilling.

(2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex
Head Cap Screw

Catalog
No.

(2) 9ZN-1205
Hold-Down
Guide Clamp
(4) 1/2" Hex Nut
(2) N525WO
Channel Nut
(4) B202
Square Washer
(1) Channel
cut to the
required
length

The illustrated hardware is sealed in a plastic
bag and boxed with the channel, which is
pre-cut to the appropriate length as shown
in the chart.
Designed for use with
Order rod separately.

1/2"

Tray
Width

Channel Uniform
Length
Load

in.

mm

in.

mm

6

152

16

406

1350 6.01

9(*)-5509-22SHA

9

229

18

457

1350 6.01

9(*)-5512-22SHA

12

305

22

559

1350 6.01

9(*)-5518-22SHA

18

457

28

711

1350 6.01

9(*)-5524-22SHA

24

610

34

864

1350 6.01

9(*)-5530-22SHA

30

762

40

1016 1350 6.01

9(*)-5536-22SHA

36

914

46

1168 1350 6.01

9(*)-5542-22SHA

42 1067 52

1321 1350 6.01

9(*)-5506-22SHA

lbs

kN

• (*) Insert GRN or G

threaded rod.

Safety factor of 3.0 on all loads.

Trapeze
Hardware
Kit
Catalog No.
In plastic bag

Rooftop Support Bases
with B22 Channel

9ZN-5500-1/2
1
2
2
4
4

pr. 9ZN-1205
HHC Screw 1/2 x 7/8 ZN
N525 WO ZN
B202 ZN 1/2" sq washer
HN 1/2 ZN

Catalog No.
DB10-28
DB10-36
DB10-42
DB10-50
DB10-60

1
2
2
4
4

pr. 9G-1205
HHC Screw 1/2 x 7/8 SS6
N525 WO SS6
B202 HDG 1/2" sq washer
HN 1/2 SS6

Height x Width x Length
55/8”
55/8”
55/8”
55/8”
55/8”

x
x
x
x
x

6”
6”
6”
6”
6”

x
x
x
x
x

28.0”
36.0”
42.0”
50.0”
60.0”

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Designed as a superior rooftop support
for cable tray,
UV resistant and approved for most
roofing material or other flat surfaces.
Can be used with any of Cooper
B-Line’s cable tray clamps and guides.
Ultimate Load Capacity:
1,000 lbs. (uniform load)

9G-5500-1/2

LEEDS credit available, base made from 100% recycled material.
General Note: Consult roofing manufacturer or engineer for roof load
capacity. The weakest point may be the insulation board beneath
the rubber membrane.

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

263

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories
Center Hung Cable Tray Support

Catalog
No.

• Cooper B-Line's unique Center Hung Cable Tray
Support allows cable to be laid-in from both sides.
• Eliminates costly cable pulling and field
cutting of cable tray supports. Labor
costs are dramatically reduced.
• Required hardware and threaded rod
material for trapeze assemblies are
reduced by 50%.
• Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod.
(Order rod separately)
• Use with all aluminum and steel
cable trays through 24" width.
• Load capacity is 700 lbs. per support.
Safety factor of 3.0.
Eccentric loading is not to exceed a
60% vs. 40% load differential.
• The maximum recommended unsupported
span length is 144"/12 ft. (3.66 m).
• Hardware shown is furnished.

(2) 1/2" Hex Nut
(2) 1/2" x 7/8"
Hex Head Cap Screws

Tray
Width

Channel
Length

9ZN-5212

6", 9", 12"

18"

9ZN-5224

18", 24"

30"

(1) 9/16" Inside diameter
steel tubing welded to strut
(2) 9ZN-1205
Hold Down
Guide Clamp

ZN = Zinc Plated

(2) N525WO
(1) B22 Channel cut to
required length

(1) B202
Square Washer

Center Hung Support Hardware Kit

Catalog No.
In plastic bag

9ZN-5200
1
2
2
1
2

pr. 9ZN-1205
HHC Screw 1/2 x 7/8 ZN
N525 WO ZN
B202 ZN 1/2" sq washer
HN 1/2 ZN

Bracket

Bracket

A
A

Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Catalog No.
B494-12
B494-18
B494-24

264

Uniform Load
lbs

kN

1580
1000
996

7.02
4.45
4.43

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width
Tray Width
in.

mm

6 & 9 152 & 229
12
305
18
457

'A'
in.

mm

12
18
24

305
457
610

B494-30
B494-36
B494-42
B494-48

'A'

lbs

kN

in.

mm

in.

mm

924
864
580
500

4.11
3.84
2.58
2.22

24
30
36
42

610
762
914
1067

30
36
42
48

762
914
1067
1219

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories
Cantilever Bracket

Cantilever Bracket

A
A

Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Catalog No. Uniform Load
Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Catalog No. Uniform Load

Tray Width

lbs

kN

B409-12

960

4.27

in.

B409-18

640

2.84

12

B409-24

480

2.13

18

mm

in.

mm

12

305

305

18

457

457

24

610

6 & 9 152 & 229

-

1660
1100
835
625
550
465

7.37
4.88
3.71
2.78
2.44
2.06

Tray Width
in.

mm

6 & 9 152 & 229
12
305
18
457
24
610
30
762
36
914

'A'
in.

mm

12 305
18 457
24 610
30 762
36 914
42 1067

• (*) Insert ZN or G
• Design load is 1500 lbs/pair.
Safety Factor of 2.5
• Furnished in pairs with
hardware.

U-Bolt Size Fits Pipe O.D.
.841
1.051
1.316
1.661
1.901
2.376

kN

Vertical Hanger Splice Plates

Underfloor Support (U-Bolts not included)

B501-3/4
B501-1
B501-11/4
B501-11/2
B501-2
B501-21/2

B297-12
B297-18
B297-24
B297-30
B297-36
B297-42

'A'

lbs

1.050
1.315
1.660
1.900
2.375
2.875

7"
(178mm)

A

• Order properly sized U-Bolts
separately.

A

Finish available: ZN
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Catalog No. Uniform Load
lbs

kN

B409UF-12

800

3.55

B409UF-21

450

2.00

Tray Width
in.

Catalog No.

Outside

9(*)-8224
9(*)-8225
9(*)-8226
9(*)-8227

Cable Tray Ht.
4"
5"
6"
7"

'A'

mm

in.

mm

6 & 9 152 & 229

12

305

12 & 18 305 & 457

21

533

'A'
in.
mm
2.84 85.34
3.73 110.74
4.84 136.14
5.84 161.54

Heavy Duty Hold-Down Bracket

Heavy Duty Hold-Down Bracket

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

Design load is 2000 lbs/pair.
Two bolt design.
Sold in pairs.
3/8" cable tray attachment hardware provided.
1/2" support attachment
hardware not provided.
• (*) Insert ZN or G

Design load is 4000 lbs/pair.
Four bolt design.
Sold in pairs.
3/8" cable tray attachment
hardware provided
• 1/2" support attachment
hardware not provided.
• (*) Insert ZN or G

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Catalog No.

Cable Tray Systems

9(*)-1241

Catalog No.

9(*)-1242

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

265

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories
Beam Clamp

Beam Clamp B355

• Finishes available: ZN or HDG
• Sold in pieces.

Beam Clamp

Finishes available: ZN GRN HDG or SS4
Sold in pieces.
Design load is 1200 lbs. when used in pairs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0
Order HHCS and
Channel Nuts separately.

•
•
•
•
•

• Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
• Sold in pieces.

A

Design load when used in pairs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0

Design load when used in pairs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0

Catalog Design Load*

'A'

Cat. No.

lbs

kN

in.

mm

1200
1200

5.34
5.34

33/8
5

86
127

Design Load *

B441-22
B441-22A

B305 Thru B308 & B321 Series Beam Clamps

B212-1/4

B212-3/8

600 lbs. 2.67 kN 1000 lbs. 4.45 kN

Max. Flange Thick

3/4"

19 mm

Mat'l. Thickness

1/4"

6.3 mm

1 1/8" 28.6 mm
3/8"

9.5 mm

B312 Anchor Strap

• Finishes available: ZN or HDG
• Setscrew included.
• Safety Load Factor 5.0

• Finish available: ZN
• For a maximum beam
thickness of 3/4".
• For thicker beams, step up
one flange width size.

B

C
D

E

T

F
A

Cat.
No.

Rod
Size A

B

C

D

Design Load
E

F

T

lbs

B305

3/8"-16

3/8"-16

2 5/16"

7/8"

1 1/8"

2 1/2" 11 Ga.

B306

3/8"-16

1/2"-13

2 7/16"

7/8"

1 1/8"

2 1/2"

B307

1/2"-13

1/2"-13

2

7/16"

7/8"

1

1/8"

B308

1/2"-13

1/2"-13

2

9/16"

7/8"

1

1/8"

B321-1

3/8"-16

1/2"-13

3 9/16"

11/16"

B321-2

1/2"-13

1/2"-13

3 9/16"

1

1

11/16"

kN

600

2.67

7 Ga.

1100

4.90

2

1/2"

7 Ga.

1100

4.90

Cat. No.

Flange Width

2

1/2"

1/4"

1500

6.68

B312-6

Up to 6"

1 5/8"

3 1/4"

1/4"

1300

5.79

B312-9

6" - 9"

1 5/8"

3 1/4"

1/4"

1400

6.23

B312-12

9" - 12"
1/2"-13 Rod & Hex
Nut Sold Separately

Beam Clamp

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Catalog
No.

For Flange Width
in.

B750-J4
B750-J6
B750-J9
B750-J12

3"- 6"
5"- 9"
8"- 12"
11"- 15"

mm
76.2
127.0
203.2
279.4

-

152.4
288.6
304.8
381.0

Wt./C
lbs

kg

109
124
135
147

49.4
56.2
61.2
66.7

Finish available: ZN
Design Load 500 lbs. (2.22 kN)
Safety Load Factor 5.0
Recommended torque:
'J'-Hook Nut 125 In.-Lbs. (14.1 kN/m)
• Maximum flange thickness of 3/4"
•
•
•
•

J-Hook & Hex
Nut Included
Material:
7 Gauge (4.6)

1 1/2"
(38.1)

1 7/8"
(47.6)

Beam Clamp
Catalog
No.
B700-J4
B700-J6
B700-J9
B700-J12

266

'A'

Thread Length 'TL'

Wt./C

in.

mm

in.

mm

lbs

kg

81/2"
111/2"
121/4"
171/2"

215.9
292.1
368.3
444.5

5"
6"
6"
6"

127.0
152.4
152.4
152.4

44
53
63
78

19.9
24.0
28.6
35.4

1/2"-13

Threads

‘TL’

• Finish available: ZN
• Hex Nut included.

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

“A’

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories
Covers

Solid Flanged

Solid Non-Flanged

Ventilated Flanged

Peaked Flanged

2 to 3 Pitch Peaked Flanged
(See page 358)

A full range of covers is available for straight sections and fittings.
Solid covers should be used when maximum enclosure of the cable is desired and no accumulation of heat is expected.
Ventilated covers provide an overhead cable shield yet allow heat to escape.
Cooper B-Line recommends that covers be placed on vertical cable tray runs to a height of 6 ft. (1.83 m) to 8 ft. (2.44 m) above
the floor to isolate both cables and personnel. Flanged covers have a 1/2 in. (13 mm) flange. Cover clamps are not included with the
cover and must be ordered separately. All peaked covers are flanged. Standard peaked covers have 1/2” peak. Special purpose peaked
covers, having a 2 to 3 pitch, provide additional slope and material thickness. The 2 to 3 pitch fitting covers are of multiple piece, welded
construction.

Steel Cover Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 80 2 P

Cover Type
80 = Solid
81 = Ventilated
82 = Peaked

Detail

Material

2= Flanged Steel (248, 258, 268
straight sections and all fittings)

3= Flanged Steel (All straight
sections except 248, 258, 268)

P= Pre-Galvanized
(Not available in
Type 83)

20 - 24 - 144
Material
Thickness
20 = 20 Pre-Galv
18 = 18 HDGAF

G= HDGAF

4= Non-Flanged Steel (80 & 81
type only)

Tray Width
06 =
09 =
12 =
18 =
24 =
30 =
36 =

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

Item Description
For Straight Section Covers:
Pre-Galvanized Only:
144 = 12 ft. (3.66 m)
120 = 10 ft. (3.05 m)
Pre-Galvanized & HDGAF
72 = 6 ft. (1.83 m)
60 = 5 ft. (1.52 m)
For fitting covers: Insert suffix
of fitting to be covered.
See example below.

Covers 30" and 36" wide have reinforcing ridges.

Examples of Catalog Numbers for Fitting Covers:
Horizontal Bend Cover
Prefix
Suffix
80 2 P 20 - 18 - 90 HB 24

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
Material
Thickness
Material
Detail
Cover Type

Vertical Bend Cover
Prefix
Suffix
80 2 G 18 - 24 - 90 VO 24 - 4*
Side Rail*
Height
Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
Material
Thickness
Material
Detail
Cover Type
* Required for VO fittings only

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

267

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories
Standard Cover Clamp

Combination Cover and
Hold-Down Clamp

• For indoor service only.
• Sold per piece.
• (*) Insert ZN or G

• Sold per piece.
• (*) Insert P or G
• For indoor
service only.

Raised Cover Clamp
• For indoor service only.
• For use with
flanged covers
only.
† Specify gap of 1", 2", 3" or 4".

Tray
Type
Tray
Type

Steel

Side Rail
Height
in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Catalog
No.
9(*)-9014
9(*)-9015
9(*)-9016
9(*)-9017

Tray
Type

Side Rail
Height
in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Steel

Catalog
No.
9(*)-9043
9(*)-9053
9(*)-9063
9(*)-9073

Series 2 Steel
Straight Section
Series 3 & 4 Steel
Straight Section
All Steel Fittings
(Also Series 1 Steel
Straight Sections)

Catalog
No.
9ZN-9114-†
9ZN-9115-†

9ZN-910†

Quantity of Standard
Cover Clamps Required

Heavy Duty Cover Clamp

Peaked Cover Clamp

• Recommended for outdoor service.
• (*) Insert P or G

Straight Section 60" or 72" .............4
Straight Section 120" or 144" .........6
Horizontal/Vertical Bends................4
Tees...............................................6
Crosses ..........................................8

(‡) Insert tray width
† Add P to Catalog
No. for 1/2" peaked
cover clamp.

Side Rail
Height

Catalog
No.

in.
4
5

mm
101
127

9(*)-(‡)-9044†
9(*)-(‡)-9054†

6

152

9(*)-(‡)-9064†

7

178

9(*)-(‡)-9074†

pcs.
pcs.
pcs.
pcs.
pcs.

Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover
Clamp, only one-half the number of clamps
stated above is required.

Cover Joint Strip
• Used to join covers
• Plastic
• (‡) Insert tray
width

Catalog No.

99-9980-(‡)

Cable Cleats
(see pages 352 thru 355)

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Emperor
Trefoil
Cable Cleats

Vulcan
Cable Cleats

268

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Specifications
Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers
1.01

Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as
manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc.

Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components
General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated;
with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and
smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction
features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE 2.

2.02

Pre-Galvanized Steel: Straight sections, fitting side rails, rungs, and covers shall be made from structural
quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties and mill galvanized in accordance with ASTM
A653 SS, Grade 33, coating designation G90. Hardware finish shall be electrogalvanized zinc per
ASTM B633.

2.03

Hot Dip Galvanized Steel: All side rails, covers, splice plates, and rungs shall be made from structural
quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A1011 SS, Grade 33 for 14 gauge
and heavier, ASTM A1008, Grade 33 Type 2 for 16 gauge and lighter, and shall be hot dip galvanized
after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123. Mill galvanized covers are not acceptable for hot dip
galvanized cable tray. Hardware finish shall be chromium zinc per ASTM F-1136-88.

2.04

Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members (rungs)
welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in radiused
fittings shall be industry standard 9" and measured at the center of the tray’s width. No portion of the
rungs shall protrude below the bottom plane of the side rails. Each rung must be capable of supporting
a 200 lb. concentrated load at the center of the cable tray over and above the cable load with a safety
factor of 1.5.

2.05

Ventilated Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated
bottom welded to the side rails or rungs spaced 4" on center. The peaks of the corrugated bottom
shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. To
provide ventilation in the tray, the valleys of the corrugated bottom shall have 21/4" x 4" rectangular
holes punched along the width of the bottom.

2.06

Non-Ventilated Bottom Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a
corrugated bottom welded to the side rails or a solid sheet over rungs. The peaks of the corrugated
bottom shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers.

2.07

Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [5] [6] inches per NEMA VE 1.

2.08

Straight sections shall have side rails fabricated as I-beams. Straight sections shall be supplied in
standard [12 foot] [24 foot] [10 foot (3 m)] [20 foot (6 m)] lengths.

2.09

Cable tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings.

2.10

Splice plates shall be manufactured of high strength steel, meeting the minimum mechanical properties
of ASTM A1011 HSLAS, Grade 50, Class 1 and be secured with 8 nuts and bolts per plate. The
resistance of fixed splice connections between an adjacent section of tray shall not exceed 0.00033 ohm.

2.11

All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] [48] inches.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

2.01

Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing
3.01

Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ______ lbs./ft. on a _______ ft.
support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA
VE 1 5.2. In addition to the uniformly distributed load the cable tray shall support 200 lbs. concentrated
load at mid-point of span. Load and safety factors specified are applicable to both the side rails and rung
capacities. Cable tray shall be made to manufacturing tolerances as specified by NEMA.

3.02

Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of
NEMA VE 1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126.

269
Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

270
Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel
Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

For Stainless Steel Fittings
see fittings section pages 284 thru 301

How The Service Advisor Works
B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you
select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50
pieces or less.
Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?
Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different
color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.
Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Example:
(from page 272)

348SS4 09 -

12

-

144

Part will typically ship in
15 days minimum.

Changing the part number will not change the lead time of the original 15 days minimum.

271
Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Straight Sections
3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
4" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 348 SS6 09 - 24 - 240

Series

Material

*Type

348

Rung
Spacing

Width
(Inside)
Overall Width
(Width + 13/8")

*Width

Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

SS4 = 304 Stainless
Steel
SS6 = 316 Stainless
Steel

Trough6" and Wider
04 = Vented Bottom
SB = Non-Ventilated

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¬
Á

Length
144 = 12 ft.
348
120 = 10 ft.

¬Primary

Length.
Length.

ÁSecondary

See page 39 for
explanation of lengths.
Passivation available
see page 18.

See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Vented Bottom

Ladder Type

Non-Ventilated

(Specify Rung Spacing)
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.
To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection
multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being installed.
B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.50

348
SS†

NEMA, CSA
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

NEMA: 16A, 12C
CSA: C1-3m

10
12
14
16
18
20

180
125
92
70
56
45

3.13
4.19

18 gauge

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.40 in2

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0042
0.009
0.016
0.027
0.044
0.067

Area=0.74 in2
Sx=0.79 in3
Ix=1.85 in4

3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1

Load
kg/m

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails

268
186
137
105
83
67

0.072
0.148
0.275
0.469
0.752
1.145

Area=4.77 cm2
Sx=12.95 cm3
Ix=77.00 cm4

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors:
Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. † Insert 4 for 304 stainless steel or 6 for 316 stainless steel.

272

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Straight Sections
Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
5" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 358 SS6 09 - 24 - 240

Series

Material

*Type

SS4 = 304 Stainless
Steel
SS6 = 316 Stainless
Steel

358

Rung
Spacing

Width
(Inside)
Overall Width
(Width + 13/8")

*Width

Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

Trough6" and Wider
04 = Vented Bottom
SB = Non-Ventilated

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¬
Á

Length
144 = 12 ft.
358
240 = 20 ft.

¬Primary

Length.
Length.

ÁSecondary

See page 39 for
explanation of lengths.
Passivation available
see page 18.

See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Vented Bottom

Ladder Type

Non-Ventilated

(Specify Rung Spacing)
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.
To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection
multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being installed.
B-Line
Series

Side Rail
NEMA, CSA & UL
Dimensions
Classifications
1.50

358
SS†

5.19

NEMA: 20A, 16B
CSA: 89 kg/m 6.1m

4.13

18 gauge

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.70 in2

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

10
12
14
16
18
20

248
172
127
97
77
62

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0025
0.0052
0.010
0.016
0.026
0.040

Area=0.83 in2
Sx=1.09 in3
Ix=3.10 in4

3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1

Load
kg/m
369
256
188
144
114
92

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails
0.043
0.089
0.164
0.280
0.448
0.684

Area=5.35 cm2
Sx=17.86 cm3
Ix=129.03 cm4

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors:
Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. † Insert 4 for 304 stainless steel or 6 for 316 stainless steel.

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

273

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Straight Sections
Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
6" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 368 SS6 09 - 24 - 240

Series

Material

*Type
Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

SS4 = 304 Stainless
Steel
SS6 = 316 Stainless
Steel

368
464

Rung
Spacing

Width
(Inside)
Overall Width
(Width + 13/8")

*Width

Trough6" and Wider
04 = Vented Bottom
SB = Non-Ventilated

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

Vented Bottom

Length

240
144
¬ 240
Á 288
Á

=
=
=
=

¬Primary

20
12
20
24

ft.
368
ft.
ft.
464
ft.

Length.
Length.

ÁSecondary

See page 39 for
explanation of lengths.
Passivation available
see page 18.

See page 356 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

¬

Non-Ventilated

(Specify Rung Spacing)
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is
1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the
deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being installed.
B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.50

368
SS†

NEMA, CSA
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

NEMA: 20A, 16B
CSA: D1-3m

10
12
14
16
18
20

236
164
120
92
73
59

NEMA, CSA
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

NEMA: 20C+
CSA: E-6m

12
16
18
20
22
24

342
192
152
123
102
85

5.13
6.19

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.70 in2

18 gauge

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.50

464
SS†

5.11
6.19

14 gauge

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.00 in2

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.0016
0.0034
0.0062
0.011
0.017
0.026

Area=0.92 in2
Sx=1.41 in3
Ix=4.77 in4

3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1

Deflection Design Factors Span
Multiplier for Two Rails meters
0.002
0.007
0.011
0.016
0.024
0.034

Area=1.49 in2
Sx=2.28 in3
Ix=7.65 in4

3.7
4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7
7.3

Load
kg/m

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails

351
244
179
137
108
88
Load
kg/m

0.028
0.058
0.107
0.182
0.291
0.444

Area=5.94 cm2
Sx=23.11 cm3
Ix=198.54 cm4

Deflection Design Factors
Multiplier for Two Rails

508
286
226
183
151
127

0.036
0.113
0.182
0.277
0.406
0.574

Area=9.61 cm2
Sx=37.36 cm3
Ix=318.42 cm4

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors:
Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. † Insert 4 for 304 stainless steel or 6 for 316 stainless steel.

274

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories
Expansion Splice Plates

• Standard 8-hole pattern for all stainless
steel splice plates.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• One pair including hardware provided
with straight section.
• Boxed in pairs with hardware.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

• Expansion plates allow for one inch
expansion or contraction of the cable tray,
or where expansion joints occur in
the support structure.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• Bonding Jumpers are required.
Order Separately.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

Height
in.

mm

9(*)-8004

4

101

9(*)-8005

5

9(*)-8006

6

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Splice Plates

Height
in.

mm

9(*)-8014

4

101

127

9(*)-8015

5

127

152

9(*)-8016

6

152

Universal Splice Plates

Step Down Splice Plates

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates

• Used to splice to existing cable
tray systems.
• Furnished in pairs with
hardware.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

• These splice plates are offered
for connecting cable tray
sections having side rails of
different heights.
• Furnished in pairs
with hardware.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

• These plates provide for changes in
elevation that do not conform to
standard vertical fittings.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

Height
in.

mm

9(*)-8004-1/2

4

101

9(*)-8005-1/2

5

127

9(*)-8006-1/2

6

152

Height
in.

mm

9(*)-8045

5 to 4

127 to 101

9(*)-8046

6 to 4

152 to 101

9(*)-8060

6 to 5

152 to 127

Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plates
• Offered to adjust a cable tray run
for changes in direction in
a horizontal plane that do
not conform to standard
horizontal fittings.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• New design bonding jumpers
not required.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6
• (X) Insert 4, 5 or 6 for
9(*)-803(X)
side rail height.

Requires
supports within
24” on both
sides, per
NEMA VE 2.

Height
in.

mm

9(*)-8024

4

101

9(*)-8025

5

127

9(*)-8026

6

152

Branch Pivot Connectors

9(*)-803(X)-12 or 9(*)-803(X)-36
One pair splice plates with extensions.

L
L

• Branch from existing cable tray runs at any point.
• Pivot to any required angle.
• UL Classified for grounding
(bonding jumper not required).
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

Splice only

Catalog No. Cable Tray
No.
End Cut

Tray
Width

'L'

Mitered

Thru 36"

N/A

9(*)-803(X)-12

Not Mitered

Thru 12"

16"

9(*)-803(X)-36

Not Mitered

Thru 36"

41"

9(*)-803(X)

Cable Tray Systems

Requires
supports
within 24”
on both sides,
per NEMA
VE 2.

Catalog No.

Height
in.

mm

9(*)-8244

4

101

9(*)-8245

5

127

9(*)-8246

6

152

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

275

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories
Cross Connector Bracket

Type 316 Tray Hardware

• For field connecting crossing section.
• Furnished in pairs with 3/8"
hardware.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

Catalog No.

Catalog No. RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" SS6
Ribbed Neck Carriage Bolt, 316 Stainless Steel
Catalog No. SFHN 3/8"-16 SS6
Hex Nut , 316 Stainless Steel

9(*)-1240

Offset Reducing Splice Plate
• This plate is used for joining cable trays having
different widths. When used in pairs they form
a straight reduction; when
used singly with a standard
Catalog No.
splice plate, they form an
offset reduction.
• Furnished as one plate
9(*)-8064-(‡)
with hardware.
9(*)-8065-(‡)
• (‡) Insert reduction
9(*)-8066-(‡)
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

Height
in.

mm

4

101

5

127

6

152

Tray to Box Splice Plates

Frame Type Box Connector

Blind End

• Used to attach the
end of a cable tray
run to a distribution
box or control panel.
• Furnished in pairs with
hardware.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

• Designed to attach the end of a cable tray
run to a distribution cabinet or control
center to help reinforce the box at the
point of entry.
• Furnished with cable tray connection
hardware.
• (‡) Insert tray width
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

• This plate forms a
closure for a dead
end cable tray.
• Furnished as one
plate with hardware.
• (‡) Insert tray width
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

Height
in.

mm

9(*)-8054

4

101

9(*)-8055

5

9(*)-8056

6

Height
in.

mm

9(*)-8074-(‡)

4

101

127

9(*)-8075-(‡)

5

152

9(*)-8076-(‡)

6

Conduit to Tray Adaptors

Catalog No.

9SS4-1150-(‡)

mm

9(*)-8084-(‡)

4

101

127

9(*)-8085-(‡)

5

127

152

9(*)-8086-(‡)

6

152

Conduit to Tray Adaptor
• Assembly required.
• Conduit clamp included.
• (‡) = Conduit size
(1/2" thru 4").

• Assembly required.
• Mounting hardware
included.
• Conduit clamps
provided.
• (‡) = Conduit size
(1/2" thru 4").

Height
in.

Catalog No.

• For easy attachment of conduit terminating at a cable tray.
• Use on aluminum or steel cable trays.

9SS4-1155-(‡)

Cable Tie (Ladder Tray)
Nylon ties provide easy attachment
cable to ladder rungs; maximum
cable O.D. of 3" (76mm).

Overall Length 15"

Catalog No.

276

99-2125-15

Catalog No.

Conduit Size
in.

mm

9G-1158-1/2, 3/4

1/2, 3/4

15, 20

9G-1158-1, 11/4

1, 11/4

25, 32

9G-1158-11/2, 2

11/2, 2

40, 50

9G-1158-21/2,

21/2,

3

9G-1158-31/2, 4

3

31/2, 4

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Steel I-Beam

65, 80
90, 100

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories
Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Ladder Drop-Out
• Specially-designed Ladder Drop-Outs provide a rounded surface with
4" (101 mm) radius to protect cable as it exits from the cable tray,
preventing damage to insulation. The drop-out will attach to any
desired rung.
• (‡) Insert tray width
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

Catalog No.

9(*)-1104-(‡)

Barriers
Horizontal Bend

Straight Section

• Horizontal Bend Barriers are flexible in order
to conform to any horizontal fitting radius. Cut
to length.
• Order catalog number based on loading depth.
• Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" SS4
self-drilling screws and a 99-9982 Barrier
Strip Splice.
• Standard length is 72" (6 ft.), sold individually.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

• Standard length: 120" (3 m) 144" (12 ft.).
• Order catalog number based on loading
depth.
• Furnished with four #10 x 1/2" SS4 selfdrilling screws and a 99-9982 splice.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

H

Catalog
No.
73(*)-Length
74(*)-Length
75(*)-Length

H

Side Rail
Height

Loading
Depth 'H'

in.
4
5
6

in.
3
4
5

mm
101
127
152

mm
76
101
127

Catalog
No.
Length =
144 for 12'
or
120 for 10'

73(*)-90HBFL
74(*)-90HBFL
75(*)-90HBFL

Side Rail
Height

Loading
Depth 'H'

in.
4
5
6

in.
3
4
5

mm
101
127
152

Vertical Bend Barriers

Barrier Strip Clip

• Vertical Bend Barriers are preformed to conform to a
specific vertical fitting.
• Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" SS4 self-drilling
screws and a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6
• (**) Insert 30, 45, 60 or 90 for degrees
• (†) Insert 12, 24, 36 or 48 for radius

• Zinc plated steel barrier clip fastens to
either aluminum or steel ladder rung.
• Furnished with one #10 x 1/2" SS4
plated self-drilling screw.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

mm
76
101
127

H

Catalog No.

9(*)-9002

Catalog No.

99-9982

H

Inside Bend
(VI)

Outside Bend
(VO)

Inside Bend Outside Bend
Catalog No. Catalog No.
73(*)-(**)VI(†)
74(*)-(**)VI(†)
75(*)-(**)VI(†)

Cable Tray Systems

73(*)-(**)VO(†)
74(*)-(**)VO(†)
75(*)-(**)VO(†)

Barrier Strip Splice
• Plastic splice holds adjoining
barrier strips in straight alignment.

Side Rail Loading
Height Depth 'H'
in.

mm

in.

mm

4
5
6

101
127
152

3
4
5

76
101
127

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

277

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories
Stainless Steel Cable Clamp

Cable Tray Clamp/Guide

• Fits with series 3 & 4 rungs.
• Shipped flat. Field form around the cable
at the time of installation.

• Features a no-twist design.
• Has four times the strength
of the traditional design.
• Each side is labeled to
ensure proper installation.
• Available for either 3/8"
or 1/2" hardware.
• Furnished in pairs
without hardware.

Catalog No.

Cable Size

Installed as
a guide.

in.

mm

9SS4-4050

0.50 - 0.75

13 - 19

9SS4-4075

0.75 - 1.00

19 - 25

9SS4-4100

1.00 - 1.25

25 - 32

9SS4-4125

1.25 - 1.50

32 - 38

9SS4-4150

1.50 - 1.75

38 - 45

9SS4-4175

1.75 - 2.00

45 - 51

9SS4-4200

2.00 - 2.25

51 - 57

Vertical Tray Hanger

9SS4-4225

2.25 - 2.50

57 - 64

9SS4-4250

2.50 - 2.75

64 - 70

9SS4-4275

2.75 - 3.00

70 - 76

• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6
• Design load 1500 lbs/pair.
Safety Factor of 2.5
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

9SS4-4300

3.00 - 3.25

76 - 82

9SS4-4325

3.25 - 3.50

82 - 89

9SS4-4350

3.50 - 3.75

89 - 95

9SS4-4375

3.75 - 4.00

95 - 102

9SS4-4400

4.00 - 4.25

100 - 106

9SS4-4425

4.25 - 4.50

106 - 113

9SS4-4450

4.50 - 4.75

113 - 121

9SS4-4475

4.75 - 5.00

121 - 125

Installed as
a clamp.

Refer to Section CF
Cable Fixing

Patent #
RE35479

Catalog No.

9SS6-1205

7"
(178mm)
A

Catalog No.

Outside

9(*)-8224
9(*)-8225
9(*)-8226
9(*)-8227

Cable Tray Ht.
4"
5"
6"
7"

'A'
in.
mm
3.36 85.34
4.36 110.74
5.36 136.14
6.36 161.54

Cable Tray Guide
• Expansion guide for single or double cable tray runs.
• Guide allows for longitudinal movement of the
cable tray.
• No field drilling of support I-beam or channel is required.
• Guides are required on both sides of cable tray
to prevent lateral movement - can be placed on
either the inside or outside flange of cable tray.
• Guides are sold in pieces - two guides are
required per tray.
• Maximum flange thickness 11/8" (28.58 mm).

Catalog No.

Finish

9G-1249

Nylon Pad

Threaded Rod (ATR) & Rod Coupling
Catalog
No.

HDGAF

Size

Loading
lbs

Available
Lengths

Coupling
Cat. No.

3/8-16

730

ATR 3/8 x Length

36", 72", 144"

B655-3/8

1/2-13

1350

ATR 1/2 x Length

36", 72", 144"

B655-1/2

•
•
•
•
•
•

Use for friction reduction. 1/8"
Hardness: Shore D80.
(3mm)
Low friction coefficient.
UV resistant (black).
Excellent weatherability.
3"
(76mm)
UL - 94HB.

Cat. No.

6"
(152mm)

99-NY36

Loading based on safety factor 5.

Neoprene Roll

Standard Finish: SS4 or SS6
See B-Line Strut Systems Catalog for other sizes and finishes.

•
•
•
•

Use for material isolation.
x 2" x 20' roll.
Hardness: Shore A60.
Good weatherability.
1/8"

Catalog No.

278

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

99-NP240

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories
Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Cantilever Bracket

Cantilever Bracket

A

A

• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6
• Safety Load Factor 2.5

• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6
• Safety Load Factor 2.5

Catalog No. Uniform Load Tray Width
Catalog No. Uniform Load
B494-12(*)
B494-18(*)
B494-24(*)

lbs

kN

1580
1000
996

7.02
4.45
4.43

Tray Width
in.

mm

6 & 9 152 & 229
12
305
18
457

'A'
in.

mm

12
18
24

305
457
610

'A'

lbs

kN

in.

mm

in.

mm

B494-30(*)
B494-36(*)
B494-42(*)

924
864
580

4.11
3.84
2.58

24
30
36

610
762
914

30
36
42

762
914
1067

B494-48(*)

500

2.22

42

1067

48

1219

Cantilever Bracket

Cantilever Bracket

A
A

• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6
• Safety Load Factor 2.5

Catalog No. Uniform Load

• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6
• Safety Load Factor 2.5

Catalog No. Uniform Load
B409-12(*)
B409-18(*)
B409-24(*)

lbs

kN

960
640
480

4.27
2.84
2.13

Tray Width
in.

mm

6 & 9 152 & 229
12
305
18
457

Rooftop Support Bases
with B22 Channel

'A'
in.

mm

12
18
24

305
457
610

B297-12(*)
B297-18(*)
B297-24(*)
B297-30(*)
B297-36(*)
B297-42(*)

lbs

kN

1660
1100
835
665
550
465

7.37
4.88
3.71
2.95
2.44
2.06

Catalog No.

Designed as a superior rooftop support
for cable tray,
UV resistant and approved for most
roofing material or other flat surfaces.
Can be used with any of Cooper
B-Line’s cable tray clamps and guides.
Ultimate Load Capacity:
1,000 lbs. (uniform load)

DB10-28
DB10-36
DB10-42
DB10-50
DB10-60

Tray Width
in.

'A'

mm

6 & 9 152 & 229
12
305
18
457
24
610
30
762
36
914

in.

mm

12
18
24
30
36
42

305
457
610
762
914
1067

Height x Width x Length
55/8”
55/8”
55/8”
55/8”
55/8”

x
x
x
x
x

6”
6”
6”
6”
6”

x
x
x
x
x

28.0”
36.0”
42.0”
50.0”
60.0”

LEEDS credit available, base made from 100% recycled material.
General Note: Consult roofing manufacturer or engineer for roof load
capacity. The weakest point may be the insulation board beneath
the rubber membrane.

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

279

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories
Beam Clamp

Beam Clamp B355SS4

Beam Clamp

• Sold in pieces with hardware.
• Finishes available: SS4 or SS6

•
•
•
•

• Sold in pieces.
• 304 stainless steel

Sold in pieces.
Design load is 1200 lbs. when used in pairs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0
Order HHCS and
Channel Nuts separately.

A

Design load when used in pairs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0

Design load when used in pairs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0

Catalog No. Design Load*
B441-22(*)
B441-22A(*)

lbs

kN

1200
1200

5.34
5.34

Heavy Duty Hold
Down Bracket
•
•
•
•

Design load is 2000 lbs/pair.
Two bolt design.
Sold in pairs.
3/8" cable tray attachment
hardware provided.
• 1/2" support attachment
hardware not provided.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

Catalog No.

280

9(*)-1241

'A'

Cat. No.

B212-1/4SS4 B212-3/8SS4
600 lbs. 2.67 kN 1000 lbs. 4.45 kN

in.

mm

Design Load *

33/8
5

86
127

Max. Flange Thick

3/4"

19 mm

1 1/8"

28.6 mm

Mat'l. Thickness

1/4"

6.3 mm

3/8"

9.5 mm

Heavy Duty Hold-Down Bracket
•
•
•
•

Design load is 4000 lbs/pair.
Four bolt design.
Sold in pairs.
3/8" cable tray attachment
hardware provided
• 1/2" support attachment
hardware not provided.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

Catalog No.

9(*)-1242

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories

Solid Non-Flanged

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Covers

2 to 3 Pitch Peaked Flanged
(See page 358)

Peaked Flanged

Ventilated Flanged

Solid Flanged

A full range of covers is available for straight sections and fittings.
Solid covers should be used when maximum enclosure of the cable is desired and no accumulation of heat is expected.
Ventilated covers provide an overhead cable shield yet allow heat to escape.
Cooper B-Line recommends that covers be placed on vertical cable tray runs to a height of 6 ft. (1.83 m) to 8 ft. (2.44 m) above
the floor to isolate both cables and personnel. Flanged covers have a 1/2 in. (13 mm) flange. Cover clamps are not included with the
cover and must be ordered separately. All peaked covers are flanged. Standard peaked covers have 1/2" peak. Special purpose peaked
covers, having a 2 to 3 pitch, provide additional slope and material thickness. The 2 to 3 pitch fitting covers are of multiple piece, welded
construction.

Stainless Steel Cover Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 80 3 SS4 - 20 - 24 - 144

Cover Type
80 = Solid
81 = Ventilated
82 = Peaked

Detail

Material
Thickness

Material

2= Flanged Stainless Steel
(All fittings)

3= Flanged Stainless Steel
(All straight sections)

SS4 = 304 Stainless
Steel
SS6 = 316 Stainless
Steel

20 = 20 Ga. Stainless
Steel

4= Non-Flanged Stainless Steel
(80 & 81 type only)
(All fittings)

Tray Width
06 =
09 =
12 =
18 =
24 =
30 =
36 =

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

Item Description
For Straight Section Cover:
144 = 12 ft. (3.66 m)
120 = 10 ft. (3.05 m)
72 = 6 ft. (1.83 m)
60 = 5 ft. (1.52 m)
For fitting covers: Insert suffix
of fitting to be covered.
See example below.

Covers 30" and 36" wide have reinforcing ridges.

Examples of Catalog Numbers for Fitting Covers:
Horizontal Bend Cover
Prefix
Suffix
80 2 SS4 20 - 18 - 90 HB 24

Vertical Bend Cover
Prefix
Suffix
80 2 SS4 20 - 24 - 90 VO 24 - 4*
Side Rail*
Height
Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
Material
Thickness
Material
Detail
Cover Type

Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
Material
Thickness
Material
Detail
Cover Type
* Required for VO fittings only

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

281

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Accessories
Standard Cover Clamp

Combination Cover and
Hold Down Clamp

• For indoor service only.
• Sold per piece.

Tray
Type

Stainless
Steel

Side Rail
Height

Raised Cover Clamp
• For indoor service only.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6
• For use with flanged covers only.

• Sold per piece.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6
• For indoor
service only.

Catalog
No.

in.

mm

4

101

9SS6-9014

5

127

9SS6-9015

6

152

9SS6-9016

Heavy Duty Cover Clamp

Tray
Type

Stainless
Steel

Side Rail
Height
in.

mm

4
5
6

101
127
152

Catalog
No.
† Specify gap of 1", 2", 3" or 4".
9(*)-9043
9(*)-9053
9(*)-9063

Peaked Cover Clamp

Tray
Type

Catalog
No.

Series 3 & 4 Steel
Straight Section

9(*)-9115-†

All Steel Fittings

9(*)-910†

• Recommended for outdoor service.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

Catalog
No.
(‡) Insert tray width
† Add P to Catalog No. for
1/2" peaked cover clamp.

9(*)-(‡)-9044†
9(*)-(‡)-9054†
9(*)-(‡)-9064†

Catalog No.

Cover Joint Strip
• Used to join Covers
• Plastic
• (‡) Insert tray width

Side Rail
Height
in.
4
5
6

mm
101
127
152

99-9980-(‡)

Quantity of Standard
Cover Clamps Required

Straight Section 60" or 72" .............4 pcs.
Straight Section 120" or 144" .........6 pcs.
Horizontal/Vertical Bends................4 pcs.
Tees...............................................6 pcs.
Crosses ..........................................8 pcs.

Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover
Clamp, only one-half the number of clamps
stated above is required.

Cable Cleats
(see pages 352 thru 355)

Emperor
Trefoil
Cable Cleats

Vulcan
Cable Cleats

282

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel - Specifications
Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers
1.01 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as manufactured
by Cooper B-Line, Inc.

Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components
2.01 General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated;
with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and
smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction
features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE 2.
2.02 Stainless Steel: Straight section and fitting side rails and rungs shall be made of AISI Type [304]
[316] stainless steel. Transverse members (rungs) or corrugated bottoms shall be welded to the side
rails with Type 316 stainless steel welding wire. Hardware shall be AISI Type 316 stainless steel.
2.03 Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members (rungs)
welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in radiused
fittings shall be industry standard 9" and measured at the center of the tray’s width. Each rung must be
capable of supporting a 200 lb. concentrated load at the center of the cable tray with a safety factor of 1.5.
2.04 Ventilated Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated
bottom welded to the side rails or rungs spaced 4" on center. The peaks of the corrugated bottom
shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. To
provide ventilation in the tray, the valleys of the corrugated bottom shall have 21/4" x 4" rectangular
holes punched along the width of the bottom.
2.05 Non-Ventilated Bottom Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a
corrugated bottom welded to the side rails or a solid sheet over rungs. The peaks of the corrugated bottom
shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers.
2.06 Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [5] inches per NEMA VE 1.
2.07 Straight sections shall be fabricated as I-beams. Straight sections shall be supplied in standard
[12 foot] [24 foot] [10 foot (3 m)] [20 foot (6 m)] lengths.
2.08 Cable tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings.
2.09 Splice plates shall be manufactured of high strength steel and be secured with 8 nuts and bolts per
plate. The resistance of fixed splice connections between an adjacent section of tray shall not exceed
0.00033 ohm.
2.11 All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] [48] inches.

Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing
3.01 Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ______ lbs./ft. on a _______ ft.
support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA
VE 1 5.2. In addition to the uniformly distributed load the cable tray shall support 200 lbs.
concentrated load at mid-point of span. Load and safety factors specified are applicable to both the
side rails and rung capacities. Cable tray shall be made to manufacturing tolerances as specified
by NEMA.
3.02 Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of
NEMA VE 1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126.

283
Cable Tray Systems

Fittings

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 -

284
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 -

Fittings

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

How The Service Advisor Works
B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you
select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50
pieces or less.
Customer: How do I select my fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?
Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different
color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.
Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Example:

5

G

- 09

3-5

15

3-5

-

90

HB

24

5-10

3-5

3-5

(from page 287)

Lead time(days)

Part will typically ship in
15 days minimum, because of the
G material.

Changing the part number from G to A or P will change the coding to black for all sections
of the tray to be 5-10 working days, instead of the original 15 days minimum.

285
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 -

Fittings

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

Fittings engineered
with 3” tangents for
splicing integrity.

Fittings Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 4 A - 24 - 90 HB 24

Side Rail
Height
4
5
6
7

=
=
=
=

4"
5"
6"
7"

(101)
(127)
(152)
(178)

Material

Width

A= Aluminum
G=HDGAF
P= Pre-Galvanized
SS4= 304 Stainless Steel
SS6= 316 Stainless Steel

06 =
09 =
12 =
18 =
24 =
30 =
36 =

6" (152)
9" (228)
12" (305)
18" (457)
24" (609)
30" (762)
36" (914)

Angle
30
45
60
90

=
=
=
=

30°
45°
60°
90°

See page 357 for 6” fittings with 9A-6006 and 9A-6007 splice plates.

(9" rung spacing is standard)

Type

Radius

HB = Horizontal Bend
HT = Horizontal Tee
HX = Horizontal Cross
VI = Vertical Inside Bend
VO = Vertical Outside Bend
VT = Vertical Tee
VTU = Vertical Tee, Up
HYR = Horizontal Wye, Right
HYL = Horizontal Wye, Left
CSF = Cable Support Fitting
LR = Left Reducer Fitting
RR = Right Reducer Fitting
SR = Straight Reducer Fitting

12 = 12" (305)
24 = 24" (609)
36 = 36" (914)
48 = 48" (1219)

For ventilated trough, solid trough, ventilated bottom or solid bottom,
add VT, ST, 04 or SB as shown below: Available 6" thru 36"
Prefix

Prefix

4AVT - 24 - 90HB24

4PST - 24 - 90HB24

Vented Trough

Non-Ventilated Trough

For flat non-ventilated: Available 6" and Wider
Prefix

5PSB - 24 - 90HB24
Non-Ventilated
Note: Horizontal crosses and tees 30" or wider, with a radius of 36" or larger, will be of two-piece construction.

286

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 -

Fittings

Horizontal Bend 90° 60° (HB)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

90˚ Horizontal Bend

C

Bottoms manufactured:

60˚ Horizontal Bend

90˚
HB

Ladder = 9" Rung Spacing
VT & 04 = 4" Rung Spacing
ST & SB = Flat sheet over
12" Rung Spacing

60˚
HB

C
C

R

C

B
R

3" (76)

in. mm

12

24

36

48

90˚ Horizontal Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

in. mm

6
9
12
18
305
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
610
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
915
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
1220
24
30
36
42

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1218
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1218
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1218
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1218

)
(76
3"

A

A

Bend
Tray
Radius Width
R

(Pre)-06-90HB12
(Pre)-09-90HB12
(Pre)-12-90HB12
(Pre)-18-90HB12
(Pre)-24-90HB12
(Pre)-30-90HB12
(Pre)-36-90HB12
(Pre)-42-90HB12
(Pre)-06-90HB24
(Pre)-09-90HB24
(Pre)-12-90HB24
(Pre)-18-90HB24
(Pre)-24-90HB24
(Pre)-30-90HB24
(Pre)-36-90HB24
(Pre)-42-90HB24
(Pre)-06-90HB36
(Pre)-09-90HB36
(Pre)-12-90HB36
(Pre)-18-90HB36
(Pre)-24-90HB36
(Pre)-30-90HB36
(Pre)-36-90HB36
(Pre)-42-90HB36
(Pre)-06-90HB48
(Pre)-09-90HB48
(Pre)-12-90HB48
(Pre)-18-90HB48
(Pre)-24-90HB48
(Pre)-30-90HB48
(Pre)-36-90HB48
(Pre)-42-90HB48

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

B

60˚ Horizontal Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

C

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

18
191/2
21
24
27
30
33
36
30
311/2
33
36
39
42
45
48
42
431/2
45
48
51
54
57
60
54
551/2
57
60
63
66
69
72

457
495
533
610
686
762
838
914
762
800
838
914
991
1067
1143
1219
1067
1105
1143
1219
1295
1372
1448
1524
1372
1410
1448
1524
1600
1676
1753
1829

18
191/2
21
24
27
30
33
36
30
311/2
33
36
39
42
45
48
42
431/2
45
48
51
54
57
60
54
551/2
57
60
63
66
69
72

457
495
533
610
686
762
838
914
762
800
838
914
991
1067
1143
1219
1067
1105
1143
1219
1295
1375
1488
1524
1372
1410
1448
1524
1600
1676
1753
1829

18
191/2
21
24
27
30
33
36
30
311/2
33
36
39
42
45
48
42
431/2
45
48
51
54
57
60
54
551/2
57
60
63
66
69
72

457
495
533
610
686
762
838
914
762
800
838
914
991
1067
1143
1219
1067
1105
1143
1219
1295
1372
1448
1524
1372
1410
1448
1524
1600
1676
1753
1829

(Pre)-06-60HB12
(Pre)-09-60HB12
(Pre)-12-60HB12
(Pre)-18-60HB12
(Pre)-24-60HB12
(Pre)-30-60HB12
(Pre)-36-60HB12
(Pre)-42-60HB12
(Pre)-06-60HB24
(Pre)-09-60HB24
(Pre)-12-60HB24
(Pre)-18-60HB24
(Pre)-24-60HB24
(Pre)-30-60HB24
(Pre)-36-60HB24
(Pre)-42-60HB24
(Pre)-06-60HB36
(Pre)-09-60HB36
(Pre)-12-60HB36
(Pre)-18-60HB36
(Pre)-24-60HB36
(Pre)-30-60HB36
(Pre)-36-60HB36
(Pre)-42-60HB36
(Pre)-06-60HB48
(Pre)-09-60HB48
(Pre)-12-60HB48
(Pre)-18-60HB48
(Pre)-24-60HB48
(Pre)-30-60HB48
(Pre)-36-60HB48
(Pre)-42-60HB48

C

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

171/2
1813/16
201/16
2211/16
255/16
277/8
301/2
331/16
277/8
293/16
301/2
331/16
3511/16
381/4
407/8
431/2
381/4
399/16
407/8
431/2
461/16
481/16
511/4
537/8
481/16
4915/16
511/4
537/8
567/16
591/16
6111/16
641/4

445
478
510
576
643
708
775
840
708
741
775
708
907
972
1038
1105
971
1005
1038
1105
1170
1237
1302
1368
1221
1268
1302
1368
1434
1500
1567
1632

101/8
107/8
115/8
131/8
145/8
161/8
175/8
191/8
161/8
167/8
175/8
191/8
205/8
221/8
235/8
251/8
221/8
227/8
235/8
251/8
265/8
281/8
295/8
311/8
281/8
287/8
295/8
311/8
325/8
341/8
355/8
371/8

257
276
295
333
372
410
448
486
410
429
448
486
524
564
600
638
562
581
600
638
676
714
753
791
715
734
753
791
829
867
905
943

1111/16
121/2
133/8
151/8
167/8
189/16
205/16
221/16
189/16
197/16
205/16
221/16
2313/16
251/2
271/4
29
251/2
263/8
271/4
29
3011/16
327/16
343/16
3515/16
3211/16
335/16
343/16
3515/16
375/8
393/8
411/8
4213/16

297
318
340
384
429
472
516
560
472
494
516
560
605
648
692
737
648
670
692
737
780
824
869
913
830
846
868
913
956
1000
1045
1087

(Pre) See page 286 for catalog number prefix.
All dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

287
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 -

Fittings

Horizontal Bend 45° 30° (HB)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

Bottoms manufactured:

C
C

45˚
HB

C
C

R

(7
6)

R

A

Bend
Tray
Radius Width
R
in. mm

12

24

36

48

45˚ Horizontal Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

in. mm

6
9
12
18
305
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
610
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
915
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
1220
24
30
36
42

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1218
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1218
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1218
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1218

(Pre)-06-45HB12
(Pre)-09-45HB12
(Pre)-12-45HB12
(Pre)-18-45HB12
(Pre)-24-45HB12
(Pre)-30-45HB12
(Pre)-36-45HB12
(Pre)-42-45HB12
(Pre)-06-45HB24
(Pre)-09-45HB24
(Pre)-12-45HB24
(Pre)-18-45HB24
(Pre)-24-45HB24
(Pre)-30-45HB24
(Pre)-36-45HB24
(Pre)-42-45HB24
(Pre)-06-45HB36
(Pre)-09-45HB36
(Pre)-12-45HB36
(Pre)-18-45HB36
(Pre)-24-45HB36
(Pre)-30-45HB36
(Pre)-36-45HB36
(Pre)-42-45HB36
(Pre)-06-45HB48
(Pre)-09-45HB48
(Pre)-12-45HB48
(Pre)-18-45HB48
(Pre)-24-45HB48
(Pre)-30-45HB48
(Pre)-36-45HB48
(Pre)-42-45HB48

30˚
HB

B

B

3"

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

30˚ Horizontal Bend

45˚ Horizontal Bend

3"
(76
)

Ladder = 9" Rung Spacing
VT & 04 = 4" Rung Spacing
ST & SB = Flat sheet over
12" Rung Spacing

A

30˚ Horizontal Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

C

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

153/4
1613/16
177/8
20
221/16
243/16
265/16
287/16
243/16
251/4
265/16
287/16
309/16
3211/16
3413/16
3615/16
3211/16
333/4
3413/16
3615/16
391/6
413/6
435/6
457/16
413/16
421/4
435/16
457/16
479/16
4911/16
5113/16
5415/16

400
427
454
508
560
614
668
722
614
641
668
722
766
830
884
938
830
857
884
938
992
1046
1100
1154
1046
1073
1100
1154
1208
1262
1316
1395

61/2
615/16
73/8
81/4
91/8
10
1015/16
1113/16
10
101/2
1015/16
1113/16
1211/16
139/16
147/16
155/16
139/16
14
147/16
155/16
163/16
171/16
1715/16
1813/16
171/16
171/2
1715/16
1813/16
1911/16
209/16
217/16
225/16

165
176
187
210
232
254
278
300
254
267
278
300
322
344
367
389
344
356
367
389
411
433
456
478
433
445
456
487
500
522
545
567

93/16
913/16
107/16
1111/16
1215/16
143/16
157/16
1611/16
143/16
1413/16
157/16
1611/16
1715/16
191/8
203/8
215/8
191/8
193/4
203/8
215/8
227/8
241/8
253/8
265/8
241/8
243/4
253/8
265/8
277/8
291/8
305/16
319/16

233
249
265
297
329
360
392
424
360
376
392
424
456
486
518
549
486
502
518
549
581
613
645
676
613
629
645
676
708
740
770
802

(Pre)-06-30HB12
(Pre)-09-30HB12
(Pre)-12-30HB12
(Pre)-18-30HB12
(Pre)-24-30HB12
(Pre)-30-30HB12
(Pre)-36-30HB12
(Pre)-42-30HB12
(Pre)-06-30HB24
(Pre)-09-30HB24
(Pre)-12-30HB24
(Pre)-18-30HB24
(Pre)-24-30HB24
(Pre)-30-30HB24
(Pre)-36-30HB24
(Pre)-42-30HB24
(Pre)-06-30HB36
(Pre)-09-30HB36
(Pre)-12-30HB36
(Pre)-18-30HB36
(Pre)-24-30HB36
(Pre)-30-30HB36
(Pre)-36-30HB36
(Pre)-42-30HB36
(Pre)-06-30HB48
(Pre)-09-30HB48
(Pre)-12-30HB48
(Pre)-18-30HB48
(Pre)-24-30HB48
(Pre)-30-30HB48
(Pre)-36-30HB48
(Pre)-42-30HB48

C

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

131/8
137/8
145/8
161/8
175/8
191/8
205/8
221/8
191/8
197/8
205/8
221/8
235/8
251/8
265/8
281/8
251/8
257/8
265/8
281/8
295/8
311/8
325/8
341/8
311/8
317/8
325/8
341/8
355/8
371/8
385/8
401/8

333
352
372
410
448
486
524
562
486
505
524
562
600
638
676
715
638
657
676
114
753
790
829
867
791
810
829
867
905
943
981
1019

31/2
311/16
315/16
45/16
411/16
51/8
51/2
515/16
51/8
55/16
51/2
515/16
65/16
63/4
71/8
71/2
63/4
615/16
71/8
71/2
715/16
85/16
83/4
91/8
85/16
89/16
83/4
91/8
99/16
915/16
105/16
103/4

89
94
100
135
119
130
140
151
130
135
140
151
160
172
181
191
171
176
181
191
202
211
222
232
211
218
222
232
243
252
262
273

7
77/16
713/16
85/8
97/16
101/4
111/16
1113/16
10/4
105/8
111/16
1113/16
125/8
137/16
141/4
151/16
137/16
137/8
141/4
151/16
157/8
1611/16
171/2
181/4
1611/16
171/16
171/2
181/4
191/16
197/8
2011/16
211/2

179
189
198
219
240
260
281
300
260
270
281
300
321
341
362
383
341
352
362
383
403
424
445
464
424
433
445
464
484
505
525
546

(Pre) See page 286 for catalog number prefix.
All dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

288
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Horizontal Tee (HT)

Fittings

Horizontal Cross (HX)

2 pair splice plates with hardware included.

3 pair splice plates with hardware included.

HT

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

HX

B

B

W

R

Bend
Radius

Tray
Width

R
in.

mm

12

305

24

610

36

915

48 1220

Horizontal Tee
Dimensions
Catalog Number

in.

mm

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

152
229
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
229
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
229
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
229
305
457
609
762
914
1067

(Prefix)-06-HT12
(Prefix)-09-HT12
(Prefix)-12-HT12
(Prefix)-18-HT12
(Prefix)-24-HT12
(Prefix)-30-HT12
(Prefix)-36-HT12
(Prefix)-42-HT12
(Prefix)-06-HT24
(Prefix)-09-HT24
(Prefix)-12-HT24
(Prefix)-18-HT24
(Prefix)-24-HT24
(Prefix)-30-HT24
(Prefix)-36-HT24
(Prefix)-42-HT24
(Prefix)-06-HT36
(Prefix)-09-HT36
(Prefix)-12-HT36
(Prefix)-18-HT36
(Prefix)-24-HT36
(Prefix)-30-HT36
(Prefix)-36-HT36
(Prefix)-42-HT36
(Prefix)-06-HT48
(Prefix)-09-HT48
(Prefix)-12-HT48
(Prefix)-18-HT48
(Prefix)-24-HT48
(Prefix)-30-HT48
(Prefix)-36-HT48
(Prefix)-42-HT48

A

R

A

3" (76)

A

3" (76)

W

Horizontal Cross
Dimensions

B

Catalog Number

in.

mm

in.

mm

18
191/2
21
24
27
30
33
36
30
311/2
33
36
39
42
45
48
42
431/2
45
48
51
54
57
60
54
551/2
57
60
63
66
69
72

457
496
533
609
686
762
838
914
762
800
838
914
991
1067
1143
1219
1067
1105
1143
1219
1295
1372
1488
1524
1372
1410
1448
1524
1600
1676
1753
1829

36
39
42
48
54
60
66
72
60
63
66
72
78
84
90
96
84
87
90
96
102
108
114
120
108
111
114
120
126
132
138
144

914
991
1067
1219
1372
1524
1676
1829
1542
1600
1676
1828
1982
2134
2286
2438
2134
2210
2286
2438
2590
2744
2896
3048
2743
2820
2896
3048
3200
3353
3535
3658

(Prefix)-06-HX12
(Prefix)-09-HX12
(Prefix)-12-HX12
(Prefix)-18-HX12
(Prefix)-24-HX12
(Prefix)-30-HX12
(Prefix)-36-HX12
(Prefix)-42-HX12
(Prefix)-06-HX24
(Prefix)-09-HX24
(Prefix)-12-HX24
(Prefix)-18-HX24
(Prefix)-24-HX24
(Prefix)-30-HX24
(Prefix)-36-HX24
(Prefix)-42-HX24
(Prefix)-06-HX36
(Prefix)-09-HX36
(Prefix)-12-HX36
(Prefix)-18-HX36
(Prefix)-24-HX36
(Prefix)-30-HX36
(Prefix)-36-HX36
(Prefix)-42-HX36
(Prefix)-06-HX48
(Prefix)-09-HX48
(Prefix)-12-HX48
(Prefix)-18-HX48
(Prefix)-24-HX48
(Prefix)-30-HX48
(Prefix)-36-HX48
(Prefix)-42-HX48

A

B

in.

mm

in.

mm

18
191/2
21
24
27
30
33
36
30
311/2
33
36
39
42
45
48
42
431/2
45
48
51
54
57
60
54
551/2
57
60
63
66
69
72

457
496
533
609
686
762
838
914
762
800
838
914
991
1067
1143
1219
1067
1105
1143
1219
1295
1372
1448
1524
1372
1410
1448
1524
1600
1676
1753
1829

36
39
42
48
54
60
66
72
60
63
66
72
78
84
90
96
84
87
90
96
102
108
114
120
108
111
114
120
126
132
138
144

914
991
1067
1219
1372
1524
1676
1829
1524
1600
1676
1828
1982
2134
2286
2438
2134
2210
2286
2438
2590
2744
2896
3048
2743
2820
2896
3048
3200
3353
3505
3658

(Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix.
All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

289
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 -

Fittings

Reducers (LR, SR, RR)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

Reducer Part Numbering
Prefix - 24 - RR - 18

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

Width2
Fitting
Width1
Prefix

Straight Reducer

Left Reducer

LR

W2

W2

Catalog No.

in.

mm

in.

mm

9

228

6

152

12

18

24

30

36

42

305

457

609

762

914

1067

W1

Left Hand Reducer

W1

Straight Reducer

A

Catalog No.

in.

mm

(Prefix)-09-LR06

93/4

248

RR

W2

A

W1

W1

SR

W2

A

A

Tray Width

Right Reducer

Right Hand Reducer

A

Catalog No.

in.

mm

(Prefix)-09-SR06

87/8

225

A
in.

mm

(Prefix)-09-RR06

93/4

248
292

6

152

(Prefix)-12-LR06

111/2

292

(Prefix)-12-SR06

93/4

248

(Prefix)-12-RR06

111/2

9

228

(Prefix)-12-LR09

93/4

248

(Prefix)-12-SR09

87/8

225

(Prefix)-12-RR09

93/4

248

6

152

(Prefix)-18-LR06

1415/16

379

(Prefix)-18-SR06

111/2

292

(Prefix)-18-RR06

1415/16

379

9

228

(Prefix)-18-LR09

133/16

340

(Prefix)-18-SR09

105/8

270

(Prefix)-18-RR09

133/16

340
292

12

305

(Prefix)-18-LR12

111/2

292

(Prefix)-18-SR12

93/4

248

(Prefix)-18-RR12

111/2

6

152

(Prefix)-24-LR06

183/8

467

(Prefix)-24-SR06

133/16

340

(Prefix)-24-RR06

183/8

467

9

228

(Prefix)-24-LR09

1611/16

424

(Prefix)-24-SR09

123/8

314

(Prefix)-24-RR09

1611/16

424

12

305

(Prefix)-24-LR12

1415/16

379

(Prefix)-24-SR12

111/2

292

(Prefix)-24-RR12

1415/16

379

93/4

292

18

457

(Prefix)-24-LR18

111/2

292

(Prefix)-24-SR18

248

(Prefix)-24-RR18

111/2

6

152

(Prefix)-30-LR06

217/8

555

(Prefix)-30-SR06 1415/16

380

(Prefix)-30-RR06

217/8

555

9

228

(Prefix)-30-LR09

201/8

511

(Prefix)-30-SR09

141/16

358

(Prefix)-30-RR09

201/8

511

12

305

(Prefix)-30-LR12

183/8

462

(Prefix)-30-SR12

133/16

335

(Prefix)-30-RR12

183/8

462

292

(Prefix)-30-RR18

1415/16

380

248

(Prefix)-30-RR24

111/2

292

18

459

(Prefix)-30-LR18

1415/16

380

(Prefix)-30-SR18

111/2

24

609

(Prefix)-30-LR24

111/2

292

(Prefix)-30-SR24

93/4

6

152

(Prefix)-36-LR06

255/16

643

(Prefix)-36-SR06 1611/16

424

(Prefix)-36-RR06

235/16

643

9

228

(Prefix)-36-LR09

239/16

598

(Prefix)-36-SR09 1513/16

402

(Prefix)-36-RR09

239/16

598
555

12

305

(Prefix)-36-LR12

217/8

555

(Prefix)-36-SR12

1415/16

380

(Prefix)-36-RR12

217/8

18

457

(Prefix)-36-LR18

183/8

462

(Prefix)-36-SR18

133/16

335

(Prefix)-36-RR18

183/8

462

24

609

(Prefix)-36-LR24

1415/16

380

(Prefix)-36-SR24

111/2

292

(Prefix)-36-RR24

1415/16

380

30

762

(Prefix)-36-LR30

111/2

292

(Prefix)-36-SR30

93/4

248

(Prefix)-36-RR30

111/2

292

467

(Prefix)-42-RR06

283/4

732

445

(Prefix)-42-RR09

271/16

687

6

152

(Prefix)-42-LR06

283/4

730

(Prefix)-42-SR06

183/8

9

228

(Prefix)-42-LR09

271/16

687

(Prefix)-42-SR09

171/2

12

305

(Prefix)-42-LR12

255/16

643

(Prefix)-42-SR12 1611/16

424

(Prefix)-42-RR12

2515/16

643

18

457

(Prefix)-42-LR18

217/8

556

(Prefix)-42-SR18 1415/16

379

(Prefix)-42-RR18

217/8

556

183/8

467

(Prefix)-42-SR24

133/16

335

(Prefix)-42-RR24

183/8

467

379

(Prefix)-42-SR30

111/2

292

(Prefix)-42-RR30

1415/16

379

292

(Prefix)-42-SR36

93/4

249

(Prefix)-42-RR36

111/2

292

24

609

(Prefix)-42-LR24

30

762

(Prefix)-42-LR30 1415/16

36

914

(Prefix)-42-LR36

111/2

(Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix.
All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

290
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 -

Fittings

Horizontal Reducing Tee (HT)
2 pair splice plates with hardware included.

Prefix - 36 - 18 HT 24

R

A

R = Radius

3" (76)

W1

Radius
Fitting
Width W2
Width W1
To complete catalog number, insert
fitting prefix.

W2

See page 134 for prefix.

Tray Width

* Insert Radius

12" Radius

24" Radius

36" Radius

48" Radius

(12", 24", 36", or 48")

W1
in.
9
12

18

24

30

36

42

W2

mm in.
228

6
6
305
9
6
475
9
12
6
9
609
12
18
6
9
762 12
18
24
6
9
12
914
18
24
30
6
9
12
1067 18
24
30
36

Catalog No.

A

mm

in.

152
152
228
152
228
305
152
228
305
457
152
228
305
457
609
152
228
305
457
609
762
152
228
305
457
609
762
914

191/2

(Prefix)-09-06-HT*
(Prefix)-12-06-HT*
(Prefix)-12-09-HT*
(Prefix)-18-06-HT*
(Prefix)-18-09-HT*
(Prefix)-18-12-HT*
(Prefix)-24-06-HT*
(Prefix)-24-09-HT*
(Prefix)-24-12-HT*
(Prefix)-24-18-HT*
(Prefix)-30-06-HT*
(Prefix)-30-09-HT*
(Prefix)-30-12-HT*
(Prefix)-30-18-HT*
(Prefix)-30-24-HT*
(Prefix)-36-06-HT*
(Prefix)-36-09-HT*
(Prefix)-36-12-HT*
(Prefix)-36-18-HT*
(Prefix)-36-24-HT*
(Prefix)-36-30-HT*
(Prefix)-42-06-HT*
(Prefix)-42-09-HT*
(Prefix)-42-12-HT*
(Prefix)-42-18-HT*
(Prefix)-42-24-HT*
(Prefix)-42-30-HT*
(Prefix)-42-36-HT*

21
21
24
24
24
27
27
27
27
30
30
30
30
30
33
33
33
33
33
33
36
36
36
36
36
36
36

B
mm
496
533
533
609
609
609
686
686
686
686
762
762
762
762
762
838
838
838
838
838
838
914
914
914
914
914
914
914

in.
36
36
39
36
39
42
36
39
42
48
36
39
42
48
54
36
39
42
48
54
60
36
39
42
48
54
60
66

A

mm

in.

914
914
991
914
991
1067
914
991
1067
1219
914
991
1067
1219
1372
914
991
1067
1219
1372
1524
914
991
1067
1219
1372
1524
1676

311/2
33
33
36
36
36
39
39
39
39
42
42
42
42
42
45
45
45
45
45
45
48
48
48
48
48
48
48

B
mm
800
838
838
914
914
914
991
991
991
991
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1143
1143
1143
1143
1143
1143
1219
1219
1219
1219
1219
1219
1219

in.
60
60
63
60
63
66
60
63
66
72
60
63
66
72
78
60
63
66
72
78
84
60
63
66
72
78
84
90

mm
1524
1524
1600
1524
1600
1676
1524
1600
1676
1829
1524
1600
1676
1829
1981
1524
1600
1676
1829
1981
2134
1524
1600
1676
1829
1981
2134
2286

A
in.
43
45
45
48
48
48
51
51
51
51
54
54
54
54
54
57
57
57
57
57
57
60
60
60
60
60
60
60

B
mm
1092
1143
1143
1219
1219
1219
1295
1295
1295
1295
1372
1372
1372
1372
1372
1448
1448
1448
1448
1448
1448
1524
1524
1524
1524
1524
1524
1524

in.
84
84
87
84
87
90
84
87
90
96
84
87
90
96
102
84
87
90
96
102
108
84
87
90
96
102
108
114

A
mm
2134
2134
2210
2134
2210
2286
2134
2210
2286
2438
2134
2210
2286
2438
2591
2134
2210
2286
2438
2591
2743
2134
2210
2286
2438
2591
2743
2895

in. mm
551/2
57
57
60
60
60
63
63
63
63
66
66
66
66
66
69
69
69
69
69
69
72
72
72
72
72
72
72

1410
1448
1448
1524
1524
1524
1600
1600
1600
1600
1676
1676
1676
1676
1676
1753
1753
1753
1753
1753
1753
1829
1829
1829
1829
1829
1829
1829

B
in.

mm

108
108
111
108
111
114
108
111
114
120
108
111
114
120
126
108
111
114
120
126
132
108
111
114
120
126
132
138

2743
2743
2819
2743
2819
2496
2743
2819
2496
3048
2743
2819
2496
3048
3200
2743
2819
2496
3048
3200
3353
2743
2819
2496
3048
3200
3353
3505

(Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix.
All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

291
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

HT

B

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 -

Fittings

Horizontal Expanding Tee (HT)

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

2 pair splice plates with hardware included.

HT
B

Prefix - 09 - 30 HT 12
W1

R

R = Radius

3" (76)

A

Radius
Fitting
Width W2
Width W1
To complete catalog number, insert
fitting prefix.

W2

See page 134 for prefix.

Tray Width

*Insert Radius

12" Radius

24" Radius

36" Radius

48" Radius

(12", 24", 36", or 48")

W1
in.

W2

mm in.

mm

9
12
18
24
30
36
42
12
18
24
30
36
42
18
24
30
36
42
24
30
36
42
30
36
42
36
42
42

228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
305
457
609
762
914
1067
457
609
762
914
1067
609
762
914
1067
762
914
1067
914
1067
1067

6

152

9

228

12

305

18

457

24

609

30

762

36

914

Catalog No.
(Prefix)-06-09-HT*
(Prefix)-06-12-HT*
(Prefix)-06-18-HT*
(Prefix)-06-24-HT*
(Prefix)-06-30-HT*
(Prefix)-06-36-HT*
(Prefix)-06-42-HT*
(Prefix)-09-12-HT*
(Prefix)-09-18-HT*
(Prefix)-09-24-HT*
(Prefix)-09-30-HT*
(Prefix)-09-36-HT*
(Prefix)-09-42-HT*
(Prefix)-12-18-HT*
(Prefix)-12-24-HT*
(Prefix)-12-30-HT*
(Prefix)-12-36-HT*
(Prefix)-12-42-HT*
(Prefix)-18-24-HT*
(Prefix)-18-30-HT*
(Prefix)-18-36-HT*
(Prefix)-18-42-HT*
(Prefix)-24-30-HT*
(Prefix)-24-36-HT*
(Prefix)-24-42-HT*
(Prefix)-30-36-HT*
(Prefix)-30-42-HT*
(Prefix)-36-42-HT*

A

B

in.

mm

in.

mm

18
18
18
18
18
18
18
191/2
191/2
191/2
191/2
191/2
191/2
21
21
21
21
21
24
24
24
24
27
27
27
30
30
33

457
457
457
457
457
457
457
496
496
496
496
496
496
533
533
533
533
533
609
609
609
609
686
686
686
762
762
838

39
42
48
54
60
66
72
42
48
54
60
66
72
48
54
60
66
72
54
60
66
72
60
66
72
66
72
72

991
1067
1219
1372
1524
1676
1829
1067
1219
1372
1524
1676
1829
1219
1372
1524
1676
1829
1372
1524
1676
1829
1524
1676
1829
1676
1829
1829

A
in.

B

A

B

A

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

30
762
30
762
30
762
30
762
30
762
30
762
30
762
311/2 800
311/2 800
311/2 800
311/2 800
311/2 800
311/2 800
33
838
33
838
33
838
33
838
33
838
36
914
36
914
36
914
36
914
39
991
39
991
39
991
42
1067
42
1067
45
1143

63
66
72
78
84
90
96
66
72
78
84
90
96
72
78
84
90
96
78
84
90
96
84
90
96
90
96
96

1600
1676
1829
1981
2134
2286
2438
1676
1829
1981
2134
2286
2438
1829
1981
2134
2286
2438
1981
2134
2286
2438
2134
2286
2438
2286
2438
2438

42
42
42
42
42
42
42
431/2
431/2
431/2
431/2
431/2
431/2
45
45
45
45
45
48
48
48
48
51
51
51
54
54
57

1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1105
1105
1105
1105
1105
1105
1143
1143
1143
1143
1143
1219
1219
1219
1219
1295
1295
1295
1372
1372
1448

87
90
96
102
108
114
120
90
96
102
108
114
120
96
102
108
114
120
102
108
114
120
108
114
120
114
120
120

2210
2286
2438
2591
2743
2895
3048
2286
2438
2591
2743
2895
3048
2438
2591
2743
2895
3048
2591
2743
2895
3048
2743
2895
3048
2895
3048
3048

B

in. mm
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
551/2
551/2
551/2
551/2
551/2
551/2
57
57
57
57
57
60
60
60
60
63
63
63
66
66
69

1372
1372
1372
1372
1372
1372
1372
1410
1410
1410
1410
1410
1410
1448
1448
1448
1448
1448
1524
1524
1524
1524
1600
1600
1600
1676
1676
1753

in.

mm

111
114
120
126
132
138
144
114
120
126
132
138
144
120
126
132
138
144
126
132
138
144
132
138
144
138
144
144

2819
2496
3048
3200
3353
3503
3658
2496
3048
3200
3353
3503
3658
3048
3200
3353
3503
3658
3200
3353
3503
3658
3353
3503
3658
3503
3658
3658

(Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix.
All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

292
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 -

Fittings

Horizontal Expanding/Reducing Cross (HX)
3 pair splice plates with hardware included.

Prefix - 36 - 18 HX 24
Radius
Fitting
Width W2
Width W1
To complete catalog number, insert
fitting prefix.

B
R

W1

See page 134 for prefix.

Tray Width

3" (76)

W2

* Insert Radius

12" Radius

24" Radius

36" Radius

48" Radius

(12", 24", 36", or 48")

W1
in.

W2

mm in.

mm

9

228

12

305

18

457

24

609

30

762

36

914

42

1067

152
152
228
152
228
305
152
228
305
457
152
228
305
457
609
152
228
305
457
609
762
152
228
305
457
609
762
914

6
6
9
6
9
12
6
9
12
18
6
9
12
18
24
6
9
12
18
24
30
6
9
12
18
24
30
36

Catalog No.
(Prefix)-09-06-HX*
(Prefix)-12-06-HX*
(Prefix)-12-09-HX*
(Prefix)-18-06-HX*
(Prefix)-18-09-HX*
(Prefix)-18-12-HX*
(Prefix)-24-06-HX*
(Prefix)-24-09-HX*
(Prefix)-24-12-HX*
(Prefix)-24-18-HX*
(Prefix)-30-06-HX*
(Prefix)-30-09-HX*
(Prefix)-30-12-HX*
(Prefix)-30-18-HX*
(Prefix)-30-24-HX*
(Prefix)-36-06-HX*
(Prefix)-36-09-HX*
(Prefix)-36-12-HX*
(Prefix)-36-18-HX*
(Prefix)-36-24-HX*
(Prefix)-36-30-HX*
(Prefix)-42-06-HX*
(Prefix)-42-09-HX*
(Prefix)-42-12-HX*
(Prefix)-42-18-HX*
(Prefix)-42-24-HX*
(Prefix)-42-30-HX*
(Prefix)-42-36-HX*

A

B

A

B

A

B

A

B

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

39
42
42
48
48
48
54
54
54
54
60
60
60
60
60
66
66
66
66
66
66
72
72
72
72
72
72
72

991
1067
1067
1219
1219
1219
1372
1372
1372
1372
1524
1524
1524
1524
1524
1676
1676
1676
1676
1676
1676
1829
1829
1829
1829
1829
1829
1829

36
36
39
36
39
42
36
39
42
48
36
39
42
48
54
36
39
42
48
54
60
36
39
42
48
54
60
66

914
914
991
914
991
1067
914
991
1067
1219
914
991
1067
1219
1372
914
991
1067
1219
1372
1524
914
991
1067
1219
1372
1524
1676

63
66
66
72
72
72
78
78
78
78
84
84
84
84
84
90
90
90
90
90
90
96
96
96
96
96
96
96

1600
1676
1676
1829
1829
1829
1981
1981
1981
1981
2134
2134
2134
2134
2134
2286
2286
2286
2286
2286
2286
2438
2438
2438
2438
2438
2438
2438

60
60
63
60
63
66
60
63
66
72
60
63
66
72
78
60
63
66
72
78
84
60
63
66
72
78
84
90

1372
1372
1600
1372
1600
1676
1372
1600
1676
1829
1372
1600
1676
1829
1981
1372
1600
1676
1829
1981
2134
1372
1600
1676
1829
1981
2134
2286

87
90
90
96
96
96
102
102
102
102
108
108
108
108
108
114
114
114
114
114
114
120
120
120
120
120
120
120

2210
2286
2286
2438
2438
2438
2591
2591
2591
2591
2743
2743
2743
2743
2743
2896
2896
2896
2896
2896
2896
3048
3048
3048
3048
3048
3048
3048

84
84
87
84
87
90
84
87
90
96
84
87
90
96
102
84
87
90
96
102
108
84
87
90
96
102
108
114

2134
2134
2210
2134
2210
2286
2134
2210
2286
2438
2134
2210
2286
2438
2591
2134
2210
2286
2438
2591
2743
2134
2210
2286
2438
2591
2743
2896

111
114
114
120
120
120
126
126
126
126
132
132
132
132
132
138
138
138
138
138
138
144
144
144
144
144
144
144

2819
2896
2896
3048
3048
3048
3200
3200
3200
3200
3353
3353
3353
3353
3353
3505
3505
3505
3505
3505
3505
3658
3658
3658
3658
3658
3658
3658

108
108
111
108
111
114
108
111
114
120
108
111
114
120
126
108
111
114
120
126
132
108
111
114
120
126
132
138

2743
2743
2819
2743
2819
2896
2743
2819
2896
3048
2743
2819
2896
3048
3200
2743
2819
2896
3048
3200
3353
2743
2819
2896
3048
3200
3353
3505

(Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix.
All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

293
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

HX

A

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 -

Fittings

Horizontal Wye (HYL, HYR)

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

2 pair splice plates with hardware included.

Left Hand Wye

Right Hand Wye

HYL

HYR

B

B

C

A

C

A

R

R
45˚

45˚
W
Left Hand Wye

Bend
Radius
in.

24

Tray
Width

mm in.

609

Left Hand Wye
Catalog No.

R = Radius

(Prefix)-06-HYL
(Prefix)-09-HYL
(Prefix)-12-HYL
(Prefix)-18-HYL
(Prefix)-24-HYL
(Prefix)-30-HYL
(Prefix)-36-HYL
(Prefix)-42-HYL

R = Radius

Right Hand Wye
Catalog No.

mm

6 152
9 228
12 305
18 457
24 609
30 762
36 914
42 1067

W

(Prefix)-06-HYR
(Prefix)-09-HYR
(Prefix)-12-HYR
(Prefix)-18-HYR
(Prefix)-24-HYR
(Prefix)-30-HYR
(Prefix)-36-HYR
(Prefix)-42-HYR

Right Hand Wye

A

B

C

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

28 7/16
32 11/16
36 15/16
45 3/8
53 7/8
62 3/8
70 7/8
79 3/8

722
831
938
1153
1368
1585
1800
2016

15 3/16
20 5/16
25 7/16
35 13/16
45 15/16
56 3/16
66 7/16
76 5/8

386
516
646
910
1167
1427
1687
1946

3 1/16
6 1/16
9 1/16
15 1/16
21 1/16
27 1/16
33 1/16
39 1/16

77
154
231
383
535
688
993
992

(Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix.
All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

294
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 -

Fittings

Vertical Bend 90˚ (VO, VI)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

90˚ Vertical Outside

90˚ Vertical Inside

3" (76)

R

B

B

R

A

Bend
Radius
R
in.

12
(305)

24
(609)

36
(914)

48
(1219)

Tray
Width

(*) Insert "VO" for
Vert. Outside Bend
Insert "VI" for
Vert. Inside Bend

in.

mm

Catalog No.

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067

(Prefix)-06-90(*)12
(Prefix)-09-90(*)12
(Prefix)-12-90(*)12
(Prefix)-18-90(*)12
(Prefix)-24-90(*)12
(Prefix)-30-90(*)12
(Prefix)-36-90(*)12
(Prefix)-42-90(*)12
(Prefix)-06-90(*)24
(Prefix)-09-90(*)24
(Prefix)-12-90(*)24
(Prefix)-18-90(*)24
(Prefix)-24-90(*)24
(Prefix)-30-90(*)24
(Prefix)-36-90(*)24
(Prefix)-42-90(*)24
(Prefix)-06-90(*)36
(Prefix)-09-90(*)36
(Prefix)-12-90(*)36
(Prefix)-18-90(*)36
(Prefix)-24-90(*)36
(Prefix)-30-90(*)36
(Prefix)-36-90(*)36
(Prefix)-42-90(*)36
(Prefix)-06-90(*)48
(Prefix)-09-90(*)48
(Prefix)-12-90(*)48
(Prefix)-18-90(*)48
(Prefix)-24-90(*)48
(Prefix)-30-90(*)48
(Prefix)-36-90(*)48
(Prefix)-42-90(*)48

90˚
VI

A

3" (76)

C

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

90˚
VO

C

C

C

VO Side Rail
Height
4" - 7"
A
B
C

VI Side Rail Height

A

4"
B

C

A

5"
B

C

A

6"
B

C

A

7"
B

C

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

15
(381)

15
(381)

15
(381)

19
(483)

19
(483)

19
(483)

20
(508)

20
(508)

20
(508)

21
(533)

21
(533)

21
(533)

22
(559)

22
(559)

22
(559)

27

27

27

31

31

31

32

32

32

33

33

33

34

(686)

(686)

(686)

(787)

(787)

(787)

(813)

(813)

(813)

(838)

(838)

(838)

(864)

39

43

43

43

44

44

44

45

45

45

46

39

39

(991)

(991)

51

51

34

34

(864) (864)

46

46

(991) (1092) (1092) (1092) (1118) (1118) (1118) (1143) (1143) (1143) (1168) (1168) (1168)

51

55

55

55

56

56

56

57

57

57

58

58

58

(1295) (1295) (1295) (1397) (1397) (1397) (1422) (1422) (1422) (1448) (1448) (1448) (1473) (1473) (1473)

(Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix.
All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

295
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 -

Fittings

Vertical Bend 60˚ (VO, VI)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

R

3" (76)

C

B

in.

in.

6
9
12
18
12
(305) 24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
(609) 24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
36
(914) 24
30
36
42
6
9
12
48
18
(1219) 24
30
36
42

(*) Insert "VO" for
Vert. Outside Bend
Insert "VI" for
Vert. Inside Bend

mm

Catalog No.

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067

(Prefix)-06-60(*)12
(Prefix)-09-60(*)12
(Prefix)-12-60(*)12
(Prefix)-18-60(*)12
(Prefix)-24-60(*)12
(Prefix)-30-60(*)12
(Prefix)-36-60(*)12
(Prefix)-42-60(*)12
(Prefix)-06-60(*)24
(Prefix)-09-60(*)24
(Prefix)-12-60(*)24
(Prefix)-18-60(*)24
(Prefix)-24-60(*)24
(Prefix)-30-60(*)24
(Prefix)-36-60(*)24
(Prefix)-42-60(*)24
(Prefix)-06-60(*)36
(Prefix)-09-60(*)36
(Prefix)-12-60(*)36
(Prefix)-18-60(*)36
(Prefix)-24-60(*)36
(Prefix)-30-60(*)36
(Prefix)-36-60(*)36
(Prefix)-42-60(*)36
(Prefix)-06-60(*)48
(Prefix)-09-60(*)48
(Prefix)-12-60(*)48
(Prefix)-18-60(*)48
(Prefix)-24-60(*)48
(Prefix)-30-60(*)48
(Prefix)-36-60(*)48
(Prefix)-42-60(*)48

60˚
VI

A

B

R
C
C

A

Bend Tray
Radius Width
R

60˚ Vertical Inside

60˚
VO

C

3" (76)

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

60˚ Vertical Outside

VO Side Rail
Height
4" - 7"
A
B
C

A

4"
B

C

A

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

147/8

85/8
(219)

915/16

183/8

105/8 121/4 191/4 111/8 1213/16 201/16 115/8 133/8

(253)

(467)

(270)

(283)

(326)

(510) (296)

255/16 145/8

167/8

283/4

165/8 193/16 295/8 171/8

193/4

(643)

(428)

(730)

(422) (488)

(502)

391/8

225/8 261/8

(994)

(575)

(378)

(372)

3511/16 205/8 2313/16
(605)

VI Side Rail Height

(907)

(524)

461/16

265/8 3011/16

499/16 285/8

(1170)

(676)

(1259)

(780)

(727)

(311)

(489

5"
B
in.

(753) (435)

C

A

6"
B

C

A

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

(340)

7"
B
in.

2115/16 121/8

C
in.

14

(557)

(308)

(356)

301/2 175/8 205/16

313/8

181/8

207/8

(775) (448)

(797)

(461)

(530)

(516)

40 231/8 2611/16 407/8 235/8 271/4
(663) (1016) (587) (687) (1038) (600) (692)

413/4 241/8 2713/16
(1060) (613)
(706)

33 503/8 291/8 335/8
(838) (1280) (740) (854)

521/8 301/8
(1324) (765)

511/4 295/8 343/16
(1302) (753) (868)

343/4
(883)

(Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix.
All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

296
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 -

Fittings

Vertical Bend 45˚ (VO, VI)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

45˚ Vertical Outside

45˚ Vertical Inside

3" (76)

3" (76)

C
B

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

45˚
VO

C

45˚
VI

R

B

R

C
C
A

A

Bend Tray
Radius Width
R
in.

in.

6
9
12
18
12
(305)
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
(609)
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
36
24
(924)
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
48
(1219) 24
30
36
42

(*) Insert "VO" for
Vert. Outside Bend
Insert "VI" for
Vert. Inside Bend

mm

Catalog No.

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067

(Prefix)-06-45(*)12
(Prefix)-09-45(*)12
(Prefix)-12-45(*)12
(Prefix)-18-45(*)12
(Prefix)-24-45(*)12
(Prefix)-30-45(*)12
(Prefix)-36-45(*)12
(Prefix)-42-45(*)12
(Prefix)-06-45(*)24
(Prefix)-09-45(*)24
(Prefix)-12-45(*)24
(Prefix)-18-45(*)24
(Prefix)-24-45(*)24
(Prefix)-30-45(*)24
(Prefix)-36-45(*)24
(Prefix)-42-45(*)24
(Prefix)-06-45(*)36
(Prefix)-09-45(*)36
(Prefix)-12-45(*)36
(Prefix)-18-45(*)36
(Prefix)-24-45(*)36
(Prefix)-30-45(*)36
(Prefix)-36-45(*)36
(Prefix)-42-45(*)36
(Prefix)-06-45(*)48
(Prefix)-09-45(*)48
(Prefix)-12-45(*)48
(Prefix)-18-45(*)48
(Prefix)-24-45(*)48
(Prefix)-30-45(*)48
(Prefix)-36-45(*)48
(Prefix)-42-45(*)48

VO Side Rail
Height
4" - 7"
A
B
C
in.

in.

in.

135/8

55/8
(143)

(203)

(346)

221/16
(561)

91/8
(232)

8

(323)

391/16 163/16
(992)

(411)

A
in.

4"
B

C

A

5"
B

C

A

6"
B

C

A

7"
B

C

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

167/16 613/16
(417)

(173)

95/8
(245)

171/8 71/8
(435) (181)

1215/16 2415/16 105/16 145/8 255/8 105/8
(329)

309/16 1211/16 1715/16
(776)

VI Side Rail Height

(634)

(262)

(372)

(651) (270)

333/8 1313/16 199/16 341/8 141/8
(497)

(867) (359)

(256)

15
(381)

20
(508)

(454)

73/8 107/16 189/16 711/16
(188) (265)
(471) (195)

107/8
(2176)

265/16 1015/16 157/16 271/16 113/16 1513/16
(668)

(278)

(392)

3413/16 147/16 203/8

(456)

(848)

227/8

417/8 173/8 249/16 425/8 175/8 2415/16 435/16 1715/16 253/8
(1064) (441) (624) (1083) (448) (633) (1100) (456) (645)

(581)

(351)

101/16 177/8

(885)

(367)

(518)

(687)

(284)

(402)

351/2 1411/16 2013/16
(902)

44
(1118)

(284)

(402)

181/4 2513/16
(464)

(656)

(Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix.
All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

297
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 -

Fittings

Vertical Bend 30˚ (VO, VI)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

30˚ Vertical Inside

30˚
VI

30˚
VO

C

C

3" (76)

B
R

R

3" (76)

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

30˚ Vertical Outside

B
C
C

A

Bend Tray
(*) Insert "VO" for
Radius Width Vert. Outside Bend
R
Insert "VI" for
Vert. Inside Bend
in.

12
(305)

24
(609)

36
(914)

48
(1219)

in.

mm

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067

Catalog No.
(Prefix)-06-30(*)12
(Prefix)-09-30(*)12
(Prefix)-12-30(*)12
(Prefix)-18-30(*)12
(Prefix)-24-30(*)12
(Prefix)-30-30(*)12
(Prefix)-36-30(*)12
(Prefix)-42-30(*)12
(Prefix)-06-30(*)24
(Prefix)-09-30(*)24
(Prefix)-12-30(*)24
(Prefix)-18-30(*)24
(Prefix)-24-30(*)24
(Prefix)-30-30(*)24
(Prefix)-36-30(*)24
(Prefix)-42-30(*)24
(Prefix)-06-30(*)36
(Prefix)-09-30(*)36
(Prefix)-12-30(*)36
(Prefix)-18-30(*)36
(Prefix)-24-30(*)36
(Prefix)-30-30(*)36
(Prefix)-36-30(*)36
(Prefix)-42-30(*)36
(Prefix)-06-30(*)48
(Prefix)-09-30(*)48
(Prefix)-12-30(*)48
(Prefix)-18-30(*)48
(Prefix)-24-30(*)48
(Prefix)-30-30(*)48
(Prefix)-36-30(*)48
(Prefix)-42-30(*)48

A

VO Side Rail
Height
4" - 7"
A
B
C

VI Side Rail Height

A

4"
B

C

A

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

115/8

31/8

63/16

135/8

(296)

(79)

(157)

(346)

175/8

411/16

97/16

195/8

(448)

(120)

(240)

(499)

235/8

65/16

125/8

255/8

(600)

(160)

(321)

(651)

67/8 1311/16 261/8 7
(174) (348) (663) (175)

295/8

715/16

157/8

(753)

(202)

(403)

5"
B

C

A

6"
B

C

A

7"
B

C

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

35/8

75/16 141/8 33/4

79/16

145/8 315/16 713/16

151/8 41/16

81/16

(92)

(186)

(95)

(192)

(372) (100)

(384)

(103)

(205)

51/4 101/2 201/8 53/8
(133) (267) (511 (137)

103/4

205/8 51/2 111/16

211/8

(524) (140)

(282)

(537)

55/8
(143)

115/16

(273)

14

265/8 71/8

141/4

271/8

(676) (181)

(362)

(689)

71/4
(184)

141/2

(356)

315/8

87/16 1615/16 321/8 85/8 173/16 325/8 83/4

171/2

331/8

(214) (430)

(445)

(842)

87/8
(226)

173/4

(803)

(359)

(816) (219)

(437)

(829) (222)

(199)

(287)

(287)

(451)

(Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix.
All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

298
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 -

Fittings

Vertical Tee Up/Down (VTU/VT)
2 pair splice plates with hardware included.

Down

VT

Up

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

B

3" (76)

H

R

A

Bend

Tray

Radius
R

Width

in.

12
(305)

24
(609)

36
(914)

48
(1219)

in.

mm

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067

Vertical Tee Down

Vertical Tee Up

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

Side Rail Height "H"
4"

(Prefix)-06-VT12
(Prefix)-09-VT12
(Prefix)-12-VT12
(Prefix)-18-VT12
(Prefix)-24-VT12
(Prefix)-30-VT12
(Prefix)-36-VT12
(Prefix)-42-VT12
(Prefix)-06-VT24
(Prefix)-09-VT24
(Prefix)-12-VT24
(Prefix)-18-VT24
(Prefix)-24-VT24
(Prefix)-30-VT24
(Prefix)-36-VT24
(Prefix)-42-VT24
(Prefix)-06-VT36
(Prefix)-09-VT36
(Prefix)-12-VT36
(Prefix)-18-VT36
(Prefix)-24-VT36
(Prefix)-30-VT36
(Prefix)-36-VT36
(Prefix)-42-VT36
(Prefix)-06-VT48
(Prefix)-09-VT48
(Prefix)-12-VT48
(Prefix)-18-VT48
(Prefix)-24-VT48
(Prefix)-30-VT48
(Prefix)-36-VT48
(Prefix)-42-VT48

(Prefix)-06-VTU12
(Prefix)-09-VTU12
(Prefix)-12-VTU12
(Prefix)-18-VTU12
(Prefix)-24-VTU12
(Prefix)-30-VTU12
(Prefix)-36-VTU12
(Prefix)-42-VTU12
(Prefix)-06-VTU24
(Prefix)-09-VTU24
(Prefix)-12-VTU24
(Prefix)-18-VTU24
(Prefix)-24-VTU24
(Prefix)-30-VTU24
(Prefix)-36-VTU24
(Prefix)-42-VTU24
(Prefix)-06-VTU36
(Prefix)-09-VTU36
(Prefix)-12-VTU36
(Prefix)-18-VTU36
(Prefix)-24-VTU36
(Prefix)-30-VTU36
(Prefix)-36-VTU36
(Prefix)-42-VTU36
(Prefix)-06-VTU48
(Prefix)-09-VTU48
(Prefix)-12-VTU48
(Prefix)-18-VTU48
(Prefix)-24-VTU48
(Prefix)-30-VTU48
(Prefix)-36-VTU48
(Prefix)-42-VTU48

5"

6"

7"

A

B

A

B

A

B

A

B

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

15
(381)

35
(889)

15
(381)

36
(914)

15
(381)

37
(940)

27
58
(6867) (1473)

27
(686)

59
(1498)

27
(686)

60
(1524)

27
(686)

61
(1549)

39
(991)

39
(991)

83
(2108)

39
(991)

84
(2134)

39
(991)

85
(2159)

15
(381)

34
(846)

82
(2083)

51
106
(1295) (2692)

51
107
(1295) (2718)

51
108
(1295) (2743)

51
109
(1295) (2769)

(Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix.
All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

299
Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 -

Fittings

Cable Support Fittings (CSF)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

A

CSF

3" (76)

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

H

R

This fitting is recommended for use at
the top of vertical runs to support the
weight of the cables. The top cross
brace is drilled for installing eyebolts,
ordered separately.

B

Bend

Tray

Radius
R

Width

in.

12
(305)

24
(609)

36
(914)

48
(1219)

Side Rail Height "H"
4"
Catalog No.

in.

mm

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067

(Prefix)-06-CSF12
(Prefix)-09-CSF12
(Prefix)-12-CSF12
(Prefix)-18-CSF12
(Prefix)-24-CSF12
(Prefix)-30-CSF12
(Prefix)-36-CSF12
(Prefix)-42-CSF12
(Prefix)-06-CSF24
(Prefix)-09-CSF24
(Prefix)-12-CSF24
(Prefix)-18-CSF24
(Prefix)-24-CSF24
(Prefix)-30-CSF24
(Prefix)-36-CSF24
(Prefix)-42-CSF24
(Prefix)-06-CSF36
(Prefix)-09-CSF36
(Prefix)-12-CSF36
(Prefix)-18-CSF36
(Prefix)-24-CSF36
(Prefix)-30-CSF36
(Prefix)-36-CSF36
(Prefix)-42-CSF36
(Prefix)-06-CSF48
(Prefix)-09-CSF48
(Prefix)-12-CSF48
(Prefix)-18-CSF48
(Prefix)-24-CSF48
(Prefix)-30-CSF48
(Prefix)-36-CSF48
(Prefix)-42-CSF48

5"

6"

7"

A

B

A

B

A

B

A

B

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

19
(483)

15
(381)

20
(508)

15
(381)

21
(533)

15
(381)

22
(559)

15
(381)

31
(787)

27
(686)

32
(813)

27
(686)

33
(838)

27
(686)

34
(864)

27
(686)

43
(1092)

39
(991)

44
(1118)

39
(991)

45
(1143)

39
(991)

46
(1168)

39
(991)

55
(1397)

51
(1295)

56
(1422)

51
(1295)

57
(1448)

51
(1295)

58
(1473)

51
(1295)

(Prefix) See page 286 for catalog number prefix.
All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

300
Cable Tray Systems

Notes

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

301

Fiberglass

Fiberglass

302
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass

Fiberglass

How The Service Advisor Works
B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you
select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50
pieces or less.
Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?
Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different
color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.
Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Example:

13

FT -

09 - 24 - 144

3-5

15

3-5

(from page 322)

Lead time(days)

3-5

3-5

Part will typically ship in
15 days minimum, because of the
FT material.

Changing the part number from 13FT to 13F will change the coding to black for all sections
of the tray to be 5-10 working days, instead of the original 15 days.

303
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Technical Data

Corrosion Guide
The information shown in this corrosion guide is based on full immersion laboratory tests and data generated from resin manufacturer's
data. It should be noted that in some of the environments listed, splashes and spill situations may result in a more corrosive situation than
indicated due to the evaporation of water. Regular wash down is recommended in these situations.
All data represents the best available information and is believed to be correct. The data should not be construed as a warranty of
performance for that product as presented in these tables. User tests should be performed to determine suitability of service if there is any
doubt or concern. Such variables as concentration, temperature, time and combined chemical effects of mixtures of chemicals make it
impossible to specify the exact suitability of fiber reinforced plastics in all environments. Cooper B-Line will be happy to supply material
samples for testing. These recommendations should only be used as a guide and Cooper B-Line does not take responsibility for design or
suitability of materials for service intended. In no event will Cooper B-Line be liable for any consequential or special damages for any
defective material or workmanship including without limitation, labor charge, other expense or damage to properties resulting from loss of
materials or profits or increased expenses of operations.
POLYESTER

Fiberglass

CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT

POLYESTER

VINYL ESTER
CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT

Max
Wt. %

Max Oper.
Temp ˚F

VINYL ESTER
Max
Wt. %

Max Oper.
Temp ˚F

Max

Max Oper.

Max

Max Oper.

Wt. %

Temp ˚F

Wt. %

Temp ˚F

Acetic Acid

10

190

10

210

Chromic Acid

Acetic Acid

50

125

50

180

Citric Acid

Acetone

N/R

N/R

100

75

Copper Chloride

SAT

170

SAT

200

Aluminum Chloride

SAT

170

SAT

200

Copper Cyanide

SAT

170

SAT

200

Aluminum Hydroxide

SAT

160

SAT

170

Copper Nitrate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Aluminum Nitrate

SAT

150

SAT

170

Crude Oil, Sour

100

170

100

200

Aluminum Sulfate

SAT

180

SAT

200

Cyclohexane

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

Ammonium Chloride

SAT

170

SAT

190

Cyclohexane, Vapor

ALL

100

ALL

130

5

70

10

120

SAT

170

SAT

200

Ammonium Hydroxide

1

100

10

150

Diesel Fuel

100

160

100

180

Ammonium Hydroxide

28

N/R

28

100

Diethyl Ether

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

Ammonium Carbonate

N/R

N/R

SAT

150

Dimethyl Phthalate

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

15

125

SAT

130

Ethanol

50

75

50

90

Ammonium Bicarbonate
Ammonium Nitrate

SAT

160

SAT

190

Ethyl Acetate

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

Ammonium Persulfate

SAT

N/R

SAT

150

Ethylene Chloride

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

Ammonium Sulfate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Ethylene Glycol

100

90

100

200

Amyl Alcohol

ALL

N/R

ALL

90

Fatty Acids

SAT

180

SAT

200

Amyl Alcohol Vapor
Benzene

-

140

-

120

Ferric Chloride

SAT

170

SAT

200

N/R

N/R

100

140

Ferric Nitrate

SAT

170

SAT

200

25

110

SAT

200

Ferric Sulfate

SAT

170

SAT

200

SAT

150

SAT

200

Ferrous Chloride

SAT

170

SAT

200

Benzoyl Alcohol

100

N/R

100

N/R

Fluoboric Acid

N/R

N/R

SAT

165

Borax

SAT

170

SAT

200

Fluosilicic Acid

N/R

N/R

SAT

70

Calcium Carbonate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Formaldehyde

Calcium Chloride

SAT

170

SAT

200

Formic Acid

Benzene Sulfonic Acid
Benzoic Acid

Calcium Hydroxide
Calcium Nitrate

50

75

50

100

N/R

N/R

50

100

25

70

25

165

Gasoline

100

80

100

150

SAT

180

SAT

200

Glucose

100

170

100

200

Calcium Sulfate

SAT

180

SAT

200

Glycerine

100

150

100

200

Carbon Disulfide

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

Heptane

100

110

100

120

Carbonic Acid

SAT

130

SAT

180

Hexane

100

90

100

130

-

200

-

200

Hydrobromic Acid

50

120

50

120

Carbon Dioxide Gas

-

200

-

200

Hydrochloric Acid

10

150

10

200

N/R

N/R

100

75

Hydrochloric Acid

20

140

20

190

Chlorine, Dry Gas

-

140

-

170

Hydrochloric Acid

37

75

37

95

Chlorine, Wet Gas

-

N/R

-

180

Hydrofluoric Acid

N/R

N/R

15

80

SAT

80

SAT

180

Hydrogen Bromide, Dry

100

190

100

200

Carbon Monoxide Gas
Carbon Tetrachloride

Chlorine Water
- : No Information Available

N/R: Not Recommended

SAT: Saturated Solution

FUM: Fumes

304
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Technical Data
Corrosion Guide

POLYESTER

VINYL ESTER

CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT

Max

Max Oper.

Max

Max Oper.

Wt. %

Temp ˚F

Wt. %

Temp ˚F

Hydrogen Bromide, Wet

100

75

100

130

Hydrogen Chloride

-

120

-

Hydrogen Peroxide

5

100

30

Hydrogen Sulfide, Dry

100

170

Hydrogen Sulfide, Wet

100

170

Hypochlorous Acid
Isopropyl Alcohol

POLYESTER
CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT

VINYL ESTER

Max

Max Oper.

Max

Max Oper.

Wt.

Temp ˚F

Wt. %

Temp ˚F

Potassium Hydroxide

N/R

N/R

25

150

200

Potassium Nitrate

SAT

170

SAT

200

100

Potassium Permanganate

100

80

100

210

100

210

Potassium Sulfate

SAT

170

SAT

200

100

210

Propylene Glycol

ALL

170

ALL

200

-

-

SAT

200

SAT

160

SAT

200

20

80

20

150

Phthalic Acid

N/R

N/R

15

80

Sodium Acetate

100

140

100

180

Sodium Benzoate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Lactic Acid

SAT

170

SAT

200

Sodium Bicarbonate

SAT

160

SAT

175

Lead Acetate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Sodium Bisulfate

ALL

170

ALL

200

Lead Chloride

SAT

140

SAT

200

Sodium Bromide

ALL

170

ALL

200

Lead Nitrate

SAT

-

SAT

200

Sodium Carbonate

Linseed Oil

100

150

100

190

Sodium Chloride

Lithium Chloride

SAT

150

SAT

190

Sodium Cyanide

Magnesium Carbonate

SAT

140

SAT

170

Sodium Hydroxide

Magnesium Chloride

SAT

170

SAT

200

Sodium Hydroxide

Magnesium Hydroxide

SAT

150

SAT

190

Sodium Hypochloride

Magnesium Nitrate

SAT

140

SAT

180

Sodium Monophosphate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Magnesium Sulfate

SAT

170

SAT

190

Sodium Nitrate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Mercuric Chloride

SAT

150

SAT

190

Sodium Sulfate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Mercurous Chloride

SAT

140

SAT

180

Sodium Thiosulfate

ALL

100

ALL

120

Methyl Ethyl Ketone

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

Stannic Chloride

SAT

160

SAT

190

Mineral Oils

100

170

100

200

Styrene

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

Monochlorobenzene

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

Sulfated Detergent

0/50

170

0/50

200

Naphtha

100

140

100

170

Sulfur Dioxide

100

80

100

200

Nickel Chloride

SAT

170

SAT

200

Sulfur Trioxide

100

80

100

200

Nickel Nitrate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Sulfuric Acid

93

N/R

93

N/R

Nickel Sulfate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Sulfuric Acid

50

N/R

50

180

5

140

5

150

Sulfuric Acid

25

75

25

190

Nitric Acid

10

80

35

160

SAT

170

SAT

200

SAT

170

SAT

200

N/R

N/R

50

150

N/R

N/R

25

80

N/R

N/R

10

150

Nitric Acid

20

70

20

100

Sulfurous Acid

SAT

80

N/R

N/R

Oleic Acid

100

170

100

190

Tartaric Acid

SAT

170

SAT

200

Oxalic Acid

ALL

75

ALL

120

Tetrachloroethylene

N/R

N/R

FUM

75

-

100

-

120

Toluene

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

Paper Mill Liquors
Perchlorethylene

100

N/R

100

N/R

Trisodium Phosphate

N/R

N/R

SAT

175

Perchloric Acid

N/R

N/R

10

150

Urea

SAT

130

SAT

140

Perchloric Acid

N/R

N/R

30

80

Vinegar

100

170

100

200

Phosphoric Acid

10

160

10

200

Water, Distilled

100

170

100

190

Phosphoric Acid

100

120

100

200

Water, Tap

100

170

100

190

Potassium Aluminum Sulfate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Water, Sea

SAT

170

SAT

190

Potassium Bicarbonate

50

80

50

140

Xylene

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

Potassium Carbonate

10

N/R

10

120

Zinc Chloride

SAT

170

SAT

200

Potassium Chloride

SAT

170

SAT

200

Zinc Nitrate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Potassium Dichromate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Zinc Sulfate

SAT

170

SAT

200

- : No Information Available

N/R: Not Recommended

SAT: Saturated Solution

Fiberglass

Kerosene

FUM: Fumes

305
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Technical Data

Load Data
Fiberglass Cable Tray and Cable Channel are offered in four versions for applications as follows:
Standard Series
13F, 24F, 36F, 46F, H46F, 48F
FCC-03, FCC-04, FCC-06, FCC-08

Resin Type

Color

Fire Retardant Polyester

Gray

Meets
ASTM E-84 Class 1 - UL94 VO
Good Corrosion Resistance
in most environments

Fire Retardant Vinyl Ester

Beige

ASTM E-84 Class 1 - UL94 VO
Improved Corrosion Resistance
For more severe environments
Higher Heat Distortion Temperature

Fire Retardant Dis-Stat

Black

ASTM E-84 Class 1 - UL94 VO
ASTM D257-99
Dissipates Static Charge

Zero Halogen Fire Retardant

Dark Gray

ASTM E-84 Class 1 - UL94 VO
Smoke Generation and Toxicity
for Mass Transit Requirements
and Off Shore application

High Performance
13FV, 24FV, 36FV, 46FV, H46FV, 48FV
FCCV-03, FCCV-04, FCCV-06, FCCV-08

Dis-Stat
13FD, 24FD, 36FD, 46FD, H46FD, 48FD
FCCD-03, FCCD-04, FCCD-06, FCCD-08

Low Smoke
13FT, 24FT, 36FT, 46FT, H46FT, 48FT
FCCT-03, FCCT-04, FCCT-06, FCCT-08

Effect of Temperature
Strength properties of reinforced plastics are reduced when continuously exposed
to elevated temperatures. Working loads shall be reduced based on the following:

Approximate
Percent of Strength

75
100
125
150
175
200

100
90
78
68
60
52

Fiberglass

Temperature in
Degrees F

NEMA Standard 8-10-1986
If unusual temperature conditions exist,
the manufacturer should be consulted.
Authorized Engineering information 8-20-1986

Typical Properties of Pultruded Components
B-Line Fiberglass Cable Tray systems are manufactured from glass fiber-reinforced
plastic shapes that meet ASTM E-84, Smoke Density rating for polyester of 680,
for vinyl ester 1025, Class 1 Flame Rating and self-extinguishing requirements of
ASTM D-635. A surface veil is applied during pultrusion to insure a resin-rich
surface and ultraviolet resistance.

Properties

Test
Method

Tensile Strength

ASTM D638

Tensile Modulus

ASTM D638

Flexural Strength

ASTM D790

Flexural Modulus
Izod Impact

Unit/
Value

Flame Resistance (FTMS 406-2023)
ign/burn, seconds

75/75

Intermittent Flame Test (HLT-15), rating

100

Flammability Test (ASTM D635)
Ignition
Burning Time

none
0 sec.

3" & 4" Cable Tray,
Cable Channel

6" Cable Tray

Longitudinal

Transverse

Longitudinal

Transverse

psi

30,000

7,000

40,000

4,500

psi x 106

2.5

.8

3.2

.6

psi

30,000

10,000

40,000

10,000

ASTM D790

psi x 106

1.6

.8

2.1

.8

ASTM D256

ft - lbs/in

28

4

28

4
10,000

Compressive Strength

ASTM D695

psi

30,000

15,000

40,000

Compressive Modulus

ASTM D695

psi x 106

2.5

1.0

3.2

.7

Barcol Hardness

ASTM D2583

-

45

45

45

45
5,500

Sheer Strength

ASTM D732

psi

5,500

5,500

5,500

Density

ASTM D1505

lbs/in3

.058-.062

-

.072 - .076

-

Coefficient of Thermal Expansion

ASTM D696

in/in/˚F

5.0 x 10-6

-

5.0 x 10-6

-

Water Absorption

ASTM D570

Max %

0.5

-

0.5

Dielectic Strength

ASTM D149

V/mil (vpm)

200

-

200

-

Flammability Classification

UL94

VO

-

-

-

-

Flame Spread

ASTM E-84

20 Max

-

-

-

-

306
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Technical Data

Structural Characteristics of Cable Tray and Supports
When viewed in its installed condition, any
cable tray system performs functionally as
a beam under a uniformly distributed load.
There are four basic beam configurations
typically found in a cable tray installation.
All four types of beams support cable tray
but each differ in the way that the beam is
attached to the support.
The first two beam configurations, simple
and continuous, apply to the cable tray itself.
The second two beam configurations,
cantilever and fixed, apply more to the cable
tray supports than to the cable tray itself.
Simple Beam
A good example of simple beam is a single
straight section of cable tray supported but
not fastened at either end. When the tray is
loaded the cable tray is allowed to deflect.

the cantilever beam will hold considerably
less load than a comparable simple beam.

Fixed Beam
A fixed beam configuration has both ends of
the beam rigidly attached to the supports. A
good example of a fixed beam is the rung of
a cable tray. By attaching the ends of the
rung to the side rails, the ends are not free
to move, bend or twist. This restriction in
end movement effectively increases the load
carrying capacity of the member.
Fixed beam configurations are also typically
found in strut rack type support systems.
These types of racks are found extensively
in tunnel applications for support of pipe
and cable tray.

Cantilever Beam
A cantilever beam configuration occurs when
one end of the beam is rigidly attached to the
support and the other end is unsupported.
This type of configuration is typically used
when wall mounting a bracket to support
cable tray. Since one end is unsupported,

Fiberglass

Simply beam analysis is used almost
universally for beam comparisons even
though it is seldom practical in field
installations. The three most prominent
reasons for using a simple beam analysis
are: calculations are simplified; it represents
the worst case loading; and testing is simple
and reliable. The published load data in the
B-Line cable tray catalog is based on the
simple beam analysis per NEMA Standard
FG-1.

Continuous Beam
Continuous beam is the beam configuration
most commonly used in cable tray
installations. An example of this configuration
is where cable trays are installed across
several supports to form a number of spans.
The continuous beam possesses traits of both
the simple and fixed beams.
When equal loads are applied to all spans
simultaneously, the counterbalancing effect
of the loads on both sides of a support
restricts the movement of the cable tray at
the support. The effect is similar to that of
a fixed beam. The end spans behave
substantially like simple beams. When cable
trays of identical design are compared,
continuous beam installations will typically
have approximately half the deflection of a
simple beam of the same span. Therefore,
simple beam data should be used for a
general comparison only.

Standard B-Line Label

Do Not Use As A Walkway, Ladder,
Or Support For Personnel.

Use Only As A Mechanical Support For Cables, Tubing and Raceways.
Catalog Number: 24A09-12-144 STR SECTION

1 of 1

260203 00 001
78101115400
D798981
1.000 SQ. IN.
D1 179 KG/M

3 METER SPAN

LA

S SI FI E

816 LIONS DRIVE
TROY, IL 62294

REFERENCE FILE # LR360266

This product is classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as
to its suitability as an equipment grounding conductor only. 556E

VENTILATED
09/05/2002

D

Shipping Ticket:
Mark Number:
Purchase Order:
Minimum Area:
Load Class:

C

(and description)

30781011154005

WARNING!

®

(618) 667-6779

Warning! Walkways
It should be noted that cable tray is designed as a support for power or control cables, or both and is not intended or designed to be a
walkway for personnel, the user is urged to display appropriate warnings cautioning against the use of this support as a walkway. The
following language is suggested:
WARNING! Not to be used as a walkway, ladder or support for personnel. To be used only as a mechanical support
for cables and tubing.
Authorized Engineering Information 8-20-1986

307
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Technical Data

Structural Characteristics of Cable Tray and Supports
Cable Loads
The cable load is simply the total weight of all
the cables to be placed in the tray. This load
should be expressed in lbs./ft.
Concentrated Loads
A concentrated static load represents a static
weight applied between the side rails. Tap
boxes, conduit attachments and long cable
drops are just some of the many types of
concentrated loads. When so specified, these
concentrated static loads may be converted to
an equivalent, uniform load (We) in pounds
per linear foot by using the following formula:
2x (concentrated static load)
We: =
span length (ft.)

Fiberglass

Wind Loads
Wind loads need to be determined for all
outdoor cable tray installations. Most outdoor
cable trays are ladder type trays, therefore the
most severe loading to be considered is

Detail 1

pressure on the tray side rails (see Detail 1).
When covers are installed on outdoor cable
trays, another factor to be considered is the
aerodynamic effect which can produce a lift
strong enough to separate a cover from a
tray. Wind moving across a covered tray (see
Detail 2) creates a positive pressure inside the
tray and a negative pressure above the cover.
This pressure difference can lift the cover off
the tray.

Detail 2

B-Line recommends the use of heavy duty
wrap-around cover clamps when covered
trays are installed in an area where strong
winds occur.
Ice Loads
Glaze ice is the most commonly seen form of
ice build-up. It is the result of rain or drizzle
freezing on impact with an exposed object.
Generally, only the top surface (or the cover)
and the windward side of a cable tray system
is significantly coated with ice. The maximum
design load to be added due to ice should be
determined from local and federal weather
bureau information.

Snow Loads
Snow is measured by density and thickness.
The density of snow varies almost as much as
its thickness. The additional design load from
snowfall should be determined using local
snowfall records which can be obtained from
local and federal weather bureaus.
Seismic Loads
In recent years a great deal of testing and
evaluation of cable tray systems, and their
supports, has been performed. The
conclusions reached from these evaluations
have shown the cable tray/strut support
system exhibited more seismic capacity than
originally expected. One of the factors
contributing to this is the energy dissipating
motion of the cables within the tray. Another
factor is the high degree of ductility of the
cable tray and the support material. These
factors, working in conjunction with a
properly designed cable tray system, should
afford reasonable assurance to withstand even
strong motion earthquakes. Please consult the
factory with your specific seismic
specifications and request a seismic brochure.
Splices
A lot of attention has been given to the
strength of the side rails. These load bearing
side rails must be spliced to form a continuous
system, therefore the design of the splice
plate is very important. The splice plate needs
to be both strong and simple to install. These
characteristics have been designed into
B-Line’s splice plates.
B-Line’s new high strength “L" shaped
LAY-IN splice plate offers several advantages:
1) stronger than flat plate splices.
2) time saving - holds tray in position before
fasteners are inserted.
3) provides base for an expansion splice to
function - no vertical binding.
4) discourages splice on support-positioning,
over the support is the worst place to
splice - Fig 3.
The location of splices in a continuous span
cable tray system is also very important. The
splices should be located at points of
minimum stress whenever practical. NEMA
standards FG-1 limits the use of splice plates
as follows:
Unspliced straight sections
should be used on a simple span
and on end spans of continuous
runs. Straight section lengths
should be equal to or greater
than the span length to ensure
not more than one splice
between supports. See Figures 1
through 3 for examples on
splicing configurations.

Typical Continuous
Span Configuration
Figure 1

+ Maximum positive moment
- Maximum negative moment

Preferred Splice
Plate Locations
Figure 2

Preferred splice location:
• 1⁄4 span

Undesirable Splice
Plate Locations
Figure 3

Undesired location:
• over supports
• mid spans

308
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Technical Data

Cable Tray Thermal Contraction and Expansion
X : Denotes hold-down clamp (anchor) at support.
_ : Denotes expansion guide clamp at support.

It is important that thermal contraction
and expansion be considered when
installing cable tray systems. The
length of the straight cable tray runs
and the temperature differential govern
the number of expansion splice plates
required (see Table 1 below).

X

--

--

--

--

X

--

-- --

--

X

X

--

--

--

--

X

--

-- --

--

X

Expansion Splice Plates

Figure 1

Typical Cable Tray Installation

The cable tray should be anchored at
the support nearest to its midpoint
between the expansion splice plates
and secured by expansion guides at all
other support locations (see Figure 1 Typical Cable Tray Installation). The
cable tray should be permitted
longitudinal movement in both
directions from that fixed point.

Maximum
Temperature
C°

Minimum
Temperature

F°

F°

130

50

50
110

110

1
90

90

30

30
70

70

20

20

3

50

50

10

0

30

-10

10

-20

-10

10

30

0

10

-10

-10

-20

-30

-30

Fiberglass

1 Plot the highest expected tray
temperature on the maximum
temperature line.
2 Plot the lowest expected tray
temperature on the minimum
temperature line.
3 Draw a line between the
maximum and minimum points.
4 Plot the tray temperature at the
time of installation to determine
the gap setting.

40

40

Tray Temperature At Time Of Installation

Accurate gap settings at the time of
installation is necessary for the proper
operation of the expansion splice
plates. The following procedure should
assist the installer in determining the
correct gap: (see Figure 2 - Gap
Setting)

C°

130

2

4
-30

-30

-40

-40
1/8
(3.2)

0
(0.0)

Figure 2

1/4
(6.3)

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

GAP SETTING
Inches (mm)

5/8
(15.9)

Table 1

Expansion or Contraction for Various Temperature Differences
Temperature Differential
°F (°C)
25
50
75
100
125
150
175

(-4)
(10)
(24)
(38)
(51)
(65)
(79)

Cable Tray Length
for 1" Expansion
667 Feet
333 Feet
222 Feet
167 Feet
133 Feet
111 Feet
95 Feet

(203.3m)
(101.5m)
(67.6m)
(50.9m)
(40.5m)
(33.8m)
(28.9m)

Tray Length for
Each Expansion Connector*
417 Feet (127.1m)
208 Feet (63.4m)
139 Feet (42.3m)
104 Feet (31.7m)
83 Feet (25.3m)
69 Feet (21.0m)
59 Feet (18.0m)

Note for gap set and hold down/guide location, see installation instruction above.
*1" (25.4mm) slotted holes in each expansion connector allow 5⁄8" (15.9mm) total expansion or contraction.
Authorized Engineering Information 8-20-1986

309
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Technical Data

Cable Tray Installation Guide
Installation of B-Line fiberglass cable tray should be made in accordance with the standards set by NEMA
Publication VE-2, Cable Tray Installation Guide, and National Electrical Code, Article 318.
-

Always observe common safety practices when assembling tray and fittings. Installations generally require some field cutting. Dust
created during fabrication presents no serious health hazard, but skin irritation may be experienced by some workers.
Operators of saws and drills should wear masks, long sleeve shirts or coveralls.
Fabrication with fiberglass is relatively easy and comparable to working with wood. Ordinary hand tools may be used in most cases.
Avoid excessive pressure when sawing or drilling. Too much force can rapidly dull tools and also produce excessive heat which
softens the bonding resin in the fiberglass resulting in a ragged edge rather than a clean-cut edge.
Field cutting is simple and can be accomplished with a circular power saw with an abrasive cut-off wheel (masonry type) or hack saw
(24 to 32 teeth per inch).
Drill fiberglass as you would drill hard wood. Standard twist drills are more than adequate.
Any surface that has been drilled, cut, sanded or otherwise broken, must be sealed with a compatible resin. (see page 347)
Carbide tipped saw blades and drill bits are recommended when cutting large quantities.
Support the fiberglass material firmly during cutting operations to keep material from shifting which may cause chipping at the
cut edge.
Each tray section length should be equal to or greater than the support span.
When possible, the splice should be located at quarter span.
Fittings should be supported as per NEMA FG-1.

Fiberglass

Recommended Fiberglass Trapeze Hanging Systems
Notes:
1) A snug three to four ft.-lbs. torque is sufficient for all thread rod nuts.
2) When supporting cable tray, the spacing between each trapeze should not exceed the distance between splice plates.
3) When hanging from beam, B-Line BFPU751 series clamps provide extra thread engagement necessary for load ratings. All thread rod
must be fully engaged in the clamp.
4) Design load safety factor is 3:1

BF22A Strut:

1

⁄2" fiberglass all-thread rod (BFVATR 1⁄2)

2" max between material
being supported and rod

fiberglass ATR nut (BFVATRHN 1⁄2)
fiberglass spacer (BFV202)
maximum uniform load
1,500 lbs.

BF22A fiberglass strut

fiberglass spacer (BFV202)
1

⁄2" (13mm) Min.
40" (1016mm)
Max.

fiberglass ATR nut (BFVATRHN 1⁄2)

2" (51mm)
Min.

BF22 Strut:
1

⁄2" fiberglass all-thread rod (BFVATR 1⁄2)

2" max between material
being supported and rod

fiberglass ATR nut (BFVATRHN 1⁄2)
maximum uniform load
500 lbs.

fiberglass spacer (BFV202)
BF22 fiberglass strut

fiberglass spacer (BFV202)
1

⁄2" (13mm) Min.

fiberglass ATR nut (BFVATRHN 1⁄2)
40" (1016mm)
Max.

2" (51mm)
Min.

For vinyl ester resin, ‘V’ must be added appropriately to part number. Example: BFV22A.

310
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Technical Data

Cable Tray Support Locations For Fittings
per NEMA VE-2 Installation Guide
2 ft. (.6M)

2 ft. (.6M)

2 ft. (.6M)

2 ft. (.6M)

2 ft. (.6M)
2 ft. (.6M)

2

ft.
(.6
M
)

22.5˚
45˚

2 ft. (.6M)

2 ft. (.6M)

2 ft. (.6M)

2 ft. (.6M)

ø
2 ft. (.6M)

ø

Vertical Elbows
2/3 R

2 ft. (.6M)

2 ft. (.6M)
1/2 L

2

ft.
(.6
M
)

2/3 R

L

Horizontal Cross

1/2 ø

Horizontal Tee

Fiberglass

2 ft. (.6M)

2 ft. (.6M)

Horizontal Elbows

ø = 30˚, 45˚, 60˚, 90˚
How To Size Cable Tray
Based on the National Electrical Code - 1993, Section 318
The National Electrical Code Article 318 was written primarily for verifying the cable fill in cable trays but little has been done to convert this
information into a design procedure.
In the development of a complete cable tray support system, B-Line established a simple method of determining the right size tray to support
any given amount of cables. The following tables cover our method for determining cable tray widths based on tray design and system voltage.
Table I
Table I is subdivided into two categories covering electrical service of 2000 volts or less. The first, Category A, is for any mixture of power or
lighting cables with any mixture of control or signal cables. Category B is used when control and/or signal cables only are being used.
Control Circuit - the circuit of a control apparatus or system that carries the electric signals
directing the performance of the controller, but does not carry the main power (NEC Article 100).
Signaling Circuit - any electric circuit that energizes signaling equipment (NEC Article 100).
Table II
Table II has only one category of electrical service and that is 2001 volts and over for types MV and MC cables both single and multiconductor.
Type MV is a single or multiconductor solid dielectric insulated cable rated 2001 volts or higher (NEC Article 326).
Type MC cable is a factory assembly of one or more conductors, each individually insulated and enclosed in a metallic sheath or interlocking
tape, or a smooth or corrugated tube (NEC Article 334).
Cables other than Types MV and MC can be installed provided they are "specifically approved for installation in cable trays."
Table III
Table III covers 3, 4 and 6 inch ventilated cable channels.

Tray Sizing Procedure
Step 1.

Select proper cable tray table below based on cable voltage and tray type.

Cable Voltage

Cable Tray Type

Use:

2000 Volts or less

Ladder, Cable Tray

Table I

2001 Volts or more

Ladder, Cable Tray

Table II

2001 Volts or less

Cable Channel, ventilated

Table III

311
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Technical Data

How To Size Cable Tray
Tables I - Ladder Cable Tray - for cables rated 2000 volts or less
For power or lighting or any mixture of power, lighting, control or signal cables:

1. Multiconductor Cable
Conductor sizes 4/0 and larger*
Conductor sizes 3/0 and smaller

tray width ≥ Sd
tray width ≥ 0.857 Sa

NEC 318-9(a) (1)
NEC 318-9(a) (2)

Example: Calculate width of cable tray required for the following Type TC Cables.
6
21
20

4/c
4/c
5/c

500 kcmil
#8 AWG
#12 AWG

Power:
Lighting:
Control:

Diameter = 3.14
Area = 0.407
Area = 0.170

6 x 3.14 = 18.84
.857 (21 x 0.407) = 7.32
.857 (20 x 0.170) = 2.91
29.07

Solution: Use 30 inch wide tray
2. Single Conductor Cable
Conductor sizes 250 MCM thru 900 MCM† only
Conductor sizes 3/0 and smaller

tray width ≥ 0.023 Sa*
tray width ≥ 0.857 Sa

NEC 318-10(a) (2)
NEC 318-10(a) (4)

Example: Calculate width of cable tray required for the following Type THW Wires.
6
9
6

1/c
1/c
1/c

4/0 AWG
500 kcmil
250 kcmil

Power:
Power:
Power:

Diameter = 0.710
Area = 0.83
Area = 0.49

(6 x 0.71) = 4.26
.923 (9 x 0.83) = 6.89
.923 (6 x 0.49) = 2.71

Fiberglass

13.86

Solution: Use 18 inch wide tray
3. Mixture of Single and Multiconductor Cable
Example: Calculate width of cable tray required for the following mix of cables. Use guidelines from (1) & (2) above.
2
12
60
4
6

3/c
4/c
4/c
1/c
1/c

250 kcmil
#8 AWG
#12 AWG
1/0AWG
500kc mil

Type
Type
Type
Type
Type

MC
TC
TC
THW
THW

Power:
Lighting:
Control:
Power:
Power:

Diameter
Area
Area
Diameter
Area

=
=
=
=
=

1.84
0.41
0.12
0.55
0.83

2 x 1.84
.857 (12 x 0.41)
.857 (60 x 0.12)
(4 x 0.55)
.923 (6 x 0.83)

=
=
=
=
=

3.68
4.22
6.17
2.20
4.60

20.87

Solution: Use 24 inch wide tray

For control and/or signal duty cable only:

1. Multiconductor Cable

tray width ≥

2Sa

NEC 318-9(b)

D

All conductor sizes**

Example: Calculate width of cable tray required for the following Type TC Cables in 4 inch deep tray.
24
42
18

16/c
4/c
4/c

16 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG

Control:
Control:
Control:

Area = 0.29
Area = 0.13
Area = 0.20

2(24 x 0.29) ÷ 4 = 3.48
2(42 x 0.13) ÷ 4 = 2.73
2(18 x 0.20) ÷ 4 = 1.80
8.01

Solution: Use 24 inch wide tray
*
**
†
Sd
Sa

The 4/0 and larger cable shall be installed in a single layer and no other cables shall be placed on them.
For computation only depth D can not exceed 6 inches.
For 1000 MCM and larger single conductor cable, refer to NEC 318-10(a)1 for sizing information.
= the sum of the diameters, in inches, of all cables in the same ladder cable tray.
= the sum of the cross-sectional areas, in square inches, of all cables in the same ladder cable tray.

312
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Technical Data

How To Size Cable Tray
Table II - Ladder - for cables rated 2000 volts or less
For MV or MC cables:

1. Mixture of Single and Multiconductor Cable
All conductor sizes†

NEC 318-12
tray width ≥ Sd

Example: Calculate width of cable tray required for the following cables.
4
10
4

1/c
3/c
3/c

500 kcmil
2/0 AWG
4/0 AWG

Type MV
Type MC
Type MV

Diameter =
Diameter =
Diameter =

1.05
1.55
1.78

4 x 1.05 = 4.20
10 x 1.55 = 15.50
4 x 1.78 = 7.12
26.82

Solution: Use 30 inch wide tray

Table III - Cable Channel, Ventilated - for cables rated 2000 volts or less
For power, lighting, control and/or signal duty cables:

1. Multiconductor Cable (all size cables)
One cable only
Two or more cables

NEC 318-9(E)

3 inch wide

4 inch wide

6 inch wide

Sa ≤ 2.3 in2
Sa ≤ 1.3 in2

Sa ≤ 4.5 in2
Sa ≤ 2.5 in2

Sa ≤ 7.0 in2
Sa ≤ 3.8 in2

Example: Calculate width of cable channel required for the following Type TC Cables.
3/c
4/c

1/0 AWG
300 kcmil

Area = 1.17 which is less than 1.3. Use 3 inch wide.
Area = 3.77 which is less than 4.5. Use 3 inch wide.

6
2

4/c
3/c

#10 AWG
1/0 AWG

Area = 6 x 0.20 = 1.20 which is less than 1.3. Use 3 inch wide.
Area = 2 x 1.17 = 2.34 which is less than 2.5. Use 4 inch wide.

2. Single Conductor (1/0 AWG or larger)
Any number of cables

Fiberglass

1
1

NEC 318-10(b)

3 inch wide

4 inch wide

6 inch wide

Sd ≤ 3.0

Sd ≤ 4.0

Sd ≤ 6.0

Example: Type THW Cables.
3
8

1/c
1/c

500 kcmil
4/0 kcmil

Type THW
Type THW

Diameter =
Diameter =

3 x 1.029 = 3.09 which is less than 4.0. Use 4 inch wide.
8 x 0.71 = 5.68 which is less than 6.0. Use 6 inch wide.

†

Cables shall be installed in a single layer. Where single conductor cables are triplexed, quadruplexed or bound together in circuit groups, the sum of the diameters of
the single conductors shall not exceed the cable tray width and these groups shall be installed in single layer arrangement.
Sd = the sum of the diameters, in inches, of all cables in the same ladder cable tray.
Sa = the sum of the cross-sectional areas, in square inches, of all cables in the same ladder cable tray.

Covers (Derating)

Cross-Sectional Area

Multipliers Used in Tables

When cable trays are continuously covered for more than six
feet with solid unventilated covers, the ampacity of the
installed cables must be reduced per NEC-1993.
2000 volts or less
• MULTICONDUCTOR CABLES
- use 95% of tables 310-16 and 310-18
• SINGLE CONDUCTOR CABLES
- 600 MCM and larger use 70% of tables 310-17 and
310-19 1/0 AWG thru 500 kc mil use 60% of tables
310-17 and 310-19
2001 volts and over
• MULTICONDUCTOR CABLES
- use 95% of tables 310-75 and 310-76
• SINGLE CONDUCTOR CABLES
- use 70% of tables 310-69 and 310-70

Rarely is the cross-sectional area of a
multiconductor cable given in
manufacturers literature or the
National Electrical Code. To calculate
the cross-sectional area simply square
the diameter and multiply by 0.7854.
The diameter used in the calculations
is the overall outside diameter (O.D.)
of the cable including insulation
and/or armor.
Cross Sectional Area (Square Inches)

The multipliers used in all tables are
mathematical equivalents of Tables
318-9 and 318-10 of the National
Electrical Code-1993.

= 0.7854 (O.D.)2

An example can be found in column
1 of Table 318-9. The proportion of
cable tray width (size inches) to
allowable fill (seven square inches) is
0.857 for 3/0 and smaller
multiconductor cables in ladder type
trays. Therefore the product of 0.857
and the cross-sectional area of cables
is the tray width.

313
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Recommended Tray Specifications

SECTION 161xx
NON-METALLIC CABLE TRAY
POLYESTER, VINYL ESTER & DIS-STAT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A.

The work covered under this section consists of the furnishing of all necessary labor,
supervision, materials, equipment, tests and services to install complete cable tray systems as
shown on the drawings.

B.

Cable tray systems are defined to include, but are not limited to straight sections of [ladder
type] [vented bottom type] [solid bottom type] cable trays, bends, tees, elbows, drop-outs,
supports and accessories.

1.02
A.
B.
C.
1.03

Fiberglass

SECTION INCLUDES

REFERENCES
ANSI/NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code
NEMA FG 1-2002 – Non-Metallic Cable Tray Systems
NEMA VE 2-2002 – Cable Tray Installation Guidelines
DRAWINGS

A.

The drawings, which constitute a part of these specifications, indicate the general route of
the cable tray systems. Data presented on these drawings are as accurate as preliminary
surveys and planning can determine until final equipment selection is made. Accuracy is not
guaranteed and field verification, of all dimensions, routing, etc., is directed.

B.

Specifications and drawings are for assistance and guidance, but exact routing, locations,
distances and levels will be governed by actual field conditions. Contractor is directed to
make field surveys as part of his work prior to submitting system layout drawings.

1.04

SUBMITTALS

A.

Submittal Drawings: Submit drawings of cable tray and accessories including clamps,
brackets, hanger rods, splice plate connectors, expansion joint assemblies, and fittings,
showing accurately scaled components.

B.

Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on cable tray including, but not limited to, types,
materials, finishes, rung spacings, inside depths and fitting radii. For side rails and rungs,
submit cross sectional properties including Section Modulus (Sx) and Moment of Inertia (Ix).

1.05

QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of cable trays and fittings of types
and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for
not less than 5 years.

B.

NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA Standards Publication Number FG-1,
"Non-Metallic Cable Tray Systems".

C.

NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC, as applicable to construction and installation of cable
tray and cable channel systems (Article 318, NEC).

1.06

DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A.

Deliver cable tray systems and components carefully to avoid breakage, denting and scoring
finishes. Do not install damaged equipment.

B.

Store cable trays and accessories in original cartons and in clean dry space; protect from
weather and construction traffic. Wet materials should be unpacked and dried before storage.
continued on page 315

314
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Recommended Tray Specifications

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
A.
2.02

ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as manufactured
by Cooper B-Line, Inc. [or engineer approved equal].
CABLE TRAY SECTIONS AND COMPONENTS

A.

General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide non-metallic cable trays, of types, classes,
and sizes indicated; with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units.
Construct units with rounded edges and smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable
standards; and with the following additional construction features. Cable tray shall be installed
according to the latest revision of NEMA VE 2.

B.

Material and Finish: Straight section structural elements; side rails, rungs and splice plates
shall be pultruded from glass fiber reinforced polyester resin, vinyl ester resin or dis-stat.

C.

Pultruded shapes shall be constructed with a surface veil to insure a resin-rich surface and
ultraviolet resistance.

D.

Pultruded shapes shall meet ASTM E-84, Class 1 flame rating and self-extinguishing
requirements of ASTM D-635.

2.03

TYPE OF TRAY SYSTEM
Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse
members (rungs) mechanically fastened and adhesively bonded to the side rails. Rungs shall
be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in radiused fittings shall be industry
standard 9" and measured at the center of the tray’s width. Each rung must be capable of
supporting a 200 lb. concentrated load at the center of the cable tray with a safety factor of
1.5 (See following rung loading table).

B.

Ventilated Bottom Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with
rungs spaced 4" on center.

C.

Solid Bottom Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a solid
sheet over rungs spaced on 12" centers.

D.

Cable tray loading depth shall be [2] [3] [5] inches per NEMA FG 1.

E.

Straight sections shall be supplied in standard [10 foot (3m)] [20 foot (6m)] lengths.

F.

Cable tray inside widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on
drawings. Outside width shall not exceed inside by more than a total of 2".

G.

Straight and expansion splice plates will be of "L" shaped lay-in design with an eight-bolt
pattern in 5" fill systems and four-bolt pattern in 3" and 2" fill systems. Splice plates shall
be furnished with straight sections and fittings.

H.

All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36].

I.

Molded fittings shall be formed with a minimum 3" tangent following the radius.

J.

Systems with 3 inch loading depth shall have 90-degree and 45-degree molded fittings in
12 inch or 24 inch radius. (Polyester and vinylester only.)

K.

Systems with 5 inch loading depth shall have 90-degree and 45-degree molded fittings in
24 inch or 36 inch radius. (Polyester and vinylester only.)

L.

All other fittings shall be of mitered construction.

M.

Fiberglass

A.

Dimension tolerances will be per NEMA FG 1.

continued on page 316

315
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass 2.04
A.

Recommended Tray Specifications

LOADING CAPACITIES
Cable trays shall meet NEMA class designation: [8C] [12C] [20B] [20C].
Or

A.

Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of _______ lbs./ft on
a _______ foot support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span
and tested per NEMA VE 1 Section 5.2.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A.

Install cable trays as indicated: Installation shall be in accordance with equipment
manufacturer's instructions, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that cable tray
equipment comply with requirements of NEC and applicable portions of NFPA 70B.
Reference NEMA VE 2 for general cable tray installation guidelines.

B.

Coordinate cable tray with other electrical work as necessary to properly integrate
installation of cable tray work with other work.

C.

Provide sufficient space encompassing cable trays to permit access for installing and
maintaining cables.

D.

Cable tray fitting supports shall be located such that they meet the strength requirements
of straight sections. Install fitting supports per NEMA VE 2 guidelines, or in accordance
with manufacturer's instructions.

3.02
Fiberglass

INSTALLATION

A.

TESTING
Upon request manufacturer shall provide test reports witnessed by an independent testing
laboratory of the "worst case" loading conditions outlined in this specification and performed
in accordance with the latest revision of NEMA FG 1.

316
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Recommended Tray Specifications
SECTION 161xx

LOW SMOKE, ZERO HALOGEN,
NON-METALLIC CABLE TRAY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01

SECTION INCLUDES

A.

The work covered under this section consists of the furnishing of all necessary labor,
supervision, materials, equipment, tests and services to install complete cable tray systems
as shown on the drawings.

B.

Cable tray systems are defined to include, but are not limited to straight sections of ladder
type cable trays, bends, tees, elbows, drop-outs, supports and accessories.

1.02

REFERENCES

A.

ANSI/NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code

B.

NEMA FG 1-2002 – Non-Metallic Cable Tray Systems

C.

NEMA VE 2-2002 – Cable Tray Installation Guidelines

1.03

DRAWINGS
The drawings, which constitute a part of these specifications, indicate the general route of
the cable tray systems. Data presented on these drawings are as accurate as preliminary
surveys and planning can determine until final equipment selection is made. Accuracy is not
guaranteed and field verification, of all dimensions, routing, etc., is directed.

B.

Specifications and drawings are for assistance and guidance, but exact routing, locations,
distances and levels will be governed by actual field conditions. Contractor is directed to
make field surveys as part of his work prior to submitting system layout drawings.

1.04

SUBMITTALS

A.

Submittal Drawings: Submit drawings of cable tray and accessories including clamps,
brackets, hanger rods, splice plate connectors, expansion joint assemblies, and fittings,
showing accurately scaled components.

B.

Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on cable tray including, but not limited to, types,
materials, finishes, rung spacings, inside depths and fitting radii. For side rails and rungs,
submit cross sectional properties including Section Modulus (Sx) and Moment of Inertia (Ix).

1.05

Fiberglass

A.

QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of cable trays and fittings of types
and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for
not less than 5 years.

B.

NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA Standards Publication Number FG-1, "Non-Metallic
Cable Tray Systems".

C.

NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC, as applicable to construction and installation of cable
tray and cable channel systems (Article 392, NEC).

continued on page 318

317
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass 1.06

Recommended Tray Specifications

DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A.

Deliver cable tray systems and components carefully to avoid breakage, denting and scoring
finishes. Do not install damaged equipment.

B.

Store cable trays and accessories in original cartons and in clean dry space; protect from
weather and construction traffic. Wet materials should be unpacked and dried before storage.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
A.

Fiberglass

2.02

ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be part number
24FT09-12-240 as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc. [or engineer approved equal].
CABLE TRAY SECTIONS AND COMPONENTS

A.

General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide non-metallic cable trays, of types, classes,
and sizes indicated; with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct
units with rounded edges and smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and
with the following additional construction features. Cable tray shall be installed according to
the latest revision of NEMA VE 2.

B.

Material and Finish: Straight section structural elements; side rails, rungs and splice plates
shall be pultruded from glass fiber reinforced zero halogen resin.

C.

Pultruded shapes shall be constructed with a surface veil to insure a resin-rich surface and
ultraviolet resistance.

D.

Pultruded shapes shall meet the following criteria shown in Table 1:
Table 1
Test Performed

Specified Requirement

Flexural Strength
Flexural Modulus
Tensile Strength
Tensile Modulus
Impact Strength
Dielectric Strength
Arc Resistance
Water Absorption
Thermal Expansion
Flame Spread Index
Flame Resistance
Tracking Resistance
Specific Optical
Smoke Density

25,000 psi, Min.
1,000,000 psi, Min.
17,000 psi, Min.
900,000 psi, Min.
25 ft-lb./in., Min.
170 volts/mil, Min.
180 seconds, Min.
0.2%, Max.
0.000007 in./in./°F., Max.
60, Max.
UL 94 V-0, Min.
600 minutes, Min. at 2500V
200 Max. within 4 minutes
after start of test.

continued on page 319

318
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Recommended Tray Specifications

SMOKE TOXICITY
Gases

Maximum Quantities

Hydrogen Chloride
Hydrogen Bromide
Hydrogen Cyanide
Hydrogen Sulfide
Vinyl Chloride
Ammonia
Aldehydes
Oxides of Nitrogen
Carbon Dioxide
Carbon Monoxide

10 ppm
10 ppm
10 ppm
10 ppm
10 ppm
500 ppm
30 ppm
100 ppm
15,000 ppm
1,000 ppm

Fiberglass pultruded shapes are manufactured per Creative Pultrusions Inc. Fiberglass
Transportation Products-130 specifications.

2.03

TYPE OF TRAY SYSTEM
Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse
members (rungs) mechanically fastened and adhesively bonded to the side rails. Ladder
Cable Tray shall be Cooper B-Line part number 24FT09-12-240 [or engineered
approved equal]. Rung spacing in radiused fittings shall be industry standard 9" and
measured at the center of the tray’s width.

B.

Straight and expansion splice plates will be of "L" shaped lay-in design with a four-bolt
pattern. Splice plates shall be furnished with straight sections and fittings.

C.

All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36].

D.

All fittings shall be of mitered construction.

E.

Dimension tolerances will be per NEMA FG 1.

2.04
A.

Fiberglass

A.

LOADING CAPACITIES
Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ______ lbs./ft on
a ______-foot support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span
and tested per NEMA VE 1 Section 5.2.

continued on page 320

319
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Recommended Tray Specifications

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01

INSTALLATION

A.

Install cable trays as indicated: Installation shall be in accordance with equipment
manufacturer's instructions, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that cable tray
equipment comply with requirements of NEC and applicable portions of NFPA 70B.
Reference NEMA VE 2 for general cable tray installation guidelines.

B.

Coordinate cable tray with other electrical work as necessary to properly integrate
installation of cable tray work with other work.

C.

Provide sufficient space encompassing cable trays to permit access for installing and
maintaining cables.

D.

Cable tray fitting supports shall be located such that they meet the strength requirements
of straight sections. Install fitting supports per NEMA VE 2 guidelines, or in accordance
with manufacturer's instructions.

3.02

Upon request manufacturer shall provide test reports witnessed by an independent testing
laboratory of the "worst case" loading conditions outlined in this specification and performed
in accordance with the latest revision of NEMA FG 1.

Fiberglass

A.

TESTING

320
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Cable Tray Numbering System

To order a Fiberglass straight section of cable tray, select the
appropriate size and material from the charts below and place those
symbols in the sequence shown to form the complete catalog
number.

Procedure:
1. Select the correct Cooper B-Line series Fiberglass tray using
the Load Data for straight sections shown on page 322 for 3",
page 323 for 4", page 23 for 6" and page 24 for 8" fittings.
2. Select the resin required. Polyester, Vinyl Ester, or Zero
Halogen. Refer to Corrosion Guide on pages 304 and 305, for
the effect of environmental conditions on the desired material
and the effective temperature range on page 306.
3. The tray prefix is completed by inserting the rung spacing.
4. Select the desired width in inches. Refer to How To Size Cable
Tray Section if width has to be computed based on number and
size of cables. See pages 311 thru 313.
5. Finally select the straight section length in inches.
Fiberglass 120 [10'] (3m) or 240 [20'] (6m)

Straight Section Part Numbering
24

Example:

Prefix
F
09 - 24 - 120

Material

Rung Spacing

13
24
36
46
H46
48

F - Fiberglass
Polyester Resin
FV - Fiberglass
Vinyl Ester Resin
FT - Zero Halogen
FD - Dis-Stat

6"
9"
12"

(152)
(228)
(305)

*See page FT-50
for Marine Rung
option.

Width
6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

Fiberglass

Series

Length

(152)
(228)
(305)
(457)
(609)
(762)
(914)

120 [10 ft]
240 [20 ft]

(3m)
(6m)

Note: One pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included.

Fitting Section Part Selector
Prefix
Example:

4

Height
3"
4"
6"
8"

(76)
(101)
(152)
(203)

F

-

24

Material
F - Fiberglass
Polyester Resin
FV - Fiberglass
Vinyl Ester
Resin
FT - Zero Halogen
FD - Dis-Stat

Notes: Standard rung spacing on fittings is 9" (225).
Splice plates with SS6 hardware included.

-

90

HB

Width
6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

(152)
(228)
(305)
(457)
(609)
(762)
(914)

24

Angle
30˚
45˚
60˚
90˚

Type
HB HT HX VI VO VT VTURR LR SR -

Horizontal Bend
Horizontal Tee
Horizontal Cross
Vertical Inside Bend
Vertical Outside Bend
Vertical Tee
Vertical Tee, Up
Right Reducer
Left Reducer
Straight Reducer

Radius
12"
24"
36"

(305)
(609)
(914)

321
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

3” Straight Section

1" (25)

NEMA
2" Fill
3" (76)
1" (25)

One pair of splice plates with SS6 (316 Stainless Steel) hardware included

Series 13 Fiberglass Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 13 F 09 - 24 - 120

Series
Fiberglass

13

Material

Type

Width

F = Polyester
FV = Vinyl Ester
FT = Zero Halogen
FD = Dis-Stat

Ladder 06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

06
09
12
18
24

=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"

B-Line
Series

13F

For side rail &
rung data, see charts
on pages AP-5 & AP-6

Side Rail
Dimensions

NEMA & CSA
Classifications

1.00

NEMA: 8C

NEMA
2” fill
3.00
1.00

Á

Length
120 = 10 ft.
13F
240 = 20 ft.

¬Primary

Length.
Length.

ÁSecondary

See page 39 for
explanation of lengths.

Rung
Spacing

Overall Width
(Width + 7/8”)

¬

See page 351 for additional rung options.

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

Span
meters

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

6

257

0.005

1.8

382

0.086

8

145

0.016

2.4

216

0.267

10

93

0.040

3.0

138

0.681

12

64

0.083

3.7

95

1.411

14

47

0.153

4.3

70

2.614

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VFG-1 on 24" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Published load
safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a
load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being
installed.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%.

322

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

4” Straight Section

11⁄8" (28)

NEMA
3"

4" (101)

1" (25)

One pair of splice plates with SS6 (316 Stainless Steel) hardware included

Series 24 Fiberglass Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 24 F 09 - 24 - 120

Series
24

Type
Ladder 06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

Width

Rung
Spacing

Overall Width
(Width + 7/8”)

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.125

24F

NEMA
3” fill
4.00

For side rail &
rung data, see charts
on pages AP-5 & AP-6

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¬
Á

Length
120 = 10 ft.
24F
240 = 20 ft.

¬Primary

Fiberglass

Material
F = Polyester
FV = Vinyl Ester
FT = Zero Halogen
FD = Dis-Stat

Length.
Length.

ÁSecondary

See page 39 for
explanation of lengths.

See page 351 for additional rung options.

NEMA & CSA
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

Span
meters

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

NEMA: 12C

6

627

0.001

1.8

933

0.023

CSA: E-3m

8

353

0.004

2.4

525

0.074

10

226

0.011

3.0

336

0.182

12

157

0.022

3.7

233

0.378

1.00

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VFG-1 on 36" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Published load
safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a
load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being
installed.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%.

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

323

Fiberglass -

6” Straight Sections

15⁄8" (41)

Rung
Spacing

NEMA
5" fill

6" (152)

One pair of splice plates with SS6
(316 Stainless Steel) hardware included

1" (25)

Overall Width
36F (Width + 7/8”)
46F & H46F (Width + 1”)

For side rail &
rung data, see charts
on pages AP-5 & AP-6

Series 36,46, H46 Fiberglass Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 36 F 09 - 24 - 120

Series
36
46

Material

Type

F = Polyester
FV = Vinyl Ester
FT = Zero Halogen
FD = Dis-Stat

Ladder 06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

Width

Fiberglass

H46

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

Side Rail
Dimensions

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¬

Length

120
Á 240
¬ 120
Á 240
¬ 120
Á 240

10
20
10
20
10
20

ft.
36F
ft.
ft.
46F
ft.
ft.
H46F
ft.

¬Primary

Length.
Length.
See page 39 for explanation of lengths.

NEMA & CSA
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

Span
meters

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

NEMA: 20B

12

246

0.006

3.7

367

0.104

CSA: E-6m

14

181

0.011

4.3

269

0.193

16

139

0.019

4.9

206

0.330

18

109

0.031

5.5

163

0.528

20

89

0.047

6.1

132

0.811

NEMA: 20C+

12

393

0.005

3.7

584

0.079

CSA: E-6m

14

288

0.009

4.3

429

0.145

16

221

0.015

4.9

329

0.246

18

174

0.023

5.5

260

0.396

20

141

0.035

6.1

210

0.605

NEMA: 20C+

12

424

0.005

3.7

631

0.079

CSA: E-6m

14

312

0.009

4.3

464

0.144

16

239

0.015

4.9

355

0.248

18

188

0.023

5.5

280

0.396

20

153

0.035

6.1

227

0.608

36F

=
=
=
=
=
=

ÁSecondary

See page 351 for additional rung options.

B-Line
Series

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

1.625

NEMA
5” fill

46F

6.00
1.00

H46F

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VFG-1 on 36" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Published load
safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a
load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being
installed.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%.

324

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

8” Straight Sections
23/16" (55)

NEMA
7" fill
8" (203)

One pair of splice plates with SS6 (316 Stainless Steel) hardware included

1" (25)

Series 48 Fiberglass Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 48 F 09 - 24 - 120

Series

Type
Ladder 06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

Width

Rung
Spacing

Overall Width
(Width + 1”)

B-Line
Series

For side rail &
rung data, see charts
on pages AP-5 & AP-6

Side Rail
Dimensions
2.188

48F

NEMA & CSA
Classifications
NEMA: 20C+

NEMA
7” fill
8.00

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¬
Á

Length
Fiberglass

48

Material
F = Polyester
FV = Vinyl Ester
FT = Zero Halogen
FD = Dis-Stat

120 = 10 ft.
48F
240 = 20 ft.

¬Primary

Length.
Length.

ÁSecondary

See page 39 for
explanation of lengths.

See page 351 for additional rung options.

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

Span
meters

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

12

348

0.003

3.7

518

0.052

14

256

0.006

4.3

381

0.097

16

196

0.010

4.9

291

0.165

18

155

0.015

5.5

231

0.210

20

125

0.024

6.1

187

0.401

1.00

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VFG-1 on 36" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Published load
safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a
load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being
installed.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%.

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

325

Fiberglass

Fiberglass - Fitting Numbering System

Series 24 Fiberglass Fittings Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 4 F - 12 - 90 HB 12

Height
3
4
6
8

=
=
=
=

3” **
4”
6”
8”

Material
F
FV
FT
FD

=
=
=
=

Polyester
Vinyl Ester
Zero Halogen
Dis-Stat

** 3” deep fittings are only available in
6” thru 24” widths and 12” radius only.

326

Width
06 =
09 =
12 =
18 =
24 =
30 =
36 =

6" (152)
9" (228)
12" (305)
18" (457)
24" (609)
30" (762)
36" (914)

(9" rung spacing is standard)

Angle

Type

Radius

45 = 45°
90 = 90°

HB = Horizontal Bend
HT = Horizontal Tee
HX = Horizontal Cross
VI = Vertical Inside Bend
VO = Vertical Outside Bend
LR = Left Reducer
RR = Right Reducer
SR = Straight Reducer
VT = Vertical Tee Down
VTU = Vertical Tee Up

12 = 12" (305)
24 = 24" (609)
36 = 36" (914)

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Horizontal Bend
90° (HB)

One pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included.

-RBend
Radius
in.

12

Tray
Width

mm

305

in.

914

in.

mm

in.

R

mm

152 (Prefix)-06-90HB12 203⁄8

517

203⁄8

517

9

228 (Prefix)-09-90HB12 217⁄8

555

217⁄8

555

3

3

12

305 (Prefix)-12-90HB12 22 ⁄4

578

22 ⁄4

578

18

457 (Prefix)-18-90HB12 265⁄16

668

265⁄16

668

24

609 (Prefix)-24-90HB12 293⁄8

746

293⁄8

746

30

762 (Prefix)-30-90HB12 323⁄8

822

323⁄8

822

3

914 (Prefix)-36-90HB12 35 ⁄8
1

6

152 (Prefix)-06-90HB24 32 ⁄2

9

228 (Prefix)-09-90HB24

34

898
826

3

898

1

826

35 ⁄8
32 ⁄2

864

34

864

12

305 (Prefix)-12-90HB24 351⁄2

902

351⁄2

902

18

457 (Prefix)-18-90HB24 381⁄2

978

381⁄2

A

90˚ Mitered
Prefix - 06 - 90 HB 12
Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.
(Prefix) See page 326 for catalog number prefix.
Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory.

978

For 3” Fittings

24

609 (Prefix)-24-90HB24 41 ⁄2

1054

411⁄2

1054

30

762 (Prefix)-30-90HB24 441⁄2

1130

441⁄2

1130

36

914 (Prefix)-36-90HB24 471⁄2

1207

471⁄2

1207

(Tray Widths - 6” thru 24” • Radius 12” only)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All are mitered

6

152 (Prefix)-06-90HB36 445⁄8

1133

445⁄8

1133

1

1

1

9

228 (Prefix)-09-90HB36 46 ⁄8

1171

46 ⁄8

1171

12

305 (Prefix)-12-90HB36 475⁄8

1209

475⁄8

1209

18

457 (Prefix)-18-90HB36 505⁄8

1286

505⁄8

1286

24

609 (Prefix)-24-90HB36 535⁄8

1362

535⁄8

1362

5

5

30

762 (Prefix)-30-90HB36 56 ⁄8

1438

56 ⁄8

1438

36

914 (Prefix)-36-90HB36 595⁄8

1514

595⁄8

1514

Fiberglass

36

609

mm

B

6

36

24

90˚ Horizontal Bend - Mitered
Dimensions
A
B
Catalog No.

For 4” Fittings
(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” • Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 6” Fittings
(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” • Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 8” Fittings
(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” • Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

327
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass - Fittings
Horizontal Bend 45°
(HB)

One pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included.
C
C
B

R

A

45˚ Mitered

-RBend
Radius

Tray
Width

in.

in

mm

6

152

mm

Prefix - 06 - 45 HB 12
Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.

12

305

Fiberglass

(Prefix) See page 326 for catalog number prefix.
Dimensions for reference only, when critical
contact factory.

24

609

in.

C

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

(Prefix)-06-45HB12 2213⁄16 579

97⁄16

240

133⁄8

340

7

7

9

228

(Prefix)-09-45HB12

23 ⁄8

606

9 ⁄8

251

14

355

12

305

(Prefix)-12-45HB12

247⁄8

632

105⁄16

262

145⁄8

371

18

457

(Prefix)-18-45HB12

27

686

113⁄16

284

157⁄8

403

24

609

(Prefix)-24-45HB12

291⁄8

740

12 ⁄16

306

1

17 ⁄16 433

30

762

(Prefix)-30-45HB12

311⁄4

794

1215⁄16

328

185⁄16 465

36

914

(Prefix)-36-45HB12

333⁄8

848

1313⁄16

351

199⁄16 497

6

152

(Prefix)-06-45HB24 3111⁄32 796

1231⁄32

329

183⁄8

467

13

341

19

483

5

9

For 3” Fittings

45˚ Horizontal Bend - Mitered
Dimensions
A
B
Catalog No.

228

1

13

13 ⁄32

13

27

(Prefix)-09-45HB24 32 ⁄32 823

12

305

(Prefix)-12-45HB24 33 ⁄32 849

13 ⁄32

352

19 ⁄8

498

18

457

(Prefix)-18-45HB24 3517⁄32 902

1423⁄32

374

207⁄8

530

1

21

19

(Tray Widths - 6” thru 24” • Radius 12” only)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All are mitered

24

609

(Prefix)-24-45HB24 37 ⁄32 956

15 ⁄32

396

22 ⁄16 560

30

762

(Prefix)-30-45HB24 3925⁄32 1010 1615⁄32

418

235⁄16 592

36

914

(Prefix)-36-45HB24 4129⁄32 1064 1711⁄32

441

249⁄16 624

For 4” Fittings

6

152

(Prefix)-06-45HB36

419

233⁄8

(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36”
Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 6” Fittings

36

914

397⁄8 1013

161⁄2

15

9

228

(Prefix)-09-45HB36 40 ⁄16 1040 1615⁄16

12

305

(Prefix)-12-45HB36

18

457

(Prefix)-18-45HB36

594

15

430

23 ⁄16 608

1067

173⁄8

441

249⁄16 624

441⁄8 1121

181⁄4

42

463

2513⁄16 655

1

24

609

(Prefix)-24-45HB36 46 ⁄16 1173

19 ⁄8

486

271⁄16 687

30

762

(Prefix)-30-45HB36 485⁄16 1227

20

508

285⁄16 719

7

530

299⁄16 751

36

914

3

7

(Prefix)-36-45HB36 50 ⁄16 1281

20 ⁄8

(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36”
Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 8” Fittings
(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36”
Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

328
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Horizontal Tee
(HT)

Two pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included.

-RBend
Radius
in.

12

Tray
Width

mm

305

in.

914

1

mm

in.

mm

152

(Prefix)-06-HX12

19 ⁄4

489

38

965

228

(Prefix)-09-HX12

203⁄4

527

41

1041

1

12

305

(Prefix)-12-HX12

22 ⁄4

565

44

1117

18

457

(Prefix)-18-HX12

251⁄4

641

50

1270

1

24

609

(Prefix)-24-HX12

28 ⁄4

717

56

1422

30

762

(Prefix)-30-HX12

311⁄4

794

62

1575

870

68

1727

794

1

1581

1

1657
1734

914
152

(Prefix)-36-HX12
(Prefix)-06-HX24

1

34 ⁄4
1

31 ⁄4
3

9

228

(Prefix)-09-HX24

32 ⁄4

12

305

(Prefix)-12-HX24

341⁄4
1

62 ⁄4

832

65 ⁄4

870

681⁄4
1

R

A

Mitered Tee
Prefix - 06 - HT 12
Radius
Fitting
Width
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.
(Prefix) See page 326 for catalog number prefix.
Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory.

18

457

(Prefix)-18-HX24

37 ⁄4

946

74 ⁄4

1886

For 3” Fittings

24

609

(Prefix)-24-HX24

401⁄4

1022

801⁄4

2038

30

762

(Prefix)-30-HX24

431⁄4

1098

861⁄4

2191

36

914

(Prefix)-36-HX24

461⁄4

1175

921⁄4

2343

(Tray Widths - 6” thru 24” • Radius 12” only)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All are mitered

6

152

(Prefix)-06-HX36

431⁄4

1098

861⁄2

2191

3

1

9

228

(Prefix)-09-HX36

44 ⁄4

1136

89 ⁄2

2273

12

305

(Prefix)-12-HX36

461⁄4

1175

921⁄2

2343

18

457

(Prefix)-18-HX36

491⁄4

1251

981⁄2

2502

24

609

(Prefix)-24-HX36

521⁄4

1327

1041⁄2

2654

1

1

30

762

(Prefix)-30-HX36

55 ⁄4

1403

110 ⁄2

2807

36

914

(Prefix)-36-HX36

581⁄4

1479

1161⁄2

2959

Fiberglass

36

in.

W

9

6

609

mm

B

6

36

24

Horizontal Tee - Mitered
Dimensions
A
B
Catalog No.

For 4” Fittings
(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” • Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 6” Fittings
(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” • Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 8” Fittings
(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” • Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

329
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass - Fittings
Horizontal Cross
(HX)

Three pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included.

-RBend
Radius

B

in.

mm

W
A

R

12

305

Mitered Cross

Tray
Width
in.

mm

6

152

Horizontal Cross - Mitered
Dimensions
A
B
Catalog No.
(Prefix)-06-HX12

Fiberglass

(Prefix) See page 326 for catalog number prefix.
Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory.

609

For 3” Fittings

For 4” Fittings
(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36”
Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

36

914

mm

191⁄4

489

38

965

3

228

(Prefix)-09-HX12

20 ⁄4

527

41

1041

305

(Prefix)-12-HX12

221⁄4

565

44

1117

1

18

457

(Prefix)-18-HX12

25 ⁄4

641

50

1270

24

609

(Prefix)-24-HX12

281⁄4

717

56

1422

1

30

762

(Prefix)-30-HX12

31 ⁄4

794

62

1575

36

914

(Prefix)-36-HX12

341⁄4

870

68

1727

6

152

(Prefix)-06-HX24

311⁄4

794

621⁄4

1581

832

651⁄4

1657

228

(Prefix)-09-HX24

3

32 ⁄4
1

12

305

(Prefix)-12-HX24

34 ⁄4

18

457

(Prefix)-18-HX24

371⁄4
1

24

609

(Prefix)-24-HX24

40 ⁄4

30

762

(Prefix)-30-HX24

431⁄4

36

(Tray Widths - 6” thru 24” • Radius 12” only)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All are mitered

in.

9

9

24

mm

12

Prefix - 06 - HX 12
Radius
Fitting
Width
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.

in.

914

(Prefix)-36-HX24

1

46 ⁄4
1

1

870

68 ⁄4

1734

946

741⁄4

1886

1

1022

80 ⁄4

2038

1098

861⁄4

2191

1175

1

2343

1

92 ⁄4

6

152

(Prefix)-06-HX36

43 ⁄4

1098

86 ⁄2

2191

9

228

(Prefix)-09-HX36

443⁄4

1136

891⁄2

2273

1

1

12

305

(Prefix)-12-HX36

46 ⁄4

1175

92 ⁄2

2343

18

457

(Prefix)-18-HX36

491⁄4

1251

981⁄2

2502

1

1

24

609

(Prefix)-24-HX36

52 ⁄4

1327

104 ⁄2

2654

30

762

(Prefix)-30-HX36

551⁄4

1403

1101⁄2

2807

36

914

(Prefix)-36-HX36

1

58 ⁄4

1479

1

116 ⁄2

2959

For 6” Fittings
(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36”
Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 8” Fittings
(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36”
Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

330
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Reducers (LR) (SR) (RR)

W2

One pair of splice plates with SS6
hardware included.

W2

W2

A

A

A

W1

W1

W1

Left Reducer

Straight Reducer

Right Reducer
Prefix - 12 - SR09
Width2 W2
Fitting
Width1 W1
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.

3” Fittings
(Only available in W1 widths of 9”, 12”, 18” & 24”)

4”, 6” & 8” Fittings

Fiberglass

(Available in all W1 widths shown in chart)
(Prefix) See page 326 for catalog number prefix.
Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory.

Reducers are all of mitered construction.

Tray Width
W1
W2
in.

mm

in.

Left Hand Reducer
A
Catalog No.

mm

in.
1

Straight Reducer
A
Catalog No.

mm

in.

Right Hand Reducer
A
Catalog No.
mm

in.
1

mm

228

6

152

(Prefix)-09-LR06

17 ⁄2

444

(Prefix)-09-SR06

16

406

(Prefix)-09-RR06

17 ⁄2

444

12

305

6
9

152
228

(Prefix)-12-LR06
(Prefix)-12-LR09

201⁄2
171⁄2

521
444

(Prefix)-12-SR06
(Prefix)-12-SR09

171⁄2
16

444
406

(Prefix)-12-RR06
(Prefix)-12-RR09

201⁄2
171⁄2

521
444

18

457

6
9
12

152
228
305

(Prefix)-18-LR06
(Prefix)-18-LR09
(Prefix)-18-LR12

261⁄2
231⁄2
201⁄2

673
597
521

(Prefix)-18-SR06
(Prefix)-18-SR09
(Prefix)-18-SR12

201⁄2
19
171⁄2

521
482
444

(Prefix)-18-RR06
(Prefix)-18-RR09
(Prefix)-18-RR12

261⁄2
231⁄2
201⁄2

673
597
521

609

6
9
12
18

152
228
305
457

(Prefix)-24-LR06
(Prefix)-24-LR09
(Prefix)-24-LR12
(Prefix)-24-LR18

321⁄2
291⁄2
261⁄2
201⁄2

825
749
673
521

(Prefix)-24-SR06
(Prefix)-24-SR09
(Prefix)-24-SR12
(Prefix)-24-SR18

231⁄2
22
201⁄2
171⁄2

597
559
521
444

(Prefix)-24-RR06
(Prefix)-24-RR09
(Prefix)-24-RR12
(Prefix)-24-RR18

321⁄2
291⁄2
261⁄2
201⁄2

825
749
673
521

762

6
9
12
18
24

152
228
305
457
609

(Prefix)-30-LR06
(Prefix)-30-LR09
(Prefix)-30-LR12
(Prefix)-30-LR18
(Prefix)-30-LR24

381⁄2
351⁄2
321⁄2
261⁄2
201⁄2

978
902
825
673
521

(Prefix)-30-SR06
(Prefix)-30-SR09
(Prefix)-30-SR12
(Prefix)-30-SR18
(Prefix)-30-SR24

261⁄2
25
231⁄2
201⁄2
171⁄2

673
635
597
521
444

(Prefix)-30-RR06
(Prefix)-30-RR09
(Prefix)-30-RR12
(Prefix)-30-RR18
(Prefix)-30-RR24

381⁄2
351⁄2
321⁄2
261⁄2
201⁄2

978
902
825
673
521

914

6
9
12
18
24
30

152
228
305
457
609
762

(Prefix)-36-LR06
(Prefix)-36-LR09
(Prefix)-36-LR12
(Prefix)-36-LR18
(Prefix)-36-LR24
(Prefix)-36-LR30

441⁄2
411⁄2
381⁄2
321⁄2
261⁄2
201⁄2

1130
1054
978
825
673
521

(Prefix)-36-SR06
(Prefix)-36-SR09
(Prefix)-36-SR12
(Prefix)-36-SR18
(Prefix)-36-SR24
(Prefix)-36-SR30

291⁄2
28
261⁄2
231⁄2
201⁄2
171⁄2

749
711
673
597
521
444

(Prefix)-36-RR06
(Prefix)-36-RR09
(Prefix)-36-RR12
(Prefix)-36-RR18
(Prefix)-36-RR24
(Prefix)-36-RR30

441⁄2
411⁄2
381⁄2
321⁄2
261⁄2
201⁄2

1130
1054
978
825
673
521

9

24

30

36

331
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Horizontal Reducing Tee (HT)

Two pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included.

For 3” Fittings

Prefix - 36 - 18 HT 24
Radius
Fitting
Width2 W2
Width1 W1
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.

Fiberglass

(Prefix) See page 326 for catalog number prefix.
Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory.

(Radius 12” only
W1 tray widths - 9”, 12”, 18” & 24” )
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All are mitered

For 4” Fittings
(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
W1 tray widths - 9” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 6” Fittings
B

W1

A

(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
W1 tray widths - 9” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

R

W2

For 8” Fittings

Mitered

(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
W1 tray widths - 9” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

(For dimensions, see chart on page 333)

332
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Horizontal Reducing Tee (HT)

Mitered Fittings
Tray Width
W1
W2

in.
9
12

mm
228
305

in.
6
6
9

18

457

36

762

914

152 (Prefix)-12-06-HT*
228 (Prefix)-12-09-HT*

in.

A

3

20 ⁄4
1

22 ⁄4
1

22 ⁄4
1

mm

in.

527

1

565
565

38 ⁄2
1

38 ⁄2
1

41 ⁄2
1

B

24" Radius (609)

mm

in.

978

3

978
1054

32 ⁄4
1

34 ⁄4
1

34 ⁄4
1

A

mm

in.

832

1

870
870

B

62 ⁄2
1

62 ⁄2
1

65 ⁄2
1

mm

36" Radius (914)
in.

A

mm

3

1587 44 ⁄4 1137
1

1587 46 ⁄4 1175
1

1664 46 ⁄4 1175
1

in.

B

mm

1

2197

1

2197

1

2273

1

86 ⁄2
86 ⁄2
89 ⁄2

152 (Prefix)-18-06-HT*

25 ⁄4

641

38 ⁄2

978

37 ⁄4

946

62 ⁄2

1587 49 ⁄4 1251

86 ⁄2

2197

9

228 (Prefix)-18-09-HT*

251⁄4

641

411⁄2

1054

371⁄4

946

651⁄2

1664 491⁄4 1251

891⁄2

2273

305 (Prefix)-18-12-HT*

1

25 ⁄4
1

641

1

44 ⁄2
1

1130

1

37 ⁄4
1

946

1

68 ⁄2
1

1

1740 49 ⁄4 1251
1

1

2350

1

92 ⁄2

6

152 (Prefix)-24-06-HT*

28 ⁄4

717

38 ⁄2

978

40 ⁄4

1022

62 ⁄2

1587 52 ⁄4 1327

86 ⁄2

2197

9

228 (Prefix)-24-09-HT*

281⁄4

717

411⁄2

1054

401⁄4

1022

651⁄2

1664 521⁄4 1327

891⁄2

2273

1

1

1

1

1

1

12

305 (Prefix)-24-12-HT*

28 ⁄4

717

44 ⁄2

1130

40 ⁄4

1022

68 ⁄2

1740 52 ⁄4 1327

92 ⁄2

2350

18

457 (Prefix)-24-18-HT*

281⁄4

717

501⁄2

1283

401⁄4

1022

741⁄2

1892 521⁄4 1327

981⁄2

2502

6

30

152 (Prefix)-09-06-HT*

12" Radius (305)

152 (Prefix)-30-06-HT*

1

31 ⁄4
1

794

1

38 ⁄2
1

978

1

43 ⁄4
1

1098

1

62 ⁄2
1

1

1587 55 ⁄4 1403
1

1

2197

1

86 ⁄2

9

228 (Prefix)-30-09-HT*

31 ⁄4

794

41 ⁄2

1054

43 ⁄4

1098

65 ⁄2

1664 55 ⁄4 1403

89 ⁄2

2273

12

305 (Prefix)-30-12-HT*

311⁄4

794

441⁄2

1130

431⁄4

1098

681⁄2

1740 551⁄4 1403

921⁄2

2350

1

1

1

1

1

1

18

457 (Prefix)-30-18-HT*

31 ⁄4

794

50 ⁄2

1283

43 ⁄4

1098

74 ⁄2

1892 55 ⁄4 1403

24

609 (Prefix)-30-24-HT*

311⁄4

794

561⁄2

1435

431⁄4

1098

801⁄2

2045 551⁄4 1403 1041⁄2 2654

6

152 (Prefix)-36-06-HT*

341⁄4

870

381⁄2

978

461⁄4

1175

621⁄2

1587 581⁄4 1480

1

1

1

1

1

98 ⁄2

861⁄2
1

2502

2197

9

228 (Prefix)-36-09-HT*

34 ⁄4

870

41 ⁄2

1054

46 ⁄4

1175

65 ⁄2

1664 58 ⁄4 1480

89 ⁄2

2273

12

305 (Prefix)-36-12-HT*

341⁄4

870

441⁄2

1130

461⁄4

1175

681⁄2

1740 581⁄4 1480

921⁄2

2350

1

1

1

1

1

1

98 ⁄2

Fiberglass

609

* Insert radius
(12", 24” or 36")

6

12

24

mm

Catalog No.

18

457 (Prefix)-36-18-HT*

34 ⁄4

870

50 ⁄2

1283

46 ⁄4

1175

74 ⁄2

1892 58 ⁄4 1480

24

609 (Prefix)-36-24-HT*

341⁄4

870

561⁄2

1435

461⁄4

1175

801⁄2

2045 581⁄4 1480 1041⁄2 2654

30

762 (Prefix)-36-30-HT*

341⁄4

870

621⁄2

1587

461⁄4

1175

861⁄2

2197 581⁄4 1480 1101⁄2 2807

2502

333
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Horizontal Expanding Tee (HT)

Two pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included.

For 3” Fittings
Prefix - 18 - 36 HT 24
Radius
Fitting
Width2 W2
Width1 W1
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.

Fiberglass

(Prefix) See page 326 for catalog number prefix.
Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory.

(Radius 12” only
W1 tray widths - 6” thru 18”
W2 tray widths - 9” thru 24”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All are mitered

For 4” Fittings
(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
W1 tray widths - 6” thru 30”)
W2 tray widths - 9” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 6” Fittings
B

W1

R

A

(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
W1 tray widths - 6” thru 30”)
W2 tray widths - 9” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

W2

Mitered
(For dimensions, see chart on page 335)

For 8” Fittings
(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
W1 tray widths - 6” thru 30”)
W2 tray widths - 9” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

334
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Horizontal Expanding Tee (HT)

Mitered Fittings
Tray Width
W1
W2

in.

mm

in.
9

6

152

12 305

18 457

24 609
30 762

228 (Prefix)-06-09-HT*

12" Radius (305)
in.
1

19 ⁄4
1

12

305 (Prefix)-06-12-HT*

18

457 (Prefix)-06-18-HT*

191⁄4
1

A

mm
489

in.
1

41 ⁄2
1

489

44 ⁄2

489

501⁄2
1

B

24" Radius (609)

mm

in.

1054

1

31 ⁄4
1

1130

31 ⁄4

1283

311⁄4
1

A

mm

in.

794

1

B

mm

65 ⁄2 1664
1

36" Radius (914)
in.

A

B

mm

in.

43 ⁄4 1098

1

2273

1

1
1

89 ⁄2

mm

794

68 ⁄2 1740

43 ⁄4 1098

92 ⁄2

2349

794

741⁄2 1892

431⁄4 1098

981⁄2

2502

1

1

1

24

609 (Prefix)-06-24-HT*

19 ⁄4

489

56 ⁄2

1435

31 ⁄4

794

80 ⁄2 2045

30

762 (Prefix)-06-30-HT*

191⁄4

489

621⁄2

1587

311⁄4

794

861⁄2 2197

431⁄4 1098

1101⁄2 2807

36

914 (Prefix)-06-36-HT*

191⁄4

489

681⁄2

1740

311⁄4

794

921⁄2 2349

431⁄4 1098

1161⁄2 2959

12

305 (Prefix)-09-12-HT*

203⁄4

527

441⁄2

1130

323⁄4

832

681⁄2 1740

443⁄4 136

457 (Prefix)-09-18-HT*

3

20 ⁄4
3

527

1

50 ⁄2
1

1283

3

32 ⁄4
3

832

1

74 ⁄2 1892
1

43 ⁄4 1098

104 ⁄2 2654

921⁄2

2349

3

981⁄2

2502

3

1

44 ⁄4 136

24

609 (Prefix)-09-24-HT*

20 ⁄4

527

56 ⁄2

1435

32 ⁄4

832

80 ⁄2 2045

30

762 (Prefix)-09-30-HT*

203⁄4

527

621⁄2

1587

323⁄4

832

861⁄2 2197

443⁄4 136

1101⁄2 2807

36

914 (Prefix)-09-36-HT*

203⁄4

527

681⁄2

1740

323⁄4

832

921⁄2 2349

443⁄4 136

1161⁄2 2959

18

457 (Prefix)-12-18-HT*

221⁄4

565

501⁄2

1283

341⁄4

870

741⁄2 1892

461⁄4 1175

981⁄2

1

22 ⁄4

565

56 ⁄2

1435

34 ⁄4

870

80 ⁄2 2045

46 ⁄4 1175

1041⁄2 2654

30

762 (Prefix)-12-30-HT*

221⁄4

565

621⁄2

1587

341⁄4

870

861⁄2 2197

461⁄4 1175

1101⁄2 2807

914 (Prefix)-12-36-HT*

22 ⁄4

565

68 ⁄2

1740

34 ⁄4

870

92 ⁄2 2349

46 ⁄4 1175

1161⁄2 2959

24

609 (Prefix)-18-24-HT*

251⁄4

641

561⁄2

1435

371⁄4

946

801⁄2 2045

491⁄4 1251

1041⁄2 2654

30

762 (Prefix)-18-30-HT*

251⁄4

641

621⁄2

1587

371⁄4

946

861⁄2 2197

491⁄4 1251

1101⁄2 2807

1

1

1

1

36

1

1

1

2502

609 (Prefix)-12-24-HT*

1

1

104 ⁄2 2654

24

1

1

44 ⁄4 136

1

1

1

Fiberglass

228

* Insert radius
(12", 24” or 36")

19 ⁄4

18
9

mm

Catalog No.

36

914 (Prefix)-18-36-HT*

25 ⁄4

641

68 ⁄2

1740

37 ⁄4

946

92 ⁄2 2349

49 ⁄4 1251

1221⁄2 3111

30

762 (Prefix)-24-30-HT*

281⁄4

717

621⁄2

1587

401⁄4

1022

861⁄2 2197

521⁄4 1327

1101⁄2 2807

36

914 (Prefix)-24-36-HT*

281⁄4

717

681⁄2

1740

401⁄4

1022

921⁄2 2349

521⁄4 1327

1161⁄2 2959

36

914 (Prefix)-30-36-HT*

311⁄4

794

681⁄2

1740

431⁄4

1098

921⁄2 2349

551⁄4 1403

1161⁄2 2959

335
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Horizontal Expanding/Reducing Cross (HX)

Three pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included.

For 3” Fittings
Prefix - 18 - 12 HX 12
Radius
Fitting
Width2 W2
Width1 W1
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.

Fiberglass

(Prefix) See page 326 for catalog number prefix.
Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory.

(Radius 12” only
W1 tray widths - 9” thru 24”
W2 tray widths - 6” thru 18”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All are mitered

For 4” Fittings
(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
W1 tray widths - 9” thru 36”)
W2 tray widths - 6” thru 30”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 6” Fittings

B

W2

(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
W1 tray widths - 9” thru 36”)
W2 tray widths - 6” thru 30”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

R

A

W1

Mitered
(For dimensions, see chart on page 337)

For 8” Fittings
(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
W1 tray widths - 9” thru 36”)
W2 tray widths - 6” thru 30”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

336
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Horizontal Expanding/Reducing Cross (HX)

Mitered Fittings
Tray Width
W1
W2

in.
9
12

mm
228
305

in.
6
6
9

18

457

36

762

914

152 (Prefix)-09-06-HT*
152 (Prefix)-12-06-HT*
228 (Prefix)-12-09-HT*

12" Radius (305)
in.

A

1

19 ⁄4
1

19 ⁄4
3

20 ⁄4
1

6

152 (Prefix)-18-06-HT*

9

228 (Prefix)-18-09-HT*

203⁄4

305 (Prefix)-18-12-HT*

1

22 ⁄4
1

mm

in.

489

1

489
527

41 ⁄2
1

44 ⁄2
1

44 ⁄2
1

489

50 ⁄2

527

501⁄2

565

1

50 ⁄2
1

B

mm

1054
1130
1130

24" Radius (609)
in.
1

31 ⁄4
1

31 ⁄4
3

32 ⁄4
1

1283

31 ⁄4

1283

323⁄4

1283

1

34 ⁄4
1

A

mm

in.

794

1

794
832

B

65 ⁄2
1

68 ⁄2
1

68 ⁄2
1

mm

36" Radius (914)
in.

A

mm

1

1664 43 ⁄4 1098
1

1740 43 ⁄4 1098
3

1740 44 ⁄4 1136
1

in.

B

mm

1

2273

1

2350

1

2350

1

89 ⁄2
92 ⁄2
92 ⁄2

794

74 ⁄2

1892 43 ⁄4 1098

98 ⁄2

2502

832

741⁄2

1892 443⁄4 1136

981⁄2

2502

870

1

74 ⁄2
1

1

1892 46 ⁄4 1175

1

98 ⁄2

2502

1

2045 43 ⁄4 1098 1041⁄2 2654

6

152 (Prefix)-24-06-HT*

19 ⁄4

489

56 ⁄2

1435

31 ⁄4

794

80 ⁄2

9

228 (Prefix)-24-09-HT*

203⁄4

527

561⁄2

1435

323⁄4

832

801⁄2

2045 443⁄4 1136 1041⁄2 2654

12

305 (Prefix)-24-12-HT*

221⁄4

565

561⁄2

1435

341⁄4

870

801⁄2

2045 461⁄4 1175 1041⁄2 2654

1

18

457 (Prefix)-24-18-HT*

25 ⁄4

641

56 ⁄2

1435

37 ⁄4

946

80 ⁄2

2045 491⁄4 1251 1041⁄2 2654

6

152 (Prefix)-30-06-HT*

191⁄4

489

621⁄2

1587

311⁄4

794

861⁄2

2197 431⁄4 1098 1101⁄2 2807

9

228 (Prefix)-30-09-HT*

203⁄4

527

621⁄2

1587

323⁄4

832

861⁄2

2197 443⁄4 1136 1101⁄2 2807

1

1

305 (Prefix)-30-12-HT*

22 ⁄4

565

62 ⁄2

1587

34 ⁄4

870

86 ⁄2

2197 461⁄4 1175 1101⁄2 2807

18

457 (Prefix)-30-18-HT*

251⁄4

641

621⁄2

1587

371⁄4

946

861⁄2

2197 491⁄4 1251 1101⁄2 2807

1

1

1

12

1

1

1

1

1

1

2197 521⁄4 1327 1101⁄2 2807

24

609 (Prefix)-30-24-HT*

28 ⁄4

717

62 ⁄2

1587

40 ⁄4

1022

86 ⁄2

6

152 (Prefix)-36-06-HT*

191⁄4

489

681⁄2

1740

311⁄4

794

1041⁄2 2654 431⁄4 1098 1281⁄2 3264

9

228 (Prefix)-36-09-HT*

203⁄4

527

681⁄2

1740

323⁄4

832

1041⁄2 2654 443⁄4 1136 1281⁄2 3264

1

12

305 (Prefix)-36-12-HT*

22 ⁄4

565

68 ⁄2

1740

34 ⁄4

870

1041⁄2 2654 461⁄4 1175 1281⁄2 3264

18

457 (Prefix)-36-18-HT*

251⁄4

641

681⁄2

1740

371⁄4

946

1041⁄2 2654 491⁄4 1251 1281⁄2 3264

1

1

1

1

1

Fiberglass

30

609

* Insert radius
(12", 24” or 36")

19 ⁄4

12

24

mm

Catalog No.

24

609 (Prefix)-36-24-HT*

28 ⁄4

717

68 ⁄2

1740

40 ⁄4

1022 1041⁄2 2654 521⁄4 1327 1281⁄2 3264

30

762 (Prefix)-36-30-HT*

311⁄4

794

681⁄2

1740

431⁄4

1098 1041⁄2 2654 551⁄4 1403 1281⁄2 3264

337
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Vertical Bends 90° (VO) (VI)
Vertical
Outside Bend

Vertical
Inside Bend

VO

VI

B

R

A
A

R

B

90˚ (VO) Mitered

90˚ (VI) Mitered

One pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included.
Prefix - 06 - 90 VI 24

Prefix - 06 - 90 VO 24

Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.

Fiberglass

Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.

(Prefix) See page 326 for catalog number prefix.
Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory.

For 3” Fittings

For 6” Fittings

(Radius 12” only • Tray widths - 6” thru 24”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All are mitered

(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
Tray widths - 6” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 4” Fittings
(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
Tray widths - 6” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 8” Fittings
(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
Tray widths - 6” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

338
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Vertical Bends 90° (VO) (VI)

-RBend
Radius
in.

12

36

305

609

914

Catalog No.

in.

mm

6

152

(Prefix)-06-90(*)12

9

228

(Prefix)-09-90(*)12

12

305

(Prefix)-12-90(*)12

18

457

(Prefix)-18-90(*)12

24

609

(Prefix)-24-90(*)12

30

762

(Prefix)-30-90(*)12

36

914

(Prefix)-36-90(*)12

6

152

(Prefix)-06-90(*)24

90˚ Mitered
Vertical Outside Bend Vertical Inside Bend
A
B
A
B
in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

205⁄8

524

205⁄8

524

205⁄8

524

205⁄8

524

735

2831⁄32

735

2831⁄32

735

2831⁄32

735

963

3715⁄16

963

3715⁄16

963

3715⁄16

963

9

228

(Prefix)-09-90(*)24

12

305

(Prefix)-12-90(*)24

18

457

(Prefix)-18-90(*)24 2831⁄32

24

609

(Prefix)-24-90(*)24

30

762

(Prefix)-30-90(*)24

36

914

(Prefix)-36-90(*)24

6

152

(Prefix)-06-90(*)36

9

228

(Prefix)-09-90(*)36

12

305

(Prefix)-12-90(*)36

18

457

(Prefix)-18-90(*)36 3715⁄16

24

609

(Prefix)-24-90(*)36

30

762

(Prefix)-30-90(*)36

36

914

(Prefix)-36-90(*)36

Fiberglass

24

mm

Tray
Width

(*) Insert ‘VO’ for Vertical Outside Bend or ‘VI’ for Vertical Inside Bend.

339
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Vertical Bends 45° (VO) (VI)
Vertical
Outside Bend

Vertical
Inside Bend

VO

VI

B

C

C

R
A

A
R

C

C

B

45˚ (VO) Mitered
45˚ (VI) Mitered

One pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included.
Prefix - 06 - 45 VI 24

Prefix - 06 - 45 VO 24

Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.

Fiberglass

Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.

(Prefix) See page 326 for catalog number prefix.
Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory.

For 3” Fittings

For 6” Fittings

(Radius 12” only • Tray widths - 6” thru 24”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All are mitered

(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
Tray widths - 6” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 4” Fittings
(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
Tray widths - 6” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 8” Fittings
(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
Tray widths - 6” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

340
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Vertical Bends 45° (VO) (VI)

45˚ Mitered
-RBend
Radius
in.

12

36

305

609

914

Vertical Outside Bend
A

Catalog No.

in.

mm

6

152

(Prefix)-06-45(*)12

9

228

(Prefix)-09-45(*)12

12

305

(Prefix)-12-45(*)12

18

457

(Prefix)-18-45(*)12

mm

201⁄2

521

24

609

(Prefix)-24-45(*)12

30

762

(Prefix)-30-45(*)12

36

914

(Prefix)-36-45(*)12

6

152

(Prefix)-06-45(*)24

9

228

(Prefix)-09-45(*)24

12

305

(Prefix)-12-45(*)24

18

457

(Prefix)-18-45(*)24 2831⁄32

24

609

(Prefix)-24-45(*)24

30

762

(Prefix)-30-45(*)24

36

914

(Prefix)-36-45(*)24

6

152

(Prefix)-06-45(*)36

9

228

(Prefix)-09-45(*)36

12

305

(Prefix)-12-45(*)36

18

457

(Prefix)-18-45(*)36 377⁄16

24

609

(Prefix)-24-45(*)36

30

762

(Prefix)-30-45(*)36

36

914

(Prefix)-36-45(*)36

B

in.

in.

Vertical Inside Bend

C

A

B

C

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

81⁄2

216

12

305

265⁄32

664

1027⁄32

275

155⁄16

389

736

12

305 1631⁄32

431

361⁄16

916

1415⁄16

379

211⁄8

537

951

151⁄2

394 2115⁄16

557

46

1168 191⁄32

483

2615⁄16

684

Fiberglass

24

mm

Tray
Width

(*) Insert ‘VO’ for Vertical Outside Bend or ‘VI’ for Vertical Inside Bend.
60˚ and 30˚ vertical bends available in mitered construction.

341
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Vertical Tee Up (VTU)
Vertical Tee Down (VT)
Vertical Tee Down

Two pair of splice plates with
SS6 hardware included.

Vertical Tee Up
C
B

R

A

A

R

B
C

Fiberglass

(VT) Mitered

C Dimension =
2 x B + Side Rail Height

(VTU) Mitered

Prefix - 06 - VT 24

(Prefix) See page 326 for catalog number prefix.
Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory.

Radius
Fitting
Width
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.

C Dimension =
2 x B + Side Rail Height

For 3” Fittings

For 6” Fittings

(Radius 12” only • Tray widths - 6” thru 24”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All are mitered

(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
Tray widths - 6” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 4” Fittings
(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
Tray widths - 6” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 8” Fittings
(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
Tray widths - 6” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

342
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Vertical Tee Up (VTU)
Vertical Tee Down (VT)

-RBend
Radius
in.

12

36

Catalog No.

in.

mm

6

152

(Prefix)-06-(*)12

9

228

(Prefix)-09-(*)12

12

305

(Prefix)-12-(*)12

18

457

(Prefix)-18-(*)12

24

609

(Prefix)-24-(*)12

30

762

(Prefix)-30-(*)12

6

152

(Prefix)-06-(*)24

9

228

(Prefix)-09-(*)24

12

305

(Prefix)-12-(*)24

18

457

(Prefix)-18-(*)24

305

609

24

609

(Prefix)-24-(*)24

30

762

(Prefix)-30-(*)24

6

152

(Prefix)-06-(*)36

9

228

(Prefix)-09-(*)36

12

305

(Prefix)-12-(*)36

18

457

(Prefix)-18-(*)36

24

609

(Prefix)-24-(*)36

30

762

(Prefix)-30-(*)36

914

Mitered
Vertical Tee Down
A
B

Vertical Tee Up
A
B

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

205⁄8

524

205⁄8

524

205⁄8

524

205⁄8

524

29

736

29

736

29

736

29

736

3715⁄16

963

3715⁄16

963

3715⁄16

963

3715⁄16

963

Fiberglass

24

mm

Tray
Width

(*) Insert ‘VT’ for Vertical Tee Down or ‘VTU’ for Vertical Tee Up.

343
Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Covers & Cover Accessories

Covers
Material Thickness: 1⁄8" (3)
Cover Length: 10' (3m)
Standard Mounting Hardware: (10 each)
#10 x 1⁄2" stainless, self drilling screws provided
with each section
Covers

Peaked Cover
provides
1 to 5 pitch

F - C - 24 - 120
Length or fitting description
Width
Rail design
Material
F
FV
FT
FD
FP
FVP
FTP
FDP

-

C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C

-

24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24

-

120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Quantity of Standard
Cover Clamps Required
Straight Section 60" or 72" ........4
Straight Section 120" or 144" ....6
Horizontal/Vertical Bends ..........4
Tees ..........................................6
Crosses......................................8

Flat polyester
Flat vinyl ester
Flat zero halogen
Flat Dis-Stat
Peaked polyester
Peaked vinyl ester
Peaked zero halogen
Peaked Dis-Stat

pcs.
pcs.
pcs.
pcs.
pcs.

Note: When using the Heavy Duty
Cover Clamp, only one-half the number
of clamps stated above is required.

Fiberglass

Peaked covers available for straight sections only.

Standard Cover Clamp

Heavy Duty Cover Clamp

Peaked Cover Clamp

• Used to splice to existing cable tray
systems.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

Recommended for outdoor service.
• W = tray width
• Heavy duty cover clamp available
for flat covers only
• Not available in
FT material.

• W = tray width

Catalog No.
Catalog No.
9(∆
∆)-9013
9( ∆)-9014
9(∆
∆)-9016

Side Rail Height
in.

mm

3
4
6

76
101
152

Side Rail Height
in.

9(∆
∆ )-W-9034
∆ )-W-9044
9(∆
9(∆
∆ )-W-9064
∆ )-W-9084
9(∆

Material Designations
(∆) Insert one of the following material designations when required.
F = Polyester Resin (Example: 9F-9013)
FV = Vinyl Ester Resin (Example: 9FV-9013)
FT = Zero Halogen Resin (Example: 9FT-9013)
FD = Dis-Stat Resin (Example: 9F-9013)

3
4
6
8

Catalog No.

mm

76
101
152
203

9(∆
∆ )-W-9034P
∆ )-W-9044P
9(∆
9(∆
∆ )-W-9064P
∆ )-W-9084P
9(∆

in.

mm

3
4
6
8

76
101
152
203

Thermo Plastic Drive Rivet
Shipped in packages of 25 pcs.

Catalog No.

344

Side Rail Height

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

TPDR

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass Tray -

Accessories

Part Number with Hardware Explanation
9F-0000*
or
9FV-0000*
or
9FT-0000*
polyester resin
vinyl ester resin
zero halogen resin
indicates that additional information must be furnished to specify the type of hardware

Examples:

*

Hardware Option 316 Stainless Steel
replace * with

SS6

Silicon Bronze

Fiberglass

SB

FR

9FD-0000*
dis-stat resin

or

Example: 9F-4003: pair of 4-hole splice plates for 3" (76) system without hardware
9F-4004 SS6: pair of 4-hole splice plates for 4" (101) system with stainless steel hardware
9FV-8006 SB: pair of 8-hole vinyl ester splice plates for 6" (152) system with silicon bronze hardware

Standard Lay-In Splice Plates

Expansion Splice Plate

Included in needed quantities with tray section.
• Furnished in pairs
• Order only pairs of splice plates needed for field fabrication.
• SS6 hardware supplied as standard - use SS6 suffix.
• Other hardware available, specify by hardware suffix.
Hardware other than SS6 is considered special.

L-shaped, lay-in style

Material

Height

Catalog No.

(76)

9(∆
∆)-4003*

4" (101)

9(∆
∆)-4004*

6" (152)

9(∆
∆)-8006*

8" (203)

9(∆
∆)-8008*

3"
Fiberglass

* hardware suffix needed to complete part number

These plates are used to attach the end of a
tray run to a distribution box or control center.
• Furnished in pairs
Material

Height

Catalog No.

(76)

9(∆ )-4053*

4" (101)

9(∆)-4054*

6" (152)

9(∆ )-8056*

8" (203)

9(∆ )-8058*

3"
Fiberglass

* hardware suffix needed to complete part number

Material

Height
(76)

9(∆
∆)-4013*

4" (101)

9(∆
∆)-4014*

6" (152)

9(∆
∆)-8016*

8" (203)

9(∆
∆)-8018*

3"
Fiberglass

* hardware suffix needed to complete part number
Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates
These plates provide for changes in elevation that
do not conform to standard vertical fittings.
• Furnished in pairs
Material

Height

Catalog No.

(76)

9(∆
∆ )-4023*

4" (101)

9(∆
∆ )-4024*

6" (152)

9(∆
∆ )-8026*

3"
Fiberglass

8" (203)
9(∆
∆ )-8028*
* hardware suffix needed to complete part number

Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plates
These plates provide for changes in the horizontal direction
that do not conform to standard fittings.
• Furnished in pairs
• Stainless steel hinges, FRP body
Material

Height

Catalog No.

(76)

∆)-4033*
9(∆

4" (101)

∆)-4034*
9(∆

6" (152)

∆)-8036*
9(∆

8" (203)

∆)-8038*
9(∆

3"

Blind End Plate
This plate forms a closure for any tray that dead ends.
• Furnished as one plate
• W = tray width

Catalog No.

Fiberglass

Tray to Box Splice Plates

• Furnished in pairs

Fiberglass

* hardware suffix needed to complete part number
Material

Height
3"

Catalog No.

(76)

∆)-1083-W*
9(∆

4"

(101)

∆)-1084-W*
9(∆

6"

(152)

∆)-1086-W*
9(∆

8"

(203)

∆)-1088-W*
9(∆

Fiberglass

Step Down Splice Plates
These splice plates provide for changes in side rail heights.
• Furnished in pairs
Material

Fiberglass

* hardware suffix needed to
complete part number

Height
8"
8"
6"
6"
4"

to
to
to
to
to

6"
4"
3"
4"
3"

Catalog No.

(203 to 152)
(203 to 101)
(152 to 76)
(152 to 101)
(101 to 76)

9(∆
∆)-8086*
9(∆
∆)-8084*
9(∆
∆)-8063*
9(∆
∆)-8064*
9(∆
∆)-4043*

* hardware suffix needed to complete part number
(∆
∆ ) See page 344 for
material selection

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Dimensions shown in parentheses are in
millimeters, unless otherwise specified.

345

Fiberglass Tray -

Accessories

Horizontal and Vertical Splice Plates
* Hardware suffix needed to complete part number
All splice plate hardware is 3⁄8 ".

Hardware Suffix:
SS6 - 316SS
MO - Monel
SB - Silicon Bronze
FR - Fiberglass

Horizontal Splice Plates

Fiberglass

• Furnished in pairs
* Hardware suffix needed to complete part number

Catalog No.
90˚

Catalog No.
45˚

Catalog No.
30˚

∆ )-4903H*
9(∆
∆ )-4904H*
9(∆
∆ )-8906H*
9(∆
∆ )-8908H*
9(∆

∆)-4453H*
9(∆
∆)-4454H*
9(∆
∆)-8456H*
9(∆
∆)-8458H*
9(∆

∆ )-4303H*
9(∆
∆ )-4304H*
9(∆
∆ )-8306H*
9(∆
∆ )-8308H*
9(∆

Catalog No.
90˚

Catalog No.
45˚

Catalog No.
30˚

9(∆
∆)-4903V*
9(∆
∆)-4904V*
9(∆
∆)-8906V*
9(∆
∆)-8908V*

9(∆
∆)-4453V*
9(∆
∆)-4454V*
9(∆
∆)-8456V*
9(∆
∆)-8458V*

9(∆
∆)-4303V*
9(∆
∆)-4304V*
9(∆
∆)-8306V*
9(∆
∆)-8308V*

Vertical Splice Plates
• Furnished in pairs
* Hardware suffix needed to complete part number

Standard lay-in splice plates with SS6 hardware included with tray sections.
Splice Plates are available in pairs and are a separate order item. They are not automatically supplied with tray sections.

346

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

∆) See page 344 for
(∆
material selection

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass Tray -

Accessories

Ladder Drop-Out

Barriers

Specially-designed Ladder Drop-Outs provide a rounded surface with
adequate radius to protect cable as it exits from the tray, preventing
damage to insulation.
• 4" (101) radius
• W = tray width

• Furnished with #10 x 1⁄2" self-drilling stainless steel screws

Catalog No.
∆)-1104-W
9(∆

Catalog
Side Rail
No.
in.
∆)-120
72(∆
3"
∆)-120
73(∆
4"
∆)-120
75(∆
6"
∆)-120
77(∆
8"

Height
mm

(76)
(101)
(152)
(203)

Flexible Horizontal Barrier Kit
Catalog
No.

One kit allows up to a 36" (914) radius position of the barrier.

Side Rail Height

72(∆)-90HBFL
73( ∆)-90HBFL
75(∆
∆)-90HBFL
77(∆
∆)-90HBFL

in.

mm

3"
4"
6"
8"

(76)
(101)
(152)
(203)

Kit Contents:
1
4
8
4

pc
pc
pc
pc

—
—
—
—

72" (1829) Straight Barrier
9F-9002 Barrier Strip Clip
Thermo Plastic Drive Rivet
#10 x 3⁄4" Stainless Steel Self-Drilling Screw

Assembly required — directions included.

Clamp/Guide - Fiberglass

Vertical Bend Barriers
Fiberglass

Nonmetallic
• Designed for 3⁄8" hardware - not included
• Combination hold down clamp and guide
• Material: Glass reinforced polyurathane

∆) - 90 VO 24
7* (∆
Radius
VI or VO
Angle
Material
Barrier Size

VO

VI

* Insert 2 for 3" (76) siderail height
3 for 4" (101) siderail height
5 for 6" (152) siderail height

Catalog No.

Fiberglass Conduit to Cable Tray Adapter
• For rigid or PVC conduit
• Standard hardware is 316 stainless steel
• Add ‘N’ to end of part number if non-metallic hardware is preferred

9F-1208

Resin Seal Kit
To reseal fiberglass after field modifications.
• 1 pint (473ml)
Contents: Sealant and Applicator.

Resin
Seal Kit
Catalog No.

Catalog
No.
9(∆
∆)-2008
9(∆
∆)-2009
∆)-2010
9(∆
9(∆
∆)-2011
∆)-2012
9(∆
9(∆
∆)-2013
9(∆
∆)-2014
∆)-2015
9(∆
9(∆
∆)-2016
∆)-2017
9(∆

Conduit Size
in.

mm

0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00

15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100

RSK-010
Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters, unless otherwise specified.

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

∆) See page 344 for
(∆
material selection

347

Fiberglass -

Cable Channel & Fittings

Straight Section
• Load data was interpolated from CSA testing.
• Loads shown are for FCCN series.
• Loads shown are for 6 ft. (1.83m) span with deflection
of .7 (18.26) inches.

Catalog No.

Fiberglass

Ventilated

FCCN Fiberglass Cable
Channel Non-Ventilated

FCC Fiberglass
Cable Channel Ventilated

One pair of splice plates included
with each straight section.
Width

Length

Non-Ventilated

in.

mm

ft.

m

(*)-03-120

(*)N-03-120

3

76

10

3

(*)-03-240

(*)N-03-240

3

76

20

6

(*)-04-120

(*)N-04-120

4

101

10

3

(*)-04-240

(*)N-04-240

4

101

20

6

(*)-06-120

(*)N-06-120

6

152

10

3

(*)-06-240

(*)N-06-240

6

152

20

6

(*)-08-120

(*)N-08-120

8

203

10

3

(*)-08-240

(*)N-08-240

8

203

20

6

Height

Load

in.

mm

Lbs/Ft

kg/m

1

25

8

12

11⁄8

28

12

18

15⁄8

35

58

86

23⁄16

55

87

129

(*) Insert material type straight sections
FCC for Polyester Resin
FCCV for Vinyl Ester Resin
FCCT for Zero Halogen Resin
FCCD for Dis-Stat Resin

Cable Channel Fittings
All fittings are of mitered construction with 12" (305) radius.

One pair of splice plates included.

VO

Horizontal

3" series

4" series

6" series

8" series

90˚

(†)N-03-90HB12

(†)N-04-90HB12

(†)N-06-90HB12

(†)N-08-90HB12

45˚

(†)N-03-45HB12

(†)N-04-45HB12

(†)N-06-45HB12

(†)N-08-45HB12

Vertical

3" series

4" series

6" series

8" series

90˚

(†)N-03-90V*12

(†)N-04-90V*12

(†)N-06-90V*12

(†)N-08-90V*12

45˚

(†)N-03-45V*12

(†)N-04-45V*12

(†)N-06-45V*12

(†)N-08-45V*12

One pair of splice plates included.

VI

348

(†) Insert material type for fittings
FCC for Polyester Resin
FCCV for Vinyl Ester Resin
FCCT for Zero Halogen Resin
FCCD for Dis-Stat Resin

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass - Cable Channel Fittings & Accessories
Cable Channel Fittings
All fittings are of mitered construction with 12" (305) radius.

Horizontal Tees

Horizontal Crosses
Catalog
No.
FCC(†)N-03-HT12
FCC(†)N-04-HT12
FCC(†)N-06-HT12
FCC(†)N-08-HT12

Two pair of splice
plates included.

Catalog
No.

Width
in.

mm

3
4
6
8

76
101
152
203

(†) See page fitting material
selection bottom of page 348

FCC(†)N-03-HX12
FCC(†)N-04-HX12
FCC(†)N-06-HX12
FCC(†)N-08-HX12
Three pair of splice
plates included.

Width
in.

mm

3
4
6
8

76
101
152
203

(†) See page fitting material
selection bottom of page 348

Cable Channel Splice Plates
Splice Plates

Expansion Splice Plates

(pairs)

(pairs)

Included with tray sections.

Catalog No.

9(∆)-1001 SS6

9( ∆)-1013 SS6

Horizontal 90˚ Splice Plates

Horizontal 45˚ Splice Plates

(pairs)

(pairs)

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

9( ∆)-1451H SS6

9(∆
∆)-1901H SS6

Horizontal 30˚ Splice Plates

Vertical 90˚ Splice Plates

(pairs)

(pairs)

Catalog No.

Catalog No.
9(∆)-1301H SS6

9(∆)-1901V SS6

Splice plates included with cable channel sections.
Standard hardware for splice plates is 1/4”-20 (316SS).

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass

Catalog No.

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

∆) See page 344 for
(∆
material selection

349

Fiberglass -

Cable Channel Accessories

Cable Channel Splice Plates
Vertical 45˚ Splice Plates

Vertical 30˚ Splice Plates

(pairs)

(pairs)

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

9(∆
∆ )-1451V SS6

9(∆
∆)-1301V SS6

Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plates

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates

Stainless steel hinge FRP body
Catalog No.

Catalog No.

9(∆
∆)-1023 SS6

Fiberglass

Uses

3/8”-16

9(∆
∆ )-1033 SS6

hardware.

Uses

3/8”-16

hardware.

∆ ) See page 344 for
(∆
material selection

Splice plates included with cable channel sections.
Standard hardware for splice plates is 1/4”-20 (316SS). Hardware for adjustable splice plates is 3/8”-16 (316SS).

Cable Channel Clamps
Expansion Guide Clamp

Hold-Down Clamp

(one clamp)
• Order 1/2" hardware separately

(one clamp)
• Order 1/2" hardware separately

Catalog
No.
9SS6-1248-3
9SS6-1248-4
9SS6-1248-6
9SS6-1248-8

350

Width
in.

mm

3
4
6
8

76
101
152
203

Catalog
No.
9SS6-1247-3
9SS6-1247-4
9SS6-1247-6
9SS6-1247-8

Width
in.

mm

3
4
6
8

76
101
152
203

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass - Appendix
Marine Rung Cable Tray/Fiberglass
Patent Pending

Features:
• For Coast Guard Requirements
- Allows stainless steel banding of cables
- 5/32" (15.88) slots 1 inch (25.40) on
centers
- Accommodates up to 5/8" (.625) banding
• Has applications on land
- Vertical installation
- Any location where extra cable positioning
is required
• Designed for B-Line Fiberglass Series
Cable Trays
• Part Number Indication
- Add MR after rung spacing
- Example: 46F09MR-36-240
Fiberglass

Rung design provides:
- 2" (50.80) cable support surface
- Both mechanical and adhesive
rung to side rail connection

1"
(25.40)
1"
(25.40)
5/32"
(3.97)

1"
(25.40)
2"
(50.80)

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

351

Cable Fixing

Cable Fixing

How The Service Advisor Works
B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you
select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50
pieces or less.
Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?
Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different
color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.
Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

Example:

9SS6 - CC2328

(from page 355)

Lead time(days)

Part will typically ship in
15 days minimum.

15

352
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Fixing
Emperor Trefoil Cable Cleats

Emperor Trefoil Cable Cleats with LSF Liner
Emperor cable cleats are recommended for
installations where the highest levels of short circuit
withstand are required. Emperor cable cleats are
independently certified to BS EN 50368:2003,
Category-2 resistance to electromechanical forces
during short circuits (i.e. cable and cleats are intact
and reusable after two successive short circuit tests).
To protect and cushion cables, Emperor cleats
incorporate an integral low smoke, low fume, zero
halogen liner in its unique patented design.
Recommended fixing methods include one bolt, two
bolts, weld stud or framing strut mounting. Optional
bases are available to mount Emperor cable cleats to
non-performed ladder tray rungs.

Vulcan Cable Cleats

Vulcan Cable Cleats with LSF Liner
Vulcan cable cleats are recommended for installations
where moderate levels of short circuit withstand are
required. Vulcan cable cleats are designed for trefoil,
single and triplex cable installations. Vulcan cable
cleats are independently certified to BS EN
50368:2003. To protect and cushion cables, each
Vulcan cleat incorporates an integral low smoke, low
fume, zero halogen liner in its unique patented
design. Recommended fixing methods include one
bolt, two bolts, weld stud or framing strut mounting.

Cable Fixing

353
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Fixing
BS EN 50368:2003
(Cable Cleats for Electric Installations) Classification
Emperor
Cleat Type

Composite

Operating Temperature Range
Resistance to
Electromechanical Force
(See kVA Strategies for Details)

-40°C to +60°C
Category-1: 235kApeak / 109kArms
Category-2: 178kApeak / 83kArms

Laterial Load Test

Refer to kVA Strategies

Axial Load Test

650N

Impact Resistance

Very Heavy (>6.7kg @ 300mm)

Needle Flame Test

>120 seconds

Technical Specifications
Emperor
Frame

50mm Wide x 2mm Thick
Marine Grade, Non-magnetic
316L Stainless Steel (BS EN 10088)

Closure Hardware

316L Stainless Steel M12 Bolt,
Nyloc Nut & Flat Washer (BS 3692)

Integral LSF Liner

Low Smoke, Low Fume
Zero Halogen Polymer
3/4” or 19mm

Tools Required
Installation Features

Captive Closure Bolt
1 or 2 Bolt Mounting (3/8” Max. Dia.)

Cable Fixing

Cables

Depth
of Cable
Cleat

H

See D
in chart
on page
355

M

W

Emperor Trefoil Cable Cleat
Dimensional Drawing

354
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Fixing
Trefoil Confriguration
Clamp Type

Catalog Number

Emperor

Clamp
Type

Emperor
(Trefoil
Cleats)

Min. Cable Dia.

Max. Cable Dia.

in.

mm

in.

mm

9SS6-CC2328*

0.906

23

1.102

28

9SS6-CC2732*

1.063

27

1.260

32

9SS6-CC3035*

1.181

30

1.378

35

9SS6-CC3338*

1.299

33

1.496

38

9SS6-CC3642*

1.417

36

1.654

42

9SS6-CC4046*

1.575

40

1.811

46

9SS6-CC4450*

1.732

44

1.969

50

9SS6-CC4855*

1.890

48

2.165

55

Catalog
Number

Dimensions
H

(Height)

W

in.

mm

in.

9SS6-CC2328*

3.27

83

9SS6-CC2732*

3.46

9SS6-CC3035*

3.58

9SS6-CC3338*
9SS6-CC3642*

Weight Each

D

(Depth)

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

lbs.

kg

3.78

96

2.00

51

0.465

12

0.935

0.43

88

3.82

97

2.00

51

0.465

12

0.968

0.44

91

3.90

99

2.00

51

0.465

12

1.001

0.46

3.74

95

4.06

103

2.00

51

0.465

12

1.012

0.46

3.94

100

4.88

124

2.00

51

0.465

12

1.342

0.61

9SS6-CC4046*

4.17

106

4.92

125

2.00

51

0.465

12

1.342

0.61

9SS6-CC4450*

4.61

117

5.12

130

2.00

51

0.465

12

1.386

0.63

9SS6-CC4855*

4.76

121

5.20

132

2.00

51

0.465

12

1.408

0.64

(Width)

M

(Hole Dia.)

* Leave blank for marine rung / strut rung applications. Order mounting hardware separately: 3/8” x 1” HHCS (SS6) and N228WO (SS6).
* Add SR for standard rung applications.

Cable Fixing

Cable Cleat Mounting Bracket
• Clamps around Cooper B-Line’s standard cable tray rungs.
• Bracket welded to bottom of Emperor Cleat when “SR”
suffix is added to cleat part number..
• Order 3/8” x 11/2” HHCS SS6 and 3/8” SFHN SS6
hardware separately.
• Material: 316L Stainless Steel

Cat. No.

9SS6-CCMB

Cable Tray Systems

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

355

Appendix -

Bottom Design Options

Appendix

These options are in addition to the
Standard Ladder Rungs, Ventilated Trough and
Solid Trough type Cable Trays.

Ladder with Strut Rungs
• B44 strut installed as rungs.
• Strut orientation may be channel opening up, channel opening
down, or alternating - standard is alternating unless specified otherwise.
• Strut may be solid back or with slotted hole pattern "SH".
• The Cooper B-Line strut rung system offers additional cable clamping
options relative to the chosen slot orientation.
Examples: 248G09B44-12-144
Strut rung on 9" centers with alternating
slot orientation.
248G12B44SHDN-12-144
"SH" Strut rung on 12" centers with channel
opening down (Note: replace "DN" with "UP" for
channel opening up.)

Marine Rung (Available in Aluminum, HDGAF Steel and Stainless Steel)

(Aluminum Shown)

• Designed for Series 3 or heavier systems.
• Special rung design to accommodate stainless steel banding
of cables (U.S. Coast Guard requirement) with .25" x .69" slots.
• Has applications on land, vertical installation, any location
where extra cable positioning/attachment is required.
• Rung strength - Aluminum supports 499 lbs. per rung on 36" wide
system with a 1.5 safety factor. Steel supports 755 lbs. per rung on
36" wide system with a 1.5 safety factor.
• New design provides combination of strut fastening and marine rung
fastening.
Example: 46A12MR-36-288 or 464G12MR-36-288

Special Rung Spacings:

4" & 18" rung spacing available upon request.

Non-Ventilated
•
•
•
•

Solid flat sheet welded into the Cable Tray above the rungs.
Standard rung spacing is 12 inches.
The flat sheet may be installed under the rungs, if preferred.
The flat sheet may be installed over B54 rungs “slot down”.
Examples: 24ASB-36-144
Flat sheet bottom over standard rung on
12" spacing.
24ASBB54-36-144
Flat sheet bottom over B54 strut rung
slot down on 12" spacing.

356
Cable Tray Systems

Appendix-Mid -

Span Splice

B-Line’s 9A-6006 and 9A-6007
Aluminum Mid-Span Splice
Appendix

Features
• Standard for H46A, H47A and 57A straight sections.
• Allows random splice location.
• Six bolt design 1/2" Stainless Steel Type 316
hardware standard.
• Available on ladder bottoms only.
• 09" and 12" rung spacing.
Tray
Series

Catalog No.

H46A

9A-6006

H47A

9A-6007

57A

9A-6007

The Cable Tray:
H46A

H47A

Tested to:
• 167 lbs/ft (safety factor 1.5)
• 125 lbs/ft (safety factor 2.0)
• 20 ft. simple beam test

Tested to:
• 149 lbs/ft (safety factor 1.5)
• 112 lbs/ft (safety factor 2.0)
• 20 ft. simple beam test

• 12" rung spacing • 36" wide

• 12" rung spacing • 36" wide

The Splice:
9A-6006

9A-6007

Tested to:
• 135 lbs/ft (safety factor 1.5)
• 101 lbs/ft (safety factor 2.0)
• 20 ft. simple beam test

Tested to:
• 143 lbs/ft (safety factor 1.5)
• 107 lbs/ft (safety factor 2.0)
• 20 ft. simple beam test

• mid-span splice

• mid-span splice

Options: The 9A-6006 and 9A-6007 splice is also available
with B-Line’s 46A and 47A series cable tray systems
•
•
•
•

Available on ladder bottoms only (09" and 12" rung spacing).
Available on 240" (20’) or longer span straight sections.
To order add “MS” to part number: Ex. 46AMS09-24-288.
For standard 6A or 7A fittings with H46A or H47A systems an
additional pair of standard splice plates is required (9A-1006 or 9A-1007).

Also available:
H6A and H7A Fittings
• Ladder bottom only (09" RS).
• Incorporates the 9A-6006
or 9A-6007 splice.
• Example: H6A-12-90HB24
or H7A-12-90HB24
One pair 9A-6006 or 9A-6007 included.

357
Cable Tray Systems

Appendix -

Special Purpose Peaked Covers

Appendix

Special Purpose 2 to 3 Pitch Peaked Covers
Features

These covers are not
available for Series 1
system or in steel with
a pre-galvanized finish.

• 33° slope to shed precipitants.
• Heavy construction - made for the industrial environment.
• Available in aluminum and steel; hot dip
galvanized after fabrication (HDGAF ASTM A-123),
304 stainless and 316 stainless.
• Available in flanged design only.
• Fittings are in multiple piece welded construction.
• Expanding/Reducing HT and HX covers are not available.

2 to 3 Pitch
Tray
Width

Peak
Height

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

2"
3"
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"

Horizontal
Tee

Vertical Outside
Bend
Horizontal Bend

Horizontal
Cross

Catalog Number Selector
Example: 83

7

A

Detail

Material

83 = 2 to 3
Pitch
Peaked

7 = Flanged Aluminum
2 = Flanged Steel

A = Aluminum
G = HDGAF ASTM
A-123
SS4 = 304 Stainless
Steel
SS6 = 316 Stainless
Steel

3 = Flanged Steel
(All straight
sections except
248, 258, 268)

2 to 3 Pitch Cover Clamp
• Recommended for outdoor service.

-

24 - 144

Material
Thickness

Cover Type

(248, 258, 268
straight sections &
fittings

80

80 = .080 Aluminum straight
section
125 = .125 Aluminum fittings
16 = 16 Ga. Steel straight
sections.
18 = 18 Ga. Steel fittings.

Side Rail
Height

Tray Width
06 =
09 =
12 =
18 =
24 =
30 =
36 =

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

144
120
72
60

=
=
=
=

12 ft. (3.66 m)
10 ft. (3.05 m)
6 ft. (1.83 m)
5 ft. (1.52 m)

Catalog
No.

Catalog
No.

Catalog
No.

Steel

Stainless Steel

in.

mm

Aluminum

4

101

9A-(‡)-9P44

9G-(‡)-9P44

9**-(‡)-9P44

5

127

9A-(‡)-9P54

9G-(‡)-9P54

9**-(‡)-9P54

6

152

9A-(‡)-9P64

9G-(‡)-9P64

9**-(‡)-9P64

7

178

9A-(‡)-9P74

9G-(‡)-9P74

9**-(‡)-9P74

(‡) Insert tray width

358

Item Description

Green = Fastest shipped items (normally 3 to 5 working days)
Black = Normal lead-time items (normally 5 to 10 working days)
Red = Normally long lead-time items (15 working days minimum)

(**) Insert SS4 or SS6

Cable Tray Systems

Reference Material -

Methods Permitted

Wiring methods permitted in cable tray per the 2005 NEC®
Armored cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 320)
Electrical metallic tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 358)
Electrical nonmetallic tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 362)
Fire alarm cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 760)
Flexible metal conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 348)
Flexible metallic tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 360)
Instrumentation tray cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 727)
Intermediate metal conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 342)
Liquidtight flexible metal conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 350)
Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 356)
Metal-clad cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 330)
Mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 332)
Multiconductor service-entrance cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 338)
Multiconductor underground feeder and branch-circuit cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 340)
Multipurpose and communications cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 800)
Nonmetallic-sheathed cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 334)
Power and control tray cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 336)
Power-limited tray cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Section 725.61(C) and 725.71(E)
Optical fiber cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 770)
Other factory-assembled, multiconductor control, signal, or power
cables that are specifically approved for installation in cable trays
21. Rigid metal conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 344)
22. Rigid nonmetallic conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 352)

Reference Material -

Appendix

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.

Formulas

Formulas
• Allowable load:

• Deflection:

w = F96Sx
L2
3
∆ = 5WL
384EIx

∆=
• Stress:

5wL4
4608EIx

2
F = wL
96Sx

• Deflection Multiplier (K) = deflection
w
=

• Max. Working Load =

Legend
w
W
F
L
Sx

=
=
=
=
=

load (lbs/ft)
total load across span (lbs)
design stress (lbs/in2)
span (inches)
section modulus for 2 rails (in3)
(see page 360 for Sx values)

E

= 10 million for Alum. (lb/in.2)
29 million for Steel (lb/in.2)
Ix = moment of inertia for 2 rails (in4)
(see page 360 for Ix values)

5L4
4608EIx

Max. deflection
Deflection Multiplier
359

Cable Tray Systems

Reference Material -

Side Rails

Cable Tray Side Rails
Design Data For One Rail
Appendix

Aluminum
Side Rails

D
E

C
B

A

A - Side Rail Height
B - Loading Depth
C - Web Thickness
D - Flange Width

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Height

A
(in.)

B
(in.)

C
(in.)

D
(in.)

E
(in.)

Sx
(in.3)

Ix
(in.4)

Area
(in.2)

Weight
(lbs./ft.)

24

4

4.12

3.05

.060

1.75

.740

.67

1.43

.525

.62

M24

4

4.18

3.09

.080

1.75

.760

.84

1.93

.750

.83

34

4

4.20

3.08

.100

1.75

.750

1.05

2.49

.902

1.06

25

5

5.00

3.93

.068

1.75

.748

.90

2.31

.620

.72

35

5

5.06

3.96

.090

1.75

.745

1.18

3.19

.857

.98

26

6

6.12

5.04

.065

2.00

.745

1.26

3.95

.698

.82

36

6

6.17

5.06

.075

2.00

.725

1.68

5.42

.903

1.05

46

6

6.19

5.08

.085

2.00

.650

1.79

6.09

.989

1.17

M46

6

6.20

5.09

.100

2.00

.750

1.89

6.36

1.116

1.30

H46

6

6.24

5.09

.130

2.00

.750

2.67

8.65

1.473

1.74

37

7

7.14

6.05

.075

2.00

.750

1.88

6.75

.904

1.06

47

7

7.24

6.13

.100

2.00

.675

2.47

8.94

1.189

1.40

H47

7

7.24

6.09

.125

2.00

.675

3.05

11.46

1.520

1.77

57

7

7.40

6.23

.160

2.00

.875

3.86

16.43

2.114

2.46

S8A

8

8.00

6.17

.170

3.00

1.000

7.69

27.67

2.754

3.20

A
(in.)

B
(in.)

C
(in.)

D
(in.)

E
(in.)

Sx
(in.3)

Ix
(in.4)

Area
(in.2)

Weight
(lbs./ft.)

Steel
Side Rails

B-Line
Series

D

148

4

3.625

3.125

.048

.875

--

.25

.45

.251

.84

156

5

4.188

3.688

.060

.875

--

.36

.76

.340

1.16

166

6

5.188

4.688

.060

.750

--

.46

1.20

.385

1.31

176

7

6.188

5.688

.060

.750

--

.64

1.90

.444

1.52

248

4

4.188

3.14

.048

1.000

.392

.32

.72

.313

1.17

346

4

4.188

3.13

.060

1.500

.655

.48

1.11

.449

1.64

444

4

4.188

3.11

.075

1.500

.670

.64

1.47

.561

2.02

258

5

5.188

4.14

.048

1.000

.392

.45

1.22

.361

1.34

356

5

5.188

4.13

.060

1.500

.655

.66

1.86

.509

1.86

454

5

5.188

4.11

.075

1.500

.670

.87

2.48

.636

2.29

268

6

6.188

5.14

.048

1.000

.392

.59

1.90

.409

1.52

368

6

6.188

5.13

.048

1.500

.643

.71

2.39

.457

1.70

366

6

6.188

5.14

.060

1.500

.655

.85

2.87

.569

2.08

464

6

6.188

5.11

.075

1.500

.670

1.14

3.83

.711

2.56

378

7

7.188

6.14

.048

1.500

.643

.89

3.45

.505

1.88

476

7

7.188

6.13

.060

1.500

.655

1.07

4.15

.629

2.30

574

7

7.188

6.11

.075

1.500

.670

1.43

5.55

.792

2.83

C

Side Rail
Height

B
A

Series One Rail Only

D
E

C
A

B

All Other Steel Rails
A - Side Rail Height
B - Loading Depth
C - Web Thickness
D - Flange Width

Design Factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus

360
Cable Tray Systems

Reference Material -

Bottom Members

Cable Tray Bottom Members
Ladder Type Rungs
Design

Material

Type

Factors

Type

Single Rung Uniform Load Capacity (in Lbs.) with safety factor of 1.5
Tray Width
6
9
12
18
24
30

Appendix

Rung

36

1"

Ix = .0361 in.4
A

1"

Aluminum

766

575

Sx = .0707 in.3

1.5"
1"

Ix = .0432 in.4
B

1"

Aluminum

594

495

749

624

Sx = .0877 in.3

1.5"
1"

Ix = .0249 in.4

Steel

1"

A

2912

1941

1456

971

728

Sx = .0528 in.3

1.5"
1"

Ix = .0312 in.4

Steel

1"

B

Sx = .0661 in.3

1.5"
15/8"

Ix = .0450 in.4

B44AL 1"

15/8"
B44

Aluminum

Sx = .0787 in.3
Ix = .0445 in.4

1"

3/4"

3328

2219

1664

1109

832

666

555

5172

3448

2586

1724

1293

1034

862

Redi-Rail

1480

987

740

493

370

296

224

Steel

981

654

491

327

245

230

192

Strut Rung

Steel

Sx = .0782 in.3

Strut Rung

Ix = .0130 in.4
Sx = .0344 in.3

25/32"

1"
1/2"

A

Ix = .0039 in.4
Sx = .0134 in.3

Series 1

1.5"
1"
1/2"

B

Ix = .0047 in.4

Steel

Sx = .0164 in.3

Series 1

1.5"
15/8"

Ix = .0353 in.4
1"

15/8"

Sx = .0708 in.3

Aluminum
Marine Rung

Sx = .0685

in.3

1997

1498

999

749

599

499

4530

3020

2265

1510

1133

906

755

Steel

Ix = .0347 in.4
1"

2996

Marine Rung

Corrugated Bottoms (Ventilated and Solid)
Single Rung Load Capacity (in Lbs.) with safety factor of 1.5
Bottom

Design

Material

Type

Factors

Type

6

9

12

18

24

30

36

Ix = .0455 in.4
Sx = .0898 in.3

Aluminum

3141

2029

1491

970

726

660

594

Ix = .0348 in.4
Sx = .0667 in.3

Steel

2973

1946

1445

955

711

650

590

Ix = .0185 in.4
Sx = .0503 in.3

Series
148
Steel

2645

1763

1323

881

661

3”

3”

21/4”

1”

Tray Width

Trough
3”

3”

21/4”

1”

Trough
27/8”

27/8”

3/4”

21/4”

Trough

361
Cable Tray Systems

Reference Material -

Cable Tray Weights
Series 1

Appendix

Steel Side Rail Weights
Tray Series

148

156

166

176

Weight for

lbs/ft

1.68

2.32

2.62

3.03

2 Side Rails

kg/m

2.50

3.45

3.90

4.51

Example:
Weight for 148P09-12-144
= 1.68 lbs/ft + .51 lbs/ft = 2.19 lbs/ft
= (2.19 lbs/ft) (12 ft) = 26.28 lbs.

Tray Bottom Weights
Tray Width (inches)

6

9

12

18

24

30

36

6" Spacing

lbs/ft

0.38

0.57

0.76

1.14

1.52

2.25

2.70

Rung Weight

kg/m

0.57

0.85

1.13

1.70

2.26

3.35

4.02

9" Spacing

lbs/ft

0.25

0.38

0.51

0.76

1.01

1.50

1.80

Rung Weight

kg/m

0.38

0.57

0.75

1.13

1.51

2.23

2.68

12" Spacing

lbs/ft

0.19

0.29

0.38

0.57

0.76

1.13

1.35

Rung Weight

kg/m

0.29

0.43

0.57

0.85

1.13

1.68

2.01

Vented Trough

lbs/ft

0.48

0.72

0.95

1.43

1.91

2.39

2.86

Weight

kg/m

0.71

1.06

1.42

2.13

2.84

3.55

4.26

Solid Trough

lbs/ft

0.60

0.90

1.20

1.80

2.39

2.99

3.59

Weight

kg/m

0.89

1.34

1.78

2.67

3.56

4.45

5.34

4" Vented

lbs/ft

0.57

0.86

1.14

1.71

2.28

3.37

3.42

Rung Weight

kg/m

0.85

1.27

1.70

2.54

3.39

5.02

5.09

Solid Bottom

lbs/ft

1.01

1.51

2.01

3.02

4.02

5.20

6.25

Weight

kg/m

1.50

2.24

2.99

4.49

5.98

7.74

9.29

All
Series
1
Steel

Series
148
Steel
Series
156, 166
& 176
Steel

When using steel tray that is hot dip galvanized after fabrication add 9.6% to weights.

Series 2, 3, 4 or 5
Aluminum Side Rail Weights
Tray Series

24

M24

34

25

35

26

36

46

M46

H46

37

47

H47

57

Weight for

lbs/ft

1.23

1.66

2.12

1.44

1.96

1.64

2.09

2.33

2.60

3.47

2.12

2.80

3.54

4.92

2 Side Rails

kg/m

1.83

2.47

3.15

2.14

2.92

2.44

3.11

3.47

3.87

5.16

3.15

4.16

5.27

7.32

Steel Side Rail Weights
Tray Series

248

346

444

258

356

454

268

368

366

464

378

476

574

Weight for

lbs/ft

2.34

3.28

4.04

2.68

3.72

4.58

3.04

3.40

4.16

5.12

3.76

4.60

5.66

2 Side Rails

kg/m

3.48

4.88

6.01

3.99

5.54

6.82

4.52

5.06

6.19

7.62

5.59

6.84

8.42

Series 2, 3, 4 or 5 weights continued on page 363.

362
Cable Tray Systems

Reference Material -

Cable Tray Weights

Series 2, 3, 4 or 5
Tray Bottom Weights
Tray Width (inches)
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m

9

12

18

24

30

36

42

0.30
0.44

0.44
0.66

0.59
0.88

0.89
1.32

1.18
1.76

1.70
2.53

2.04
3.04

2.38
3.54

0.20
0.29

0.29
0.44

0.39
0.58

0.59
0.87

0.78
1.16

1.13
1.68

1.36
2.02

1.58
2.35

0.15
0.22

0.22
0.32

0.29
0.43

0.44
0.65

0.58
0.86

0.85
1.26

1.02
1.52

1.19
1.77

0.10
0.15

0.15
0.22

0.20
0.30

0.30
0.45

0.40
0.60

0.57
0.85

0.68
1.02

0.80
1.19

0.25
0.37

0.38
0.56

0.50
0.74

0.75
1.12

1.00
1.49

1.25
1.86

1.50
2.23

1.75
2.60

0.31
0.45

0.46
0.68

0.61
0.91

0.92
1.36

1.22
1.82

1.53
2.27

1.83
2.72

2.14
3.18

0.62
0.92

0.92
1.37

1.23
1.83

1.85
2.75

2.46
3.66

3.67
5.46

4.40
6.55

5.14
7.65

0.41
0.61

0.62
0.92

0.82
1.22

1.23
1.83

1.64
2.44

2.45
3.65

2.94
4.37

3.43
5.10

0.31
0.46

0.47
0.69

0.62
0.92

0.93
1.38

1.24
1.85

1.84
2.74

2.21
3.29

2.58
3.83

0.21
0.31

0.31
0.46

0.41
0.61

0.62
0.92

0.82
1.22

1.22
1.82

1.46
2.18

1.71
2.54

0.53
0.79

0.80
1.18

1.06
1.58

1.59
2.37

2.12
3.15

2.65
3.94

3.18
4.73

3.71
5.52

0.67
0.99

1.00
1.48

1.33
1.98

2.00
2.97

2.66
3.96

3.33
4.95

3.99
5.94

4.66
6.93

Appendix

6" Spacing
Rung Weight
9" Spacing
Rung Weight
12" Spacing
All
Rung Weight
Series
2,3,4
18" Spacing
Aluminum Rung Weight
Vented Trough
Weight
Solid Trough
Weight
6" Spacing
Rung Weight
9" Spacing
Rung Weight
All
12" Spacing
Series
Rung Weight
2,3,4,5
18" Spacing
Steel
Rung Weight
Vented Trough
Weight
Solid Trough
Weight

6

When using steel tray that is hot dip galvanized after fabrication add 9.6% to weights.

Fiberglass Side Rail Weights

Fiberglass
Tray Series
Weight for
2 Side Rails

lbs/ft
kg/m

13

24

36

46

H46

48

1.40
2.08

1.78
2.65

2.82
4.20

3.72
5.54

3.72
5.54

4.66
6.93

Fiberglass Bottom Weights
Tray Width (inches)
6" Spacing
Rung Weight
9" Spacing
Rung Weight
12" Spacing
Rung Weight
18" Spacing
All
Rung Weight
Series
6" Spacing
Fiberglass
Marine Rung Wt.
9" Spacing
Marine Rung Wt.
12" Spacing
Marine Rung Wt.
18" Spacing
Marine Rung Wt.

lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m

6

9

12

18

24

30

36

0.54
0.80

0.81
1.20

1.08
1.60

1.62
2.41

2.16
3.21

2.70
4.01

3.23
4.81

0.35
0.52

.053
0.78

0.70
1.04

1.05
1.56

1.40
2.09

1.75
2.61

2.10
3.13

0.27
0.40

0.40
0.60

0.54
0.80

0.81
1.20

1.08
1.60

1.35
2.01

1.62
2.41

0.19
0.28

0.28
0.42

0.38
0.56

0.57
0.84

0.75
1.12

0.94
1.40

1.13
1.68

0.75
1.11

1.12
1.67

1.49
2.,22

2.24
3.33

2.98
4.44

3.73
5.55

4.48
6.66

0.48
0.,72

0.73
1.08

0.97
1.44

1.45
2.16

1.94
2.89

2.42
3.61

2.91
4.33

0.37
0.56

0.56
0.83

0.75
1.11

1.12
1.67

1.49
2.22

1.87
2.78

2.24
3.33

0.26
0.39

0.39
0.58

0.52
0.78

0.78
1.17

1.04
1.55

1.31
1.94

1.57
2.33

363
Cable Tray Systems

Reference Material -

Metric Conversion

Appendix

Metric Conversion Chart
To Convert From

To

Multiply By

Angle
degree
radian (rad)

radian (rad)
degree

0.01745329
57.295780

Area
foot2
inch2
circular mil
sq. centimeter (cm2)
square meter (m2)
square meter (m2)
square meter (m2)

square meter (m2)
square meter (m2)
square meter (m2)
square inch (in2)
foot2
inch2
circular mil

0.09290304
0.0064516 x 10-2
0.00005067075 x 10-5
0.15500030
10.763910
1550.0030
1973523000.0

Temperature
degree Fahrenheit
degree Celsius

degree Celsius
degree Fahrenheit

t°C = (t°F - 32) / 1.8
t°F = 1.8t°C + 32

Force
pounds - force (lbf)

newtons (N)

4.4482220

Length
foot (ft)
inch (in)
mil
inch
millimeters
meter (m)
meter (m)
meter (m)
micrometer (µm)

meter (m)
meter (m)
meter (m)
micrometer (µm)
inch (in)
foot (ft)
inch (in)
mil
inch (in)

0.30480
0.02540
0.002540 x 10-3
25400.0
0.039370
3.280840
39.370080
39370.0080
0.039370080 x 10-3

cubic meter (m3)
cubic meter (m3)
cubic inch (in3)
foot3
inch3
cubic meter (m3)

0.028316850
0.016387060 x 10-3
0.061023740
35.314660
61023.760
0.0037854120

Volume
foot3
inch3
cubic centimeter (cm3)
cubic meter (m3)
cubic meter (m3)
gallon (U.S. liquid)

Section Properties
section modulus S (in3)
moment of inertia I (in4)
modulus of elasticity E (psi)
section modulus S (m3)
moment of inertia I (m4)
modulus of elasticity E (Pa)

S (m3)
I (m4)
E (Pa)
S (in3)
I (in4)
E (psi)

0.016387060 x 10-3
0.00041623140 x 10-3
6894.7570
61023.740
2402510.0
0.014503770 x 10-2

364
Cable Tray Systems

Reference Material -

Metric Conversion

Metric Conversion Chart (Cont.)
To

Appendix

To Convert From

Multiply By

Bending Moment or Torque
lbf • ft
lbf • in
N•m
N•m

newton meter (N•m)
newton meter (N•m)
lbf • ft
lbf • in

1.3558180
0.11298480
0.73756210
8.8507480

Mass
ounce (avoirdupois)
pound (avoirdupois)
ton (short, 2000 lb)
ton (long, 2240 lb)
kilogram (kg)
kilogram (kg)
kilogram (kg)
kilogram (kg)

kilogram (kg)
kilogram (kg)
kilogram (kg)
kilogram (kg)
ounce (avoirdupois)
pound (avoirdupois)
ton (short, 2000 lb)
ton (long, 2240 lb)

0.028349520
0.45359240
907.18470
1016.0470
35.273960
2.2046220
0.0011023110
0.98420640 x 10-3

Mass Per Unit Length
lb/ft
lb/in
kilogram per meter (kg/m)
kilogram per meter (kg/m)

kilogram per meter (kg/m)
kilogram per meter (kg/m)
lb/ft
lb/in

1.4881640
17.857970
0.67196890
0.55997410

Mass Per Unit Volume
lb/ft3
lb/in3
kilogram per cubic meter (kg/m3)
kilogram per cubic meter (kg/m3)
lb/ft3

kilogram per cubic meter (kg/m3)
kilogram per cubic meter (kg/m3)
lb/ft3
lb/in3
lb/in3

16.018460
27679.90
0.062427970
0.03612730 x 10-3
1728.0

kilogram per square meter (kg/m2)
pound per square foot (lb/ft2)

4.8824280
0.20481610

Mass Per Unit Area
lb/ft2
kg/m2

Pressure or Stress
lbf/in2 (psi)
kip/in3 (ksi)
lbf/in2 (psi)
pascal (Pa)
pascal (Pa)
megapascals (MPa)

pascal (Pa)
pascal (Pa)
megapascals (MPa)
pound-force per square inch (psi)
kip per square inch (ksi)
lbf/in2 (psi)

6894.7570
6894757.0
0.0068947570
0.0014503770 x 10-1
0.0014503770 x 10-4
145.03770

Metric Symbols
m = meter
cm = centimeter
mm = millimeter
µm = micrometer
kg = kilogram

N = newton
kN = kilonewton
Pa = pascal
MPa = megapascal

365
Cable Tray Systems

Full Cable Tray Systems Specification
Appendix

SECTION 16114
CABLE TRAYS
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. The work covered under this section consists of the furnishing of all necessary labor, supervision,
materials, equipment, tests and services to install complete cable tray systems as shown on the drawings.
B. Cable tray systems are defined to include, but are not limited to straight sections of [ladder type]
[trough type] [solid bottom type] [channel type] cable trays, bends, tees, elbows, drop-outs, supports
and accessories.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.

ASTM A123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from Rolled,
Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars, and Strip.
ASTM A653 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process,
Structural (Physical) Quality.
ASTM A1011 - Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural,
High-Strength Low-Alloy and High Strength Low Alloy with Improved Formability.
ASTM A1008 - Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength
Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability.
ASTM B633 - Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel.
NEMA VE 1 - Metallic Cable Tray Systems.
NEMA VE 2 - Cable Tray Installation Guidelines.

1.03 DRAWINGS
A. The drawings which constitute a part of these specifications indicate the general route of the cable tray
systems. Data presented on these drawings is as accurate as preliminary surveys and planning can
determine until final equipment selection is made. Accuracy is not guaranteed and field verification of
all dimensions, routing, etc., is required.
B. Specifications and drawings are for assistance and guidance, but exact routing, locations, distances and
levels will be governed by actual field conditions. Contractor is directed to make field surveys as part
of his work prior to submitting system layout drawings.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal Drawings: Submit drawings of cable tray and accessories including clamps, brackets, hanger
rods, splice plate connectors, expansion joint assemblies, and fittings, showing accurately scaled
components.
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on cable tray including, but not limited to, types, materials,
finishes, rung spacings, inside depths and fitting radii. For side rails and rungs, submit cross sectional
properties including Section Modulus (Sx) and Moment of Inertia (Ix).
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of cable trays and fittings of types and capacities
required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA Standards Publication Number VE 1, "Cable Tray Systems".
C. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC, as applicable to construction and installation of cable tray and
cable channel systems (Article 392, NEC).
D. UL Compliance: Provide products which are UL classified and labeled.
E. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 70B, "Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment
Maintenance" pertaining to installation of cable tray systems.
366
Cable Tray Systems

Full Cable Tray Systems Specification
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
Appendix

A. Deliver cable tray systems and components carefully to avoid breakage, denting and scoring finishes.
Do not install damaged equipment.
B. Store cable trays and accessories in original cartons and in clean dry space; protect from weather and
construction traffic.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray and cable channel, systems
to be installed shall be as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc. [or engineer approved equal.]

2.02 CABLE TRAY SECTIONS AND COMPONENTS
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated;
with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and
smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction
features.
B. Materials and Finish: Material and finish specifications for each tray type are as follows:
1. Aluminum: Straight section and fitting side rails and rungs shall be extruded from Aluminum
Association Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association
Alloy 5052.
2. Pre-Galvanized Steel: Straight sections, fitting side rails, rungs, and covers shall be made from
structural quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties and mill galvanized in
accordance with ASTM A653 SS, Grade 33, coating designation G90. Covers for all steel trays
will also be furnished from mill galvanized steel in accordance with ASTM A653 G90.
3. Hot Dip Galvanized Steel: Straight section and fitting side rails and rungs shall be made from
structural quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A1011 SS, Grade
33 for 14 gauge and heavier, ASTM A1008, Grade 33, Type 2 for 16 gauge and lighter, and
shall be hot dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123. All covers and
splice plates must also be hot dip galvanized after fabrication; mill galvanized covers are not
acceptable for hot dipped galvanized cable tray. All hot dip galvanized after fabrication steel
cable trays must be returned to point of manufacture after coating for inspection and removal
of all icicles and excess zinc. Failure to do so can cause damage to cables and/or injury to
installers.
4. Stainless Steel: Straight section and fitting side rails and rungs shall be made of AISI Type 304
or Type 316 stainless steel. Transverse members (rungs) shall be welded to the side rails with
Type 316 stainless steel welding wire.

2.03 TYPE OF TRAY SYSTEM
A. Ladder type trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members (rungs)
welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Spacing in radiused fittings
shall be 9 inches and measured at the center of the tray's width. Rungs shall have a minimum cable
bearing surface of 7/8" with radiused edges. No portion of the rungs shall protrude below the bottom
plane of the side rails.** Each rung must be capable of supporting the cable load, with a safety factor of
1.5, and a 200 lb. concentrated load when tested in accordance with NEMA VE 1, section 5.4.
**Omit text for Series 1 cable tray systems.
B. Ventilated trough type trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated bottom
welded to the side rails. The peaks of the corrugated bottom shall have a minimum flat cable bearing
surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. To provide ventilation in the tray, the valleys of the
corrugated bottom shall have 21/4" x 4" rectangular holes punched along the width of the bottom.

367
Cable Tray Systems

Full Cable Tray Systems Specification
Non-Ventilated bottom trough type trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a
corrugated bottom welded to the side rails. The peaks of the corrugated bottom shall have a minimum
flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers.
D. Tray Sizes shall have [3] [4] [5] [6] inch minimum usable load depth, or as noted on the drawing.
E. Straight tray sections shall have side rails fabricated as I-Beams. All straight sections shall be supplied in
standard [10] [12] [20] [24] foot lengths, except where shorter lengths are permitted to facilitate tray
assembly lengths as shown on drawings.
F. Tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings.
G. All fittings must have a three inch tangent and a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] [48] inches.
H. Splice plates shall be the bolted type made as indicated below for each tray type. The resistance of fixed
splice connections between an adjacent section of tray shall not exceed .00033 ohm. Splice plate
construction shall be such that a splice may be located anywhere within a continuously supported span
without diminishing rated loading capacity of the cable tray.
1. Aluminum Tray - Splice plates shall be made of 6063-T6 aluminum, using four square neck
carriage bolts and serrated flange locknuts. Hardware shall be zinc plated in accordance with
ASTM B633, SC1. If aluminum cable tray is to be used outdoors, then hardware shall be
Type 316 stainless steel.
2. Steel (including Pre-Galvanized and Hot Dip Galvanized) - Splice plates shall be manufactured of
high strength steel, meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A1011 HSLAS,
Grade 50, Class 1. Each splice plate shall be attached with ribbed neck carriage bolts and
serrated flange locknuts. Hardware shall be zinc plated in accordance with ASTM B633 SC1 for
pre-galvanized cable trays, or Chromium Zinc in accordance with ASTM F-1136-88 for hot dip
galvanized cable trays.
Splice plates shall be furnished with straight sections and fittings.
I. Cable Tray Supports: Shall be placed so that the support spans do not exceed the maximum span
indicated on drawings. Supports shall be constructed from 12 gauge steel formed shape channel
members 15/8" x 15/8" with necessary hardware such as Trapeze Support Kits (9G-55XX-22SH) as
manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc. [or engineer approved equal]. Cable trays installed adjacent to walls
shall be supported on wall mounted brackets such as B409 as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc. [or
engineer-approved equal].

Appendix

C.

J. Trapeze hangers and center hung supports shall be supported by 1/2" (minimum) diameter rods.
K. Barrier Strips: Shall be placed as specified on drawings and be fastened into the tray with self drilling
screws.
L. Accessories: Special accessories shall be furnished as required to protect, support, and install a cable tray
system. Accessories shall consist of, but are not limited to; section splice plates, expansion plates,
blind-end plates, specially-designed ladder drop-outs, barriers, etc.

2.04 LOADING CAPACITIES
A. Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of _______ lbs./ft. on a ________ ft.
support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA VE 1,
section 5.2. **In addition to the uniformly distributed load the cable tray shall support 200 lbs.
concentrated load at mid-point of span.** Load and safety factors specified are applicable to both the side
rails and rung capacities. Cable tray shall be made to manufacturing tolerances as specified by NEMA.
**Omit text for Series 1 cable tray systems.

368
Cable Tray Systems

Full Cable Tray Systems Specification
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
Appendix

A. Install cable trays as indicated; in accordance with equipment manufacturer's instructions, and with
recognized industry practices (NEMA VE 2), to ensure that the cable tray equipment complies with
requirements of NEC, and applicable portions of NFPA 70B and NECA's "Standards of Installation"
pertaining to general electrical installation practices.
B. Coordinate cable tray with other electrical work as necessary to properly interface installation of cable
tray work with other work.
C. Provide sufficient space encompassing cable trays to permit access for installing and maintaining cables.

3.02 TESTING
A. Test cable trays to ensure electrical continuity of bonding and grounding connections, and to demonstrate
compliance with specified maximum grounding resistance. See NFPA 70B, Chapter 18, for testing and
test methods.
B. Manufacturer shall provide test reports witnessed by an independent testing laboratory of the "worst case"
loading conditions outlined in this specification and performed in accordance with the latest revision of
NEMA VE 1.

END OF SECTION

369
Cable Tray Systems

Additional Cable Tray Sizing Requirements
AMPACITY:
Appendix

Multiconductor Cables (2000V or Less)
Cable ampacities shall comply with Tables 310.16 and 310.18 of the NEC® subject to the provisions below:
1. If there are more than 3 current carrying conductors in a cable, derate cable ampacity per section
310.15(B)(2)(A).
2. If tray has solid covers, use 95% of the ampacity values shown in Tables 310.16 and 310.18.
3. If cables are placed in a single layer, with a maintained spacing of not less than 1 cable diameter between
cables, the ampacity of the cables shall not exceed the allowable ambient temperature-corrected ampacities of
multiconductor cables with not more than 3 insulated conductors in free air in accordance with Section
310.15(C) and Table B.310.3. You must use the ambient ampacity correction factors, found below Table
B.310.3, for ambient temperatures other than 40°C (104°F).

Multiconductor Cables (2001 Volts and over) Type MV and Type MC Cables
1. Where cable trays are covered for more than 6 ft. with solid, unventilated covers, use not more than 95% of the
ampacity values of Tables 310.75 and 310.76.
2. Where cables are installed in a single layer in uncovered trays with a maintained spacing of not less than one
cable diameter between cables, you can use the ampacity values listed in Tables 310.71 and 310.72.

Single Conductor Cables
Ampacity of Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less
in Cable Tray (single conductor cables)
Cable
Sizes
600 kcmil
and
Larger
600 kcmil
and
Larger
1/0 AWG
through
500 kcmil
1/0 AWG
through
500 kcmil
1/0 AWG
& Larger
In Single
Layer
Single
Conductors
In Triangle
Config.
1/0 AWG
and Larger

Solid
Unventilated
Cable Tray
Cover ?
No (**)

Yes

No (**)

Yes

Applicable
Ampacity
Tables
(*)
310.17
and
310.19
310.17
and
310.19
310.17
and
310.19
310.17
and
310.19

No (**)

310.17
and
310.19

No (**)

310.20
[See NEC
Section
310.15(B)]

Mult. Amp.
Table
Values
By

Ampacity of Type MV and Type MC Cables
(2001 volts or over) in Cable Trays (single conductor cables)

Special
Conditions

Cable
Sizes

1.00

Maintained
Spacing Of
One Cable
Diameter

1/0 AWG
and
Larger
1/0 AWG
and
Larger
1/0 AWG
& Larger
In Single
Layer
Single
Conductors
In Triangle
Config.
1/0 AWG
and Larger

1.00

Spacing Of
2.15 x One
Conductor
O.D. Between
Cables

0.75

0.70

0.65

0.60

Solid
Unventilated
Cable Tray
Cover ?
No (**)

Yes

Applicable
Ampacity
Tables
(*)
310.69
and
310.70
310.69
and
310.70

Mult. Amp.
Table
Values
By

Special
Conditions

0.75

0.70

No (**)

310.69
and
310.70

1.00

Maintained
Spacing Of
One Cable
Diameter

No (**)

310.67
and
310.68

1.05

Spacing Of
2.15 x One
Conductor
O.D. Between
Cables

(*) The ambient ampacity correction factors must be used.
(**) At a specific position, where it is determined that the tray cables require mechanical
protection, a single cable tray cover of six feet or less in length can be installed.

Cable Fill in Hazardous (Classified) Locations:
Section 392.3 of the NEC regulates the use of cable tray wiring systems in hazardous (classified) locations. This
section states that if cable tray wiring systems are installed in hazardous (classified) locations, the cables that they
support must be suitable for installation in those hazardous (classified) locations. The cable carries the installation
restriction, not the cable tray except that the cable tray installation must comply with Section 392.4.
Some hazardous (classified) locations require special spacing of the cables. When installing Type MC, MI & TC cables
in cable tray in Class II, Division 2 Hazardous (classified) areas, (combustible dusts), the cables are limited to a single
layer with spacing between cables equal to the diameter of the largest adjacent cable. This is the only hazardous
(classified) location where the spacing of the cables is required although it is recommended that this wiring method also
be employed in Class III, Division I, and Class III, Division 2 (Ignitable Fibers & Flyings). Please note that this will alter
the cable tray sizing information obtained from the sizing flow chart on page 36 & 37 of this catalog.

370
Cable Tray Systems

Installation Data
Please reference NEMA VE 2, metal cable tray installation guideline, for more complete information.

www.cabletrays.com/technica.htm
Appendix

Supports -

Cooper B-Line Cable Tray shall be sized and installed as a complete cable support system appropriate for the cable
types installed. Recommended cable tray support locations are as shown below. Do not exceed the maximum support spacing
and design load as printed on the side rail label. Refer to Canadian Electrical Code (CEC) section 12-2202 for minimum cable
tray clearances.

Splice Plates - Use factory supplied splice plates only.

Splice plates located at the quarter span between supports are preferred. Avoid placing splices at midspan and directly above supports. Torque all splice plate fasteners to 19 ft. - lbs. for 3/8"
and 50 ft. - lbs. for 1/2". Expansion splice plate fasteners should be loosened 1/2 turn after reaching full torque to allow for
travel. Set the side rail gap for expansion plates according to the chart on page 24 and ensure that a support is located within 2
feet on each side of the expansion splice.

Conductors -

The Cable Tray system installation shall be completed prior to pulling conductors. Cable support distances for
conductor size should be referenced in CEC Part 1, Table 21. Single conductor cables placed one diameter or more apart in
ventilated or ladder type tray are allowed to use the free air rating per the CEC. Any conductor in vertical runs of cable tray and
all single conductor cables must be fastened to the rungs with nylon cable ties or stainless steel clamps. Carbon steel cable
clamps should not be used due to induction heating, per CEC section 12-2204 (5).

Covers -

Vertical cable trays which penetrate dry floors must be covered for 2m (two meter) above the floor level. All cable tray
dead ends must be closed with blind ends per CEC sec 12-2202( 6).

Handling -

Cable tray is shipped without exterior crating, therefore careful material handling practices should be used. Cable
tray straight sections should be lifted with wide slings and an overhead crane. If a crane is not available and a fork lift is to be
used, only single bundles should be lifted. Ensure that each bundle is properly centered. Cable tray fittings that are not crated
should be unbanded and off-loaded by hand.

Storage -

All cable tray materials are subject to storage stain (white rust) if improperly stored. If cable tray is stored as shipped,
it must be stored indoors. If the cable tray material must be stored outside, it must be unbanded and loosely stacked on an angle
to minimize the components' contact area as well as provide for adequate drainage.

NEMA RECOMMENDED SUPPORT LOCATIONS FOR FITTINGS

.6M

.6
M

2

ft.

ø
2 ft.

ø

ø

1 /2

2 ft.
.6M

2 ft.

16.9mm

.6M

Vertical Elbows

ø

Horizontal Elbows

16.9mm
2/3 R

2/3 R

2 ft.
.6M

2 ft.

2 ft.

.6M

.6M

1/2 L

L

Horizontal Tee

Horizontal Cross

371
Cable Tray Systems

Support Channels & Channel Nuts
Channel Sizes & Hole Patterns Selection Chart
Appendix

Channel
Dimensions
Height

Material & Thickness
Stainless
Steel

Width
1

2

3

Channel Hole Patterns **
S
H17/8
TH

Aluminum

Type 304

Type 316

4

Steel

Channel
Type

SH

B11

3 1/4"

1 5/8"

12 Ga.

--

--

--

1

1

1

--

B12

2 7/16"

1 5/8"

12 Ga.

.105

--

--

1,2

1

1,2

--

B22

1 5/8"

1 5/8"

12 Ga.

.105

12 Ga.

12 Ga.

1,2,3,4

1

1,2,3,4

1

B24

1 5/8"

1 5/8"

14 Ga.

.080

14 Ga.

14 Ga.

1,2,3,4

1

1,2,3,4

--

B32

1 3/8"

1 5/8"

12 Ga.

--

12 Ga.

--

1,3

1

1,3

--

B42

1"

1 5/8"

12 Ga.

--

12 Ga.

--

1,3

1

1,3

--

B52

13 16

/ "

1 5/8"

12 Ga.

--

12 Ga.

--

1,3

1

1,3

--

B54

13 16

/ "

1 5/8"

14 Ga.

.080

14 Ga.

14 Ga.

1,2,3,4

1

1,2,3,4

--

Available Finishes on Steel: Plain (Oil Coated), Dura-Green Epoxy, Pre-Galvanized, and Hot Dip Galvanized are standard.
** 1
2
3
4

-

Steel
Aluminum
Type 304 Stainless Steel
Type 316 Stainless Steel

Channel Nuts
With Spring

Without Spring

Twirl Nut

FN228

B11
B12

B22
B24
B32

B42
B52
B54

B11 B22
B12 B24
B32

B42
B52
B54

B11 B22
B12 B24
B32

B42
B52
B54

E-Z Twirl
FN228

N728

N228

N528

N228WO

N228WO

TN228

TN228

3/8"

N725

N225

N525

N225WO

N525WO

TN225

TN525

Thread
Size

Thickness

3/8"-16
1/2"-13

3/8"
1/2"

for all nuts

for N725,N225,N225WO,TN225
for N525,N525WO,TN525

3/8"

N755

N255

N555

N255WO

N555WO

--

--

5/8"-11

1/2"

for N755,N255,N255WO
for N555,N555WO

3/8"

Channel Nut With Spring

Channel Nut Without Spring

Twirl Nut

FN228

For other channels, channel nuts, and fittings see B-Line Strut Systems Catalog.

372
Cable Tray Systems

Concrete Inserts & Threaded Rod
Continuous Concrete Insert

120" (10 ft.) 240" (20 ft.)

Channel
Size

Channel
Depth

Maximum
Load
2000 lbs./ft.

B22I-120

B22I-240

B22

1 5/8"

B32I-120

B32I-240

B32

1 3/8"

2000 lbs./ft.

B52I-120

B52I-240

B52

13

/16"

1500 lbs./ft.

Appendix

Catalog
Number for

Safety factor of 3 on loading.
Other lengths available upon request.
Furnished with end caps and styrofoam filler installed.
Standard finishes:
Plain (Oil Coated)
Dura Green Epoxy
Pre-Galvanized
Hot Dip Galvanized

B2500 Spot Insert & N2500 Insert Nut

Concrete Insert Applications

Standard Finish: Zinc Plated

Continuous inserts
used vertically are
ideal mounting
bases for cable
tray brackets.

B2500 Insert
For multi-tiered tray
assemblies, inserts
function as the
anchors for each
stanchion.

N2500 Insert Nut
Insert rod size behind part
number.

Square Nuts for Spot Inserts

Angle Fittings

B104

B844

B101

373
Cable Tray Systems

Appendix

Notes

374
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual

2005

CABLE TRAY MANUAL
Based on the
2005 National Electrical Code®

375
Cable Tray Systems

Table of Contents
Page
No.

Introduction ................................................................................................................. 377
Why Cable Tray?
Safety .................................................................................................................
Dependability ............................................................................................ 378 Space Savings .....................................................................................................
Cost Savings ............................................................................................. 379 -

378
379
379
382

Cable Tray Manual

An In-depth Look at the 2005 NEC®, Section 392
Types of Cable Trays (NEC® 392.1 Scope) ................................................. 383 - 384
EMI/RFI Cable Tray ................................................................................... 384 - 385
Cable Tray Materials ............................................................................................ 385
Types of Cables Allowed in Cable Tray [392.3 (A)] ....................................... 385 - 386
MI - Mineral Insulated Metal Sheathed Cable [Article 332] ............................. 386
MC - Metal Clad Cable [Article 330] ............................................................ 386
TC - Power and Control Tray Cable [Article 336] ......................................... 386
ITC - Instrumentation Tray Cable [Article 727] ............................................. 387
PLTC - Power Limited Tray Cable [Sections 725.61 (C) and 725.71 (E)] ........ 387
Other Types - Fire Alarm [Article 760],
Multipurpose and Communications Cable [Article 800] ............. 387
Single Conductor & Type MV Cables [392.3 (B)] .......................................... 387 - 388
Cable Tray Use in Hazardous Locations [392.3 (D)] ...................................... 388 - 390
Limitations on Cable Tray Use [392.4] ................................................................... 390
Cable Tray Loading [392.5 (A)] ................................................................... 390 - 392
Fiberglass Cable Tray [392.3 (E) & 392.5 (F)] ............................................... 392 - 393
Discontinuous Cable Tray and Fittings [392.6 (A)] ......................................... 393 - 394
Covers [392.6 (D)] ............................................................................................... 395
Barriers [392.6 (E) & (F)] ............................................................................ 395 - 396
Spacing of Multiple Cable Trays [392.6 (I)] ............................................................. 396
Supporting Conduit from Cable Tray [392.6 (J)] ........................................... 396 - 397
Use of Cable Tray as an Equipment Grounding Conductor [392.7 Grounding] .... 398 - 400
Fastening Cables [392.8 (B)] ................................................................................. 401
Cable Installation [392.8] ............................................................................ 401 - 403
Sizing Cable Tray
Multiconductor - 2000 volts or less [392.9] ....................................... 403 - 405
Single conductor - 2000 volts or less [392.10] ................................... 405 - 406
Type MC or MV - 2001 volts or greater [392.12] ........................................ 407
Ampacities of Cables in Cable Tray ............................................................. 406 - 408
Cable Tray Wiring System Design and Installation Hints ................................ 408 - 409
Fireproofing Tray ....................................................................................... 409 - 410
Expansion and Contraction ........................................................................ 410 - 411

Appendix Index & Appendix Sheets ............................................................. 412 - 419
Cable Tray Installation & Specification Checklists .................................... 420 - 423
Footnotes ...................................................................................................................... 424
376
Cable Tray Systems

INTRODUCTION
The Cooper B-Line Cable Tray Manual was produced by Cooper B-Line's technical staff. Cooper
B-Line has recognized the need for a complete cable tray reference source for electrical engineers
and designers. The following pages address the 2005 National Electric Code® requirements for
cable tray systems as well as design solutions from practical experience. The information has been
organized for use as a reference guide for both those unfamiliar and those experienced with cable
tray.

The information contained herein has been carefully checked for accuracy and is believed to be
correct and current. No warranty, either expressed or implied, is made as to either its applicability
to, or its compatibility with, specific requirements, of this information, nor for damages consequent
to its use. All design characteristics, specifications, tolerances and similar information are subject to
change without notice.

Cooper B-Line, Inc.
509 West Monroe Street
Highland, IL 62249-0326
Tel: (800) 851-7415
Fax: (618) 654-5499

National Electrical Code® and NEC® are registered trademarks of the
National Fire Protection Association, Inc. Quincy, MA 02269.
Reprinted with permission from NFPA 70-1999, the National Electrical Code®, Copyright© 1998, National Fire
Protection Association, Quincy, MA 02269. This reprinted material is not the complete and official position of the National
Fire Protection Association, on the referenced subject which is represented only by the standard in its entirety.

377
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual

Nearly every aspect of cable tray design and installation has been explored for the use of the
reader. If a topic has not been covered sufficiently to answer a specific question or if additional
information is desired, contact the engineering department at Cooper B-Line. We sincerely hope
you will find the Cooper B-Line Cable Tray Manual a helpful and informative addition to your
technical library.

WHY CABLE TRAY?

Cable Tray Manual

BECAUSE A CABLE TRAY WIRING SYSTEM PROVIDES
SAFE AND DEPENDABLE WAYS TO SAVE NOW AND LATER
Large numbers of electrical engineers have limited
detail knowledge concerning wiring systems. There is
the tendency by engineers to avoid becoming involved
in the details of wiring systems, leaving the wiring
system selection and design to designers or
contractors. Certain decisions must be made for any
wiring system installation, and these decisions should
be made in the design and construction activities' chain
where maximum impact is achieved at the lowest
possible cost. Deferring design decisions to
construction can result in increased costs and wiring
systems incompatible with the owner's future
requirements. Early in the project's design life, the
costs and features of various applicable wiring systems
should be objectively evaluated in detail. Unfortunately,
such evaluations are often not made because of the
time and money involved. It is important to realize that
these initial evaluations are important and will save
time and money in the long run. The evaluation should
include the safety, dependability, space and cost
requirements of the project. Many industrial and
commercial electrical wiring systems have excessive
initial capital costs, unnecessary power outages and
require excessive maintenance. Moreover, the wiring
system may not have the features to easily
accommodate system changes and expansions, or
provide the maximum degree of safety for the
personnel and the facilities.
Cable tray wiring systems are the preferred wiring
system when they are evaluated against equivalent
conduit wiring systems in ter ms of safety,
dependability, space and cost. To properly evaluate a
cable tray wiring system vs. a conduit wiring system, an
engineer must be knowledgeable of both their
installation and the system features. The advantages of
cable tray installations are listed below and explained in
the following paragraphs.
• Safety Features
• Dependability
• Space Savings
• Cost Savings
• Design Cost Savings
• Material Cost Savings
• Installation Cost & Time Savings
• Maintenance Savings

CABLE TRAY SAFETY FEATURES
A properly engineered and installed cable tray wiring
system provides some highly desirable safety features
that are not obtainable with a conduit wiring system.
• Tray cables do not provide a significant path for the
transmission of corrosive, explosive, or toxic gases while
conduits do. There have been explosions in industrial

facilities in which the conduit systems were a link in the
chain of events that set up the conditions for the
explosions. These explosions would not have occurred
with a cable tray wiring system since the explosive gas
would not have been piped into a critical area. This can
occur even though there are seals in the conduits. There
does have to be some type of an equipment failure or
abnormal condition for the gas to get into the conduit,
however this does occur. Conduit seals prevent
explosions from traveling down the conduit (pressure
piling) but they do not seat tight enough to prevent
moisture or gas migration until an explosion or a sudden
pressure increase seats them. The October 6, 1979
Electrical Substation Explosion at the Cove Point,
Maryland Columbia Liquefied Natural Gas Facility is a
very good example of where explosive gas traveled
though a two hundred foot long conduit with a seal in it.
The substation was demolished, the foreman was killed
and an operator was badly burned. This explosion
wouldn’t have occurred if a cable tray wiring system had
been installed instead of a conduit wiring system. A New
Jersey chemical plant had the instrumentation and
electrical equipment in one of its control rooms
destroyed in a similar type incident.
• In addition to explosive gases, corrosive gases and
toxic gases from chemical plant equipment failures can
travel through the conduits to equipment or control
rooms where the plant personnel and the sensitive
equipment will be exposed to the gases.
• In facilities where cable tray may be used as the
equipment grounding conductor in accordance with
NEC ® Sections 392.3(C) & 392.7, the grounding
equipment system components lend themselves to visual
inspection as well as electrical continuity checks.

CABLE TRAY DEPENDABILITY
A properly designed and installed cable tray system
with the appropriate cable types will provide a wiring
system of outstanding dependability for the control,
communication, data handling, instrumentation, and
power systems. The dependability of cable tray wiring
systems has been proven by a 40 year track record of
excellent performance.
• Cable tray wiring systems have an outstanding
record for dependable service in industry. It is the most
common industrial wiring system in Europe. In
continuous process systems, an electrical system failure
can cost millions of dollars and present serious process
safety problems for the facility, its personnel and the
people in the surrounding communities. A properly
designed and installed cable tray system with the
appropriate cable types will provide a wiring system of
outstanding dependability for process plants.

378
Cable Tray Systems

covers just the conductors, material, and installation
labor costs. The results of these initial cost evaluations
usually show that the installed cable tray wiring system
will cost 10 to 60 percent less than an equivalent
conduit wiring system. The amount of cost savings
depends on the complexity and size of the installation.

• Large retail and warehouse installations use cable
tray to support their data communication cable
systems. Such systems must be dependable so that
there are no outages of their continuous inventory
control systems.

There are other savings in addition to the initial
installation cost savings for cable tray wiring systems
over conduit wiring systems. They include reduced
engineering costs, reduced maintenance costs, reduced
expansion costs, reduced production losses due to
power outages, reduced environmental problems due
to continuity of power and reduced data handling
system costs due to the continuity of power. The
magnitudes of many of these costs savings are difficult
to determine until the condition exists which makes
them real instead of potential cost savings.

• Cable tray wiring systems have been widely used
to support cabling in both commercial and industrial
computer rooms overhead and beneath the floor to
provide orderly paths to house and support the cabling.
These types of installations need a high degree of
dependability which can be obtained using cable tray
wiring systems.

DESIGN COST SAVINGS
CABLE TRAY SPACE SAVINGS
When compared to a conduit wiring system, an
equivalent cable tray wiring system installation requires
substantially less space.
Increasing the size of a structure or a support system
to handle a high space volume conduit wiring system is
unnecessary when this problem can be avoided by the
selection of a cable tray wiring system.
• Facilities with high density wiring systems devoted
to control, instrumentation, data handling and branch
circuit wiring have the choice of selecting cable tray or
conduit wiring systems. A conduit wiring system is
often a poor choice because large conduit banks
require significant space, competing with other systems
and equipment. Choosing a cable tray wiring system
greatly reduces this problem.
• Financial institutions with lar ge computer
installations have high density wiring systems under
floors or in overhead plenum areas that are best
handled by cable tray wiring systems.
• Airport facilities have extensive cable tray wiring
systems to handle the ever expanding needs of the
airline industry.
• Cable tray is used in many facilities because of the
ever present need of routing more and more cables in
less space at lower costs.
• Large health care facilities have high density
wiring systems that are ideal candidates for cable tray.

• Most projects are roughly defined at the start of
design. For projects that are not 100 percent defined
before design start, the cost of and time used in coping
with continuous changes during the engineering and
drafting design phases will be substantially less for cable
tray wiring systems than for conduit wiring systems. A
small amount of engineering is required to change the
width of a cable tray to gain additional wiring space
capacity. Change is a complex problem when conduit
banks are involved.
• The final drawings for a cable tray wiring system
may be completed and sent out for bid or construction
more quickly than for a conduit wiring system. Cable
tray simplifies the wiring system design process and
reduces the number of details.
• Cable tray wiring systems are well suited for
computer aided design drawings. A spread sheet based
wiring management program may be used to control
the cable fills in the cable tray. While such a system
may also be used for controlling conduit fill, large
numbers of individual conduits must be monitored. For
an equal capacity wiring system, only a few cable tray
runs would have to be monitored.
• Dedicated cable tray installation zones alert other
engineering disciplines to avoid designs that will
produce equipment and material installation conflicts in
these areas. As more circuits are added, the cable tray
installation zone will increase only a few inches; the
space required for the additional conduits needed
would be much greater.

CABLE TRAY WIRING SYSTEM
COST SAVINGS

• The fact that a cable can easily enter and
exit cable tray anywhere along its route, allows
for some unique opportunities that provide highly
flexible designs.

Usually, the initial capital cost is the major factor in
selecting a project's wiring system when an evaluation
is made comparing cable tray wiring systems and
conduit wiring systems. Such an evaluation often

• Fewer supports have to be designed and less
coordination is required between the design disciplines
for the cable tray supports compared to conduit
supports.

379
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual

• Television broadcast origination facilities and
studios make use of cable tray to support and route the
large volumes of cable needed for their operations with
a high degree of dependability. It would be impossible
to have the wiring system flexibility they need with a
conduit wiring system.

MATERIAL COST SAVINGS
• Excluding conductors, the cost of the cable trays,
supports, and miscellaneous materials will provide a
savings of up to 80% as compared to the cost of the
conduits, supports, pull boxes, and miscellaneous
materials. An 18 inch wide cable tray has an allowable
fill area of 21 square inches. It would take 7 - 3 inch
conduits to obtain this allowable fill area (7 x 2.95
square inches = 20.65 square inches).

Cable Tray Manual

• The cost of 600 volt insulated multiconductor
cables listed for use in cable tray is greater than the cost
of 600 volt insulated individual conductors used in
conduit. The cost differential depends on the insulation
systems, jacket materials and cable construction.
• For some electrical loads, parallel conductors are
installed in conduit and the conductors must be derated,
requiring larger conductors to make up for the deration.
If these circuits were installed in cable tray, the
conductor sizes would not need to be increased since
the parallel conductor derating factors do not apply to
three conductor or single conductor cables in cable tray.

• Typical 300 volt insulated multiconductor
instrumentation tray cables (ITC) and power limited tray
cables (PLTC) cost the same for both cable tray and
conduit wiring systems. This applies for instrumentation
circuits, low level analog and digital signal circuits, logic
input/output (I/O) circuits, etc. There are other cable
tray installations which require a higher cost cable than
the equivalent conduit installation. Such installations are
limited to areas where low smoke emission and/or low
flame spread ITC or PLTC cables must be used.
• Conduit banks often require more frequent and
higher strength supports than cable trays. 3 inch and
larger rigid metal conduits are the only sizes allowed to
be supported on 20 foot spans [National Electrical
Code® (NEC®) Table 344.30(B)(2)].
• When a cable tray width is increased 6 inches, the
cable tray cost increase is less than 10 percent. This
substantially increases the cable tray’s wiring capacity
for a minimal additional cost. To obtain such an
increase in capacity for a conduit wiring system would
be very costly.

COST - Cable Tray vs. Conduit
(Equivalent Conductor Fill Areas)
5

40000

Labor Cost @
$60/hr per NECA
labor units.

35000

Material Cost

30000

Total
Installed
Cost ($)

4

25000
20000

3
15000

2
10000

1

5000
0
Aluminum Ladder
Cable Tray

Steel Ladder
Cable Tray

Solid Bottom
Cable Tray

EMT

Rigid Steel
Conduit

Installation: 200 linear feet of cable supported with four 90° direction changes and all
trapeze supports on 8 ft. spans.
1. Aluminum, 18" wide, ladder cable tray (9" rung spacing) with all hardware.
2. Hot dip galvanized steel, 18" wide, ladder cable tray (9" rung spacing) with all hardware.
3. Hot dip galvanized steel, 18" wide, solid bottom cable tray and all hardware.
4. 7 parallel runs of 3" diameter EMT with concentric bends.
5. 7 parallel runs of 3" diameter galvanized conduit with concentric bends.
Note: Above costs do not include cable and cable pulling costs. Cable costs differ per installation and
cable/conductor pulling costs have been shown to be considerably less for cable tray than for conduit.

380
Cable Tray Systems

INSTALLATION COST AND TIME SAVINGS
• Depending on the complexity and magnitude of
the wiring system, the total cost savings for the initial
installation (labor, equipment and material) may be up to
75 percent for a cable tray wiring system over a conduit
wiring system. When there are banks of conduit to be
installed that are more than 100 feet long and consist of
four or more 2 inch conduits or 12 or more smaller
conduits, the labor cost savings obtained using cable
tray wiring systems are very significant.

• The higher the elevation of the wiring system, the
more important the number of components required to
complete the installation. Many additional man-hours
will be required just moving the components needed for
the conduit system up to the work location.
• Conduit wiring systems require pull boxes or splice
boxes when there is the equivalent of more than 360
degrees of bends in a run. For large conductors, pull or
junction boxes may be required more often to facilitate
the conductor’s installation. Cable tray wiring systems
do not require pull boxes or splice boxes.
• Penetrating a masonry wall with cable tray requires
a smaller hole and limited repair work.
• More supports are normally required for rigid steel
conduit due to the requirements of NEC ® Table
344.30(B)(2).
• Concentric conduit bends for direction changes in
conduit banks are very labor intensive and difficult to
make. However if they are not used, the installation will
be unattractive. The time required to make a concentric
bend is increased by a factor of 3-6 over that of a single
shot bend. This time consuming practice is eliminated
when cable tray wiring systems are used.
• Conductor pulling is more complicated and time
consuming for conduit wiring systems than for cable
tray wiring systems. Normally, single conductor wire
pulls for conduit wiring systems require multiple reel
setups. For conduit wiring systems, it is necessary to pull
from termination equipment enclosure to termination
equipment enclosure. Tray cables being installed in
cable trays do not have to be pulled into the termination
equipment enclosures. Tray cable may be pulled from
near the first termination enclosure along the cable tray
route to near the second termination enclosure. Then,
the tray cable is inserted into the equipment enclosures
for termination. For projects with significant numbers of
large conductors terminating in switchgear, this may be
a very desirable feature that can save hours of an
electrician's time. Unnecessary power outages can be
eliminated since tray cable pulls may be made without

• Conductor insulation damage is common in
conduits since jamming can occur when pulling the
conductors. Jamming is the wedging of conductors in a
conduit when three conductors lay side by side in a flat
plane. This may occur when pulling around bends or
when the conductors twist. Ninety-two percent of all
conductor failures are the result of the conductor’s
insulation being damaged during the conductor’s
installation. Many common combinations of conductors
and conduits fall into critical jam ratio values. Critical
jam ratio (J.R.= Conduit ID/Conductor OD) values
range from 2.8 to 3.2. The J. R. for 3 single conductor
THHN/THWN insulated 350 kcmil conductors in a
21/2 inch conduit would be 3.0 (2.469 inches/ 0.816
inches). If conductor insulation damage occurs,
additional costs and time are required for replacing the
conductors. This cannot occur in a cable tray wiring
system.
• Smaller electrician crews may be used to install the
equivalent wiring capacity in cable tray. This allows for
manpower leveling, the peak and average crew would
be almost the same number, and the electrician
experience level required is lower for cable tray
installations.
• Since the work is completed faster there is less
work space conflict with the other construction
disciplines. This is especially true if installations are
elevated and if significant amounts of piping are being
installed on the project.

MAINTENANCE SAVINGS
• One of the most important features of cable tray is
that tray cable can easily be installed in existing trays if
there is space available. Cable tray wiring systems allow
wiring additions or modifications to be made quickly
with minimum disruption to operations. Any
conceivable change that is required in a wiring system
can be done at lower cost and in less time for a cable
tray wiring system than for a conduit wiring system.
• Moisture is a major cause of electrical equipment
and material failures. Breathing due to temperature
cycling results in the conduits accumulating relatively
large amounts of moisture. The conduits then pipe this
moisture into the electrical equipment enclosures which
over a period of time results in the deterioration of the
equipment insulation systems and their eventual failure.
Also, moisture may become a factor in the corrosion
failure of some of the critical electrical equipment's
metallic components. Conduit seals are not effective in
blocking the movement of moisture. The conduit
systems may be designed to reduce the moisture

381
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual

• Many more individual components are involved in
the installation of a conduit system and its conductors
compared to the installation of a cable tray system and
its cables. This results in the handling and installing of
large amounts of conduit items vs. small amounts of
cable tray items for the same wiring capacity.

de-energizing the equipment. For conduit installations,
the equipment will have to be de-energized for rubber
safety blanketing to be installed, otherwise the
conductor pulls might have to be made on a weekend or
on a holiday at premium labor costs to avoid shutting
down production or data processing operations during
normal working hours.

Cable Tray Manual

problems but not to completely eliminate it.
Few designers go into the design detail necessary to
reduce the effects of moisture in the conduit systems.
Tray cables do not provide internal moisture paths as do
conduits.
• In the event of exter nal fires in industrial
installations, the damage to the tray cable and cable tray
is most often limited to the area of the flame contact
plus a few feet on either side of the flame contact area.
For such a fire enveloping a steel conduit bank, the steel
conduit is a heat sink and the conductor insulation will
be damaged for a considerable distance inside the
conduit. Thermoplastic insulation may be fused to the
steel conduit and the conduit will need to be replaced
for many feet. This occurred in an Ohio chemical plant
and the rigid steel conduits had to be replaced for 90
feet. Under such conditions, the repair cost for fire
damage would normally be greater for a conduit wiring
system than for cable tray and tray cable. In the Ohio
chemical plant fire, there were banks of conduits and
runs of cable tray involved. The cable tray wiring
systems were repaired in two days. The conduit wiring
systems were repaired in six days and required a great
deal more manpower.

Because Article 300 is exempt from this requirement
only low-voltage and communication cables are affected.
Each Article adopted a definition of abandoned cables
and the rule for removal. The general consensus is that
abandoned cable is cable that is not terminated at
equipment or connectors and is not identified for future
use with a tag. Please refer to each individual NEC®
Article for specifics.
Having to tag, remove, or rearrange cables within an
enclosed raceway can be a time consuming and difficult
job. Without being able to clearly see the cables and
follow their exact routing throughout a facility,
identifying abandoned cables would be very difficult and
expensive.
With the open accessibility of cable tray, these
changes can be implemented with ease. Abandoned
cables can be identified, marked, rearranged, or
removed with little or no difficulty.

• In the event of an exter nal fire, the conduit
becomes a heat sink and an oven which decreases the
time required for the conductor insulation systems to
fail. The heat decomposes the cable jackets and the
conductor insulation material. If these materials contain
PVC as do most cables, hydrogen chloride vapors will
come out the ends of the conduits in the control rooms.
These fumes are very corrosive to the electronic
equipment. They are also hazardous to personnel. A
flame impingement on a cable tray system will not result
in the fumes going into the control room as there is no
containment path for them. They will be dispersed into
the atmosphere.
IN
MOST
CASES
AN
OBJECTIVE
EVALUATION OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR
MOST HIGH DENSITY WIRING SYSTEMS WILL
SHOW THAT A CABLE TRAY WIRING SYSTEM
PROVIDES A WIRING SYSTEM SUPERIOR TO
A CONDUIT WIRING SYSTEM.
Abandoned Cables
Easily identified, marked, or removed - all possible from
an open Cable Tray System
For the 2002 National Electrical Code, several
proposals were submitted to the NFPA to revise the
1999 NEC® for Articles 300, 640, 645, 725, 760,
770, 800, 820, and 830 to require all abandoned
cables to be removed from plenum spaces.
The purpose of the proposals is to remove the cables
as a source of excess combustibles from plenums and
other confined spaces such as raised floors and drop
ceilings. All of the Code Making Panels agreed that this
should be acceptable practice except Code Making
Panel 3, which oversees Article 300.

382
Cable Tray Systems

AN IN-DEPTH LOOK AT 2005 NEC®
ARTICLE 392 - CABLE TRAY
(The following code explanations are to be used with a copy of the 2005 NEC®.)
To obtain a copy of the NEC® contact:
National Fire Protection Association®
1 Batterymarch Park • P.O. Box 9101
Quincy, Massachusetts 02269-9101
1-800-344-3555

Standard Aluminum Ladder

Of the types of cable trays listed in this section, ladder
cable tray is the most widely used type of cable tray due
to several very desirable features.

Where the ladder cable tray supports small diameter
multiconductor control and instrumentation cables; 6, 9,
or 12 inch rung spacings should be specified. Quality
Type TC, Type PLTC, or Type ITC small diameter
multiconductor control and instrumentation cables will
not be damaged due to the cable tray rung spacing
selected, but the installation may not appear neat if
there is significant drooping of the cables between the
rungs.

• A ladder cable tray without covers provides for the
maximum free flow of air, dissipating heat produced in
current carrying conductors.

For ladder cable trays supporting large power cables,
9 inch or wider rung spacings should be selected. For
many installations, the cable trays are routed over the
top of a motor control center (MCC) or switchgear
enclosure. Cables exit out the bottom of the cable trays
and into the top of the MCC or switchgear enclosure.
For these installations, the cable manufacturer's
recommended minimum bending radii for the specific
cables must not be violated. If the rung spacing is too
close, it may be necessary to remove some rungs in
order to maintain the proper cable bending radii. This
construction site modification can usually be avoided by
selecting a cable tray with 12 or 18 inch rung spacing.

• Moisture cannot accumulate in ladder cable trays
and be piped into electrical equipment as happens in
conduit systems.

If you are still uncertain as to which rung spacing to
specify, 9 inch rung spacing is the most common and is
used on 80% of the ladder cable tray sold.

• The rungs provide a convenient anchor for tying
down cables in vertical runs or where the positions of
the cables must be maintained in horizontal runs.
• Cables may exit or enter through the top or the
bottom of the tray.

• Ladder cable tray cannot pipe hazardous or
explosive gasses from one area to another as happens
with conduit systems.
• In areas where there is the potential for dust to
accumulate, ladder cable trays should be installed. The
dust buildup in ladder cable trays will be less than the
dust buildup in ventilated trough or solid bottom cable
trays.
Ladder cable trays are available in widths of 6, 9, 12,
18, 24, 30, 36, and 42 inches with rung spacings of 6,
9, 12, or 18 inches. Wider rung spacings and wider
cable tray widths decrease the overall strength of the
cable tray. Specifiers should be aware that some cable
tray manufacturers do not account for this load
reduction in their published cable tray load charts.
Cooper B-Line uses stronger rungs in wider cable trays
to safely bear the loads published.

Steel Ventilated Trough

The 1999 NEC® added the word ‘ventilated’ in front
of trough to clear up some confusion that solid trough is
treated the same as ventilated trough. It is not. Solid
trough is recognized as solid bottom cable tray.

383
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual

With one exception, the specifier selects the rung
spacing that he or she feels is the most desirable for the
installation. The exception is that 9 inches is the
maximum allowable rung spacing for a ladder cable tray
supporting any 1/0 through 4/0 single conductor
cables [See Section 392.3(B)(1)(a)].

392.1. Scope.

Cable Tray Manual

Ventilated trough cable tray is often used when the
specifier does not want to use ladder cable tray to
support small diameter multiconductor control and
instrumentation cables. As no drooping of the small
diameter cables is visible, ventilated trough cable trays
provide neat appearing installations. Small diameter
cables may exit the ventilated trough cable tray through
the bottom ventilation holes as well as out the top of the
cable tray. For installations where the cables exit the
bottom of the cable tray and the system is subject to
some degree of vibration, it is advisable to use Cooper
B-Line Trough Drop-Out Bushings (Cat. No. 99-1124).
These snap-in bushings provide additional abrasion
protection for the cable jackets. Just as for ladder cable
tray, ventilated trough cable tray will not pipe moisture
into electrical equipment.
Standard widths for ventilated trough cable tray
systems are 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, and 36 inches. The
standard bottom configuration for ventilated trough
cable tray is a corrugated bottom with 27/8 inch bearing
surfaces - 6 inches on centers and 21/4 inch x 4 inch
ventilation openings. Since a corrugated bottom cannot
be bent horizontally, the standard bottom configuration
for horizontal bend fittings consists of rungs spaced on
4 inch centers. This difference in bottom construction
may be objectionable to some owners, so be sure you
are aware of the owner's sensitivity to aesthetics for the
cable tray installation.

Aluminum Solid Bottom Trough

Some specifiers prefer solid bottom cable tray to
support large numbers of small diameter control and
multiconductor instrumentation cables. Solid bottom
steel cable trays with solid covers and wrap around
cover clamps can be used to provide EMI/RFI shielding
protection for sensitive circuits.
Unlike ladder and ventilated trough cable trays, solid
bottom cable trays can collect and retain moisture.
Where they are installed outdoors or indoors in humid
locations and EMI/RFI shielding protection is not
required, it is recommended that 1/4 inch weep holes be
drilled in their bottoms at the sides and in the middle
every 3 feet to limit water accumulation.
The words "and other similar structures." were
incorporated in Section 392.1 for future types of cable
tray that might be developed, such as center supported
type cable tray. All the technical information developed
by the 1973 NEC® Technical Subcommittee on Cable
Tray for Article 318 - Cable Trays was based on cable
trays with side rails and this technical information is still
the basis for the 2005 NEC® Article 392 - Cable Trays.

Vent. Channel Cable Tray
(B-Line's Cable Channel)

Channel cable tray systems (Cooper B-Line's cable
channel) are available in 3, 4, and 6 inch widths with
ventilated or solid bottoms. T h e N E C ® n o w
recognizes solid bottom cable channel. Prior to
the 2002 Code, the NEC® did not have any specific
provisions for the use of solid cable channel.
Instead of large conduits, cable channel may be used
very effectively to support cable drops from the cable
tray run to the equipment or device being serviced and
is ideal for cable tray runs involving a small number of
cables. Cable channel may also be used to support push
buttons, field mounted instrumentation devices, etc.
Small diameter cables may exit ventilated cable channel
through the bottom ventilation holes, out the top or
through the end. For installations where the cables exit
through the ventilation openings and the cable channel
or the cables are subject to some degree of vibration, it
is advisable to use Cooper B-Line Cable Channel
Bushings (Cat. No. 99-1125). These snap-in plastic
bushings provide additional abrasion protection for the
cable jackets.

Center Supported Cable Tray
(B-Line’s Cent-R-Rail System)

The standard lengths for cable trays are 10, 12, 20
and 24 feet (consult Cooper B-Line for the availability
of nonstandard cable tray lengths). Selecting a cable tray
length is based on several criteria. Some of these
criteria include the required load that the cable tray must
support, the distance between the cable tray supports,
and ease of handling and installation. One industry
standard that is strongly recommended is that
only one cable tray splice be placed between
support spans and, for long span trays, that they
ideally be place at 1/4-span. This automatically limits the
length of tray you choose, as the tray must be longer
than or equal to the support span you have selected.

384
Cable Tray Systems

Matching the tray length to your support span can help
ensure that your splice locations are controlled.

appearance of the cable tray system in addition to
reducing labor costs.

Cable trays can be organized into 4 categories: Short
Span, Intermediate Span, Long Span, and Extra-Long
Span.

Cable Tray Materials

In an indoor industrial installation 10 or 12 foot tray
sections may be easier to handle and install as you may
have piping or ducting to maneuver around. However,
using 20 foot instead of 12 foot straight sections may
provide labor savings during installation by reducing the
number of splice joints. If this is done, the selected tray
system should meet the loading requirements for the
support span you are using. If you are interested in
supporting 100 lbs/ft and you are buying 20 foot tray
sections while supporting it every 12 feet, it isn’t
necessary to specify a NEMA 20C tray (100 lbs/ft on a
20 foot span). A NEMA 20A tray (50 lbs/ft on a 20
foot span) will support over 130 lbs/ft when supported
on a 12 ft span with a safety factor of 1.5. Specifying a
20C tray is not an economical use of product. If you
desire to use 20 foot sections of cable tray, it makes
more sense to increase your support span up to 20 feet.
This not only saves labor by decreasing the number of
splices, but also by decreasing the number of supports
that must be installed.
Long Span trays are typically supported anywhere
from 14 to 20 foot intervals with 20 feet being the most
popular. In long span situations, the placement of the
splice locations at 1 / 4 -span becomes much more
important. Matching the tray length to your support
span can help control your splice locations.
Extra-Long Span trays are supported on spans
exceeding 20 feet. Some outdoor cable tray installations
may have to span anywhere from 20 to 30 feet to cross
roads or to reduce the number of expensive outdoor
supports. The distance between supports affects the tray
strength exponentially; therefore the strength of the
cable tray system selected should be designed around
the specific support span chosen for that run.
[See Section 392.5(A) on page 390 for additional
information on cable tray strength and rigidity.]
Cooper B-Line has many cataloged fittings and
accessory items for ladder, ventilated trough, ventilated
channel, and solid bottom cable trays which eliminate
the need for the costly field fabrication of such items.
When properly selected and installed, these factory
fabricated fittings and accessories improve the

Metallic cable trays are readily available in aluminum,
pregalvanized steel, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication,
and stainless steel. Aluminum cable tray should be used
for most installations unless specific corrosion problems
prohibit its use. Aluminum's light weight significantly
reduces the cost of installation when compared to steel.
A fine print note is included in the 2005 NEC® that
references the National Electrical Manufacturers
Association (NEMA) documents for further information
on cable tray. These documents: ANSI/NEMA VE-1,
Metal Cable Tray Systems; NEMA VE-2, Cable Tray
Installation Guidelines; and NEMA FG-1, Non Metallic
Cable Tray Systems, are an excellent industry resource
in the application, selection, and installation of cable
trays both metallic and non metallic. Contact Cooper
B-Line for more information concerning these helpful
documents.

392.2. Definition. Cable Tray System.
This section states that cable tray is a rigid structural
support system used to securely fasten or support cables
and raceways. Cable trays are not raceways. Cable trays
are mechanical supports just as strut systems are
mechanical supports. NEC® Article 392 - Cable Trays
is an article dedicated to a type of mechanical support.
It is very important that the personnel involved with
engineering and installing cable tray utilize it as a
mechanical support system and not attempt to utilize it
as a raceway system. There are items in the NEC® that
apply to raceways and not to cable tray. There are also
items in the NEC® that apply to cable tray and not to
raceways. These differences will be covered at the
appropriate locations in this manual.

392.3. Uses Permitted. Cable tray
installations shall not be limited to industrial
establishments.
The text in Section 392.3 clearly states that cable tray
may be used in non-industrial establishments. The use of
cable tray should be based on sound engineering and
economic decisions.
For clarity, the NEC® now lists all types of circuits to
explicitly permit their use in cable trays. These circuit
types include: services, feeders, branch circuits,
communication circuits, control circuits, and signaling
circuits.
The 2002 NEC® also added a new requirement that
where cables in tray are exposed to the direct rays of
the sun, they shall be identified as sunlight resistant for
all occupancies, not just industrial.

385
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual

Short Span trays, typically used for non-industrial
indoor installations, are usually supported every 6 to 8
feet, while Inter mediate Span trays are typically
supported every 10 to 12 feet. A 10 or 12 foot cable
tray is usually used for both of these types of
installations. To keep from allowing two splices to occur
between supports, a 12 foot tray should be used for any
support span greater than 10 feet, up to 12 feet.
Placing the cable tray splices at 1/4-span is not critical in
a short or intermediate span application given that most
trays have sufficiently strong splice plates.

Cable Tray Manual

392.3. Uses Permitted. (A) Wiring Methods.
This section identifies the 300 & 600 volt
multiconductor cables that may be supported by cable
tray. The "Uses Permitted" or "Uses Not Permitted"
sections in the appropriate NEC® cable articles provide
the details as to where that cable type may be used.
Where the cable type may be used, cable tray may be
installed to support it except as per Section 392.4
which states that cable trays shall not be installed in
hoistways or where subject to severe physical damage.
Where not subject to severe physical damage, cable tray
may be used in any hazardous (classified) area to
support the appropriate cable types in accordance with
the installation requirements of the various Articles that
make up NEC® Chapter 5 or in any non-hazardous
(unclassified) area.
It should be noted that Section 300.8 of the
NEC® states that cable trays containing electric
conductors cannot contain any other service that
is not electrical. This includes any pipe or tube
containing steam, water, air, gas or drainage.
For commercial and industrial cable tray wiring
systems: Type ITC, Type MC, Type TC, and Type
PLTC multiconductor cables are the most commonly
used cables. Type MI and Optical-Fiber cables are
special application cables that are desirable cables for
use in some cable tray wiring systems. The following
paragraphs provide information and comments about
these cable types.
Type MI Cable: Mineral-Insulated, Metal Sheathed
Cable (Article 332). This cable has a liquid and gas tight
continuous copper sheath over its copper conductors
and magnesium oxide insulation. Developed in the late
1920's by the French Navy for submarine electrical
wiring systems, properly installed MI cable is the safest
electrical wiring system available. In Europe, Type MI
cable has had a long, successful history of being installed
(with PVC jackets for corrosion protection) in cable trays
as industrial wiring systems. This cable may be installed
in hazardous (classified) areas or in non-hazardous
(unclassified) areas. The single limitation on the use of
Type MI cable is that it may not be used where it is
exposed to destructive corrosive conditions unless
protected by materials suitable for the conditions. Type
MI cable without overall nonmetallic coverings may be
installed in ducts or plenums used for environmental air
and in other space used for environmental air in
accordance with Sections 300.22(B) and (C). Cable tray
may be installed as a support for Type MI cable in any
location except where the cable is installed in a hoistway.
Section 332-30 states that MI cable shall be securely
supported at intervals not exceeding 6 feet (1.83 m).
Type MI cable has a UL two hour fire resistive rating
when properly installed. An installation requirement for
this rating is that the cable be securely supported every 3
feet. Steel or stainless steel cable trays should be used to
support Type MI cable being used for critical circuit
service. During severe fire conditions, steel or stainless
steel cable tray will remain intact and provide support
longer than aluminum or fiberglass reinforced plastic
cable trays.

Type MC Cable: Metal-clad cable (Article 330).
There are large amounts of Type MC cable installed in
industrial plant cable tray systems. This cable is often
used for feeder and branch circuit service and provides
excellent service when it is properly installed. The
metallic sheath may be interlocking metal tape or it may
be a smooth or corrugated metal tube. A nonmetallic
jacket is often extruded over the aluminum or steel
sheath as a corrosion protection measure. Regular MC
cable, without nonmetallic sheath, may be supported by
cable tray in any hazardous (classified) area except Class
I and Class II, Division 1 areas. For Type MC cables to
qualify for installation in Class I and Class II Division I
areas (Section 501-4(A) (1) (c&d), they must have a
gas/vapor tight continuous corrugated aluminum sheath
with a suitable plastic jacket over the sheath. They must
also contain equipment grounding conductors and listed
termination fittings must be used where the cables enter
equipment. Type MC Cable employing an impervious
metal sheath without overall nonmetallic coverings may
be installed in ducts or plenums used for environmental
air in accordance with Section 300.22(B) and may be
installed in other space used for environmental air in
accordance with Section 300.22(C). The maximum
support spacing is 6 feet (1.83 m).
Type TC Cable: Power and control tray cable
(Article 336). This cable type was added to the 1975
NEC® (as an item associated with the revision of Article
318-Cable Trays). Type TC cable is a multiconductor
cable with a flame retardant nonmetallic sheath that is
used for power, lighting, control, and signal circuits. It is
the most common cable type installed in cable tray for
480 volt feeders, 480 volt branch circuits, and control
circuits. Where Type TC cables comply with the crush
and impact requirements of Type MC cable and is
identified for such use, they are permitted as open
wiring between a cable tray and the utilization
equipment or device. In these instances where the cable
exits the tray, the cable must be supported and secured
at intervals not exceeding 6 feet (See Section
336.10(6)). The service record of UL listed Type TC
cable where properly applied and installed has been
excellent.
For those installations where the NEC® allows its use,
a cost savings is realized by using Type TC cables
instead of Type MC cables. Type TC cable may be
installed in cable tray in hazardous (classified) industrial
plant areas as permitted in Articles 392, 501, 502, 504
and 505 provided the conditions of maintenance and
supervision assure that only qualified persons will service
the installation [See Section 336.10(3)].
Where a cable tray wiring system containing Type TC
cables will be exposed to any significant amount of hot
metal splatter from welding or the torch cutting of metal
during construction or maintenance activities,
temporary metal or plywood covers should be installed
on the cable tray in the exposure areas to prevent cable
jacket and conductor insulation damage. It is desirable
to use only quality Type TC cables that will pass the
IEEE 383 and UL Vertical Flame Tests (70,000
BTU/hr). Type TC cable assemblies may contain optical
fiber members as per the UL 1277 standard.

386
Cable Tray Systems

Type ITC Cable: Instrumentation Tray Cable
(Article 727). Although this was a new cable article in
the 1996 NEC ® , it is not a new type of cable.
Thousands of miles of ITC cable have been installed in
industrial situations since the early 1960’s. This is a
multiconductor cable that most often has a nonmetallic
jacket. The No. 22 through No. 12 insulated conductors
in the cables are 300 volt rated. A metallic shield or a
metallized foil shield with a drain wire usually encloses
the cable’s conductors. These cables are used to
transmit the low energy level signals associated with the
industrial instrumentation and data handling systems.
These are very critical circuits that impact on facility
safety and on product quality. Type ITC cable must be
supported and secured at intervals not exceeding 6 feet
[See Section 727.4].

Type PLTC Cable: Power-Limited Tray Cable
(Sections 725-61(C), and 725-71(E)). This is a
multiconductor cable with a flame retardant nonmetallic
sheath. The No. 22 through No. 12 insulated
conductors in the cables are 300 volt rated. A metallic
shield or a metallized foil shield with drain wire usually
encloses the cable's conductors. This cable type has
high usage in communication, data processing, fire
protection, signaling, and industrial instrumentation
wiring systems.
There are versions of this cable with insulation and
jacket systems made of materials with low smoke
emission and low flame spread properties which make
them desirable for use in plenums. In Industrial
Establishments where the conditions of maintenance
and supervision ensure that only qualified persons
service the installation and where the cable is not subject
to physical damage Type PLTC cable may be installed
in cable trays hazardous (classified) areas as permitted in
Section 501.4(B), 502.4(B) and 504.20. Type PLTC
cables that comply with the crush and impact
requirements of Type MC cable and are identified for
such use, are permitted as open wiring in lengths not to
exceed a total of 50 ft. between a cable tray and the
utilization equipment or device. In this situation, the
cable needs to be supported and secured at intervals not
exceeding 6 ft. Where a cable tray wiring system
containing Type PLTC cables will be exposed to any

Optical Fiber Cables (Article 770). The addition of
optical fiber cables in the Section 392.3(A) cable list for
the 1996 NEC was not a technical change. Optical
fiber cables have been allowed to be supported in cable
trays as per Section 770.6. Optical fibers may also be
present in Type TC cables as per UL Standard 1277.
For the 1999 NEC® code, Article 760 - Fire Alarm
Cables and Articles 800 - Multipurpose and
Communications Cables were added to the list of cables
permitted to be installed in cable tray systems.
For the 1993 NEC®, the general statement in the
1990 NEC® which allowed all types of raceways to be
supported by cable trays was replaced by individual
statements for each of the ten specific raceway types
that may now be supported by cable tray. The chances
of any such installations being made are very low, since
strut is a more convenient and economic choice than
cable tray to support raceway systems.

392.3. Uses Permitted. (B) In Industrial
Establishments.
This section limits the installation of single conductor
cables and Type MV multiconductor cables in cable
trays to qualifying industrial establishments as defined in
this section.
Per the 2002 NEC® solid bottom cable trays are now
permitted to support single conductor cables only in
industrial establishments where conditions of
maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified
persons will service the installed cable tray system.
However, at this time, no fill rules for single conductor
cables in solid bottom cable tray have been established.
[see Section 392.3(B)]

392.3. Uses Permitted. (B) In Industrial
Establishments. (1) Single Conductor.
Section 392.3(B)(1) covers 600 volt and Type MV
single conductor cables.
There are several sections which cover the
requirements for the use of single conductor cables in
cable tray even though they only comprise a small
percentage of cable tray wiring systems. Such
installations are limited to qualifying industrial facilities
[See Section 392.3(B)]. Many of the facility engineers
prefer to use three conductor power cables. Normally,
three conductor power cables provide more desirable
electrical wiring systems than single conductor power

387
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual

Type ITC Cable may be installed in cable trays in
hazardous (classified) areas as permitted in Articles 392,
501, 502, 504 and 505. It states in Article 727 that
Type ITC cables that comply with the crush and impact
requirements of Type MC cable and are identified for
such use, are permitted as open wiring in lengths not to
exceed 50 ft. between a cable tray and the utilization
equipment or device. Where a cable tray wiring system
containing Type ITC cables will be exposed to any
significant amount of hot metal splatter from welding or
the torch cutting of metal during construction or
maintenance activities, temporary metal or plywood
covers should be installed on the cable tray to prevent
cable jacket or conductor insulation damage. It is
desirable to use only quality Type ITC cables that will
pass the IEEE 383 and UL Vertical Flame Tests
(70,000BTU/hr).

significant amount of hot metal splatter from welding or
the torch cutting of metal during construction or
maintenance activities, temporary metal or plywood
covers should be installed on the cable tray to prevent
cable jacket and conductor insulation damage. It is
desirable to use only quality Type PLTC cables that will
pass the IEEE 383 and UL Vertical Flame Tests (70,000
BTU/hr). Type PLTC cable assemblies may contain
optical fiber members as per the UL 1277 standard.

cables in cable tray (See Section 392.8. Cable
installation - three conductor vs. single conductor
cables).

392.3(B)(1)(a)
Single conductor cable shall be No. 1/0 or larger and
shall be of a type listed and marked on the surface for
use in cable trays. Where Nos. 1/0 through 4/0 single
conductor cables are used, the maximum allowable rung
spacing for ladder cable tray is 9 inches.

Cable Tray Manual

392.3(B)(1)(b)
Welding cables shall comply with Article 630, Part IV
which states that the cable tray must provide support at
intervals not to exceed 6 inches. A permanent sign
must be attached to the cable tray at intervals not to
exceed 20 feet. The sign must read “CABLE TRAY
FOR WELDING CABLES ONLY”.

cable tray system is installed. The metal in cable trays
may be used as the EGC as per the limitations of table
392.7(B)(2). See Section 392.7. Grounding in this
manual for additional information on the use of cable
trays as the EGC.

392.3. Uses Per mitted. (D) Hazar dous
(Classified) Locations.
This section states that if cable tray wiring systems are
installed in hazardous (classified) areas, the cables that
they support must be suitable for installation in those
hazardous (classified) areas. The cable carries the
installation restriction. The installation restriction is not
on the cable tray except that the cable tray installations
must comply with Section 392.4. The following is an
explanation of the parts of the code which affect the use
of cable tray in hazardous locations.

501.10. Wiring Methods - Listed Termination
392.3(B)(1)(c)
This section states that single conductors used as
equipment grounding conductors (EGCs) in cable trays
shall be No. 4 or larger insulated, covered or bare.
The use of a single conductor in a cable tray as the
EGC is an engineering design option. Section 300.3(B)
states that all conductors of the same circuit and the
EGC, if used, must be contained within the same cable
tray.
The other options are to use multiconductor cables
that each contain their own EGC or to use the cable
tray itself as the EGC in qualifying installations [see
Section 392.3(C)]
If an aluminum cable tray is installed in a moist
environment where the moisture may contain materials
that can serve as an electrolyte, a bare copper EGC
should not be used. Under such conditions, electrolytic
corrosion of the aluminum may occur. For such
installations, it is desirable to use a low cost 600 volt
insulated conductor and remove the insulation where
connections to equipment or to equipment grounding
conductors are made. (See Section 392.7. Grounding,
for additional information on single conductors used as
the EGC for cable tray systems).

Fittings. (A) Class I, Division 1 (Gases or Vapors).
501.10(A)(1)(b) Type MI cable may be installed in cable
tray in this type of hazardous (classified) area.
501.10(A)(1)(c) allows Type MC-HL cables to be
installed in Class I, Division I areas if they have a
gas/vapor tight continuous corrugated aluminum sheath
with a suitable plastic jacket over the sheath. They must
also contain equipment grounding conductors sized as
per Section 250.122 and listed termination fittings must
be used where the cables enter equipment.
501.10(A)(1)(d) allows Type ITC-HL cable to be
installed in Class I, Division I areas if they have a
gas/vapor tight continuous corrugated aluminum sheath
with a suitable plastic jacket over the sheath and
provided with ter mination fittings listed for the
application.

501.10. Wiring Methods. (B) Class I, Division 2
(Gases or Vapors). Types ITC, PLTC, MI, MC, MV, or
TC cables may be installed in cable tray in this type of
hazardous (classified) area. Under the conditions
specified in Section 501.15(E), Cable seals are required
in Class 1, Division 2 areas. Cable seals should be used
only when absolutely necessary.
501.15. Sealing and Drainage. (E) Cable Seals,

392.3. Uses Permitted. (B) In Industrial
Establishment (2) Medium Voltage.
Single and multiconductor type MV cables must be
sunlight resistant if exposed to direct sunlight. Single
conductors shall be installed in accordance with
392.3(B)(1)

Class 1, Division 2. (1) Cables will be required to be
sealed only where they enter certain types of enclosures
used in Class 1, Division 2 areas. Factory sealed push
buttons are an example of enclosures that do not
require a cable seal at the entrance of the cable into the
enclosure.

501.15. Sealing and Drainage. (E) Cable Seals,
392.3. Uses Per mitted. (C) Equipment
Grounding Conductors.
Cable tray may be used as the EGC in any installation
where qualified persons will service the installed cable
tray system. There is no restriction as to where the

Class 1, Division 2. (2) Gas blocked cables are
available from some cable manufacturers but they have
not been widely used. For gas to pass through the
jacketed multiconductor cable's core, a pressure
differential must be maintained from one end of the

388
Cable Tray Systems

cable to the other end or to the point where there is a
break in the cable's jacket. The existence of such a
condition is extremely rare and would require that one
end of the cable be in a pressure vessel or a pressurized
enclosure and the other end be exposed to the
atmosphere. The migration of any significant volume of
gas or vapor though the core of a multiconductor cable
is very remote. This is one of the safety advantages that
cable tray wiring systems have over conduit wiring
systems. There are documented cases of industrial
explosions caused by the migration of gases and vapors
through conduits when they came in contact with an
ignition source. There are no known cases of cables in
cable tray wiring systems providing a path for gases or
vapors to an ignition source which produced an
industrial explosion.

Class 1, Division 2. (3)
Exception: Cables with an unbroken gas/vapor-tight
continuous sheath shall be permitted to pass through
a Class 1, Division 2 location without seals.
This is an extremely important exception stating that
cable seals are not required when a cable goes from an
unclassified area through a classified area then back to
an unclassified area.

501.15. Sealing and Drainage. (E) Cable Seals,
Class 1, Division 2. (4)
If you do not have a gas/vapor-tight continuous
sheath, cable seals are required at the boundary of the
Division 2 and unclassified location.
The sheaths mentioned above may be fabricated of
metal or a nonmetallic material.

502.10. Wiring Methods. (A) Class II, Division 1
(Combustible Dusts).
Type MI cable may be installed in cable tray in this type
of hazardous (classified) area.
The Exception allows Type MC cables to be installed in
Class II, Division 1 areas if they have a gas/vapor tight
continuous corrugated aluminum sheath with a suitable
plastic jacket over the sheath. They must also contain
equipment grounding conductors sized as per Section
250.122 and listed termination fittings must be used
where the cables enter equipment.

502.10. Wiring Methods. (B) Class II, Division 2
(Combustible Dusts).
This section states:
Type ITC and PLTC cables may be installed in ladder
or ventilated cable trays following the same practices as
used in non-hazardous (unclassified) areas. No spacing is
required between the ITC or PLTC cables. This is logical
as the ITC and PLTC cable circuits are all low energy
circuits which do not produce any significant heat or
heat dissipation problems.

D1

D1

D2

D2

D1

D1

D1

D3

Required Spacing in Cable Trays for Type MC, MI & TC
Cables in Class II, Division 2 Hazardous (Classified) Areas

Note 1. The cables are limited to a single layer with
spacing between cables equal to the diameter of the
largest adjacent cable. This means that the cables must
be tied down at frequent intervals in horizontal as well
as vertical cable trays to maintain the cable spacing. A
reasonable distance between ties in the horizontal cable
tray would be approximately 6 feet (See Section 392.8
Cable Installation - Tying cables to cable trays).
Note 2. Spacing the cables a minimum of 1 inch
from the side rails to prevent dust buildup is
recommended. This is not an NEC requirement but a
recommended practice.
Where cable tray wiring systems with current carrying
conductors are installed in a dust environment, ladder
type cable trays should be used since there is less
surface area for dust buildup than in ventilated trough
cable trays. The spacing of the cables in dust areas will
prevent the cables from being totally covered with a
solid dust layer. In dusty areas, the top surfaces of all
equipment, raceways, supports, or cable jacket surfaces
where dust layers can accumulate will require cleanup
housekeeping at certain time intervals. Good
housekeeping is required for personnel health,
personnel safety and facility safety. Excessive amounts
of dust on raceways or cables will act as a thermal
barrier which may not allow the power and lighting
insulated conductors in a raceway or cable to safely
dissipate internal heat. This condition may result in the
accelerated aging of the conductor insulation. A cable
tray system that is properly installed and maintained will
provide a safe dependable wiring system in dust
environments.
Exception: Type MC cable listed for use in Class
II,Division I locations shall be permitted to be installed
without the above spacing limitations. This was a new
exception for the 1999 NEC® code.
For this type of wiring there is no danger of the cables
being overheated when covered with dust. The current
flow in these circuits is so low that the internally
generated heat is insufficient to heat the cables and
cable spacing is not a necessity. Even under such
conditions, layers of dust should not be allowed to
accumulate to critical depths as they may be ignited or

389
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual

501.15. Sealing and Drainage. (E) Cable Seals,

Type MC, MI and TC [See Section 336.4(3)] cables
may be installed in ladder, ventilated trough, or
ventilated cable channel, but they are not allowed to be
installed in solid bottom cable trays.

explode as the result of problems caused by other than
the electrical system.

502.10(B)(3). Nonincendive Field Wiring
Wiring in nonincendive circuits shall be permitted using
any of the wiring methods suitable for wiring in ordinary
locations.

Cable Tray Manual

503.10. Wiring Methods. (A) Class III, Division 1
and (B) Class III, Division 2 (Ignitable Fibers or
Flyings). Type MI or MC cables may be installed in
cable tray in these types of hazardous (classified) areas.
The installations should be made using practices that
minimize the build-up of materials in the trays. This can
be done by using ladder cable tray with a minimum
spacing between the cables equal to the diameter of the
largest adjacent cable. In some cases, a greater spacing
between cables than that based on the cable diameters
might be desirable depending on the characteristics of
the material that requires the area to be classified. Here
again, it must be emphasized that good housekeeping
practices are required for all types of wiring systems to
insure the safety of the personnel and the facility.

504.20. Wiring Methods. This section allows
intrinsically safe wiring systems to be installed in cable
trays in hazardous (classified) areas. Section 504.30
specifies the installation requirements for intrinsically
safe wiring systems that are installed in cable trays.
Section 504.70 specifies the sealing requirements for
cables that may be part of a cable tray wiring system.
Section 504.80(B) states that cable trays containing
intrinsically safe wiring must be identified with
permanently affixed labels.
Cable trays are ideal for supporting both intrinsically
safe and nonintrinsically safe cable systems as the cables
may be easily spaced and tied in position or a standard
metallic barrier strip may be installed between the
intrinsically and nonintrinsically safe circuits.

505.15. Wiring Methods. This section was added to
the 2002 NEC ® to explicitly permit cable trays in
hazardous areas classified by the international zone
system, if the cables comply with the cable requirements
for zone locations.

392.3. Uses Permitted.
Cable Tray.

(E) Nonmetallic

There are limited numbers of applications where
nonmetallic cable trays might be preferred over metallic
cable trays for electrical safety reasons and/or for some
corrosive conditions. An example of an electrical safety
application would be in an electrolytic cell room. Here,
the amperages are very high and significant stray
current paths are present. Under such conditions, there
is the possibility for a high amperage short circuit if a
low resistance metallic path (metallic cable tray or
metallic raceway) is present [See information under
Section 392.5(F) Nonmetallic Cable Trays].

392.4. Uses Not Permitted.
This is the only place in the NEC ® where all the
various types of cable tray have limitations on their
place of use. No cable trays can be used in hoistways or
where subject to severe physical damage. The designer
must identify the zones of installation where a cable tray
might be subjected to severe physical damage. Usually
such areas are limited and provisions can be made to
protect the cable tray by relocating it to a more
desirable location or as a last resort to provide
protection using the appropriate structural members.
The second sentence of Section 392.4 states that
cable tray shall not be used in ducts, plenums, and other
air-handling spaces except to support the wiring
methods recognized for use in such spaces. This is not a
restriction on cable tray as long as it is used as a support
for the appropriate cable types.
Metallic cable trays may support cable types approved
for installation in ducts, plenums, and other air-handling
spaces as per Section 300.22(B) and the cable types
approved for installation in Other Space Used for
Environmental Air as per Section 300.22(C).
The second sentence of Section 300.22(C)(1) is as
follows:
Other types of cables and conductors shall be
installed in electrical metallic tubing, flexible
metallic tubing, intermediate metal conduit, rigid
metal conduit without an overall nonmetallic
covering, flexible metal conduit, or, where
accessible, surface metal raceway or metal
wireway with metal covers or solid bottom metal
cable tray with solid metal covers.
Reprinted with permission from NFPA 70-1999,
the National Electrical Code®, Copyright© 1998,
National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA
02269. This reprinted material is not the complete
and official position of the National Fire Protection
Association, on the referenced subject which is
represented only by the standard in its entirety.
This part of Section 300.22(C) is confusing. The
statement as underlined in the above paragraph leads
some to assume, for installations in Other Spaces Used
for Environmental Air, that the types of insulated single
conductors which are installed in raceway installations
may also be installed in solid bottom metal cable trays
with metal covers. This is not so. Only the appropriate
multiconductor cable types as per Section 392.3(A) may
be installed in solid bottom cable trays.
Cable tray may be used to support data process wiring
systems in air handling areas below raised floors as per
Sections 300.22(D) and 800.52(D).

392.5. Construction Specifications. (A)
Strength and Rigidity.
The designer must properly select a structurally
satisfactory cable tray for their installation. This
selection is based on the cable tray's strength, the cable

390
Cable Tray Systems

tray loading and the spacing of the supports. The
ANSI/NEMA Metallic Cable Tray Systems Standard
Publication VE-1 contains the cable tray selection
information and it is duplicated in Cooper B-Line's
Cable Tray Systems Catalog.

Most cable trays are utilized as continuous beams with
distributed and concentrated loads. Cable trays can be
subjected to static loads like cable loads and dynamic
loads such as wind, snow, ice, and even earthquakes.
The total normal and abnormal loading for the cable
tray is deter mined by adding all the applicable
component loads. The cable load + the concentrated
static loads + ice load (if applicable) + snow load (if
applicable) + wind load (if applicable) + any other logical
special condition loads that might exist. This total load is
used in the selection of the cable tray.
The following is an explanation of the
‘historical’ NEMA cable tray load classifications
found in ANSI/NEMA VE-1.
There used to be four cable tray support span
categories, 8, 12, 16, and 20 feet, which are coupled
with one of three load designations, "A" for 50 lbs/ft,
"B" for 75 lbs/ft, and "C" for 100 lbs/ft. For example,
a NEMA class designation of 20B identifies a cable tray
that is to be supported at a maximum of every 20 feet
and can support a static load of up to 75 lbs/linear foot.
The cable load per foot is easy to calculate using the
cable manufacturer's literature. If the cable tray has
space available for future cable additions, a cable tray
has to be specified that is capable of supporting the final

Example of Cable Loading per foot:
10 - 3/C No. 4/0 (2.62 lbs/ft)
Total = 26.20 lbs/ft
3 - 3/C No. 250 kcmil (3.18 lbs/ft)
Total = 9.54 lbs/ft
4 - 3/C No. 500 kcmil (5.87 lbs/ft)
Total = 23.48 lbs/ft
Total Weight of the Cables = 59.22 lbs/ft
These cables would fill a 30 inch wide cable tray and
if a 36 inch wide cable tray were used there would be
space available for future cables (See pages 415 thru
421 for information on calculating tray width.). To
calculate the proper cable tray design load for the 36"
wide cable tray multiply 59.22 lbs/ft x 36 inches/30
inches = 71.06 lbs/ft. If this cable tray is installed
indoors, a load symbol "B" cable tray would be
adequate. If there were additional loads on the cable
tray or the cable tray were installed outdoors, it would
be necessary to calculate all the additional potential
loads. The potential load most often ignored is
installation loads. The stresses of pulling large cables
through cable trays can produce 3 times the stress of
the cables' static load. If the installation load is not
evaluated the cable tray may be damaged during
installation. A 16C or 20C NEMA Class should be
specified if large cables are to be pulled.
Even though walking on cable tray is not
recommended by cable tray manufacturers and OSHA
regulations, many designers will want to specify a cable
tray which can support a 200 lb. concentrated load "just
in case". A concentrated static load applied at the
midspan of a cable tray is one of the most stressful
conditions a cable tray will experience. To convert a
static concentrated load at midspan to an equivalent
distributed load take twice the concentrated load and
divide it by the support span [(2 x 200 lbs.)/Span]. The
strength of the rung is also a very important
consideration when specifying a concentrated load. The
rung must be able to withstand the load for any tray
width, as well as additional stresses from cable
installation. Excessive rung deflection can weaken the
entire cable tray system. Cooper B-Line uses heavier
rungs on their wider industrial trays as a standard. Most
cable tray manufacturer's rungs are not heavy enough to
withstand concentrated loads at 36" tray widths.
For outdoor installations a cable tray might be subject
to ice, snow, and wind loading. Section 25 of the
National Electrical Safety Code (published by the

391
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual

The NEMA Standard provides for a static load safety
factor of 1.5. A number (Span in Feet - the distance
between supports) and letter (Load in lbs/ft) designation
is used to properly identify the cable tray class on
drawings, in specifications, in quotation requisitions, and
in purchase requisitions to guarantee that the cable tray
with the proper characteristics will be received and
installed. The designer must specify the cable tray type,
the material of construction, section lengths, minimum
bend radius, width, rung spacing (for a ladder type cable
tray), and the total loading per foot for the cables on a
maximum support spacing (See page 420 for cable tray
specifications checklist). For many installations, the
cable trays must be selected so that they are capable of
supporting specific concentrated loads, the weight of
any equipment or materials attached to the cable tray,
ice and snow loading, and for some installations the
impact of wind loading and/or earthquakes must be
considered.

future load. Although these historical load designations
are still useful in narrowing down the choices of cable
trays, NEMA has recently changed the VE-1 document.
ANSI/NEMA VE-1 now requires the marking on the
cable trays to indicate the exact rated load on a
particular span. Trays are no longer limited to the four
spans and three loads listed above. Now, for example, a
tray may be rated for 150 lbs/ft on a 30 ft. span. It is
recommended when specifying cable tray, to specify the
required load, support span and straight section length
to best match the installation.

Cable Tray Manual

Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers) contains
a weather loading map of the United States to
determine whether the installation is in a light, medium,
or heavy weather load district. NESC Table 250-1
indicates potential ice thicknesses in each loading
district as follows: 0.50 inches for a heavy loading
district, 0.25 inches for a medium loading district, and
no ice for a light loading district. To calculate the ice
load use 57 pounds per cubic foot for the density of
glaze ice. Since tray cables are circular and the cable
tray has an irregular surface the resulting ice load on a
cable tray can be 1.5 to 2.0 times greater than the glaze
ice load on a flat surface.
Snow load is significant for a cable tray that is
completely full of cables or a cable tray that has covers.
The density of snow varies greatly due to its moisture
content, however the minimum density that should be
used for snow is 5 pounds per cubic foot. The engineer
will have to contact the weather service to determine
the potential snow falls for the installation area or
consult the local building code for a recommended
design load.
Usually cable trays are installed within structures such
that the structure and equipment shelter the cable trays
from the direct impact of high winds. If wind loading is
a potential problem, a structural engineer and/or the
potential cable tray manufacturer should review the
installation for adequacy. To determine the wind speed
for proper design consult the Basic Wind Speed Map of
the United States in the NESC (Figure 250-2).
For those installations located in earthquake areas,
design engineers can obtain behavioral data for Cooper
B-Line cable trays under horizontal, vertical and
longitudinal loading conditions. Testing done for nuclear
power plants in the 1970's indicates that cable trays act
like large trusses when loaded laterally and are actually
stronger than when loaded vertically. Cable tray
supports may still need to be seismically braced and
designers should consult the Cooper B-Line Seismic
Restraints Catalog for detailed design information.
The midspan deflection multipliers for all B-Line cable
trays are listed in the Cable Tray Systems catalog.
Simply pick your support span and multiply your actual
load by the deflection multiplier shown for that span.
The calculated deflections are for simple beam
installations at your specified load capacity. If a
deflection requirement will be specified, extra care
needs to be taken to ensure that it does not conflict with
the load requirement and provides the aesthetics
necessary. Keep in mind that continuous beam
applications are more common and will decrease the
deflection values shown by up to 50%. Also, aluminum
cable trays will deflect 3 times more than steel cable
trays of the same NEMA class.
To complete the design, the standard straight section
length and minimum bend radius must be chosen. When
selecting the recommended length of straight sections,
be sure that the standard length is greater than or equal
to the maximum support span. Choose a fitting radius
which will not only meet or exceed the minimum bend

radius of the cables but will facilitate cable installation.
[See pages 354 & 355 for more information on
selecting the appropriate cable tray length]

392.5. Construction Specifications. (B)
Smooth Edges.
This is a quality statement for cable tray systems and
their construction. Cooper B-Line cable tray is designed
and manufactured to the highest standards to provide
easy, safe installation of both the cable tray and cables.

392.5. Construction Specifications. (C)
Corrosion Protection.
Cable tray shall be protected from corrosion per
Section 300.6, which lists some minimum criteria for
different corrosive environments. The Cooper B-Line
Cable Tray Catalog contains a corrosion chart for cable
tray materials. Cable trays may be obtained in a wide
range of materials including aluminum, pregalvanized
steel, hot dipped galvanized steel (after fabrication),
Type 304 or 316 stainless steel, polyvinyl chloride
(PVC) or epoxy coated aluminum or steel and also
nonmetallic (fiber reinforced plastic). Check with a
metallurgist to determine which metals and coatings are
compatible with a particular corrosive environment. BLine has corrosion information available and may be
able to recommend a suitable material. Remember that
no material is totally impervious to corrosion. Stainless
steel can deteriorate when attacked by certain chemicals
and nonmetallic cable trays can deteriorate when
attacked by certain solvents.

392.5. Construction Specifications. (D) Side
Rails.
The technical infor mation in Article 392 was
originally developed for cable trays with rigid side rails
by the 1973 NEC® Technical Subcommittee on Cable
Tray. “Equivalent Structural Members” was added later
to incorporate new styles of cable tray such as center
rail type tray and ‘mesh’ or wire basket tray.

392.5. Construction Specifications. (E)
Fittings.
This section has been misinterpreted to mean that
cable tray fittings must be used for all changes in
direction and elevation [See Section 392.6(A) Complete
system for further explanation). When two cable tray
runs cross at different elevations, lacing a cable between
the rungs of one tray and dropping into the other is a
common practice which changes the direction of the
cable while providing adequate cable support. Although
the use of cable tray fittings is not mandatory, it is often
desirable to use them when possible to improve the
appearance of the installation.

392
Cable Tray Systems

392.5. Construction Specifications. (F)
Nonmetallic Cable Tray.

This section states that cable tray systems can have
mechanically discontinuous segments, and that the
mechanically discontinuous segment cannot be greater
than 6 feet. A bonding jumper sized per Section
250.102 is necessary to connect across any
discontinuous segment. The bonding of the system
should be in compliance with Section 250.96.

Bonding
Jumper
Cable Tray Elevation Change Without Fittings
Cable Tray Manual

This type of cable tray is usually made of Fiberglass
Reinforced Plastic (FRP). Applications for FRP cable
tray systems include some corrosive atmospheres and
where non-conductive material is required. Cooper
B-Line fiberglass cable tray systems are manufactured
from glass fiber reinforced plastic shapes that meet
ASTM flammability and self-extinguishing requirements.
A surface veil is applied during pultrusion to ensure a
resin rich surface and increase ultraviolet resistance,
however, for extended exposure to direct sunlight,
additional measures, such as painting the tray, are
sometimes employed to insure the longevity of the
product. Ambient temperature is also a design
consideration when FRP cable tray is used. An ambient
temperature of 100°F will decrease the loading capacity
of polyester resin fiberglass cable tray by 10%.

392.6. Installation. (A) Complete System.

8
6

1
5
16

2

10

7
4

11

13

12
9
18

3
15

17
14

Typical Cable
Tray Layout
Nomenclature
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Ladder Type Cable Tray
Ventilated Trough Type Cable Tray
Splice Plate
90° Horizontal Bend, Ladder Type Tray
45° Horizontal Bend, Ladder Type Tray
Horizontal Tee, Ladder Type Tray
Horizontal Cross, Ladder Type Tray
90° Vertical Outside Bend, Ladder Type Tray
45° Vertical Outside Bend, Ventilated Type Tray

10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

30° Vertical Inside Bend, Ladder Type Tray
Vertical Bend Segment (VBS)
Vertical Tee Down, Ventilated Trough Type Tray
Left Hand Reducer, Ladder Type Tray
Frame Type Box Connector
Barrier Strip Straight Section
Solid Flanged Tray Cover
Cable Channel Straight Section, Ventilated
Cable Channel, 90° Vertical Outside Bend

393
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual

There are some designers, engineers, and inspectors
that do not think that cable tray is a mechanical support
system just as strut is a mechanical support system.
Cable tray is not a raceway in the NEC ® but some
designers, engineers, and inspectors attempt to apply
the requirements for raceway wiring systems to cable
tray wiring systems even when they are not applicable.
Cable tray wiring systems have been used by American
industry for over 35 years with outstanding safety and
continuity of service records. The safety service record of
cable tray wiring systems in industrial facilities has been
significantly better than those of conduit wiring systems.
There have been industrial fires and explosions that have
occurred as a direct result of the wiring system being a
conduit wiring system. In these cases, cable tray wiring
systems would not have provided the fires and
explosions that the conduit systems did by providing as
explosion gas flow path to the ignition source even
though the conduit systems contained seals.
The most significant part of this section is that the
metallic cable tray system must have electrical continuity
over its entire length and that the support for the cables
must be maintained. These requirements can be
adequately met even though there will be installation
conditions where the cable tray is mechanically
discontinuous, such as at a firewall penetration, at an
expansion gap in a long straight cable tray run, where
there is a change in elevation of a few feet between two
horizontal cable tray sections of the same run, or where
the cables drop from an overhead cable tray to enter
equipment. In all these cases, adequate bonding jumpers
must be used to bridge the mechanical discontinuity.

Cables Exiting 480 Volt Outdoor Switchgear
and Entering Cable Tray System (Cable fittings with
clamping glands are required to prevent moisture flow
into equipment due to the cable's overhead entry into
the switchgear enclosure).

Cables Entering and Exiting Motor Control
Centers from Cable Tray Systems.

392.6. Installation. (B) Completed Before
Installation.

Control Cable Entering Pushbutton and Power
Cable Entering Motor Terminal Box from 6 Inch
Channel Cable Tray System (Bottom entries provide
drip loops to prevent moisture flow into enclosures.)

This means that the final cable tray system must be in
place before the cables are installed. It does not mean
that the cable tray must be 100% mechanically
continuous. The electrical bonding of the metallic cable
tray system must be complete before any of the circuits
in the cable tray system are energized whether the cable
tray system is being utilized as the equipment grounding
conductor in qualifying installations or if the bonding is
being done to satisfy the requirements of Section
250.96.

392.6. Installation. (C) Supports.
The intent of this section is to ensure that the
conductor insulation and cable jackets will not be

394
Cable Tray Systems

damaged due to stress caused by improper support.
Multiconductor 600 volt Type TC cables and 300 volt
Type PLTC cables exhibit a high degree of damage
resistance when exposed to mechanical abuse at normal
temperatures.

392.6. Installation. (D) Covers.
Cable tray covers provide protection for cables where
cable trays are subject to mechanical damage. The
most serious hazard to cable in cable trays is when the
cables are exposed to significant amounts of hot metal
spatter during construction or maintenance from torch
cutting of metal and welding activities. For these
exposure areas, the cable tray should be temporarily
covered with plywood sheets. If such exposure is to be a
frequent occurrence, cable tray covers should be
installed in the potential exposure areas. Where cable
trays contain power and lighting conductors, raised or
ventilated covers are preferable to solid covers since the
raised or ventilated covers allow the cable heat to be
vented from the cable tray.
When covers are installed outdoors, they should be
attached to the cable trays with heavy duty wrap
around clamps instead of standard duty clips. During
high winds, the light duty clips are not capable of
restraining the covers. Outdoor cover installations
should be overlapped at expansion joint locations to
eliminate cover buckling. Covers which fly off the cable
tray create a serious hazard to personnel, as was the
case at a Texas gulf coast chemical plant where
operators would not leave their control room because
hurricane force winds had stripped many light gauge
stainless steel covers off a large cable tray system. These
sharp edged metal covers were flying though the air all
during the high wind period, posing a serious threat to
the worker's safety.

Solid Non-Flanged

Solid Flanged

Peaked Flanged

Ventilated Flanged

Cable Tray Manual

During an inspection of industrial installations by the
1973 NEC® Technical Subcommittee on Cable Tray, a
test setup was constructed of an 18 inch wide Class
20C aluminum cable tray supported three feet above
ground level containing several sizes of multiconductor
cables. This installation was continuously struck in the
same area with eight pound sledge hammers until the
cable tray was severely distorted, the cables however,
exhibited only cosmetic damage. When these cables
were tested electrically, they checked out as new tray
cable. Since that time, significant improvements have
been made in cable jacket and conductor insulation
materials so that the cables available today are of better
quality than the 1973 test cables. Although tray cables
are capable of taking a great deal of abuse without any
problems, cable tray installations must be designed by
taking appropriate measures to ensure that the tray
cables will not be subjected to mechanical damage.

Types of Cable Tray Covers.

Standard
Cover Clamp

Combination Cover
& Hold Down Clamp

Heavy Duty
Cover Clamp

Raised
Cover Clamp

Cover Joint Strip

Aluminum Cable Tray Cover Accessories Equivalent Items are available for Steel Cable Trays.

392.6. Installation. (E) Multiconductor
Cables Rated 600 Volts or Less.
Cables containing 300 or 600 volt insulated
conductors may be installed intermingled in the same
cable tray which is different from the requirements for
raceways. This is a reasonable arrangement because a
person may safely touch a 300 or 600 volt cable which
is in good condition, so having the cables come into
contact with each other is not a problem either. Many
cable tray users separate the instrumentation cables
from the power and control cables by installing them in
separate cable trays or by installing barriers in the cable
trays. Often, because of the volume of the
instrumentation cable, using separate cable trays is the
most desirable installation practice.
Numerous cable tray systems have been installed
where the instrumentation cables and branch circuit
cables are installed in the same cable trays with and
without barriers with excellent per for mance and
reliability. Most problems that occur involving

395
Cable Tray Systems

instrumentation circuits are due to improper grounding
practices. For analog and digital instrumentation
circuits, good quality twisted pair Type ITC and Type
PLTC cables with a cable shield and a shield drain wire
should be used. Do not purchase this type of cable on
price alone, it should be purchased because of it's high
quality. Engineers specifying cables should be
knowledgeable of the cable's technical details in order to
design systems which will provide trouble free
operation.

Also, should the cable tray or its supports become
damaged, the tray will not exert forces which could
damage the wall or the penetration.

Cable Tray Manual

392.6. Installation. (F) Cables Over 600
Volts.
Cables with insulation rated 600 volts or less may be
installed with cables rated over 600 volts if either of the
following provisions are met.
No. 1: Where the cables over 600 volts are
Type MC.
Cables Rated Over
600 Volts Are Type MC

300 & 600
Volt Cables

392.6. Installation. (H) Exposed and
Accessible.
Article 100 - Definitions.
Exposed: (as applied to wiring methods) on
or attached to the surface or behind panels
designed to allow access.
Accessible: (As applied to wiring methods)
Capable of being removed or exposed without
damaging the building structure or finish, or
not permanently closed in by the structure or
finish of the building.

NO. 1

No. 2: Where separated with a fixed solid barrier
of a material compatible with the cable tray.
300 & 600
Volt Cables

Fixed Solid Barrier
Comparable Material

Cables Rated
Over 600 Volts

Reprinted with permission from NFPA 70-1999,
the National Electrical Code®, Copyright© 1998,
National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA
02269. This reprinted material is not the complete
and official position of the National Fire Protection
Association, on the referenced subject which is
represented only by the standard in its entirety.

392.6. Installation. (I) Adequate Access.
NO. 2

392.6. Installation. (G) Through Partitions
and Walls.
Whether penetrating fire rated walls with tray cable
only or cable tray and tray cable, the designer should
review with the local building inspector the method he
proposes to use to maintain the fire rating integrity of
the wall at the penetration. Many methods for sealing
fire wall penetrations are available, including bag or
pillow, caulk, cementitious, foam, putty and mechanical
barrier systems.
Many designers prefer to run only the tray cable
through fire rated walls. Sealing around the cables is
easier than sealing around the cables and the cable tray.

Cable tray wiring systems should be designed and
installed with adequate room around the cable tray to
allow for the set up of cable pulling equipment. Also,
space around the cable tray provides easy access for
installation of additional cables or the removal of surplus
cables. Where cable trays are mounted one above the
other, a good rule to follow is to allow 12 to 18 inches
between the underside and the top of adjacent cable
trays or between the structure's ceiling and the top of
the cable tray.

392.6. Installation. (J) Conduits and Cables
Supported from Cable Tray.
For the 1996 NEC®, a significant change was made
in this section. The installations covered in this section
may now only be made in qualifying industrial facilities.

396
Cable Tray Systems

In Section 392.6(J) of the 1993 NEC®, cable tray
installations that supplied support for conduits were not
restricted to qualifying industrial facilities. The 1996
NEC®, Section 392.6(J) text restricts the use of such
installations even though there is no documented history
of problems in non-industrial installations.

Over 99 percent of the conduits supported on cable
trays are the result of conduits being terminated on the
cable tray side rails [See Section 392.8(C)]. For over 40
years, it has been common practice to house the cables
exiting the cable tray in conduits or cable channel where
the distance from the cable tray system to the cable
terminations requires the cable be supported. Several
manufacturers supply UL approved cable tray to conduit
clamps such as the Cooper B-Line 9ZN-1158.
In addition to conduit and cables being supported from
cable tray; industrial companies have been mounting
instrumentation devices, push buttons, etc. on cable tray
and cable channel for over 40 years. This section once
lead some to believe that only conduit or cables may be
supported from cable trays which is not correct as cable
tray is a mechanical support just as strut is a mechanical
support. Because of this, the wording in Section
392.6(J) of the 2002 NEC® was changed. Instead of
allowing only cable and conduit to be supported from
cable tray, the code now states that raceways, cables,
boxes and conduit bodies are now permitted to be
supported from the cable tray. Where boxes or conduit
bodies are attached to the bottom or side of the cable
tray, they must be fastened and supported in accordance
with Section 314.23.

UL Listed Conduit To
Cable Tray Clamp

2 Inch Rigid Metal Conduit

Conduit Bushing

Cable Tray
Side Rail
16 Feet
Cable Tray

See NEC® Table 344.30(B)(2) To Obtain The
Support Requirements For Other Conduit Sizes.

Position Of The First
Conduit Support
From The Cable Tray
(Conduit Must Be
Securely Fastened To
The Support)

Conduit Terminated On And Supported By The Cable Tray Side Rail.
Installation For Qualifying Industrial Facilities As Per 392.6(J).

UL Listed Conduit To
Cable Tray Clamp

Any Size Of Rigid Metal Conduit

Conduit Bushing

Cable Tray
Side Rail
3 Feet or 5 Feet

Position Of The First
Conduit Support
From The Cable Tray
(Conduit Must Be
Securely Fastened To
The Support)

See Section 344.30
Cable Tray

Conduit Terminated On The Cable Tray Side Rail.
Installation For Commercial And Non-Qualifying Industrial Facilities As Per 392.6(J).

397
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual

As a result of the change in this section, identical
functional installations in non-qualifying installations
(commercial and industrial) and qualifying industrial
installations have different physical requirements. In a
qualifying industrial installation, a conduit terminated on
a cable tray may be supported from the cable tray. In a
commercial or non-qualifying industrial installation, the
conduit that is terminated on the cable tray must be
securely fastened to a support that is within 3 feet of the
cable tray or securely fastened to a support that is
within 5 feet of the cable tray where structural members
don’t readily permit a secure fastening within 3 feet.
The conduit of the non-qualifying installation still needs
to be bonded to the cable tray. A fitting may be used for
this bonding even though it will not count as a
mechanical support.

392.7. Grounding. (A) Metallic Cable Trays.

electrical system as its function is electrical safety.

All metallic cable trays shall be grounded as required
in Article 250.96 regardless of whether or not the cable
tray is being used as an equipment grounding conductor
(EGC).

There are three wiring options for providing an EGC
in a cable tray wiring system: (1) An EGC conductor in
or on the cable tray. (2) Each multiconductor cable with
its individual EGC conductor. (3) The cable tray itself is
used as the EGC in qualifying facilities.

The EGC is the most important conductor in an

Discontinuous Joints
Require Bonding

Bonding Jumper Not
Required For Rigidly
Bolted Joints

Cable Tray Manual

For Qualifying Facilities
EGCs in the Cables or
EGC Cables Are Not
Required If Rating Of The
Feeder Overcurrent Device
Permits Using The Tray
For the EGC

Bond

Conduit
Three Phase
Motor Installation
Motor Control Center

Bond
Switchgear
Transformer
(Solidly
Grounded
Secondary)

EGC In
Cable
EGC
Building Steel
Ground Bus
Bonded To
Enclosure

Lightning
Protection
Grounding

System Ground

Correct Bonding Practices To Assure That The
Cable Tray System Is Properly Grounded
If an EGC cable is installed in or on a cable tray, it should be bonded to each or alternate cable tray
sections via grounding clamps (this is not required by the NEC® but it is a desirable practice). In addition to
providing an electrical connection between the cable tray sections and the EGC, the grounding clamp
mechanically anchors the EGC to the cable tray so that under fault current conditions the magnetic forces
do not throw the EGC out of the cable tray.
A bare copper equipment grounding conductor should not be placed in an aluminum cable tray due to
the potential for electrolytic corrosion of the aluminum cable tray in a moist environment. For such
installations, it is best to use an insulated conductor and to remove the insulation where bonding
connections are made to the cable tray, raceways, equipment enclosures, etc. with tin or zinc plated
connectors.

See Table 250.122 on page 419
for the minimum size EGC for
grounding raceway and equipment.

398
Cable Tray Systems

392.7. Grounding. (B) Steel or Aluminum
Cable Tray Systems. (1) & (2)
Table 392.7(B).
Metal Area Requirements for Cable Trays
Used as Equipment Grounding Conductors
Maximum Fuse Ampere Rating,
Circuit Breaker Ampere Trip Minimum Cross-Sectional Area
Setting, or Circuit Breaker
of Metal* In Square Inches
Protective Relay Ampere Trip
Setting for Ground-Fault
Protection of Any Cable Circuit
Steel
Aluminum
In the Cable Tray System
Cable Trays
Cable Trays
0.20
0.40
0.70
1.00
1.50**
---------

0.20
0.20
0.20
0.40
0.40
0.60
1.00
1.50
2.00**

For SI units: one square inch = 645 square millimeters.
*Total cross-sectional area of both side rails for ladder or
trough cable trays; or the minimum cross-sectional area of
metal in channel cable trays or cable trays of one-piece
construction.
**Steel cable trays shall not be used as equipment grounding
conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection above 600
amperes. Aluminum cable trays shall not be used as equipment
grounding conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection
above 2000 amperes.

One of the most interesting results of the tests was for
an aluminum cable tray with a corroded joint and only
two nylon bolts. 34,600 amperes for 14 cycles
produced only a 34° C temperature rise at the splice
plate area. If the protective devices work properly, the
temperature rises recorded at the cable tray splices
during these tests would not be sufficient to damage the
cables in the cable tray. Also note that in these tests
only one side rail was used, but in a regular installation,
both side rails would conduct fault current and the
temperature rise at the splice plate areas would be even
lower.
When the cable tray is used as the EGC, consideration
has to be given to the conduit or ventilated channel
cable tray connections to the cable tray so that the
electrical grounding continuity is maintained from the
cable tray to the equipment utilizing the electricity.
Conduit connections to the cable tray were also tested.
At that time, no commercial fittings for connecting
conduit to cable tray were available, so right angle beam
clamps were used with very good results. There are now
UL Listed fittings for connecting and bonding conduit to
cable tray. This test setup and results are shown on
page 414 (Appendix Sheet 2).

Reprinted with permission from NFPA 70-1999, the National Electrical
Code®, Copyright© 1998, National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA
02269. This reprinted material is not the complete and official position of the
National Fire Protection Association, on the referenced subject which is
represented only by the standard in its entirety.

Table 392.7(B) "Metal Area Requirements for Cable
Trays used as Equipment Grounding Conductors" shows
the minimum cross-sectional area of cable tray side rails
(total of both side rails) required for the cable tray to be
used as the Equipment Grounding Conductor (EGC) for
a specific Fuse Rating, Circuit Breaker Ampere Trip
Rating or Circuit Breaker Ground Fault Protective Relay
Trip Setting. These are the actual trip settings for the
circuit breakers and not the maximum permissible trip
settings which in many cases are the same as the circuit
breaker frame size. If the maximum ampere rating of
the cable tray is not sufficient for the protective device
to be used, the cable tray cannot be used as the EGC
and a separate EGC must be included within each cable
assembly or a separate EGC has to be installed in or
attached to the cable tray. [See also Section 250-120
for additional information]
The subject of using cable tray for equipment
grounding conductors was thoroughly investigated by
the 1973 NEC ® Technical Subcommittee on Cable
Tray. Many calculations were made and a number of
tests were performed by Monsanto Company Engineers
at the Bussman High Current Laboratory. The test
setup to verify the capability of cable tray to be used as
the EGC is shown in Figure 1 on page 400. The test
amperes available were forced through one cable tray

399
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual

60
100
200
400
600
1000
1200
1600
2000

side rail which had three splice connections in series.
No conductive joint compound was used at the
connections and the bolts were wrench tight. Copper
jumper cables were used from the current source to the
cable tray. The cable tray was NEMA Class 12B. The
test results are shown on Page 413 (Appendix Sheet 1),
Table I for aluminum and Table II for steel cable tray.

Temperature Rise Test
Material Thickness: 0.125" Aluminum or 14 Gauge Steel
91/2"

4"

Cross Section Area,
2 Rails:
Aluminum - 1.00 sq. in.
Steel - 0.76 sq. in.

13/16"

41/2"

4"

3/8"

0.080" Aluminum or
14 Gauge Steel
3/8"

Adjustable Vertical

Rigid

Cable Tray Manual

Cable Tray Connectors

Bolting Hardware

Cross Section Cable Tray Side Rail

Insulated Joints
Fuse (if used)

500 kcmil copper, Type RH Insulation

Current Source
Cable Lug

T

T

C1

C2

T

C3

Cable Lug

T - Temperature Measurement at each Tray Connection C1,
C2, & C3 - Cable Tray Connectors or Bonding Jumpers

Figure 1
(See Page 413 Appendix Sheet 1)

392.7. Grounding. (B) Steel or Aluminum
Cable Tray Systems. (3) & (4)
For a cable tray to be used as an EGC the
manufacturer must provide a label showing the crosssectional area available. This also holds true for some
mechanically constructed cable tray systems such as
Redi-Rail®. Redi-Rail has been tested and UL Classified
as an EGC. Cooper B-Line's label is shown at the top of
page 401.
The cable tray system must be electrically continuous
whether or not it is going to serve as the EGC. At
certain locations (expansion joints, discontinuities, most
horizontal adjustable splice plates, etc.), bonding
jumpers will be required. Section 250.96. Bonding
Other Enclosures states that cable tray shall be
effectively bonded where necessary to assure electrical
continuity and to provide the capacity to conduct safely
any fault current likely to be imposed on them (also see
Sections 250.92(A)(1) & 250.118(12)).
It is not necessary to install bonding jumpers at
standard splice plate connections. The splice connection
is UL classified as an EGC component of the cable tray
system.

99-N1
600 amps max.
99-40
1600 amps max.
99-1620
2000 amps max.

NOTE: The NEC ® only recognizes aluminum and
steel cable trays as EGC’s. As with all metallic cable
trays, stainless steel cable trays must be bonded
according to NEC® guidelines. Fiberglass cable trays do
not require bonding jumpers since fiberglass is nonconductive.

400
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Label

WARNING!

Do Not Use As A Walkway, Ladder,
Or Support For Personnel.

Catalog Number: 24A09-12-144 STR SECTION
Shipping Ticket: 260203 00 001
Mark Number: 78101115400
Purchase Order: D798981
Minimum Area: 1.000 SQ. IN.
Load Class:
D1 179 KG/M 3 METER SPAN

392.8. Cable Installation. (A) Cable Splices.
There is no safety problem due to cable splices being
made in cable trays if quality splicing kits are used,
provided that the splice kits do not project above the
siderails and that they are accessible. A box or fitting is not
required for a cable splice in a cable tray.

392.8. Cable Installation. (B) Fastened
Securely.
In seismic, high-shock and vibration prone areas, cables
(especially unarmored cables) should be secured to the
cable tray at 1 to 2 foot intervals to prevent the
occurrence of sheath chafing. Otherwise, there is no
safety or technical reason to tie down multiconductor
cables in horizontal cable tray runs unless the cable
spacing needs to be maintained or the cables need to be
confined to a specific location in the cable tray. In nonhorizontal cable tray runs, small multiconductor cables
should be tied down at 3 or 4 foot intervals and larger (1
inch diameter and above) Type MC and Type TC
multiconductor cable should be tied down at 6 foot
intervals. If used outdoors, plastic ties should be sunlight,
ultraviolet (UV), resistant and be made of a material that is
compatible with the industrial environment. Installed
outdoors, white nylon plastic ties without a UV resistant
additive will last 8 to 14 months before breaking. Also
available for these applications are cable cleats, stainless
steel ties and P-clamps.

(P-Clamp shown installed on industrial aluminum rung)

www.cooperbline.com
(618) 654-2184

09/15/2005
000291745

NON-VENTILATED
Reference File #LR36026

392.8. Cable installation. (C) Bushed
Conduit and Tubing.
For most installations, using a conduit to cable tray
clamp for terminating conduit on cable tray is the best
method. Where a cable enters a conduit from the cable
tray, the conduit must have a bushing to protect the cable
jacket from mechanical damage; a box is not required
[See Section 300.15(C). Boxes, Conduit Bodies,
or Fittings - Where Required. Where cables enter
or exit from conduit or tubing that is used to
provide cable support or protection against
physical damage. A fitting shall be provided on the
end(s) of the conduit or tubing to protect the wires
or cables from abrasion.]. There are some special
installations where the use of conduit knockouts in the
cable tray side rail for terminating conduit is appropriate.
This would not be a good standard practice because it is
costly and labor intensive, and if randomly used may result
in damaging and lowering the strength of the cable tray.

Channel to Tray

Channel to
Channel

Cable Channel Branch Circuit

401
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual

This product is classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as
to its suitability as an equipment grounding conductor only. 556E

1 of 1

30781011154005

Use Only As A Mechanical Support For Cables, Tubing and Raceways.

392.8. Cable Installation. (D) Connected in
Parallel.

One technique to prevent excessive movement of
cables is to employ fault-rated cable cleats.

Section 310.4. Conductors in Parallel. States the
following:

To maintain the minimum distance between
conductors, the single conductor cables should be
securely bound in circuit groups using fault rated cable
cleats. If the cleat spacing is properly chosen according to
the available fault-current, the resulting cable grouping will
inherently maintain a minimum distance between
conductors. These circuit groups provide the lowest
possible circuit reactance which is a factor in determining
the current balance amoung various circuit groups.

Cable Tray Manual

The paralleled conductors in each phase, neutral or
grounded conductor shall:
(1) Be the same length.
(2) Have the same conductor material.
(3) Be the same size in circular mil area.
(4) Have the same insulation type.
(5) Be terminated in the same manner.
Where run in separate raceways or cables, the
raceways or cables shall have the same physical
characteristics. Conductors of one phase, neutral, or
grounded circuit shall not be required to have the same
physical characteristics as those of another phase,
neutral, or grounded circuit conductor to achieve balance.
A difference between parallel conductors in raceways
and those in cable trays is that the conductors in the cable
tray are not derated unless there are more than three
current carrying conductors in a cable assembly [as per
Exception No.2 of Section 310.15(B)(2)(a) and
Section 392.11(A)(1)]. Where the single conductor
cables are bundled together as per Section 392.8(D) and
if there are neutrals that are carrying currents due to the
type of load involved (harmonic currents) it may be
prudent to derate the bundled single conductor cables.
The high amperages flowing under fault conditions in
1/0 and larger cables produce strong magnetic fields
which result in the conductors repelling each other until
the circuit protective device either de-energizes the circuit
or the circuit explodes. Under such fault conditions, the
cables thrash violently and might even be forced out of
the cable tray. This happened at a northern Florida textile
plant where several hundred feet of Type MV single
conductor cable was forced out of a cable tray run by an
electrical fault because the cables were not restrained
properly. This potential safety threat is precisely why
Article 392.8 (D) requires single conductor cables be
securely bound in circuit groups to prevent excessive
movement due to fault-current magnetic forces. For a
three-phase trefoil or triangular arrangement (the most
common single conductor application), these forces can
be calculated according to the formula:
Ft = (0.17 x ip2) / S.
Ft=Maximum Force on Conductor (Newtons/meter)
ip=Peak Short Circuit Current (kilo-Amperes)
S=Spacing between Conductors (meters) = Cable
Outside Diameter for Triplex (trefoil) Installations.

For installations that involve phase conductors of three
conductor or single conductor cables installed in parallel,
cable tray installations have conductor cost savings
advantages over conduit wiring systems. This is because
the conductors required for a cable tray wiring system are
often a smaller size than those required for a conduit
wiring system for the same circuit. No paralleled
conductor ampacity adjustment is required for single
conductor or three conductor cables in cable trays [See
NEC® Section 392.11(A)].
There were changes in the 1993 NEC® and 1996
NEC® for installations where an equipment grounding
conductor is included in a multiconductor cable: the
equipment grounding conductor must be fully rated per
Section 250.122. If multiconductor cables with internal
equipment grounding conductors are paralleled, each
multiconductor cable must have a fully rated equipment
grounding conductor.
Section 250.122 now prohibits the use of standard three
conductor cables with standard size EGCs when they are
installed in parallel and the EGCs are paralleled. There
have been no safety or technical problems due to operating
standard three conductor cables with standard sized EGCs
in parallel. This has been a standard industrial practice for
over 40 years with large numbers of such installations in
service. This change was made without any safety or
technical facts to justify this change.
To comply with Section 250.122, Three options are
available: 1. Order special cables with increased sized
EGCs which increases the cost and the delivery time. 2.
Use three conductor cables without EGCs and install a
single conductor EGC in the cable tray or use the cable
tray as the EGC in qualifying installations. 3. Use standard
cables but don’t utilize their EGCs, use a single conductor
EGC or the cable tray as the EGC in qualifying
installations.
Should industry be required to have special cables
fabricated for such installations when there have been
absolutely no safety problems for over 40 years? Each
designer and engineer must make his own decision on this
subject. If the installations are properly designed, quality
materials are used, and quality workmanship is obtained,
there is no safety reason for not following the past proven
practice of paralleling the EGCs of standard three
conductor cable.

402
Cable Tray Systems

392.8. Cable Installation.
Conductors.

(E) Single

This section states that single conductors in ladder or
ventilated trough cable tray that are Nos. 1/0 through
4/0, must be installed in a single layer.
In addition to the fill information that is in Section
392.10(A)(4), an exception was added which allows the
cables in a circuit group to be bound together rather
than have the cables installed in a flat layer. The
installation practice in the exception is desirable to help
balance the reactance’s in the circuit group. This reduces
the magnitudes of voltage unbalance in three phase
circuits.

Compatibility Of Cable Tray Types And
Cable Trays Based On The NEC®
3", 4", & 6" Wide Solid or
Ventilated Channel Cable Tray
Solid Bottom Cable Tray
Ventilated Trough Cable Tray

Increasing the cable tray side rail depth increases the
strength of the cable tray but the greater side rail depth
does not permit an increase in cable fill area for power
or lighting cables or combinations of power, lighting,
control and signal cables. The maximum allowable fill
area for all cable tray with a 3 inch or greater loading
depth side rail is limited to the 38.9 percent fill area for
a 3 inch loading depth side rail (Example: 3 inches x 6
inches inside cable tray width x 0.389 = 7.0 square inch
fill area. This is the first value in Column 1 of Table
392.9. All succeeding values for larger cable tray widths
are identically calculated).

392.9. Number of Multiconductor Cables.
Rated 2000 Volts or less, in Cable Trays. (A)
Any Mixture of Cable. (2) Cables Smaller
Than 4/0
The allowable fill areas for the different ladder or
ventilated trough cable tray widths are indicated in
square inches in Column 1 of Table 392.9. The total
sum of the cross-sectional areas of all the cables to be
installed in the cable tray must be equal to or less than
the cable tray allowable fill area. For an example of the
procedure to use in selecting a cable tray width for the
type of cable covered in this section see page 416
(Appendix Sheet 4), [Example 392.9(A)(2)].

Ladder Cable Tray

Multiconductor Cables
300 & 600 Volt *
Single Conductor
Cables - 600 Volt *
Type MV Multiconductor
Cables **
Type MV Single Conductor
Cables **

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

***

X - Indicates the Installations Allowed by Article 392
*

- For cables rated up to 2000 volts.

** - For cables rated above 2000 volts.
*** - For 1/0 - 4/0 AWG single conductor cables
installed in ladder cable tray, maximum rung
spacing is 9 inches.

392.9. Number of Multiconductor Cables.
Rated 2000 Volts or less, in Cable Trays. (A)
Any Mixture of Cables. (1) 4/0 or Larger
Cables
The ladder or ventilated trough cable tray must have

392.9. Number of Multiconductor Cables.
Rated 2000 Volts or less, in Cable Trays. (A)
Any Mixture of Cables. (3) 4/0 or Larger
Cables Installed With Cables Smaller Than
4/0
The ladder or ventilated trough cable tray needs to be
divided into two zones (a barrier or divider is not
required but one can be used if desired) so that the No.
4/0 and larger cables have a dedicated zone as they
are to be placed in a single layer.
The formula for this type of installation is shown in
Column 2 of Table 392.9. This formula is a trial and
error method of selecting a cable tray of the proper
width. A direct method for determining the cable tray
width is available by figuring the cable tray widths that
are required for each of the cable combinations and
then adding these widths together to select the proper
cable tray width. [Sd (sum of the diameters of the No.
4/0 and larger cables)] + [Sum of Total Cross Sectional
Area of all Cables No. 3/0 and Smaller) x (6 inches/7
square inches)] = The Minimum Width of Cable Tray
Required. For an example of the procedure to use in
selecting a cable tray width for the type of cable covered
in this section, see page 417, (Appendix Sheet 5),
[EXAMPLE 392.9(A)(3)].

403
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual

Where ladder or ventilated trough cable trays contain
multiconductor power or lighting cables, or any mixture
of multiconductor power, lighting, control, or signal
cables, the maximum number of cables that can be
installed in a cable tray are limited to the Table 392.9
allowable fill areas. The cable tray fill areas are related to
the cable ampacities. Overfill of the cable tray with the
conductors operating at their maximum ampacities will
result in cable heat dissipation problems with the
possibility of conductor insulation and jacket damage.

an inside usable width equal to or greater than the sum
of the diameters (Sd) of the cables to be installed in it.
For an example of the procedure to use in selecting a
cable tray width for the type of cable covered in this
section see page 415 (Appendix Sheet 3), [Example
392.9(A)(1)].

Cable Tray Manual

392.9. Number of Multiconductor Cables.
Rated 2000 Volts or less, in Cable Trays. (B)
Multiconductor Control and/or Signal Cables
Only.

zone in the tray in order to be installed in one layer.
Therefore the cable tray needs to be divided into two
zones (a barrier or divider is not required but one can be
used if desired).

A ladder or ventilated trough cable tray, having a
loading depth of 6 inches or less containing only control
and/or signal cables, may have 50 percent of its crosssectional area filled with cable. If the cable tray has a
loading depth in excess of 6 inches, that figure cannot
be used in calculating the allowable fill area as a 6 inch
depth is the maximum value that can be used for the
cross-sectional area calculation. For an example of the
procedure to use in selecting a cable tray width for the
type of cable covered in this section, see page 418
(Appendix Sheet 6),[Example 392.9 (B)].

The formula for this type of installation is shown in
Column 4 of Table 392.9. This formula is a trial and
error method of selecting a cable tray of the proper
width. A direct method for determining the cable tray
width is available by figuring the cable tray widths that
are required for each of the cable combinations and
then adding these widths together to select the proper
cable tray width. [Sd (sum of the diameters of the No.
4/0 and larger cables) x (1.11)] + [(Sum of Total CrossSectional Area of all Cables No. 3/0 and Smaller) x (6
inches/5.5 square inches) = The Minimum Width of
Cable Tray Required. The procedure used in selecting a
cable tray width for the type of cables covered in this
section is similar to that shown on Appendix Sheet 5
page 417.

392.9. Number of Multiconductor Cables,
Rated 2000 Volts, Nominal, or Less, in
Cable Trays. (C) Solid Bottom Cable Trays
Containing Any Mixture.
For solid bottom cable tray, the allowable cable fill
area is reduced to approximately 30 percent as
indicated by the values in Columns 3 and 4 of Table
392.9. The first value in Column 3 was obtained as
follows: 3 in. loading depth x 6 in. inside width x 0.305
= 5.5 square inches. The other values in Column 3
were obtained in a like manner. The Sd term in Column
4 has a multiplier of 1 vs. the multiplier of 1.2 for
Column 2.

392.9. Number of Multiconductor Cables,
Rated 2000 Volts, Nominal, or Less, in Cable
Tr a y s . ( C ) S o l i d B o t t o m C a b l e Tr a y s
Containing any Mixture. (1) 4/0 or Larger
Cables
The procedure used in selecting a cable tray width for
the type of cable covered in this section is similar to that
shown on Appendix Sheet 3 page 415, but only 90
percent of the cable tray width can be used.

392.9. Number of Multiconductor Cables,
Rated 2000 Volts, Nominal, or Less, in Cable
Tr a y s . ( D ) S o l i d B o t t o m C a b l e Tr a y
Multiconductor Control and/or Signal Cables
Only.
This is the same procedure as for ladder and
ventilated trough cable trays except that the allowable
fill has been reduced from 50 percent to 40 percent.
The procedure used in selecting a cable tray width for
the type of cable covered in this section is similar to that
shown on Appendix Sheet 6 page 418. [Example
392.9(B)]

392.9. Number of Multiconductor Cables,
Rated 2000 Volts, Nominal, or Less in Cable
Trays. (E) Ventilated Channel Cable Trays.
392.9(E)(1)
Where only one multiconductor cable is installed in a
ventilated channel cable tray.

392.9. Number of Multiconductor Cables,
Rated 2000 Volts, Nominal, or Less, in Cable
Tr a y s . ( C ) S o l i d B o t t o m C a b l e Tr a y s
Containing Any Mixture. (2) Cables Smaller
Than 4/0

Ventilated Channel
Cable Tray Size

Maximum Cross-Sectional
Area of the Cable

3 Inch Wide

2.3 Square Inches

4 Inch Wide

4.5 Square Inches

The procedure used in selecting a cable tray width for
the type of cable covered in this section is similar to that
shown on Appendix Sheet 4 page 416. The maximum
allowable cable fill area is in Column 3 of Table 392.9.

6 Inch Wide

7.0 Square Inches

392.9. Number of Multiconductor Cables,
Rated 2000 Volts, Nominal, or Less, in Cable
Tr a y s . ( C ) S o l i d B o t t o m C a b l e Tr a y s
Containing any Mixture. (3) 4/0 or Larger
Cables Installed With Cables Smaller Than
4/0
No. 4/0 and larger cables must have a dedicated

392.9(E)(2)
The fill areas for combinations of multiconductor
cables of any type installed in ventilated channel cable
tray.
Ventilated Channel
Cable Tray Size

Maximum Allowable
Fill Area

3 Inch Wide

1.3 Square Inches

4 Inch Wide

2.5 Square Inches

6 Inch Wide

3.8 Square Inches

404
Cable Tray Systems

392.9. Number of Multiconductor Cables,
Rated 2000 Volts, Nominal, or Less in Cable
Trays. (F) Solid Channel Cable Trays.

392.10. Number of Single Conductor
Cables, Rated 2000 Volts or Less, in Cable
Trays. (A) Ladder or Ventilated Trough Cable
Trays. (2) 250 KCMIL to 1000 KCMIL Cables

392.9(F)(1)
Where only one multiconductor cable is installed in a
solid channel cable tray.
Solid Channel
Cable Tray Size

Maximum Cross-Sectional
Area of the Cable

2 Inch Wide

1.3 Square Inches

3 Inch Wide

2.0 Square Inches

4 Inch Wide

3.7 Square Inches

6 Inch Wide

5.5 Square Inches

The fill areas for combinations of multiconductor
cables of any type installed in solid channel cable tray.
Solid Channel
Cable Tray Size

Maximum Allowable
Fill Area

2 Inch Wide

0.8 Square Inches

3 Inch Wide

1.1 Square Inches

4 Inch Wide

2.1 Square Inches

6 Inch Wide

3.2 Square Inches

Cable Tray Width
Single
Conductor
Size

Dia.
In.
(Note)
#1

Area
Sq.
In.

6
In.

1/0

0.58

--

2/0

0.62

--

3/0

0.68

--

18
In.

24
In.

30
In.

(Note
#2)
36 42
In.
In.

9
In.

12
In.

10

15

20

31

41

51

62

72

9

14

19

29

38

48

58

67

8

13

17

26

35

44

52

61

4/0

0.73

--

8

12

16

24

32

41

49

57

250 Kcmil

0.84

0.55

11

18

24

35

47

59

71

82

350 Kcmil

0.94

0.69

9

14

19

28

38

47

57

65

500 Kcmil

1.07

0.90

7

11

14

22

29

36

43

50

750 Kcmil

1.28

1.29

5

8

10

15

20

25

30

35

--

4

6

8

12

16

20

24

28

1000 Kcmil 1.45

Notes:
#1. Cable diameter's used are those for OkoniteOkolon 600 volt single conductor power cables.
#2. 42 inch wide is ladder cable tray only.

392.10. Number of Single Conductor
Cables, Rated 2000 Volts or Less in Cable
Trays.
Installation of single conductors in cable tray is
restricted to industrial establishments where conditions
of maintenance and supervision assure that only
qualified persons will service the installed cable tray
systems. Single conductor cables for these installations
must be 1/0 or larger, and they may not be installed in
solid bottom cable trays.

392.10. Number of Single Conductor
Cables, Rated 2000 Volts or Less in Cable
Trays. (A) Ladder or Ventilated Trough Cable
Trays. (1) 1000 KCMIL or Larger Cables
The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all single conductor
cables shall not exceed the cable tray width, and the
cables shall be installed in a single layer.

#3. Such installations are to be made only in qualifying
industrial facilities as per Sections 392.3(B) &
(B)(1).
#4. To avoid problems with unbalanced voltages, the
cables should be bundled with ties every three feet
or four feet. The bundle must contain the circuit's
three phase conductors plus the neutral if one is
used.
#5. The single conductor cables should be firmly tied to
the cable trays at six foot or less intervals.

392.10. Number of Single Conductor
Cables, Rated 2000 Volts or Less in Cable
Trays. (A) Ladder or Ventilated Trough Cable
Trays. (3) 1000 KCMIL or Larger Cables
Installed With Cables Smaller Than 1000
KCMIL.
Such installations are very rare.

405
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual

392.9(F)(2)

Number Of 600 Volt Single Conductor Cables
That May Be Installed In Ladder Or Ventilated
Trough Cable Tray - Section 392.10(A) (2)

392.10. Number of Single Conductor
Cables, Rated 2000 Volts or Less in Cable
Trays. (A) Ladder or Ventilated Trough Cable
Trays. (4) Cables 1/0 Through 4/0
The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all 1/0 through 4/0
cables shall not exceed the inside width of the cable
tray.

Cable Tray Manual

392.10. Number of Single Conductor Cables,
Rated 2000 Volts or Less in Cable Trays. (B)
Ventilated Channel Cable Trays.
The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all single conductors
shall not exceed the inside width of the ventilated cable
channel.
Number Of 600 Volt Single Conductor Cables
That May Be Installed In A Ventilated Channel
Cable Tray - Section 392.10(B)
Single
Conductor
Size

Diameter
Inches
(Note #1)

3 Inch
V. Channel
C.T.

4 Inch
V. Channel
C.T.

6 Inch
V. Channel
C.T.

1/0 AWG

0.58

5

6

10

2/0 AWG

0.62

4

6

9

3/0 AWG

0.68

4

5

8

4/0 AWG

0.73

4

5

8

250 Kcmil

0.84

3

4

7

350 Kcmil

0.94

3

4

6

500 Kcmil

1.07

2

3

5

750 Kcmil

1.28

2

3

4

1000 Kcmil

1.45

2

2

4

Notes:
#1. Cable diameter's used are those for OkoniteOkolon 600 volt single conductor power cables.
#2. Such installations are to be made only in qualifying
industrial facilities as per Sections 392.3(B) &
(B)(1).
#3. The phase, neutral, and EGCs cables are all
counted in the allowable cable fill for the ventilated
channel cable tray.
#4. To avoid problems with unbalanced voltages, the
cables should be bundled with ties every three feet
or four feet. The bundle must contain the circuit's
three phase conductors plus the neutral if one is
used. If a cable is used as the EGC, it should also
be in the cable bundle. If the designer desires, the
ventilated channel cable tray may be used as the
EGC as per Table 392.7(B)(2).
#5. The single conductor cables should be firmly tied to
the ventilated channel cable tray at six foot or less
intervals.

392.11. Ampacity of Cables Rated 2000
Volts or Less in Cable Trays.
(A) Multiconductor Cables.
Ampacity Tables 310.16 and 310.18 are to be used
for multiconductor cables which are installed in cable
tray using the allowable fill areas as per Section 392.9.
The ampacities in Table 310.16 are based on an
ambient temperature of 30˚ Celsius. Conduit and cable
tray wiring systems are often installed in areas where
they will be exposed to high ambient temperatures. For
such installations, some designers and engineers neglect
using the Ampacity Correction Factors listed below the
Wire Ampacity Tables which results in the conductor
insulation being operated in excess of its maximum safe
temperature. These correction factors must be used to
derate a cable for the maximum temperature it will be
subjected to anywhere along its length.

392.11(A)(1)
Section 310.15(B)(2)(a) refers to Section 392.11 which
states that the derating infor mation of Table
310.15(B)(2)(a) applies to multiconductor cables with
more than three current carrying conductors but not to
the number of conductors in the cable tray.

392.11(A)(2)
Where cable trays are continuously covered for more
than 6 feet (1.83m) with solid unventilated covers, not
over 95 percent of the allowable ampacities of Tables
310.16 and 310.18 shall be per mitted for
multiconductor cables.
This is for multiconductor cables installed using Table
392.16 or 392.18. If these cables are installed in cable
trays with solid unventilated covers for more than 6 feet
the cables must be derated. Where cable tray covers are
to be used, it is best to use raised or ventilated covers so
that the cables can operate in a lower ambient
temperature.

392.11(A)(3)
Where multiconductor cables are installed in a single
layer in uncovered trays, with a maintained spacing of
not less than one cable diameter between cables, the
ampacity shall not exceed the allowable ambient
temperature corrected ampacities of multiconductor
cables, with not more than three insulated conductors
rated 0-2000 volts in free air, in accordance with
Section 310.15(C).
By spacing the cables one diameter apart, the
engineer may increase the allowable ampacities of the
cables to the free air rating as per Section 310.15(C)
and Table B-310.3 in Appendix B. Notice that the
allowable fill of the cable tray has been decreased in this
design due to the cable spacing.

406
Cable Tray Systems

392.11. Ampacity of Cables Rated 2000
Volts or Less in Cable Trays. (B) Single
Conductor Cables.
Single conductor cables can be installed in a cable tray
cabled together (triplexed, quadruplexed, etc.) if desired.
Where the cables are installed according to the
requirements of Section 392.10, the ampacity
requirements are shown in the following chart as per
Section 392.11(B)(1), (2), (3), & (4):
The 2005 NEC ® has added a new exception to
392.11(B)(3). Stating that the capacity for single
conductor cables be placed in solid bottom shall be
determined by 310.15(C).

Cable
Sizes

(1)

600 kcmil
and
Larger

No Cover
Allowed
(**)

310.17
and
310.19

0.75

(1)

600 kcmil
and
Larger

Yes

310.17
and
310.19

0.70

(2)

1/0 AWG
through
500 kcmil

No Cover
Allowed
(**)

310.17
and
310.19

0.65

(2)

1/0 AWG
through
500 kcmil

Yes

310.17
and
310.19

0.60

No Cover
Allowed
(**)

310.17
and
310.19

No Cover
Allowed
(**)

310.20
[See NEC
Section
310.15(B)]

(4)

1/0 AWG
& Larger
In Single
Layer
Single
Conductors
In Triangle
Config.
1/0 AWG
and Larger

1.00

1.00

Special
Conditions

Technically Undesirable Installation
Interpretation #1

Cable Tray Manual

Sec.
No.

(3)

Applicable
Ampacity
Tables
(*)

Mult.
Amp.
Table
Values
By

Solid
Unventilated
Cable Tray
Cover

Spacing Between Conductors
(2.15 x O.D. of Conductor)

Spacing Between Conductors
(2.15 x O.D. of Conductor)

Technically Desirable Installation
Interpretation #2
392.12. Number of Type MV and Type MC
Cables (2001 Volts or Over) in Cable Trays.
Sum the diameters of all the cables (Sd) to determine
the minimum required cable tray width. Triplexing or
quadruplexing the cables does not change the required
cable tray width. Whether the cables are grouped or
ungrouped, all installations must be in a single layer.
Maintained
Spacing Of
One Cable
Diameter
Spacing Of
2.15 x One
Conductor
O.D. Between
Cables(***)

(*) The ambient ampacity correction factors must be used.
(**) At a specific position, where it is determined that the tray
cables require mechanical protection, a single cable tray cover of
six feet or less in length can be installed.
The wording of Section 392.11(B)(4) states that a spacing of
2.15 times one conductor diameter is to be maintained between
circuits. Two interpretations of this statement are possible.
Interpretation #1. - The 2.15 times one conductor diameter is
the distance between the centerlines of the circuits (the center
lines of the conductor bundles). Interpretation #2. - The 2.15
times one conductor diameter is the free air distance between the
adjacent cable bundles. The use of the word “circuit” is
unfortunate as its presence promotes Interpretation #1. An
installation based on Interpretation #1 is not desirable as a free
air space equal to 2.15 times one conductor diameter between
the cable bundles should be maintained to promote cable heat
dissipation.

392.13. Ampacity of Type MV and Type MC
Cables (2001 Volts or Over) in Cable Trays.
(A) Multiconductor Cables (2001 Volts or
Over).
Pr ovision No. 1: Wher e cable trays ar e
continuously covered for more than six feet
(1.83 m) with solid unventilated covers, not
more than 95% of the allowable ampacities of
Tables 310.75 and 310.76 shall be permitted
for multiconductor cables.
Cables installed in cable trays with solid unventilated
covers must be derated. Where cable tray covers are to
be used, it is best to use raised or ventilated covers so
that the cables can operate in a lower ambient
temperature.
Provision No. 2: Where multiconductor cables
are installed in a single layer in uncovered cable
trays with a maintained spacing of not less than
one cable diameter between cables, the ampacity
shall not exceed the allowable ampacities of
Table 310.71 and 310.72.
If the cable tray does not have covers and the
conductors are installed in a single layer spaced not less
than one cable diameter apart, the cable conductor
ampacities can be 100 percent of the ambient
temperature corrected capacities in Tables 310.71 or
310.72.

407
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual

392.13. Ampacity of Type MV and Type MC
Cables (2001 Volts or Over) in Cable Trays.
(B) Single Conductor Cables (2001 Volts or
Over).

Sec.
No.

Cable
Sizes

(1)

1/0 AWG
and
Larger

No Cover
Allowed
(**)

310.69
and
310.70

0.75

(1)

1/0 AWG
and
Larger

Yes

310.69
and
310.70

0.70

(2)

(3)

1/0 AWG
& Larger
In Single
Layer
Single
Conductors
In Triangle
Config.
1/0 AWG
and Larger

Applicable
Ampacity
Tables
(*)

Mult.
Amp.
Table
Values
By

Solid
Unventilated
Cable Tray
Cover

No Cover
Allowed
(**)

310.69
and
310.70

No Cover
Allowed
(**)

310.67
and
310.68

Special
Conditions

Spacing Between Conductors
(2.15 x O.D. of Conductor)

Technically Desirable Installation
Interpretation #2

1.00

1.00

Maintained
Spacing Of
One Cable
Diameter
Spacing Of
2.15 x One
Conductor
O.D. Between
Cables(***)

(*) The ambient ampacity correction factors must be used.
(**) At a specific position, where it is determined that the tray
cables require mechanical protection, a single cable tray cover of
six feet or less in length can be installed.
The wording of Section 392.13(B)(3) states that a spacing of
2.15 times one conductor diameter is to be maintained between
circuits. Two interpretations of this statement are possible.
Interpretation #1. - The 2.15 times one conductor diameter is
the distance between the centerlines of the circuits (the center
lines of the conductor bundles). Interpretation #2. - The 2.15
times one conductor diameter is the free air distance between the
adjacent cable bundles. The use of the word “circuit” is
unfortunate as its presence promotes Interpretation #1. An
installation based on Interpretation #1 is not desirable as a free
air space equal to 2.15 times one conductor diameter between
the cable bundles should be maintained to promote cable heat
dissipation.

Spacing Between Conductors
(2.15 x O.D. of Conductor)

Technically Undesirable Installation
Interpretation #1

CABLE TRAY WIRING SYSTEM DESIGN AND
INSTALLATION HINTS.
Cable tray wiring systems should have a standardized
cabling strategy. Standard cable types should be used
for each circuit type. Most of the following circuits
should be included; feeder circuits, branch circuits,
control circuits, instrumentation circuits, programmable
logic controller input and output (I/O) circuits, low level
analog or digital signals, communication circuits and
alar m circuits. Some cables may satisfy the
requirements for several circuit types. Minimizing the
number of different cables used on a project reduces
installed costs. Some companies have cable standards
based on volume usage to minimize the numbers of
different cables used on a project. For example: if a 6
conductor No. 14 control cable is needed but 7
conductor No. 14 control cable is stocked, a 7
conductor control cable would be specified and the extra
conductor would not be used. Following such a practice
can reduce the number of different cables handled on a
large project without increasing the cost since high
volume cable purchases result in cost savings. Orderly
record keeping also helps provide quality systems with
lower installation costs. The following items should be
included in the project's cable records:
• Cable Tray Tag Numbers - The tagging system
should be developed by the design personnel with
identification numbers assigned to cable tray runs on the
layout drawings. Cable tray tag numbers are used for
controlling the installation of the proper cable tray in
the correct location, routing cables through the tray
system and controlling the cable fill area requirements.
• Cable Schedules - A wire management system is
required for any size project. Cable schedules must be
developed to keep track of the cables. This is especially
true for projects involving more than just a few feeder
cables. A typical cable schedule would contain most or
all of the following:
• The Cable Number, the Cable Manufacturer &
Catalog Number, Number of conductors, the conductor
sizes, and the approximate cable length.
• Cable Origin Location - The origin equipment ID
with the compartment or circuit number and terminals
on which the cable conductors are to be terminated. It
should also include the origin equipment layout drawing

408
Cable Tray Systems

number, and the origin equipment connection diagram
number.
• Cable Routing - Identifies the cable tray sections or
runs that a cable will occupy. Cable tray ID tag numbers
are used to track the routing.
• Cable Termination Location - The device or
terminal equipment on which the cable conductors are
to be terminated. It should also include the termination
equipment layout drawing number, and the termination
equipment connection diagram number.

CABLE TRAY ACCESSORIES.
B-Line manufactures a full line of prefabricated
accessories for all types of B-Line cable trays. The use
of the appropriate accessories will provide installation
cost and time savings. In addition to providing desirable
electrical and mechanical features for the cable tray
system, the use of the appropriate accessories improves
the physical appearance of the cable tray system. Some
of the most common accessories are shown below.

• Cable Installation Provisions - The cable tray system
must be designed and installed, to allow access for cable
installation. For many installations, the cables may be
hand laid into the cable trays and no cable pulling
equipment is required. There are other installations
where sufficient room must be allotted for all the cable
pulling activities and equipment.
The cable manufacturers will provide installation
information for their cables such as maximum pulling
tension, allowable sidewall pressures, minimum bending
radii, maximum per missible pulling length etc..
Lubricants are not normally used on cables being
installed in cable trays.
The engineer and designers should discuss in detail
the installation of the cables with the appropriate
construction personnel. This will help to avoid
installation problems and additional installation costs. It
is important that the cable pull is in the direction that
will result in the lowest tension on the cables. Keep in
mind there also needs to be room at the ends of the
pulls for the reel setups and for the power pulling
equipment. Cable pulleys should be installed at each
direction change. Triple pulleys should be used for 90
degree horizontal bends and all vertical bends. Single
pulleys are adequate for horizontal bends less than 90
degrees. Use rollers in-between pulleys and every 10 to
20 feet depending on the cable weight. Plastic jacketed
cables are easier to pull than are the metallic jacketed
cables and there is less chance of cable damage. The
pulling eye should always be attached to the conductor
material to avoid tensioning the insulation. For
interlocked armor cables, the conductors and the armor
both have to be attached to the pulling eye.
Normally, the cables installed in cable trays are not
subjected to the damage suffered by insulated
conductors pulled into conduit. Depending on the size
of the insulated conductors and the conduit, jamming
can take place which places destructive stresses on the
cable insulation. In the October, 1991 issue of EC]&M
magazine, the article on cable pulling stated that 92
percent of the insulated conductors that fail do so
because they were damaged in installation.

Ladder Dropout

Horizontal Adjustable Splice
Requires supports within 24” on both
sides, per NEMA VE 2.

Vertical Adjustable Splice

Frame Box Connector

Requires supports within 24” on
both sides, per NEMA VE 2.

Cable Support Fitting

FIREPROOFING CABLE TRAY
Cable trays should not be encapsulated for fire
protection purposes other than for the short lengths at
fire rated walls unless the cables are adequately derated.
Encapsulation to keep fire heat out will also keep
conductor heat in. If conductors cannot dissipate their
heat, their insulation systems will deteriorate. If the
cable tray will be encapsulated, the cable manufacturer
should be consulted for derating information.

CABLE TRAY MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
If the cable tray finish and load capacity is properly
specified and the tray is properly installed, virtually no
maintenance is required.

409
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual

Some design consultants and corporate engineering
departments use spread sheets to monitor the cable tray
runs for cable fill. With such a program, the cable tray
fill area values for each cable tray run or section can be
continuously upgraded. If a specified cable tray run or
section becomes over filled, it will be flagged for
corrective action by the designer.

Pre-Galvanized - This finish is for dry indoor
locations. No maintenance is required.

CABLE TRAY. THERMAL CONTRACTION
AND EXPANSION

Hot Dip Galvanized - This finish is maintenance free
for many years in all but the most severe environments.
If components have been cut or drilled in the field, the
exposed steel area should be repaired with a cold
galvanizing compound. Cooper B-Line has a spray on
zinc coating available which meets the requirements of
ASTM A780, Repair of Hot Dip Finishes.

All materials expand and contract due to temperature
changes. Cable tray installations should incorporate
features which provide adequate compensation for
thermal contraction and expansion. Installing expansion
joints in the cable tray runs only at the structure
expansion joints does not nor mally compensate
adequately for the cable tray's thermal contraction and
expansion. The supporting structure material and the
cable tray material will have different thermal expansion
values. They each require unique solutions to control
thermal expansion.

Cable Tray Manual

Aluminum - Our cable tray products are manufactured
from type 6063-T6 aluminum alloy with a natural
finish. The natural oxide finish is self healing and
requires no repair if it is field modified.
Non-metallic - Fabrication with fiberglass is relatively
easy and comparable to working with wood. Any
surface that has been drilled, cut, sanded, or otherwise
broken, must be sealed with a comparable resin.
Polyester or vinyl ester sealing kits are available.
Cable tray should be visually inspected each year for
structural damage i.e., broken welds, bent rungs or
severely deformed side rails. If damage is evident, from
abuse or installation, it is recommended that the
damaged section of cable tray be replaced rather than
repaired. It is much easier to drop a damaged section of
tray out from under the cables than it is to shield the
cables from weld spatter.

NEC® Section 300.7(B) states that 'Raceways shall
be provided with expansion joints where
necessary to compensate for thermal expansion
or contraction.' NEC® Section 392 does not address
thermal contraction and expansion of cable tray. One
document which addresses expansion is the NEMA
Standards Publication No. VE 2, Section 4.3.2. NEMA
VE-2 Table 4-2 shows the allowable lengths of steel and
aluminum cable tray between expansion joints for the
temperature differential values.
Reprinted with permission from NFPA 70-1999, the National
Electrical Code®, Copyright© 1998, National Fire Protection
Association, Quincy, MA 02269. This reprinted material is not the
complete and official position of the National Fire Protection
Association, on the referenced subject which is represented only by
the standard in its entirety.

Table 4-2
Maximum Spacing Between Expansion Joints
That Provide For One Inch (25.4 mm) Movement
Temp.
Differential

Steel

Stainless Steel
304
316

Aluminum
(m)

Feet

(m)

°F

(°C)

Feet

Feet

(m)

25

(-4)

512 (156.0) 260 (79.2)

347 (105.7) 379 (115.5)

667

(203.3)

50

(10)

256

(78.0)

174

(53.0)

189 (57.6)

333

(101.5)

75

(24)

171

(52.1)

87

(26.5)

116

(35.4)

126 (38.4)

222

(67.6)

100

(38)

128

(39.0)

65

(19.8)

87

(26.5)

95

(29.0)

167

(50.9)

125

(51)

102

(31.1)

52

(15.8)

69

(21.0)

76

(23.2)

133

(40.5)

150

(65)

85

(25.9)

43

(13.1)

58

(17.7)

63

(19.2)

111

(33.8)

175

(79)

73

(22.2)

37

(11.3)

50

(15.2)

54

(16.4)

95

(28.9)

130 (39.6)

Feet

(m)

Feet

FRP
(m)

For a 100°F differential (winter to summer), a steel cable tray will require
an expansion joint every 128 feet and an aluminum cable tray every 65
feet. The temperature at the time of installation will dictate the gap setting.

410
Cable Tray Systems

Max. Temp.
C°

F°

130

50

130

110

40

110

1
90

90

20

70

70

10

50

50

0

30

-10

10

10

-20

-10

-10

30

-30

30

3

2

-30

-30

4

-40
1/8

0

The Gap

1/4

3/8

1/2

5/8

3/4

7/8

Gap Setting in Inches

1

Figure 4.13B
Gap Setting Of Expansion Splice Plate
1" (25.4 mm) Gap Maximum

Setting of the Expansion Joint Splice Plate is used as
follows per the example indicated in VE-2 Figure
4.13B.
Step 1. Plot the highest expected cable tray metal
temperature during the year on the maximum
temperature vertical axis. Example's Value: 100 Degrees
F.

As a clamp.

As a guide.

Another item essential to the operation of the cable
tray expansion splices is the type of hold down clamps
used. The cable tray must not be clamped to each
support so firmly that the cable tray cannot contract and
expand without distortion. The cable tray needs to be
anchored at the support closest to the midpoint
between the expansion joints with hold down clamps
and secured by expansion guides at all other support
locations.The expansion guides allow the cable tray to
slide back and forth as it contracts and expands.
Supports must also be located on both sides of an
expansion splice. The supports should be located within
two feet of the expansion splice to ensure that the splice
will operate properly. If these guidelines for cable tray
thermal contraction and expansion are not followed,
there is the potential for the cable trays to tear loose
from their supports, and for the cable trays to bend and
collapse.

Step 2. Plot the lowest expected cable tray metal
temperature during the year on the minimum
temperature vertical axes. Example's Value: - 28
Degrees F.
Step 3. Draw a line between these maximum and
minimum temperature points on the two vertical axis.
Step 4. To determine the required expansion joint
gap setting at the time of the cable tray's installation:
Plot the cable tray metal temperature at the time of the
cable tray installation on the maximum temperature
vertical axis (Example's Value: 50 Degrees F). Project
over from the 50 Degrees F point on the maximum
temperature vertical axis to an intersection with the line
between the maximum and minimum cable tray metal
temperatures. From this intersection point, project
down to the gap setting horizontal axis to find the
correct gap setting value (Example's Value: 3/8 inch gap
setting). This is the length of the gap to be set between
the cable tray sections at the expansion joint.

411
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual

Metal Temperature At Time
Of Installation (F° or C°)

Min. Temp.

F°

The plotted High - Low Temperature Range in Figure
4-13B is 128° F. The 125° F line in Table 4-1 shows
that installations in these temperature ranges would
require 3/8” expansion joints approximately every 102
feet for Steel and every 52 feet for Aluminum cable
tray.

Appendix Pages

Appendix Sheet 1 ...................................................................................................... 413
Temperature Rise Tests, Cable Tray Connectors, Class II
Aluminum & Steel Ladder Tray
Appendix Sheet 2 ...................................................................................................... 414
Temperature Rise Tests, Conduit Clamps For Bonding Rigid
Conduit To Cable Tray

Cable Tray Manual

Appendix Sheet 3 ...................................................................................................... 415
Example - NEC® Section 392.9(A)(1)
Appendix Sheet 4 ...................................................................................................... 416
Example - NEC® Section 392.9(A)(2)
Appendix Sheet 5 ...................................................................................................... 417
Example - NEC® Section 392.9(A)(3)
Appendix Sheet 6 ...................................................................................................... 418
Example - NEC® Section 392.9(B)
Appendix Sheet 7 ...................................................................................................... 419
Table 250.122 Minimum Size EGC for Raceway and Equipment
Appendix Sheet 8 ............................................................................................ 420 - 421
Cable Tray Sizing Flowchart
Appendix Sheet 9 ............................................................................................ 422 - 423
Cable Tray Installation & Specification Checklist
Footnotes ................................................................................................................... 424
Additional Cable Tray Resources and Engineering Software

412
Cable Tray Systems

TABLE I
TEMPERATURE RISE TESTS, CABLE TRAY CONNECTORS,
CLASS II ALUMINUM LADDER CABLE TRAY
Test
Current
Amps
And
Fuse
Size*

I2T

Test
Time
Cycles mult.
by
106

Connector Data
C2

C1

C3

Type
No. & Temp.
Type
Of
Type
Rise
Of
Connector Bolts
°C
Connector

No. &
Type
Bolts

Temp.
Rise
°C

Type
Of
Connector

66

69

Adj. Vert.
1 Bolt**

4
Steel

6

3/0 CU
Bond

AL-CU
Lugs

18

Rigid
Clean

7,900
1,200A
Fuse

82

85

Rigid
Corroded

4
Steel

10

3/0 CU
Bond

AL-CU
Lugs

22

Rigid
Clean

12,000

120

288

Rigid
2
Corroded Nylon

50

3/0 CU
Bond

AL-CU
Lugs

104

12,000

124

297

Rigid
Corroded

4
Steel

40

Rigid
Corroded

4
Lugs

34,600

14

280

Rigid
2
Corroded Nylon

34

3/0 CU
Bond

34,400

14

276

Rigid
4
Corroded Nylon

28

Rigid
Corroded

2
Steel

8

2
Steel

9

Rigid
Clean

2
Steel

32

46

Rigid
Clean

4
Steel

21

AL-CU
Lugs

75

Rigid
Clean

2
Steel

29

4
Steel

35

Rigid
Clean

4
Steel

20

TABLE II
TEMPERATURE RISE TESTS, CABLE TRAY CONNECTORS,
CLASS II STEEL LADDER CABLE TRAY
Test
Current
Amps
And
Fuse
Size*

I2T

Test
Time
Cycles mult.
by
106

Connector Data
C2

C1

C3

Type
No. & Temp.
Type
Of
Type
Rise
Of
Connector Bolts
°C
Connector

No. &
Type
Bolts

Temp.
Rise
°C

Type
Of
Connector

No. & Temp.
Type
Rise
Bolts
°C

1,980
200A, FU

52

3.4

Adj. Vert.
1 Bolt**

4

2

No. 6 CU
Bond

AL-CU
Lugs

10

Rigid

2

3

1,970
400A, FU

394

25.5

Adj. Vert.
1 Bolt**

4

9

No. 6 CU
Bond

AL-CU
Lugs

***

Rigid

2

15

8100 51.8

Adj. Vert.
1 Bolt**

4

18

Rigid

4

23

Rigid

2

32

1,960
400A, FU
12,000

120

288

Adj. Vert.
2 Bolts**

4

94

Adj. Vert.
2 Bolts**

4

89

Rigid

4

81

12,000

123

295

Rigid

4

70

Rigid

4

87

Rigid

4

85

34,000

13

250

Rigid

4

71

Rigid

4

57

Rigid

4

69

* Test current was interrupted in a predetermined time when a fuse was not used.
** 1 or 2 Bolts - Number of bolts installed on the adjustable vertical connector hinge.
*** The No. 6 bonding jumper melted and opened the circuit when protected by 400A fuse.

(See Page 400 - Figure 1 for Temperature Rise Test illustration)
Appendix Sheet 1

413
Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual

7,900
1,200A
Fuse

No. & Temp.
Type
Rise
Bolts
°C

Conduit

Conduit
Cable Tray

Right Angle
Beam Clamp
Cable Tray Manual

To
Current
Source

To
Current
Source

UL Listed
Conduit Clamp
(9ZN-1158)

Cable Tray

Test Set-Up

Conduit Clamp Detail

CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT FOR RIGID CONDUIT
TEMPERATURE RISE TESTS

TABLE III
TEMPERATURE RISE TESTS, CONDUIT CLAMPS
FOR BONDING RIGID CONDUIT TO CABLE TRAY
Test
Current
Amperes

Test
Time
Cycles

I2T
mult.
106

Size

Material

Class

36,000

16

344.7

4"

Aluminum

20,900

60.5

441.2

4"

12,100

178

433.3

21,000

20

3,260

Rigid Conduit

Cable Tray

Condition After Test

Material

Temp.
Rise
°C

II

Aluminum

19

No arcing or damage

Aluminum

II

Aluminum

70

No arcing or damage

4"

Aluminum

II

Aluminum

74

No arcing or damage

146.8

4"

Steel

II

Steel

(?)

Zinc melted at point where
conduit contacted with tray

900

159.5

4"

Steel

II

Steel

63

No arcing or damage

21,000

30

220

2"

Aluminum

II

Aluminum

21

No arcing or damage

12,100

120.5

294.2

2"

Aluminum

II

Aluminum

59

No arcing or damage

8,000

245

261.1

2"

Aluminum

II

Aluminum

44

No arcing or damage

21,000

14

103.8

2"

Steel

II

Steel

62

Zinc melted at point where
conduit contacted with tray

12,000

60.5

145.4

2"

Steel

II

Steel

22

Slight arc between
clamp and tray

3,240

600

104.9

2"

Steel

II

Steel

49

No arcing or damage

21,000

20

146.8

1"

Aluminum

II

Aluminum

20

No arcing or damage

12,200

60.5

150.3

1"

Aluminum

II

Aluminum

24

No arcing or damage

12,100

14.5

35.3

1"

Steel

II

Steel

6

No arcing or damage

8,000

63.5

67.84

1"

Steel

II

Steel

59

No arcing or damage

1,980
200A FU

44.5

2.9

1"

Steel

II

Steel

1

No arcing or damage

Appendix Sheet 2

414
Cable Tray Systems

Example - NEC® Section 392.9(A)(1)
Width selection for cable tray containing 600 volt multiconductor cables, sizes #4/0 AWG and larger
only. Cable installation is limited to a single layer. The sum of the cable diameters (Sd) must be equal
to or less than the usable cable tray width.

30" Usable Cable Tray Width

29.82" = Equals Cable Sd

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

2

2

1

2

1

1

Cable Tray Manual

3

1

Cross Section Of The Cables And The Cable Tray

Cable tray width is obtained as follows:
Item
Number

List
Cable Sizes

(D)
List Cable
Outside
Diameter

(N)
List Number
of Cables

Multiply (D) x (N)
Subtotal of the
Sum of the Cables
Diameters (Sd)

1.

3/C - #500 kcmil

2.26 inches

4

9.04 inches

2.

3/C - #250 kcmil

1.76 inches

3

5.28 inches

3.

3/C - #4/0 AWG

1.55 inches

10

15.50 inches

The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all cables (Add Sds for items 1, 2, & 3.)
9.04 inches + 5.28 inches + 15.50 inches = 29.82 inches (Sd)
A cable tray with a usable width of 30 inches is required. For
a 10% increase in cost a 36 inch wide cable tray could be
purchased which would provide for some future cable additions.
Notes:
1. The cable sizes used in this example are a random selection.
2. Cables - copper conductors with cross linked polyethylene insulation and a PVC jacket.
(These cables could be ordered with or without an equipment grounding conductor.)
3. Total cable weight per foot for this installation.
61.4 lbs./ft. (without equipment grounding conductors)
69.9 lbs./ft. (with equipment grounding conductors)
This load can be supported by a load symbol "B" cable tray - 75 lbs./ft.

Appendix Sheet 3

415
Cable Tray Systems

Example - NEC® Section 392.9(A)(2)
Width selection for cable tray containing 600 volt multiconductor cables, sizes #3/0 AWG and
smaller. Cable tray allowable fill areas are listed in Column 1 of Table 392.9.

Cable Tray Manual

30" Usable Cable Tray Width

Cross Section Of The Cables And The Cable Tray

Cable tray width is obtained as follows:
Item
Number

List
Cable Sizes

1.
2.
3.
4.

3/C #12 AWG
4/C #12 AWG
3/C #6 AWG
3/C #2 AWG

(A)
List Cable
Cross Sectional
Areas
0.17
0.19
0.43
0.80

sq.
sq.
sq.
sq.

(N)
List
Number
of Cables

in.
in.
in.
in.

20
16
14
20

Multiply (A) x (N)
Total of the
Cross Sectional
Area for Each Item
3.40
3.04
6.02
16.00

sq.
sq.
sq.
sq.

in.
in.
in.
in.

Method 1.
The sum of the total areas for items 1, 2, 3, & 4:
3.40 sq. in. + 3.04 sq. in. + 6.02 sq. in. + 16.00 sq. in. = 28.46 sq. inches
From Table 392.9 Column 1 a 30 inch wide tray with an allowable fill area of 35 sq. in.
must be used. The 30 inch cable tray has the capacity for additional future cables (6.54
sq. in. additional allowable fill area can be used.)
Method 2.
The sum of the total areas for items 1, 2, 3, & 4 multiplied by
6 in.
= cable tray width required
7 sq. in.
3.40 sq. in. + 3.04 sq. in. + 6.02 sq. in. + 16.00 sq. in. = 28 46 sq. in.
28.46 sq. in. x 6 in.
= 24.39 inch cable tray width required
7 sq. in.
Use a 30 inch wide cable tray.

(
(

)

)

Notes:
1. The cable sizes used in this example are a random selection.
2. Cables - copper conductors with cross linked polyethylene insulation and a PVC jacket.
(These cables could be ordered with or without an equipment grounding conductor.)
3. Total cable weight per foot for this installation.
31.9 lbs./ft. (Cables in this example do not contain equipment grounding conductors.)
This load can be supported by a load symbol "A" cable tray - 50 lbs./ft.
Appendix Sheet 4

416
Cable Tray Systems

Example - NEC® Section 392.9(A)(3)
Width selection for cable tray containing 600 volt multiconductor cables, sizes #4/0 AWG and larger
(single layer required) and #3/0 AWG and smaller. These two groups of cables must have dedicated
areas in the cable tray.
24" Usable Cable Tray Width
9.09"

1.93"

12.98"

2

2

2

1

2

1

1

Cable Tray Manual

Cross Section Of The Cables And The Cable Tray

Cable tray width is obtained as follows:
A - Width required for #4/0 AWG and larger multiconductor cables Item
Number

List
Cable Sizes

(D)
List Cable
Outside
Diameter

(N)
List Number
of Cables

Multiply (D) x (N)
Subtotal of the
Sum of the Cables
Diameters (Sd)

1.

3/C - #500 kcmil

2.26 inches

3

6.78 inches

2.

3/C - #4/0 AWG

1.55 inches

4

6.20 inches

Total cable tray width required for items 1 & 2 = 6.78 inches + 6.20 inches = 12.98 inches
B - Width required for #3/0 AWG and smaller multiconductor cables (A)
(N)
Multiply (A) x (N)
List Cable
List Number
Total of the
Cross Sectional
of Cables Cross Sectional Area
Area
For Each Item

Item
Number

List
Cable Sizes

3.

3/C #12 AWG

0.17 sq. in.

20

3.40 sq. in.

4.

3/C #10 AWG

0.20 sq. in.

20

4.00 sq. in.

5.

3/C #2 AWG

0.80 sq. in.

4

3.20 sq. in.

Total cable tray width required for items 3, 4, & 5
(3.40 sq. in. + 4.00 sq. in. + 3.20 sq. in.)

(

6 in.
7 sq. in.

1

)

= (10.6 sq. in.)

(

6 in.
7 sq. in.

1

) = 9.09 inches

Actual cable tray width is A - Width (12.98 in.) + B - Width (9.09 in.) = 22.07 inches
A 24 inch wide cable tray is required. The 24 inch cable tray has the capacity for additional
future cables (1.93 inches or 2.25 sq. inches allowable fill can be used).
Notes:
1. This ratio is the inside width of the cable tray in inches divided by its maximum fill area in
sq. inches from Column 1 Table 392.9.
2. The cable sizes used in this example are a random selection.
3. Cables - copper conductors with cross linked polyethylene insulation and a PVC jacket.
4. Total cable weight per foot for this installation.
40.2 lbs./ft. (Cables in this example do not contain equipment grounding conductors.)
This load can be supported by a load symbol "A" cable tray - 50 lbs./ft.
Appendix Sheet 5

417
Cable Tray Systems

Example - NEC® Section 392.9(B)
Cable Tray containing Type ITC or Type PLTC Cables

Cable Tray Manual

6" Usable Cable Tray Width

4" Usable
Cable Tray
Depth

Cross Section Of The Cables And The Cable Tray

50% of the cable tray useable cross sectional area can contain type PLTC cables
4 inches x 6 inches x .050 = 12 square inches allowable fill area.
2/C - #16 AWG 300 volt shielded instrumentation cable O.D. = 0.224 inches.
Cross Sectional Area = 0.04 square inches.
12 sq. in.
= 300 cables can be installed in this cable tray.
0.04 sq. in./cable
300 cables
= 11.54 rows can be installed in this cable tray.
26 cables/rows
Notes:
1. The cable sizes used in this example are a random selection.
2. Cables - copper conductors with PVC insulation, aluminum/mylar shielding, and PVC jacket.

Appendix Sheet 6

418
Cable Tray Systems

Table 250.122. Minimum Size Equipment Grounding
Conductors for Grounding Raceways and Equipment
Size
(AWG or kcmil)

Copper

Aluminum or
Copper-Clad
Aluminum*

15
20
30
40
60

14
12
10
10
10

12
10
8
8
8

100
200
300
400
500

8
6
4
3
2

6
4
2
1
1/0

600
800
1000
1200
1600

1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0

2/0
3/0
4/0
250
350

2000
2500
3000
4000
5000
6000

250
350
400
500
700
800

400
600
600
800
1200
1200

Cable Tray Manual

Rating or Setting of
Automatic Overcurrent
Device in Circuit Ahead
of Equipment, Conduit,
etc., Not Exceeding
(Amperes)

Reprinted with permission from NFPA 70-1999, the National Electrical Code®, Copyright© 1998, National Fire
Protection Association, Quincy, MA 02269. This reprinted material is not the complete and official position of the National
Fire Protection Association, on the referenced subject which is represented only by the standard in its entirety.

Appendix Sheet 7

419
Cable Tray Systems

CABLE TRAY SIZING FLOWCHART
Start
Here

Sizing Cable Tray Per NEC 392

392.12
W ≥ Sd
(single layer)

No

2000V
or less
cables

Cable Tray Manual

Yes

Solid
Bottom
Tray

No

Yes

Vented
Channel
Tray

Ladder
or Vented
Trough
Tray

No

Yes

See
Exception
392.11(B)(3)

392.10(B)
W ≥ Sd

Yes

392.10(A)(1)
W ≥ Sd

Yes

S/C
1000
kcmil or
larger

Yes

S/C 1/0
or larger

No

Multiconductor
cables

Yes

Continued
on next
page

No

392.3(B)(1)(a)
Not permitted
®
by the NEC

No

392.10(A)(2)
W ≥ A/1.1

Yes

S/C
250
kcmil up to
1000
kcmil

No

Note: The value “A”
only applies to cables
250 up to 1000kcmil.
The value “sd” only
applies to 1000 kcmil
and larger cables.

392.10(A)(3)
Yes
W ≥ A/1.1 +Sd

S/C
250 kcmil
and
larger

Note: Use when mixing
250 thru 1000 kcmil
cables with cables larger
than 1000 kcmil.

No

Legend
W = Cable Tray Width
D = Cable Tray Load Depth
Sd = Sum of Cable Diameters
A = Sum of Cable Areas
S/C = Single Conductor
M/C = Multiconductor Cables
RS = Ladder Rung Spacing

392.10(A)(4)

W ≥ Sd
(9” max. RS)

Yes

S/C 1/0
thru 4/0

Appendix Sheet 8

420
Cable Tray Systems

CABLE TRAY SIZING FLOWCHART

Ampacity: See pages 406 - 408 for information on cable ampacity
that might affect the cable tray sizing flowchart.
See pages 387 - 390 for information on hazardous
(classified) areas that might affect the cable tray sizing
flowchart.

Ladder
or Vented
Trough
Tray

No

Yes

M/C 4/0
or larger

Yes

Yes

392.9(A)(1)
W ≥ Sd
(single layer)

No

M/C
smaller
than 4/0

No

Solid
Bottom
Tray

M/C 4/0
or larger

392.9(A)(2)
W ≥ A/1.2

No

M/C
smaller
than 4/0

Solid
Channel
Tray

Yes

Yes

392.9(C)(1)
W ≥ Sd/0.9
(single layer)

No

Yes

No

Vented
Channel
Tray

Cable Tray Manual

Yes

One M/C
only

Yes

392.9(E)(1)
W x D ≥ 1.6A

No

Yes

392.9(C)(2)
W ≥ A/0.9

392.9(E)(2)
W x D ≥ 2.9A

One
M/C
Only

No

No
Yes

M/C
smaller than
4/0, with
4/0 or
larger

Yes

W ≥ A/1.2 + Sd

Note: The value “A”
only applies to cables
smaller than 4/0.
The value “Sd” only
applies to 4/0 and
larger cables, which
must be single layer

No

M/C
control
and/or
signal

392.9(A)(3)

Yes

392.9(B)
W x D ≥ 2A

M/C
smaller than Yes
4/0, with
4/0 or
larger

A + Sd
W≥
0.9

Note: The value “A”
only applies to cables
smaller than 4/0.
The value “Sd” only
applies to 4/0 and
larger cables, which
must be single layer

No

M/C
control
and/or
signal

392.9(C)(3)

Yes

392.9(D)
W x D ≥ 2.5A

392.9(F)(2)
W x D ≥ 3.2A

392.9(F)(1)
W x D ≥ 1.9A

Legend
W = Cable Tray Width
D = Cable Tray Load Depth
Sd = Sum of Cable Diameters
A = Sum of Cable Areas
S/C = Single Conductor
M/C = Multiconductor Cables
RS = Ladder Rung Spacing

Appendix Sheet 8

421
Cable Tray Systems

CABLE TRAY INSTALLATION & SPECIFICATION CHECKLIST
Project Information
Project Name:
Location:
Contractor/Engineer:
Phone:

#

Project Information

Cable Tray Manual

Distributor Name:
Location:
Contact:
Phone:

Fax:
Cable Tray

Material
Aluminum
Pre-Galvanized Steel
Hot-Dip Galvanized Steel
304 Stainless Steel
316 Stainless Steel
Fiberglass-Polyester Resin
Fiberglass-Vinyl Ester Resin
Fiberglass-Zero Halogen
Fiberglass-Dis Stat

Width
6”
9”
12”
18”
24”
30”
36”
42”

❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏

NEMA Load Depth*
2” **
3”
4”
5”
6”

❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏

❏
❏
❏
❏
❏

* Load depth is 1” less than siderail height.
** Fiberglass and wire mesh.

Bottom Styles
6”
9”
12”
18”
Ventilated Trough
Non-Ventilated Trough
Non-Ventilated Bottom

Length
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏

Metallic
120”
144”
240”
288”

Fitting Radius

❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
Non-Metallic
120”
❏
240”
❏

12”
24”
36”
48”

❏
❏
❏
❏

Tray Series

B-Line Series

OR

System Loading
(50 lbs./ft.)
❏
(75 lbs./ft.)
❏
(100 lbs./ft.)
❏
❏
Support Span
Load Rating
Safety Factor

422

ft.
lbs./ft.

Appendix Sheet 9
Cable Tray Systems

CABLE TRAY INSTALLATION & SPECIFICATION CHECKLIST
Cable Channel

Material

Width
3”
4”
6”
8” *

❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏

* Fiberglass only.

Fitting Radius
0”
6”
12”
24”
36”

Type
Ventilated
Non-Ventilated

❏
❏
❏
❏

❏
❏

❏
❏
❏
❏
❏

Cable Tray Manual

Aluminum
Pre-Galvanized Steel
Hot-Dip Galvanized Steel
304 Stainless Steel
316 Stainless Steel
Fiberglass-Polyester Resin
Fiberglass-Vinyl Ester Resin
Fiberglass-Zero Halogen
Fiberglass-Dis Stat

Cent-R-Rail

System

Depth*

Data-Track
Verti-Rack
Half-Rack
Multi-Tier Half Rack

Width*
3”
6”
9”
12”
18”
24”

❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏

Straight Rung
2”
3”
4”
6”

❏
❏
❏
❏

Rung Spacing*
6”
9”
12”
18”
24”

❏
❏
❏
❏
❏

❏
❏
❏
❏
❏

Tiers*

Length

2
3
4
5
6

120” ❏
144” ❏

❏
❏
❏
❏
❏

* Options shown are not available for all systems. Please check B-Line Cent-R-Rail Catalog for availability.

Flextray

Width*
2”
4”
6”
8”
12”
16”
18”
20”
24”
30”
32”

❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏

Depth*
1.5”
2”
4”
6”

Wire Mesh Size

Length

2x4

118” (3 meters)

❏
❏
❏
❏

* Widths shown are not available for all depths.

Appendix Sheet 9
Cable Tray Systems

423

Footnotes:
1

NEMA Standard VE-2, Section 4, Installation 4.3 Straight Section Installation - 4.3.1. Horizontal
Cable Tray Straight Sections states that straight section lengths should be equal to or greater than
the span length to ensure not more than one splice between supports.

Cable Tray Manual

Additional Cable Tray Resources
Cable Tray Institute
1300 N. 17th Street
Rosslyn, VA 22209

National Electrical Manufacturers Association
1300 N. 17th Street
Rosslyn, VA 22209

www.cabletrays.com

www.nema.org

B-Line Engineering Software

TrayCAD®
TrayCAD® is a Cable Tray layout design program that works within the AutoCAD®
environment. TrayCAD® is a windows based program and installs as an add-on to your
AutoCAD® system. Use the TrayCAD® toolbar to add cable tray to your existing plans by
drawing a single centerline representation of the tray run. Then, with the click of a button, the
program will build a full-scale 3-D wire-frame model of the cable tray and all the appropriate
fittings. The program also automatically creates a Bill of Material and contains a library of
modifiable details.

Runway Router®
Runway Router® is a cable ladder runway (ladder rack) layout design program that works within
your AutoCAD® environment. Use the commands from the Runway Router® toolbar to layout
runway, relay racks and electronic cabinets. Add cable tray or Cent-R-Rail® to your existing
plans by drawing a single centerline representation of the cable run. Then, with the click of a
button, the program will build a full-scale 3-D wire-frame model of the cable runway and all the
appropriate connectors and fittings. The program also automatically creates a Bill of Material
and contains a library of modifiable details.

424
Cable Tray Systems

B-Line Wire Management Resources
B-Line Product Catalogs
• Cable Tray Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metallic, Two Siderail System
Commercial and Industrial Applications
• Fiberglass Cable Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-Metallic, Two Siderail Trays
Non-Metallic Strut Systems

Cable Tray Manual

• Cent-R-Rail® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Center Supported Cable Tray
“Lay-In” Cable Design for Easy Installation
of Low Voltage Cables
• Redi-Rail® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pre-Punched Aluminum Side Rail Design
Unmatched Job Site Adaptability for a Two
Side Rail System - Load Depths 2” to 6”
• Flextray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unmatched Adaptability to Site Conditions
Pre-Packaged Installation Kits and Accessories
Fast - Adaptable - Economical
Other B-Line Wire Management Systems
• Telecom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saunders’ Cable Runway and Relay Racks
Unequal Flange Racks
• Cable Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supports all Cat 5, Fiber Optic, Innerduct
and Low Voltage Cabling Requirements
• Wireway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Houses Runs of Control and Power Cable
Available in NEMA 12, Type 1 & Type 3R
B-Line Mechanical Support Systems
• Strut Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metal Framing Support System. Fully Adjustable
and Reusable, with a Complete Line of Channel,
Fittings and Accessories for Multi-Purpose Applications
• Seismic Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multi-Directional Bracing for Electrical Conduit,
Cable Tray and Mechanical Piping Systems.
OSHPD Pre-Approved Details

425
Cable Tray Systems

Index - Straight Sections
Cable Tray Straight Sections
Prefix
Example: 148 * 12 - 24 - 144
① ➁
① Series
➁ Material
➂ Rung Spacing

➂

➃
➄
➃ Width
➄ Length

Catalog No.

Page

Redi-Rail®
Aluminum Cable Tray
H14AR ➂ - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . .
H15AR ➂ - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . .
H16AR ➂ - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . .
H17AR ➂ - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . .

186
187
187
187

A = Aluminum

Index

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5
Aluminum Cable Tray

Catalog No.

Page

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5
Steel Cable Tray

Page

Fiberglass Cable Tray

248 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄
248 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄

.............
..............

250
250

258 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄
258 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄

.............
..............

252
252

268 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄
268 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄

.............
..............

254
254

346 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄
346 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄

.............
..............

250
250

356 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄
356 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄

.............
..............

252
252

366 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄
366 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄

.............
..............

254
254

378 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄
378 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄

.............
..............

256
256

444 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄
444 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄

.............
..............

250
250

454 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄
454 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄

.............
..............

252
252

464 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄
464 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄

.............
..............

254
254

24A ➂ - ➃ - ➄
25A ➂ - ➃ - ➄
26A ➂ - ➃ - ➄

...............
...............
...............

226
228
230

34A ➂ - ➃ - ➄
35A ➂ - ➃ - ➄
36A ➂ - ➃ - ➄
37A ➂ - ➃ - ➄

...............
...............
...............
...............

226
228
230
232

46A ➂ - ➃ - ➄
47A ➂ - ➃ - ➄

...............
...............

230
232

476 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄
476 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄

.............
..............

256
256

57A ➂ - ➃ - ➄

...............

232

574 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄
574 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄

.............
..............

256
256

.............
.............

230
232

G = Hot Dipped Galvanized Steel
P = Pre-Galvanized Steel

H46A ➂ - ➃ - ➄
H47A ➂ - ➃ - ➄

Catalog No.

13F ➂ - ➃ - ➄
13FD➂ - ➃ - ➄
13FT➂ - ➃ - ➄
13FV➂ - ➃ - ➄

...............

24F ➂ - ➃ - ➄
24FD➂ - ➃ - ➄
24FT➂ - ➃ - ➄
24FV➂ - ➃ - ➄

...............

36F ➂ - ➃ - ➄
36FD➂ - ➃ - ➄
36FT➂ - ➃ - ➄
36FV➂ - ➃ - ➄

...............

46F ➂ - ➃ - ➄
46FD➂ - ➃ - ➄
46FT➂ - ➃ - ➄
46FV➂ - ➃ - ➄

...............

48F ➂ - ➃ - ➄
48FD➂ - ➃ - ➄
48FT➂ - ➃ - ➄
48FV➂ - ➃ - ➄

...............

..............
..............
..............

..............
..............
..............

..............
..............
..............

..............
..............
..............

322
322
322
322
323
323
323
323
324
324
324
324
324
324
324
324

..............

325
325
325
325

H46F ➂ - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
H46FD➂ - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . .
H46FT➂ - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . .
H46FV➂ - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . .

324
324
324
324

..............
..............

F = Polyester Resin
FD = Dis-Stat Resin
FT = Zero Halogen Resin
FV = Vinyl Ester Resin

S8A ➂ - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
A = Aluminum
Series 2, 3, 4, & 5
Stainless Steel Cable Tray
348SS4 ➂ - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
348SS6 ➂ - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Series 1
Steel Cable Tray
148 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄
148 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄

.............
..............

202
202

156 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄
156 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄

.............
..............

203
203

166 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄
166 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄

.............
..............

204
204

176 G ➂ - ➃ - ➄
176 P ➂ - ➃ - ➄

.............
..............

205
205

358SS4 ➂ - ➃ - ➄
358SS6 ➂ - ➃ - ➄

............
............

273
273

368SS4 ➂ - ➃ - ➄
368SS6 ➂ - ➃ - ➄

............
............

274
274

464SS4 ➂ - ➃ - ➄
464SS6 ➂ - ➃ - ➄

............
............

274
274

SS4 = Stainless Steel 304
SS6 = Stainless Steel 316

G = Hot Dipped Galvanized Steel
P = Pre-Galvanized Steel

426
Cable Tray Systems

Straight Sections
Cable Channel Straight Sections
Catalog No.
Prefix
Example: A CC - 06 - 144
①
① Material
➁ Series

➁

➂
➃
➂ Width
➃ Length

Catalog No.

Page

Aluminum Cable Channel
ACC - ➂ - ➃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
ACCN - ➂ - ➃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
A = Aluminum
CC = Ventilated
CCN = Non-Ventilated

Steel Cable Channel
GCC - ➂ - ➃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
GCCN - ➂ - ➃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

G = Hot Dipped Galvanized
P = Pre-Galvanized
CC = Ventilated
CCN = Non-Ventilated

Stainless Steel Cable Channel
SS4CC - ➂ - ➃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
SS4CCN - ➂ - ➃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
SS6CC - ➂ - ➃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
SS6CCN - ➂ - ➃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
SS4 = Stainless Steel 304
SS6 = Stainless Steel 316
CC = Ventilated
CCN = Non-Ventilated

Page

...............
...............
...............
...............

FCCDN-03 - ➄
FCCDN-04 - ➄
FCCDN-06 - ➄
FCCDN-08 - ➄

.............
.............
.............
.............

FCCN-03 - ➄
FCCN-04 - ➄
FCCN-06 - ➄
FCCN-08 - ➄

...............

FCCT-03 - ➄
FCCT-04 - ➄
FCCT-06 - ➄
FCCT-08 - ➄

...............

...............
...............
...............

...............
...............
...............

FCCTN-03 - ➄
FCCTN-04 - ➄
FCCTN-06 - ➄
FCCTN-08 - ➄
FCCV-03 - ➄
FCCV-04 - ➄
FCCV-06 - ➄
FCCV-08 - ➄

.............
.............
.............
.............
...............
...............
...............
...............

FCCVN-03 - ➄
FCCVN-04 - ➄
FCCVN-06 - ➄
FCCVN-08 - ➄

.............
.............
.............
.............

FCC = Polyester Resin
FCCD = Zero Halogen Resin
FCCT = Dis-Stat Resin
FCCV = Vinyl Ester Resin

348
348
348
348
348
348
348
348
348
348
348
348
348
348
348
348
348
348
348
348
348
348
348
348
348
348
348
348

Prefix
Example: FT 2 X 12 X 10
① ➁

➂
➃
① Flextray
➂ Width
➁ loading Height ➃ Length 118”

Catalog No.

Page

Flextray Straight Sections
FT1.5X4X10
FT1.5X6X10
FT1.5X8X10
FT1.5X10X10

..............

46
46
46
46

FT2X2X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT2X4X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT2X6X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT2X8X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT2X12X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT2X16X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT2X18X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT2X20X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT2X24X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT2X30X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT2X22X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46

FT4X4X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT4X6X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT4X8X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT4X12X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT4X16X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT4X18X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT4X20X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT4X24X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT4X30X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47

FT6X8X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT6X12X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT6X16X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT6X18X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT6X20X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT6X24X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

47
47
47
47
47
47

...............
...............
...............

Index

PCC - ➂ - ➃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
PCCN - ➂ - ➃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Flextray

Fiberglass Cable Channel
FCC-03 - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
FCC-04 - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
FCC-06 - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
FCC-08 - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
FCCD-03 - ➄
FCCD-04 - ➄
FCCD-06 - ➄
FCCD-08 - ➄

- Index

CC = Ventilated
CCN = Non-Ventilated

427
Cable Tray Systems

Index - Straight Sections
Cent-R-Rail® Straight Sections
Prefix
Example: C0 A DT 09 - 12 - 144
① ➁
① Series
➁ Material
➂ Type

➂

➃
➄
➅
➃ Rung Spacing
➄ Width
➅ Length

Catalog No.

Page

Catalog No.
C3ADB ➃ - ➄ - ➅

..............

132

C3ADT ➃ - ➄ - ➅

..............

132

C4A1H ➃ - ➄ - ➅

..............

136

C4A1V12-24-144
C4A2M ➃ - ➄ - ➅

Index

Aluminum Cent-R-Rail
C0A1H ➃ - ➄ - ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
138 & 182
. . . . . . . . 134 & 182
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

C0A2M ➃ - ➄ - ➅
C0A2V ➃ - ➄ - ➅
C0A2VI ➃ - ➄ - ➅

........

C0A3M ➃ - ➄ - ➅
C0A3V ➃ - ➄ - ➅
C0A3VI ➃ - ➄ - ➅
C0A4M ➃ - ➄ - ➅
C0A4V ➃ - ➄ - ➅
C0A4VI ➃ - ➄ - ➅

........

C0A5V ➃ - ➄ - ➅
C0A5VI ➃ - ➄ - ➅

........

C0A6V ➃ - ➄ - ➅
C0A6VI ➃ - ➄ - ➅

........

........

C4A2V12-24-144

181

138 & 182

............

181

C4A3M ➃ - ➄ - ➅

........

138 & 182

C4A4M ➃ - ➄ - ➅

........

138 & 182

..............

132

........

138 & 182
134 & 182
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

C4ADT ➃ - ➄ - ➅

..............

132

........

C6A1H ➃ - ➄ - ➅

..............

136

C6ADB ➃ - ➄ - ➅

..............

132

138 & 182
. . . . . . . . 134 & 182
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

C6ADT ➃ - ➄ - ➅

..............

132

134 & 182
183

..............

134 & 182
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
..............

132

C0ADT ➃ - ➄ - ➅

..............

132

C2A2V ➃ - ➄ - ➅
C2A2VI ➃ - ➄ - ➅

........

C2A3V ➃ - ➄ - ➅
C2A3VI ➃ - ➄ - ➅

........

C2A4V ➃ - ➄ - ➅
C2A4VI ➃ - ➄ - ➅

........

C2A5V ➃ - ➄ - ➅
C2A5VI ➃ - ➄ - ➅

........

C2A6V ➃ - ➄ - ➅
C2A6VI ➃ - ➄ - ➅

........

134 & 182
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
134 & 182
183

..............

134 & 182
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
134 & 182
183

..............

134 & 182
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
..............

136

C3A2M ➃ - ➄ - ➅

........

138 & 182

C3A3M ➃ - ➄ - ➅

........

138 & 182

........

138 & 182

C3A4M ➃ - ➄ - ➅

............

C4ADB ➃ - ➄ - ➅

C0ADB ➃ - ➄ - ➅

C3A1H ➃ - ➄ - ➅

Page

continued in next column

428
Cable Tray Systems

Fittings

- Index

Cable Tray Fittings
Prefix
Example: 4 * x - 24 - 90 HB 24
① ➁ ➂ ➃
➄ ➅ ➆
① Series/Height
➃ Width
➁ Material
➄ Angle
➂ Bottom
➅ Type (HB, VI, VO)
➆ Radius

Catalog No.

Page

Redi-Rail®
Aluminum Cable Tray Fittings
H1(†)AR ➂ - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . . . .
H1(†)AR ➂ - ➃ HT ➆ . . . . . . . .
H1(†)AR ➂ - ➃ HX ➆ . . . . . . . .
H1(†)AR ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . . . . .
H1(†)AR ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . . . .
H1(†)AR ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VT ➆ . . . . . .

188
188
188
188
188
188

AR = Aluminum Redi-Rail
(†) = Insert 4 for 4”, 5 for 5”, 6 for 6”
or 7 for 7” side rail heights

Catalog No.

Page

Series 1
Steel Cable Tray Fittings
14G ➂ - ➃ VBS ➆ . . . . . . . . . . .
1(†)G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . . . . . . .
1(†)G ➂ - ➃ HT ➆ . . . . . . . . . . .
1(†)G ➂ - ➃ HX ➆ . . . . . . . . . . .
1(†)G ➂ - ➃ LR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . .
1(†)G ➂ - ➃ RR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . .
1(†)G ➂ - ➃ SR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . .
1(†)G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . . 218 1(†)G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . . 218 -

222
215
216
216
217
217
217
221
221

14P ➂ - ➃ VBS ➆ . . . . . . . . . . .
1(†)P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . . . . . . .
1(†)P ➂ - ➃ HT ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . .
1(†)P ➂ - ➃ HX ➆ . . . . . . . . . . .
1(†)P ➂ - ➃ LR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . .
1(†)P ➂ - ➃ RR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . .
1(†)P ➂ - ➃ SR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . .
1(†)P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . . 218 1(†)P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . . 218 -

222
215
216
216
217
217
217
221
221

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5
Aluminum Cable Tray Fittings
(†)A ➂ - ➃ CFS ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
(†)A ➂ - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . . . 287, 288
(†)A ➂ - ➃ HT ➆ . . . 289, 291, 292
(†)A ➂ - ➃ HX ➆ . . . . . . . 289, 293
(†)A ➂ - ➃ HYL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
(†)A ➂ - ➃ HYR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
(†)A ➂ - ➃ LR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
(†)A ➂ - ➃ RR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
(†)A ➂ - ➃ SR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
(†)A ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . . . . 295 - 298
(†)A ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . . . . 295 - 298
(†)A ➂ - ➃ VT ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
(†)A ➂ - ➃ VTU ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 299
A = Aluminum
(†) = Insert 4 for 4”, 5 for 5”, 6 for 6”
or 7 for 7” side rail heights

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5
Steel Cable Tray Fittings
(†)G ➂ - ➃ CFS ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
(†)G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . . . 287, 288
(†)G ➂ - ➃ HT ➆ . . . . 289, 291, 292
(†)G ➂ - ➃ HX ➆ . . . . . . . 289, 293
(†)G ➂ - ➃ HYL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
(†)G ➂ - ➃ HYR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
(†)G ➂ - ➃ LR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
(†)G ➂ - ➃ RR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
(†)G ➂ - ➃ SR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
(†)G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . . . . 295 - 298
(†)G ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . . . 295 - 298
(†)G ➂ - ➃ VT ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
(†)G ➂ - ➃ VTU ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 299
(†)P ➂ - ➃ CFS ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
(†)P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . . . 287, 288
(†)P ➂ - ➃ HT ➆ . . . 289, 291, 292
(†)P ➂ - ➃ HX ➆ . . . . . . . . 289, 293
(†)P ➂ - ➃ HYL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
(†)P ➂ - ➃ HYR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Page

(†)P ➂ - ➃ LR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
(†)P ➂ - ➃ RR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
(†)P ➂ - ➃ SR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
(†)P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . . . . 295 - 298
(†)P ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . . . . 295 - 298
(†)P ➂ - ➃ VT ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
(†)P ➂ - ➃ VTU ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 299
G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized Steel
P = Pre-Galvanized Steel
(†) = Insert 4 for 4”, 5 for 5”, 6 for 6”
or 7 for 7” side rail heights

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5
Stainless Steel Cable Tray Fittings
(†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ CFS ➆ . . . . . . . . . 300
(†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . 287, 288
(†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ HT ➆ . . 289, 291, 292
(†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ HX ➆ . . . . . 289, 293
(†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ HYL . . . . . . . . . . . 294
(†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ HYR . . . . . . . . . . . 294
(†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ LR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 290
(†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ RR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 290
(†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ SR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 290
(†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . 295 - 298
(†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . 295 - 298
(†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ VT ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 299
(†)SS4 ➂ - ➃ VTU ➆ . . . . . . . . . 299
(†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ CFS ➆ . . . . . . . . . 300
(†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . 287, 288
(†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ HT ➆ . . 289, 291, 292
(†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ HX ➆ . . . . . 289, 293
(†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ HYL . . . . . . . . . . . 294
(†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ HYR . . . . . . . . . . . 294
(†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ LR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 290
(†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ RR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 290
(†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ SR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 290
(†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . 295 - 298
(†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . 295 - 298
(†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ VT ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 299
(†)SS6 ➂ - ➃ VTU ➆ . . . . . . . . . 299
SS4 = Stainless Steel 304
SS6 = Stainless Steel 316
(†) = Insert 4 for 4”, 5 for 5”, 6 for 6”
or 7 for 7” side rail heights

continued in next column

429
Cable Tray Systems

Index

G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized Steel
P = Pre-Galvanized Steel
(†) = Insert 4 for 4”, 5 for 5”, 6 for 6”
or 7 for 7” side rail heights

Catalog No.

Index - Fittings
Cable Tray Fittings
Prefix
Example: 4 * x - 24 - 90 HB 24
① ➁ ➂ ➃
➄ ➅ ➆
① Series/Height
➃ Width
➁ Material
➄ Angle
➂ Bottom
➅ Type (HB, VI, VO)
➆ Radius

Cable Channel Fittings
Prefix
Example: G CC - 04 - 45 VI 12
① ➁
① Material
➁ Series
➂ Width

Catalog No.

Index

Catalog No.

➂
➃ ➄ ➅
➃ Angle
➄ Type (HB, VI, VO)
➅ Radius

Page

Page

Fiberglass Cable Tray Fittings
(†)F - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . . . . . 327, 328
(†)F - ➃ - HT ➆ . . . . . 329, 332, 334
(†)F - ➃ - HX ➆ . . . . . . . . . . 330, 336
(†)F - ➃ - LR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
(†)F - ➃ - RR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
(†)F - ➃ - SR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
(†)F - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . . . . . . 338, 340
(†)F - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . . . . . . 338, 340
(†)F - ➃ - VT ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
(†)F - ➃ - VTU ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
(†)FD - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . . . . 327, 328
(†)FD - ➃ - HT ➆ . . . 329, 332, 334
(†)FD - ➃ - HX ➆ . . . . . . . . 330, 336
(†)FD - ➃ - LR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
(†)FD - ➃ - RR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
(†)FD - ➃ - SR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
(†)FD - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . . . . . 338, 340
(†)FD - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . . . . . 338, 340
(†)FD - ➃ - VT ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
(†)FD - ➃ - VTU ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 342
(†)FT - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . . . . 327, 328
(†)FT - ➃ - HT ➆ . . . . 329, 332, 334
(†)FT - ➃ - HX ➆ . . . . . . . . 330, 336
(†)FT - ➃ - LR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
(†)FT - ➃ - RR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
(†)FT - ➃ - SR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
(†)FT - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . . . . . 338, 340
(†)FT - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . . . . . 338, 340
(†)FT - ➃ - VT ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
(†)FT - ➃ - VTU ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
(†)FV - ➃ - ➄ HB ➆ . . . . . . 327, 328
(†)FV - ➃ - HT ➆ . . . 329, 332, 334
(†)FV - ➃ - HX ➆ . . . . . . . . 330, 336
(†)FV - ➃ - LR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
(†)FV - ➃ - RR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
(†)FV - ➃ - SR ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
(†)FV - ➃ - ➄ VI ➆ . . . . . . . 338, 340
(†)FV - ➃ - ➄ VO ➆ . . . . . . 338, 340
(†)FV - ➃ - VT ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
(†)FV - ➃ - VTU ➆ . . . . . . . . . . . 342

Aluminum Cable Channel Fittings
ACC - ➂ - ➃ HB ➅ . . . . . . 114, 115
ACC - ➂ - ➃ HC ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . 112
ACC - ➂ HT ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
ACC - ➂ HTC ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
ACC - ➂ HX ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
ACC - ➂ HXC ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACC - ➂ PC ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACC - ➂ - ➃ VC ➅ . . . . . . . . . . .
ACC - ➂ - ➃ VI ➅ . . . . . . . 119,
ACC - ➂ - ➃ VO ➅ . . . . . . 117,

112
112
112
120
118

ACCN - ➂ - ➃ HB ➅ . . . . 114,
ACCN - ➂ HT ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACCN - ➂ HX ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACCN - ➂ - ➃ VI ➅ . . . . . . 119,
ACCN - ➂ - ➃ VO ➅ . . . . 117,

115
116
116
120
118

Catalog No.

Page

Stainless Steel Cable Channel Fittings
SS4CC - ➂ - ➃ HB ➅ . . . 114, 115
SS4CC - ➂ HT ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . 116
SS4CC - ➂ HX ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . 116
SS4CC - ➂ - ➃ VI ➅ . . . . . . 119, 120
SS4CC -➂-➃ VO ➅ . . . . . 117, 118
SS4CCN - ➂ - ➃ HB ➅ . . . 114,
SS4CCN - ➂ HT ➅ . . . . . . . . . .
SS4CCN - ➂ HX ➅ . . . . . . . . . .
SS4CCN -➂-➃ VI ➅ . . . . . . 119,
SS4CCN -➂-➃ VO ➅ . . . . . 117,

115
116
116
120
118

SS6CC - ➂ - ➃ HB ➅ . . . 114,
SS6CC - ➂ HT ➅ . . . . . . . . . . .
SS6CC - ➂ HX ➅ . . . . . . . . . . .
SS6CC - ➂ - ➃ VI ➅ . . . . . . 119,
SS6CC -➂-➃ VO ➅ . . . . . 117,

115
116
116
120
118

SS6CCN - ➂ - ➃ HB ➅ . . . 114,
SS6CCN - ➂ HT ➅ . . . . . . . . . .
SS6CCN - ➂ HX ➅ . . . . . . . . . .
SS6CCN -➂-➃ VI ➅ . . . . . . 119,
SS6CCN -➂-➃ VO ➅ . . . . . 117,

115
116
116
120
118

SS4 = Stainless Steel 304
SS6 = Stainless Steel 316

A = Aluminum

Steel Cable Channel Fittings
GCC - ➂ - ➃ HB ➅ . . . . . . 114, 115
GCC - ➂ - ➃ HC ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . 112
GCC - ➂ HT ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
GCC - ➂ HTC ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
GCC - ➂ HX ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Fiberglass Cable Channel Fittings
FCC(†)N-(xx)-45HB12 . . . . . . 348

GCC - ➂ HXC ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . .
GCC - ➂ PC ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GCC - ➂ - ➃ VC ➅ . . . . . . . . . . .
GCC - ➂ - ➃ VI ➅ . . . . . . . 119,
GCC - ➂ - ➃ VO ➅ . . . . . . 117,

112
112
112
120
118

FCC(†)N-(xx)-45VI12

GCCN - ➂ - ➃ HB ➅ . . . . 114,
GCCN - ➂ HT ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . .
GCCN - ➂ HX ➅ . . . . . . . . . . . .
GCCN - ➂ - ➃ VI ➅ . . . . . 119,
GCCN - ➂ - ➃ VO ➅ . . . . 117,

115
116
116
120
118

G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized Steel
Note: Not available in Pre-Galvanized

FCC(†)N-(xx)-90HB12

......

348

FCC(†)N-(xx)-HT12

.........

348

FCC(†)N-(xx)-HX12

.........

348

FCC(†)N-(xx)-45VO12
FCC(†)N-(xx)-90VI12
FCC(†)N-(xx)-90VO12

.......

348

......

348

.......

348

......

348

(†) For Polyester Resin leave blank
For Dis-Stat Resin insert D
For Zero Halogen insert T
For Vinyl Ester Resin insert V
(xx) = Insert 03 for 3”, 04 for 4”,
06 for 6” or 08 for 8” side rail heights

F = Polyester Resin, FD = Dis-Stat Resin
FT = Zero Halogen Resin, FV = Vinyl Ester Resin
(†) = Insert 3 for 3”, 4 for 4”, 6 for 6”
or 8 for 8” side rail heights

430
Cable Tray Systems

Covers

- Index

Cable Tray Covers
Prefix
Example: 801 * 20 - 24 - 144
①
① Series
➁ Material
➂ Thickness

Catalog No.

➁

➂

➃

➄

➃ Width
➄ Length or
Fitting Type

Page

Redi-Rail®
Aluminum Cable Tray Covers
887 A 40 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
A = Aluminum
Contact Cooper B-Line Engineering
for fitting cover information.
See page RR-9 for fitting cover examples.

A = Aluminum
Contact Cooper B-Line Engineering
for fitting cover information.
See page AT-22 for fitting cover examples.

Page

Series 1
Steel Cable Tray Covers
801 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
801 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
809 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
809 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
811 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
811 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
819 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
819 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
G = Hot Dipped Galvanized Steel
P = Pre-Galvanized Steel
Contact Cooper B-Line Engineering
for fitting cover information.
See page LST-13 for fitting cover examples.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5
Steel Cable Tray Covers
802 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
802 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
803 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
803 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
804 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
804 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
812 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
812 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
813 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
813 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
814 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
814 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
822 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
822 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
823 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
823 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
824 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
824 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
G = Hot Dipped Galvanized Steel
P = Pre-Galvanized Steel
Contact Cooper B-Line Engineering
for fitting cover information.
See page ST-20 for fitting cover examples.

Catalog No.

Page

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5
Stainless Steel Cable Tray Covers
802 SS4 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281
802 SS6 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281
803 SS4 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281
803 SS6 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281
804 SS4 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281
804 SS6 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281
812 SS4 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281
812 SS6 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281
813 SS4 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281
813 SS6 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281
814 SS4 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281
814 SS6 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281
822 SS4 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281
822 SS6 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281
823 SS4 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281
823 SS6 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281
824 SS4 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281
824 SS6 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 281
SS4 = Stainless Steel 304
SS6 = Stainless Steel 316

Index

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5
Aluminum Cable Tray Covers
806 A 40 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
807 A 40 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
816 A 40 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
817 A 40 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
826 A 40 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
827 A 40 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Catalog No.

Contact Cooper B-Line Engineering
for fitting cover information.
See page SST-12 for fitting cover examples.

Fiberglass Cable Tray Covers
F-C - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
FD-C - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
FDP-C - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
FP-C - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
FT-C - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
FTP-C - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
FV-C - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
FVP-C - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
F = Polyester Resin
FD = Dis-Stat Resin
FT = Zero Halogen Resin
FV = Vinyl Ester Resin
C = Cover
Covers are flat unless a P is added to
part number P = Peaked
Contact Cooper B-Line Engineering
for fitting cover information.

431
Cable Tray Systems

Index - Covers
Cable Channel Covers

Flextray Covers

Prefix
Example: 808 * 20 - 04 - 120
①
① Series
➁ Material
➂ Thickness

➁

➂

➄

➃

➃ Width
➄ Length or
Fitting Type

Catalog No.

Page

Aluminum
Cable Channel Covers
808 A 40 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Catalog No.

Page

2 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

87
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
87

A = Aluminum
Contact Cooper B-Line Engineering
for fitting cover information.
See page CCT-6 for fitting cover examples.

Index

Steel
Cable Channel Covers
808 G 18 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
808 P 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
G = Hot Dipped Galvanized Steel
P = Pre-Galvanized Steel
Contact Cooper B-Line Engineering
for fitting cover information.
See page CCT-6 for fitting cover examples.

Cent-R-Rail® Covers
Catalog No.

Page

Bottom Rung Covers

CAK1F-DB - ➃ - ➄

..........

164

CPK1F-DB - ➃ - ➄

...........

164

CAK1F-DT - ➃ - ➄

..........

164

CPK1F-DT - ➃ - ➄

...........

164

Top Rung Covers

Stainless Steel
Cable Channel Covers
808 SS4 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 111
808 SS6 20 - ➃ - ➄ . . . . . . . . . . 111
SS4 = Stainless Steel 304
SS6 = Stainless Steel 316

A = Aluminum
P = Pre-Galvanized Steel

Contact Cooper B-Line Engineering
for fitting cover information.
See page CCT-6 for fitting cover examples.

432
Cable Tray Systems

Accessories

- Index

Aluminum Redi-Rail™ Cable Tray Accessories
Not all accessories for Redi-Rail cable tray are aluminum only. Those finishes and part numbers will be listed in this section.

Catalog No.

Page

9A-(tray width)-R064 . . . . . . .
9A-R064 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R065 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R066 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R067 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-(tray width)-R074 . . . . . . .
9A-R074 Series . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R075 Series . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R076 Series . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R077 Series . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R084 Series . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R085 Series . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R086 Series . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R087 Series . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R104 Series . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R06RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R06SBERK . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R09RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R09SBERK . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R12RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R12SBERK . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R18RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R18SBERK . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R24RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R24SBERK . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R30RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R30SBERK . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R36RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R36SBERK . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R964 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R965 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-R967 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-RBC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-RFM-12RK . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-RFM-24RK . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-RFM-36RK . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-SR0406 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-SR0409 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-SR0506 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-SR0509 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1158 Series . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS-R238 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS-R250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1204NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1420NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

Catalog No.

Page

192
189
189
189
189
192
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
189
189
189
189
193
196
196
196
193
193
193
193
190
190
190
190
190
192

9ZN-5106 . . . . . . . . . . . . 190,
9ZN-5106-WB . . . . . . . . 190,
9ZN-5109 . . . . . . . . . . . . 190,
9ZN-5109-WB . . . . . . . . 190,
9ZN-5112 . . . . . . . . . . . . 190,
9ZN-5112-WB . . . . . . . . 190,
9ZN-5118 . . . . . . . . . . . . 190,
9ZN-5118-WB . . . . . . . . 190,
9ZN-5124 . . . . . . . . . . . . 190,
9ZN-5124-WB . . . . . . . . 190,
9ZN-9012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-LV1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-LV1A-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-MB1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-MB1-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-R238 . . . . . . . . . . . 190,
9ZN-R250 . . . . . . . . . . . 190,
9ZN-RR2RR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BAX-4-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BAX-4-16-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BAX-4-16-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BAX-4-16-48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BL1400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BL1410 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BL1420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BL1430 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
U3A-CP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
U4A-CP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
U5A-CP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
U6A-CP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UR(load depth)A-06 . . . . . . . .
UR(load depth)ASB-06 . . . . .
UR(load depth)A-09 . . . . . . . .
UR(load depth)ASB-09 . . . . .
UR(load depth)A-12 . . . . . . . .
UR(load depth)ASB-12 . . . . .
UR(load depth)A-18 . . . . . . . .
UR(load depth)ASB-18 . . . . .
UR(load depth)A-24 . . . . . . . .
UR(load depth)ASB-24 . . . . .

195
196
195
196
195
196
195
196
195
196
192
191
191
191
191
195
195
195
191
191
191
191
190
190
190
190
194
194
194
194
194
194
194
194
194
194
194
194
194
194

Index

Redi-Rail® Tray Accessories
73AR-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
73AR-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
73AR-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . 195
73AR-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . 195
74AR-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
74AR-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
74AR-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . 195
74AR-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . 195
75AR-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
75AR-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
75AR-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . 195
75AR-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . 195
76AR-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
76AR-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
76AR-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . 195
76AR-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . 195
99-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
9A-9012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
9A-R004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-R005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-R006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-R007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-R014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-R015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-R016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-R017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-R024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-R025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-R026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-R027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-R034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-R035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-R036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-R037 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-(tray width)-R044 . . . . . . . 192
9A-R045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-R046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-R047 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-(tray width)-R054 . . . . . . . 192
9A-R054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-R055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-R056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-R057 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-R060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-R061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9A-R062 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Catalog No.

A = Aluminum
G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized
SS = Stainless Steel 304
ZN = Zinc Plated

433
Cable Tray Systems

Index - Accessories
Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum Cable Tray Accessories
Not all accessories for aluminum cable tray are aluminum only. Those finishes and part numbers will be listed in this section.

Index

Catalog No.

Page

Aluminum Tray Accessories
73A-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
73A-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
73A-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . . 238
73A-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . 238
74A-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
74A-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
74A-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . . 238
74A-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . 238
75A-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
75A-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
75A-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . . 238
75A-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . 238
76A-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
76A-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
76A-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . . 238
76A-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . 238
99-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
99-1124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
99-1620 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
99-2125-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
99-9980-tray width . . . . . . . . . 246
99-9982 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
99-N2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
99-NP240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
99-NY36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
99-PE34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
9A-tray width-9044 . . . . . . . . 246
9A-tray width-9044P . . . . . . . 246
9A-tray width-9054 . . . . . . . . 246
9A-tray width-9054P . . . . . . . 246
9A-tray width-9064 . . . . . . . . 246
9A-tray width-9064P . . . . . . . 246
9A-tray width-9074 . . . . . . . . 246
9A-tray width-9074P . . . . . . . 246
9A-1004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
9A-1004-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
9A-1005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
9A-1005-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
9A-1006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
9A-1006-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
9A-1007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
9A-1007-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
9A-1014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
9A-1015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
9A-1016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
9A-1017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
9A-1024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Catalog No.
9A-1025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1034-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1034-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1035-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1035-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1036-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1036-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1037 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1037-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1037-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1047 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1057 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1062 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1064-reduction . . . . . . . . .
9A-1065-reduction . . . . . . . . .
9A-1066-reduction . . . . . . . . .
9A-1067-reduction . . . . . . . . .
9A-1074-tray width . . . . . . . .
9A-1075-tray width . . . . . . . .
9A-1076-tray width . . . . . . . .
9A-1077-tray width . . . . . . . .
9A-1084-tray width . . . . . . . .
9A-1085-tray width . . . . . . . .
9A-1086-tray width . . . . . . . .
9A-1087-tray width . . . . . . . .
9A-1104-tray width . . . . . . . .
9A-1104T-tray width . . . . . . .
9A-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-2044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-2045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-2046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

Catalog No.

Page

236
236
236
236
236
236
236
236
236
236
236
236
236
236
236
236
236
236
237
237
237
237
236
236
236
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
238
238
240
243
243
243
243
237
236
236
236

9A-2047 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-2130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-6006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-6007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-9012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1158 Series . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1249 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1249HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-5324 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-5325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-5326 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-5327 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-5500-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-55xx-22SHA Series . . . . .
9GRN-55xx-22SHA Series . .
9P-55xx-22SH Series . . . . . .
9P-9043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-9053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-9063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-9073 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-2351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-2352 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1150 Series . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1155 Series . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1204NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1208NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1249 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1249HD . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-2351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-2352 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5324 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5326 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

236
239
236
236
246
237
240
240
240
239
239
239
239
241
241
241
241
246
246
246
246
243
243
239
239
240
243
243
237
237
240
240
240
240
240
243
243
240
240
239
239
242
242
242
239
239
239

continued on next page

434
Cable Tray Systems

Accessories

Aluminum Cable Tray Accessories
Catalog No.

Page

Series 1 Steel Cable Tray Accessories
Not all accessories for steel cable tray are steel only.
Those finishes and part numbers will be listed in this section.

Catalog No.

A = Aluminum
G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized
GRN = Dura-Green Painted
P = Pre-Galvanized Steel
SS = Stainless Steel 304
SS4 = Stainless Steel 304
SS6 = Stainless Steel 316
ZN = Zinc Plated

239
241
238
246
246
246
239
244
243
244
244
244
244
243
243
244
244
242
243
239
239
244
244
239
239
239
239
239
239
239
239
239
239
239
241
241
241
241
241
237
237

Page

Series 1 Steel
Cable Tray Accessories
72G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
72G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
72G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . 209
72G-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . 209
72P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
72P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
72P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . . 209
72P-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . . 209
737G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
737G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
737G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . 209
737G-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . 209
737P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
737P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
737P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . 209
737P-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . 209
747G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
747G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
747G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . 209
747G-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . 209
747P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
747P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
747P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . 209
747P-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . 209
757G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
757G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
757G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . 209
757G-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . 209
757P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
757P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
757P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . 209
757P-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . 209
99-1124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
99-2125-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
99-9982 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
99-N1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
9A-2130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
9G-1104T-tray width . . . . . . . 209
9G-1158 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
9G-2004-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
9G-2005-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
9G-2006-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
9G-2007-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
9G-4004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
9G-4005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Catalog No.

Page

9G-4006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-4007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-4014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-4015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-4016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-4017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-7024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8034-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8034-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8035-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8035-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8036-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8036-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8064-reduction . . . . . . . . .
9G-8065-reduction . . . . . . . . .
9G-8066-reduction . . . . . . . . .
9G-8074-tray width . . . . . . . .
9G-8075-tray width . . . . . . . .
9G-8076-tray width . . . . . . . .
9G-8084-tray width . . . . . . . .
9G-8085-tray width . . . . . . . .
9G-8086-tray width . . . . . . . .
9G-8244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-9014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-9015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-9016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-9019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-tray width-9040 . . . . . . . .
9G-9043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-tray width-9044 . . . . . . . .
9G-9053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
207
207
207
206
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
206
206
206
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212

Index

9ZN-5327 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5500-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9112 Series . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9113 Series . . . . . . . . . . .
ATR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B212-1/4 or 3/8 . . . . . . . . . . .
B297 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B305-B308 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B312 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B321 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B355 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B409 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B409UF-12 or 21 . . . . . . . . .
B441-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B441-22A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B494 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B501 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B655-3/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B655-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B700-Jx Series . . . . . . . . . . . .
B750-Jx Series . . . . . . . . . . . .
BP081SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BP110SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BP135SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BP175SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BP205SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BP250SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BP300SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BP325SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BP375SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BP425SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BP475SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DB10-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DB10-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DB10-42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DB10-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DB10-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SFHN 3/8”-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SNCB 3/8” x 3/4” . . . . . . . . . .

- Index

continued on next page

435
Cable Tray Systems

Index - Accessories
Series 1 Steel Cable Tray Accessories
Not all accessories for steel cable tray are steel only. Those finishes and part numbers will be listed in this section.

Index

Catalog No.

Page

9G-tray width-9054 . . . . . . . .
9G-9063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-tray width-9064 . . . . . . . .
9G-9243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1104T-tray width . . . . . . .
9P-2004-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-2005-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-2006-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-2007-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-8054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-8055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-8056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-8064-reduction . . . . . . . . .
9P-8065-reduction . . . . . . . . .
9P-8066-reduction . . . . . . . . .
9P-8084-tray width . . . . . . . .
9P-8085-tray width . . . . . . . .
9P-8086-tray width . . . . . . . .
9P-tray width-9040 . . . . . . . .
9P-9043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-tray width-9044 . . . . . . . .
9P-9053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-tray width-9054 . . . . . . . .
9P-9063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-tray width-9064 . . . . . . . .
9SS4-2351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-2352 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1150 Series . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1204NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1208NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-2351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-2352 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-4004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-4005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-4006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-4007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-4014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-4015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-4016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-4017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5106-WB . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5109-WB . . . . . . . . . . . . .

212
212
212
212
209
206
206
206
206
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
208
208
208
207
208
208
208
208
208
208
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
208
208
208
208

Catalog No.

Page

9ZN-5112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5112-WB . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5118-WB . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5124-WB . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5324 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5326 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-7024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8034-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8034-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8035-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8035-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8036-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8036-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8074-tray width . . . . . . .
9ZN-8075-tray width . . . . . . .
9ZN-8076-tray width . . . . . . .
9ZN-8244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B210A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B212 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B297 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B305-B308 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
206
207
207
207
206
206
206
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
208
211
211
211
210
211

Catalog No.

Page

B312 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B321 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B351L Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B409 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B409UF-Series . . . . . . . . . . . .
B441-22 Series . . . . . . . . . . . .
B441-22A Series . . . . . . . . . .
B494 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B655 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B701-Jx Series . . . . . . . . . . . .
B751-Jx Series . . . . . . . . . . . .
B752 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B753 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RNCB 3/8”-16 x 3/4” . . . . . .
SFHN 3/8”-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . .

211
211
211
210
210
210
210
210
208
211
211
211
211
207
207

A = Aluminum
G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized
P = Pre-Galvanized Steel
SS4 = Stainless Steel 304
ZN = Zinc Plated

436
Cable Tray Systems

Accessories

- Index

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Cable Tray Accessories
Not all accessories for steel cable tray are steel only. Those finishes and part numbers will be listed in this section.

Catalog No.

Page

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel
Cable Tray Accessories
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
259
268
260
261
262
262
262
261
260
260
259
262
259

Page

9G-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1249 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-5324 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-5325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-5326 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-5327 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-5500-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-55xx-22SHA Series . . . . .
9G-8004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8004-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8005-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8006-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8007-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8034-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8034-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8035-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8035-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8036-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8036-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8037 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8037-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8037-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8047 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8057 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8062 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8064-reduction . . . . . . . . .

265
265
262
261
261
261
261
263
263
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
259
259
259
259
258
258
258
259

Catalog No.

Page

9G-8065-reduction . . . . . . . . .
9G-8066-reduction . . . . . . . . .
9G-8067-reduction . . . . . . . . .
9G-8074-tray width . . . . . . . .
9G-8075-tray width . . . . . . . .
9G-8076-tray width . . . . . . . .
9G-8077-tray width . . . . . . . .
9G-8084-tray width . . . . . . . .
9G-8085-tray width . . . . . . . .
9G-8086-tray width . . . . . . . .
9G-8087-tray width . . . . . . . .
9G-8224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-8247 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-9014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-9015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-9016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-9017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-9043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-tray width-9044 . . . . . . . .
9G-tray width-9044P . . . . . . .
9G-9053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-tray width-9054 . . . . . . . .
9G-tray width-9054P . . . . . . .
9G-9063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-tray width-9064 . . . . . . . .
9G-tray width-9064P . . . . . . .
9G-9073 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-tray width-9074 . . . . . . . .
9G-tray width-9074P . . . . . . .
9GRN-55xx-22SHA Series . .
9P-1104-tray width . . . . . . . .
9P-1104T-tray width . . . . . . .
9P-55xx-22SH Series . . . . . .
9P-8024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-8025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-8026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-8027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-8054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-8055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-8056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-8057 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-8064-reduction . . . . . . . . .

259
259
259
259
259
259
259
259
259
259
259
265
265
265
265
258
258
258
258
268
268
268
268
268
268
268
268
268
268
268
268
268
268
268
268
263
260
260
263
258
258
258
258
259
259
259
259
259

Index

73G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
73G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
73G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . .
73G-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . .
73P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
73P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
73P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . .
73P-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . .
74G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
74G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
74G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . .
74G-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . .
74P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
74P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
74P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . .
74P-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . .
75G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
75G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
75G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . .
75G-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . .
75P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
75P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
75P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . .
75P-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . .
76G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
76G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
76G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . .
76G-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . .
76P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
76P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
76P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . . . .
76P-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . . . .
99-1124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
99-2125-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
99-9980-tray width . . . . . . . . .
99-9982 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
99-N1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
99-NP240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
99-NY36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-2130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1104-tray width . . . . . . . .
9G-1104T-tray width . . . . . . .
9G-1158 Series . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Catalog No.

continued on next page

437
Cable Tray Systems

Index - Accessories
Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Cable Tray Accessories
Not all accessories for steel cable tray are steel only. Those finishes and part numbers will be listed in this section.

Index

Catalog No.

Page

9P-8065-reduction . . . . . . . . .
9P-8066-reduction . . . . . . . . .
9P-8067-reduction . . . . . . . . .
9P-8084-tray width . . . . . . . .
9P-8085-tray width . . . . . . . .
9P-8086-tray width . . . . . . . .
9P-8087-tray width . . . . . . . .
9P-9043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-tray width-9044 . . . . . . . .
9P-tray width-9044P . . . . . . .
9P-9053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-tray width-9054 . . . . . . . .
9P-tray width-9054P . . . . . . .
9P-9063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-tray width-9064 . . . . . . . .
9P-tray width-9064P . . . . . . .
9P-9073 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-tray width-9074 . . . . . . . .
9P-tray width-9074P . . . . . . .
9SS4-2351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-2352 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4075 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4275 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4375 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4425 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4450 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4475 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1150 Series . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1155 Series . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1204NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1208NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

259
259
259
259
259
259
259
268
268
268
268
268
268
268
268
268
268
268
268
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
262
259
259
262
262
262
262
262
259

Catalog No.

Page

9ZN-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1249 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-2351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-2352 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5324 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5326 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5327 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5500-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8004-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8005-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8006-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8007-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8034-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8034-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8035-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8035-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8036-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8036-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8037 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8037-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8037-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8047 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8062 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8074-tray width . . . . . . .
9ZN-8075-tray width . . . . . . .
9ZN-8076-tray width . . . . . . .
9ZN-8077-tray width . . . . . . .
9ZN-8224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

265
265
262
261
261
264
264
264
261
261
261
261
263
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
258
259
259
259
259
265

Catalog No.

Page

9ZN-8225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8247 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9114 Series . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9115 Series . . . . . . . . . . .
ATR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B212 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B297 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B305-B308 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B312 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B321 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B355 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B409 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B409UF-Series . . . . . . . . . . . .
B441-22 Series . . . . . . . . . . . .
B441-22A Series . . . . . . . . . .
B494 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B501 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B655 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B700-Jx Series . . . . . . . . . . . .
B750-Jx Series . . . . . . . . . . . .
DB10-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DB10-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DB10-42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DB10-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DB10-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RNCB 3/8”-16 x 3/4” . . . . . .
SFHN 3/8”-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . .

265
265
265
258
258
258
258
260
268
268
268
268
268
268
268
268
268
268
261
266
265
266
266
266
266
265
265
266
266
264
265
261
266
266
263
263
263
263
263
259
259

A = Aluminum
G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized
GRN = Dura-Green Painted
P = Pre-Galvanized Steel
SS4 = Stainless Steel 304
SS6 = Stainless Steel 316
ZN = Zinc Plated

438
Cable Tray Systems

Accessories

- Index

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Stainless Steel Cable Tray Accessories
Not all accessories for steel cable tray are steel only. Those finishes and part numbers will be listed in this section.

Catalog No.

Page

Page

9SS4-4325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4375 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4425 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4450 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4475 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8004-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8005-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8006-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8034-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8034-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8035-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8035-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8036-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8036-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8064 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8065 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8066 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8074-tray width . . . . . .
9SS4-8075-tray width . . . . . .
9SS4-8076-tray width . . . . . .
9SS4-8084-tray width . . . . . .
9SS4-8085-tray width . . . . . .
9SS4-8086-tray width . . . . . .
9SS4-8224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-8246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

278
278
278
278
278
278
278
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
276
276
276
275
276
276
276
276
276
276
276
276
276
278
278
278
278
275
275
275

Catalog No.

Page

9SS4-9002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-9043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-tray width-9044 . . . . . .
9SS4-tray width-9044P . . . . .
9SS4-9053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-tray width-9054 . . . . . .
9SS4-tray width-9054P . . . . .
9SS4-9063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-tray width-9064 . . . . . .
9SS4-tray width-9064P . . . . .
9SS4-9101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-9102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-9103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-9104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-9115 Series . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1104-tray width . . . . . .
9SS6-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8004-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8005-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8006-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8034-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8034-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8035-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8035-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8036-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8036-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8064 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8065 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8066 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

277
282
282
282
282
282
282
282
282
282
282
282
282
282
282
277
278
276
280
280
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
275
276
276
276
275
276
276
276

Index

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Stainless
Steel Cable Tray Accessories
73SS4-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
73SS4-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . 277
73SS4-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . 277
73SS4-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . 277
73SS6-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
73SS6-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . 277
73SS6-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . 277
73SS6-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . 277
74SS4-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
74SS4-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . 277
74SS4-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . 277
74SS4-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . 277
74SS6-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
74SS6-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . 277
74SS6-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . 277
74SS6-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . 277
75SS4-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
75SS4-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . 277
75SS4-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . 277
75SS4-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . 277
75SS6-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
75SS6-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . 277
75SS6-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . . 277
75SS6-(angle)VO(radius) . . . . 277
99-2125-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
99-9980-tray width . . . . . . . . . 282
99-9982 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
99-NP240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
99-NY36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
9G-1158 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
9G-1249 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
9SS4-1104-tray width . . . . . . 277
9SS4-1150 Series . . . . . . . . . . 276
9SS4-1155 Series . . . . . . . . . . 276
9SS4-1240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
9SS4-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
9SS4-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
9SS4-4050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
9SS4-4075 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
9SS4-4100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
9SS4-4125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
9SS4-4150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
9SS4-4175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
9SS4-4200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
9SS4-4225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
9SS4-4250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
9SS4-4275 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
9SS4-4300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

Catalog No.

continued on next page

439
Cable Tray Systems

Index - Accessories
Stainless Steel
Cable Tray Accessories
Catalog No.

Page

Index

9SS6-8074-tray width . . . . . .
9SS6-8075-tray width . . . . . .
9SS6-8076-tray width . . . . . .
9SS6-8084-tray width . . . . . .
9SS6-8085-tray width . . . . . .
9SS6-8086-tray width . . . . . .
9SS6-8224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-8246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-9002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-9014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-9015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-9016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-9043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-tray width-9044 . . . . . .
9SS6-tray width-9044P . . . . .
9SS6-9053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-tray width-9054 . . . . . .
9SS6-tray width-9054P . . . . .
9SS6-9063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-tray width-9064 . . . . . .
9SS6-tray width-9064P . . . . .
9SS6-9101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-9102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-9103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-9104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-9115 Series . . . . . . . . . .
ATR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B212 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B297 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B355 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B409 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B441-22 Series . . . . . . . . . . . .
B441-22A Series . . . . . . . . . .
B494 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B655 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DB10-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DB10-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DB10-42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DB10-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DB10-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RNCB 3/8”-16 x 3/4” . . . . . .
SFHN 3/8”-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized
SS4 = Stainless Steel 304
SS6 = Stainless Steel 316

276
276
276
276
276
276
278
278
278
278
275
275
275
277
282
282
282
282
282
282
282
282
282
282
282
282
282
282
282
282
282
278
280
279
280
279
280
280
279
278
279
279
279
279
279
276
276

Fiberglass Cable Tray Accessories
Catalog No.

Page

Fiberglass
Cable Tray Accessories
9(x)-1083-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-1084-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-1086-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-1088-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-1104-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9F-1208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-4003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-4004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-4013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-4014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-4023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-4024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-4033 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-4034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-4043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-4053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-4054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-4303H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-4303V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-4304H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-4304V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-4453H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-4453V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-4454H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-4454V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-4903H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-4903V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-4904H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-4904V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8038 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

345
345
345
345
347
347
347
347
347
347
347
347
347
347
347
347
345
345
345
345
345
345
345
345
345
345
345
346
346
346
346
346
346
346
346
346
346
346
346
345
345
345
345
345
345
345
345

Catalog No.

Page

9(x)-8056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8058 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8064 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8084 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8086 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8306H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8306V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8308H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8308V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8456H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8456V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8458H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8458V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8906H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8906V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8908H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-8908V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-9013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-9014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-9015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-9034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-9034P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-9044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-9044P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-9064 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-9064P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-9084 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(x)-9084P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
72(x)-120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
72(x)-90HBLF . . . . . . . . . . . . .
72(x)-90VI-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
72(x)-90VO-24 . . . . . . . . . . . .
73(x)-120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
73(x)-90HBLF . . . . . . . . . . . . .
73(x)-90VI-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
73(x)-90VO-24 . . . . . . . . . . . .
74(x)-120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
75(x)-90HBLF . . . . . . . . . . . . .
75(x)-90VI-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
75(x)-90VO-24 . . . . . . . . . . . .
77(x)-90HBLF . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RSK-010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TPDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

345
345
345
345
345
345
346
346
346
346
346
346
346
346
346
346
346
346
344
344
344
344
344
344
344
344
344
344
344
347
347
347
347
347
347
347
347
347
347
347
347
347
347
344

(x) = Insert F for Polyester Resin
Insert V for Vinyl Ester Resin
Insert T for Zero Halogen Resin
Insert V for Dis-Stat Resin

440
Cable Tray Systems

Accessories

- Index

Cable Channel Accessories
Catalog No.

Page

Aluminum Cable Channel
Accessories
110
109
109
109
109
109
109
110
110
110
110
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
110
110
110
111
111
111
111
111
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110

Page

9ZN-1232-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1232-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B185CCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B409-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B409-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

110
110
110
110
110

A = Aluminum
G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized
ZN = Zinc Plated

Steel Cable Channel
Accessories
99-1125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1044-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1231-3 & 4 . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1231-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1232-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1232-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1232-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1237-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1237-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1237-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1261-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1261-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1261-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1543 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1544 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1546 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1583 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1584 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1586 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1643 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1644 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1646 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1743 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1744 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1746 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

110
109
109
109
110
110
110
110
110
109
109
109
110
110
110
110
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109

Catalog No.

Page

9G-1843 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1844 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1846 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-3305-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-3305-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-3305-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-9023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-9024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-9033 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-9034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-9036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1044-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1261-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1261-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1261-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1543 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1544 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1546 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1583 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1584 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1586 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1643 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1644 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1646 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1743 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1744 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1746 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1843 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1844 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1846 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-9023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-9024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-9033 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-9034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-9036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1231-3 & 4 . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1231-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1232-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1232-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1232-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1237-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1237-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1237-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

109
109
109
110
110
110
111
111
111
111
111
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
111
111
111
111
111
110
110
110
110
110
109
109
109
110

Index

99-1125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1044-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1237-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1237-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1237-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1261-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1261-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1261-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1543 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1544 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1546 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1583 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1584 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1586 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1643 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1644 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1646 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1743 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1744 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1746 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1843 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1844 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-1846 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-3305-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-3305-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-3305-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-9023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-9024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-9033 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-9034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9A-9036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1231-3 & 4 . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1231-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1232-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1232-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1232-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1231-3 & 4 . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1231-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1232-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Catalog No.

continued on next page

441
Cable Tray Systems

Index - Accessories
Cable Channel Accessories
Catalog No.

Page

9ZN-1244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-3305-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-3305-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-3305-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B185CCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B409-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B409-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110

G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized
P = Pre-Galvanized Steel
ZN = Zinc Plated

Index

Stainless Steel Cable Channel
Accessories
99-1125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
9G-1231-3 & 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
9G-1231-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
9G-1232-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
9G-1232-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
9G-1232-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
9SS4-1043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
9SS4-1044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
9SS4-1044-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
9SS4-1237-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
9SS4-1237-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
9SS4-1237-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
9SS4-1243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
9SS4-1244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
9SS4-1245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
9SS4-1246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
9SS4-1261-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
9SS4-1261-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
9SS4-1261-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
9SS4-1543 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
9SS4-1544 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
9SS4-1546 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
9SS4-1583 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
9SS4-1584 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
9SS4-1586 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
9SS4-1643 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
9SS4-1644 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
9SS4-1646 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
9SS4-1743 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Catalog No.

Page

9SS4-1744 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-1746 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-1843 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-1844 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-1846 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-3305-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-3305-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-3305-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-9023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-9024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-9033 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-9034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-9036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS